PWS CHIEF OPERATOR COURSE MANUAL

2008

PWS CHIEF OPERATOR COURSE MANUAL Overview/Preface This manual is designed for public water system (PWS) operators taking the required chief operator training course. This tool, along with your operating experience, will help you prepare for your duties as a chief operator. Management and leadership are not only important, but are a large part of todays PWSs. Every PWS needs capable supervisors. One common problem with most supervisors and managers is that they cannot find the time or resources to improve their supervisory skills. This manual should be a stand alone resource to assist chief operators with the skills necessary to become a better supervisor. With the great diversity and dynamics present in the water treatment industry, it is important for operators to be resourceful at least know enough to ask the right questions to the right people.

Disclaimer All reasonable precautions have been taken in the preparation of this document, including both technical and non-technical proofing. The West Virginia Department of Health and Human Resources and West Virginia Rural Water Association and all staff assume no responsibility for any errors or omissions. Should the summarized information in this document be inconsistent with a governing rule or statute, the language of the rule or statute shall prevail. Reference herein to any specific commercial products, process, or service by trade name, trademark, manufacturer, or otherwise, does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement, recommendation, or favoring by the West Virginia Department of Health and Human Resources and West Virginia Rural Water Association.

-1-

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page I. Introduction II. Content

A. DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS 1. West Virginia Drinking Water Regulations 2. Safe Drinking Water Act 3. Public Notification 4. Boil Water Notice 5. Total Coliform Rule 6. Surface Water Treatment Rule 7. Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule 8. Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule 9. Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule 10. Stage 1 Disinfectants & Disinfection Byproducts Rule 11. Stage 2 Disinfectants & Disinfection Byproducts Rule 12. Lead and Copper Rule 13. Filter Backwash Recycling Rule 14. The Phase I, II, IIb, and V Rules 15. Arsenic Rule 16. Groundwater Rule 17. Radionuclide Rule 18. Cross-Connection and Backflow B. OPERATOR CERTIFICATION 1. Public Water Systems Operator Regulations 2. Chief Operator Requirements & Responsibilities 3. New Renewal and Certification Requirements 4. Dropping the F 5. Water Distribution Certification 6. Public Water System Owner Requirements 7. Forms 8. Compliance and Enforcement Methods 9. Public Water System Classification 10. Operator Certification Checklist 11. Guidance for Certified Water Operators 12. Waivers and Variances C. PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS IN WEST VIRGINIA D. MULTIPLE-BARRIER APPROACH E. SOURCE WATER QUANTITY F. SOURCE WATER ASSESSMENT & PROTECTION G. SANITARY SURVEY H. NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION INTERNATIONAL I. AREA WIDE OPTIMIZATION PROGRAM (AWOP) J. SAMPLING 1. Basic Sampling Procedures 2. Sample Containers, Preservation and Holding Times 3. Typical Chemical Analysis Laboratory Report 4. Record Keeping For Compliance Sampling K. BASICS OF SUPERVISION 1. Operator Compliance-Its the Operators Responsibility 2. Basic Management: The Four Functions of Management 3. Important Management Skills 4. What Makes a Great Manager 5. The Importance of Planning 6. Organizing 7. Organizing a Team 8. Delegation -29 11 13 15 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 31 32 34 35 37 38 41 45 46 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69 71 72 73 75 79 83 84 85 87 88 90 91 97 98 99 101 5

9. The Human Factor 10. Meeting Management 11. Communication 12. Failure to Communicate: The Need to Improve Employer/Employee Communication 13. Conversation as Communication 14. Personal Time Management for Busy Managers 15. Ethics and the Water Industry 16. Conflict Management Skills 17. Hiring and Developing Personnel 18. Conducting Job Interviews 19. Tips for Evaluating Employees 20. Employee Handbooks 21. Job Descriptions 22. Professional Combustion: How to Fight Job Burnout L. ADMINISTRATION 1. Computers 2. Effective Water Utility Management 3. The Need For Organizational Structure 4. Management Components 5. Formal Communication 6. Compliance Monitoring 7. Monthly Operational Reports 8. Minimizing Reporting Violations 9. Safe Drinking Water Information System 10. Record Keeping a. Maintaining Records & Reports b. Coliform Sampling Plans c. Unaccounted-For Water d. Customer Complaints e. Potable vs. Palatable f. Common Inquires g. Maintenance Program h. Standard Operating Procedures M. SAFETY PROGRAMS 1. Developing Safety Manuals 2. Safety 3. Personal Safety 4. Incompatible Chemicals 5. Water Security 6. WATER SYSTEM SECURITY Threat & Emergency Response Guide Manual 7. Threat Awareness N. REFERENCE LIST

103 106 110 111 113 117 123 128 130 134 137 140 142 146 148 152 155 156 158 161 162 164 165 168 171 172 173 175 177 179 181 184 188 189 193 202 204 207 210 214 215

III. Additional Information

A. GLOSSARY B. ACRONYM LIST C. CONTACTS 1. Office of Environmental Health Services 2. Office of Laboratory Services 3. WV Department of Environmental Protection 4. WV Department of Transportation 5. WV Environmental Training Center 6. WV Public Service Commission 7. WV Rural Water Association 8. Miss Utility of West Virginia D. FORMS E. REGULATIONS 1. 64CSR3 Public Water Systems 2. 64CSR4 Public Water Systems Operator Regulations -3216 227 229 232 232 232 233 233 234 234 235 Numbered Individually

3. 4. 5. 6.

64CSR15 Cross-Connection Control and Backflow Prevention 64CSR25 Certification of Backflow Prevention Assembly Testers 64CSR77 Public Water Systems Design Standards 150CSR7 Rules For The Government Of Water Utilities

-4-

INTRODUCTION The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is federal agency charged with protecting human health and with safeguarding the natural environment: air, water, and land. On July 9, 1970, Richard Nixon transmitted Reorganization Plan No. 3 to the U.S. Congress by executive order, creating the EPA as a single, independent, agency from a number of smaller arms of different federal agencies. Prior to the establishment of the EPA, the federal government was not structured to make a coordinated attack on the pollutants which harm human health and degrade the environment. The EPA was assigned the task of repairing the damage already done to the natural environment and to establish new criteria to guide Americans in making a cleaner, safer America. The agency conducts environmental assessment, research, and education. It has the primary responsibility for setting and enforcing national standards under a variety of environmental laws, in consultation with state, tribal, and local governments. It delegates some permitting, monitoring, and enforcement responsibility to U.S. states and Native American tribes. EPA enforcement powers include fines, sanctions, and other measures. EPA headquarters in Washington, D.C. EPA comprises 17,000 people in headquarters program offices, 10 regional offices, and 27 laboratories across the country. More than half of its staff are engineers, scientists, and environmental protection specialists; other groups include legal, public affairs, financial, and computer specialists. Each EPA regional office is responsible within its states for implementing the Agency's programs, except those programs that have been specifically delegated to states.

Region 1 - responsible within the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont. Region 2 - responsible within the states of New Jersey and New York in addition it's also responsible for the US territories of Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Region 3 - responsible within the states of Delaware, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia, and the District of Columbia. Region 4 - responsible within the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee. Region 5 - responsible within the states of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, and Wisconsin. Region 6 - responsible within the states of Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. Region 7 - responsible within the states of Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, and Nebraska. Region 8 - responsible within the states of Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming. Region 9 - responsible within the states of Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada, and the territories of Guam and American Samoa. Region 10 - responsible within the states of Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington.

-5-

Office of Groundwater and Drinking Water The Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Groundwater and Drinking Water (OGWDW), together with states, tribes, and its many partners, protects public health by ensuring safe drinking water and protecting groundwater. OGWDW, along with EPA's ten regional drinking water programs, oversees implementation of the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), which is the national law safeguarding tap water in America. The SDWA requires public water systems (PWSs) to provide drinking water that meets safety standards and protects sources of drinking water, including rivers, lakes, reservoirs, springs, or groundwater wells. Approximately 90% of Americans rely on public water systems for their drinking water at home; the other 10% have private wells, which are not federally regulated. Almost everyone drinks water from a public system at some point: while at school, at work, in a restaurant, or on vacation. OGWDW develops and helps implement national drinking water standards; oversees, assists and helps fund state drinking water programs and source water protection programs; helps small drinking water systems; protects underground sources of drinking water through the Underground Injection Control Program; and provides information to the public. OGWDW also works in cooperation with states, tribes, and EPA's Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance to guarantee that water systems meet these protective standards. Setting National Drinking Water Standards OGWDW sets national standards for drinking water, which either limit the amount of a particular contaminant in drinking water or require a certain treatment to remove or inactivate a contaminant. Both types of standards protect public health. When setting these standards, OGWDW uses sound data and peer-reviewed science to focus on the contaminants which present the greatest public health risk and which appear most frequently in drinking water. OGWDW also identifies sub-populations most vulnerable to drinking water contaminants, such as infants, children, pregnant women, the elderly, and the immunocompromised, and considers the risk to these sensitive sub-populations when setting safety standards. As part of the standardsetting process, OGWDW relies on input from all interested parties, looks at whether drinking water regulations are cost effective, determines appropriate procedures for analyzing samples of drinking water, and identifies affordable ways to treat drinking water. Working with States and Tribes to Implement the Drinking Water Program States and tribes work directly with water systems to implement the national drinking water program. To implement the drinking water program, each state or tribe must establish a drinking water program that is at least as stringent as the federal program (some states have stricter programs), assure that water systems meet safety standards, and adopt and implement adequate enforcement procedures (called primacy). If a state or tribe is unable to meet the requirements for primacy, or is simply unwilling, EPA's regional offices will directly implement the drinking water program in that jurisdiction. OGWDW provides grants, training, and technical assistance to help states and tribes successfully carry out the provisions of the SDWA. OGWDW also administers the drinking water state revolving loan fund, and grants funds to states, that loan money to water systems to install or upgrade facilities and to replace aging pipes and other infrastructure. The fund's policy is to support all water systems in need, including assisting small and disadvantaged communities, and protecting sources of drinking water from contamination.

-6-

Assistance for Small Drinking Water Systems The vast majority of water systems in the U.S. serve fewer than 3,300 people. Small water systems incur greater costs per household because they must spread the cost of infrastructure improvement over a smaller customer base. In fact, small systems could incur three times as much cost per household to continue to provide safe drinking water in the future as compared to that of larger systems. OGWDW assists small systems by identifying affordable and effective ways for small systems to treat water for their customers and providing technical and financial assistance. Voluntary Programs with Water Systems: The Partnership for Safe Water The Partnership for Safe Water is a unique cooperative effort between OGWDW and over 100 large water systems that join the partnership to provide protection beyond what is currently required by federal law to their customers from Cryptosporidium, Giardia lambia (herein referred to as Giardia) and other microbial contaminants. Protecting Drinking Water at its Source and Protecting Groundwater OGWDW is working with states so that they can determine how susceptible drinking water sources are to contamination. States and water suppliers will share this information (compiled into source water assessments) with the public so that communities can protect their drinking water sources. OGWDW also oversees programs that protect aquifers which serve as the primary source of drinking water for one or more communities (sole source aquifers), and works with states to implement wellhead protection programs, under which states protect the land around wells from contaminants. Through the Underground Injection Control program, OGWDW protects underground sources of drinking water. Injection deep into the earth is a common way of disposing of hazardous waste. If not injected properly, these wastes can contaminate sources of drinking water. OGWDW sets standards for safe injection practices, and bans certain types of injection altogether. A number of other EPA programs also protect drinking water from potential sources of contamination. For instance, the Superfund program cleans-up hazardous waste sites, while other programs regulate landfills, discharges to water, underground storage tanks, and chemicals used on farms and lawns. OGWDW works with other EPA offices to support efforts to coordinate these and many other programs to provide comprehensive protection of the nation's groundwater resource. Collecting and Providing Information to the Public Public information and public involvement are critically important to the successful implementation of the drinking water program. OGWDW works through an advisory committee, the National Drinking Water Advisory Council, and solicits other input through public meetings with states, tribes, water systems, environmental and other groups, and the public. OGWDW is working with these partners and others to provide information to citizens and communities on the quality of their local drinking water. OGWDW collects information on every public water system, such as how many people each system serves and whether each is meeting drinking water standards. This information is stored in the Safe Drinking Water Information System, and is used to help OGWDW understand whether systems are complying with drinking water safety standards. OGWDW is also collecting information on the occurrence of contaminants which may need to be regulated in the future, and storing this information in the National Contaminant Occurrence Database. OGWDW is providing materials to help water systems prepare annual water quality reports (consumer confidence reports) and notify consumers of water emergencies, and is helping consumers use this information to make decisions.
-7-

OGWDW maintains a web site (http://www.epa.gov/safewater/) and the Safe Drinking Water Hotline (1-800-426-4791) to make drinking water information easily available, and has also recently established the Drinking Water Academy to provide further training.

-8-

DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS Prior to 1976, water quality was regulated by individual state standards. In many cases, these standards were only recommendations rather than enforceable regulations. In December 1974, the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) (P.L. 93-523) was passed by Congress. The SDWA was amended in 1986 and 1996. The SDWA establishes a Federal program to monitor and increase the safety of the nations drinking water supply. The SDWA authorizes the EPA to set and implement health-based standards to protect against both naturally occurring and manmade contaminants in drinking water. The EPA is also responsible for assessing and protecting drinking water sources; protecting wells and collection systems; making sure water is treated by qualified operators; ensuring the integrity of distribution systems; and making information available to the public on the quality of their drinking water. The EPA works closely with each state to establish public drinking water standards and enforce the requirements of the SDWA. In West Virginia, the state government agency with primacy authority is the WV Department of Health and Human Resources (WVDHHR), Bureau for Public Health (BPH), Office of Environmental Health Services (OEHS). Therefore, OEHS has the same primary drinking water regulation enforcement authority over public water systems within the state as EPA. OEHS also has the authority to administer state rules more stringent than federal requirements. Implementing the SDWA The EPA establishes and implements the SDWA and its amendments through Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Parts 141-142, National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR) and Title 40 CFR Part 143 National Secondary Drinking Water Regulations (NSDWR). These regulations allow the EPA to enforce federally established drinking water standards by setting goals to ensure the highest quality of drinking water, from the source to the tap. The EPA establishes health goals based on risk and sets a legal limit, or maximum contaminant level (MCL), to help ensure consistent quality of the water supply. MCLs are established based on known or anticipated adverse health effects, the ability of available technology to remove contaminants, their effectiveness, and the cost of treatment. The limit is based on lifetime exposure and represents the highest permissible level of a contaminant in water that is delivered to any user of a public water system. MCLs have been set for over 90 potential drinking water contaminants, seven of which are new standards enforceable as of January 1, 2002. The NPDWR also codifies other specific requirements of the SDWA, including monitoring and analytical requirements, reporting and record keeping, maximum contaminant level goals (MCLG), filtration and disinfection, control of lead and copper, treatment techniques, and information collection requirements for public water systems. This regulation also provides best available treatment technologies (BAT). Secondary drinking water standards under the NSDWR are established for contaminants that primarily affect aesthetic qualities relating to public acceptance of drinking water. These secondary standards are not federally enforceable, but rather serve as guidelines for state use. Individual states may adopt any of the secondary standards as part of their own regulations, thus making them enforceable at the state level. EPA's Next Steps The EPA has drinking water regulations for more than 90 contaminants. The SDWA includes a process the EPA must follow to identify new contaminants which may require regulation in the
-9-

future. The EPA must periodically release a Contaminant Candidate List (CCL). The EPA uses this list of unregulated contaminants to prioritize research and data collection efforts to help determine whether specific contaminants should be regulated. In February 2005, the EPA published the second CCL of 51 contaminants and provided an update on the efforts to improve the CCL process for the future that is based, in part, on recommendations from the National Research Council and the National Drinking Water Advisory Council. In addition to making the process used for selecting contaminants easier to understand, the EPA goals for the future are to:

evaluate a wider range of information screen contaminants more systematically, and develop a more comprehensive CCL by expanding the number of contaminants being reviewed for inclusion on the next CCL.

- 10 -

WEST VIRGINIA DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS West Virginia has received approval from EPA to have primacy authority for enforcing public drinking water regulations at the state level. In other words, OEHS ensures all federal and state drinking water requirements are met. These state regulations can be accessed online at the West Virginia Legislature web site at www.legis.state.wv.us/. The OEHS Environmental Engineering Division (EED) Director, Walter Ivey, oversees several programs that make up the WV drinking water program. The following programs function as the multiple barrier approach in West Virginia: The Source Water Assessment & Wellhead Protection (SWAP) Programs mission is to assess, preserve, and protect the state's source waters which are used to supply water for the state's PWSs. The Certification & Training (C&T) Program provides training and/or testing to PWS operators, wastewater treatment works operators, backflow prevention assembly installers/testers, water well drillers, and monitoring well drillers to administer certifications. The Infrastructure & Capacity Development (I&CD) Program helps drinking water systems improve their finances, management, infrastructure, and operations so they can provide safe drinking water consistently, reliably, and cost-effectively. The Compliance & Enforcement (C&E) Program determines whether a PWS is in compliance with all state rules and federal regulations pertaining to the SDWA. Such determination is based on results of the chemical/contaminant monitoring required for each PWS. If a system is out of compliance, a violation is then issued requiring the PWS to do public notification activities to inform the public there was a problem, what happened, and what they are doing to fix it. Data Management enters all data received from the Monthly Operational Reports (MORs), bacteriological reports, and chemical reports into a specialized database called Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS). Each PWS monitors and samples their water for various chemicals and contaminants that have the potential to be a public health risk. All of the WV drinking water program is based in the OEHS central office located at 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 in Charleston, WV 25301. The OEHS central office phone number is (304) 558-2981 and fax number is (304) 558-0139. The OEHS website is http://www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/eed OEHS also has 5 district offices to provide technical and administrative support locally to PWSs across the state: Wheeling District Office (304) 238-1145 Philippi District Office (304) 457-2296 Kearneysville District Office (304) 725-0348 Beckley District Office (304) 256-6666 St. Albans District Office (304) 722-0611 The OEHS not only enforces drinking water standards, such as those in the SDWA, but it is also responsible for establishing and enforcing standards and regulations for water system design, construction, operation and maintenance, well construction and placement, pumps, treatment processes, chemical addition, well abandonment, lab certification, and wellhead protection. To ensure water systems meet these state requirements, water system owners are responsible for obtaining plan approvals from the OEHS for well construction, pump installation, well
- 11 -

rehabilitation, chemical addition to water, water treatment, and new system capacity. Plan approvals help ensure that water suppliers provide a safe and dependable supply of water to their customers. OEHS personnel enforce compliance with all appropriate codes and regulations by performing periodic on-site inspections of each system. These inspections are called sanitary surveys and their frequency depends upon the size and classification of the water system. During the sanitary survey, the OEHS representative will review the systems compliance and monitoring records and inspect the water system facilities. Following the inspection, the system owner will receive a written report listing any deficiencies or violations found. A PWS must respond within 45 days and establish time frames to correct the problem(s).

- 12 -

SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT The SDWA sets permissible levels of substances found in water which could be hazardous to public health. These regulations include MCLs for inorganic and organic chemicals, radioactivity, turbidity and microbiological levels. Testing and monitoring requirements, reporting and record keeping schedules, and public notification are enforced by OEHS in West Virginia. The SDWA gives the EPA the authority to set drinking water standards. Drinking water standards are regulations the EPA sets to control the level of contaminants in the nations drinking water. There are two categories of water standards: the Primary Drinking Water Regulations and the Secondary Drinking Water Regulations. A National Primary Drinking Water Regulation (NPDWR) is a legally-enforceable standard that applies to public water systems. Primary standards protect drinking water quality by limiting the levels of specific contaminants that can adversely affect public health and are known or anticipated to occur in water. They take the form of MCLs or Treatment Techniques (TTs). A National Secondary Drinking Water Regulation (NSDWR) is a non-enforceable guideline regarding contaminants that may cause cosmetic effects (such as skin or tooth discoloration) or aesthetic effects (such as taste and odor) in drinking water. EPA recommends secondary standards to water systems but does not require systems to comply. Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) and Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG) A MCL is the highest level of a contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. Before setting a MCL for any health related drinking water contaminant, the SDWA requires EPA to set what are called MCLGs. The MCLG is the level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MCLGs allow for a margin or safety. MCLs are set as close to the MCLGs as feasible using the best available treatment technology. Realizing that, in some cases, it is not technologically or financially feasible to achieve the MCLG for all contaminants, EPA establishes MCLs for all regulated contaminants in drinking water. In doing so, they take into account such factors as health risk assessments, cost-benefit analysis, and BATs, in establishing acceptable levels. BAT refers to the technology currently available to detect and treat the contaminant of concern. MCLs are the drinking water standards that all public water systems must meet. It is important to remember that MCLs are not set in stone. As new health effects data becomes available, MCLs are adjusted either up or down, depending on what the latest data shows. Treatment Technique (TT) Requirement For some contaminants, establishing a specific MCL is either not possible or too costly to mandate. For such contaminants, EPA may also choose to require a specific water treatment process intended to reduce the level of a contaminant in drinking water, called a Treatment Technique (TT), which, when implemented by the water system, would reasonably protect public health. Examples of TTs are corrosion control for reduction of lead and copper, and log removal/inactivation of particulates in surface water. Record Keeping Requirements Public water systems must retain copies of their records for certain lengths of time depending on the type of record. Monitoring records must contain certain information and must remain on the premises or at a convenient location near the premises.
- 13 -

The following is a general listing of the types of records and the length of time they must be kept: Not less than 3 years: Records of actions taken to correct violations. Not less than 5 years: Records of bacteriological analysis and records concerning a variance or conditional waiver. Not less than 10 years: Records of chemical analysis and copies of any written reports, summaries or correspondence relating to any sanitary surveys. Not less than 12 years: Records pertaining to lead & copper and corrosion control.

- 14 -

PUBLIC NOTIFICATION In addition to monitoring requirements, the federal government realizes that an important element of public safety is keeping the customer informed about the quality of their drinking water. Two regulations that were enacted to accomplish this goal are the Consumer Confidence Report Rule, published: August 19, 1998 and the Public Notification Rule, published on May 4, 2000. Despite the great efforts of water suppliers, problems with drinking water can and do occur. When problems arise, people who drink the water have a right to know what happened and what they need to do. The public notice requirements of the SDWA require water suppliers to provide this notice. As water suppliers test their water, they may discover that levels of certain contaminants are higher than the standards set by EPA or states. This might happen due to a change in local water conditions, heavy rainstorms, or an accidental spill of a hazardous substance. Water suppliers may also fail to take one or a series of their required samples. Any time a water supplier fails to meet all EPA and state standards for drinking water (including missing required samples or taking them late), the water supplier must inform the people who drink the water. These notices immediately alert consumers if there is a serious problem with their drinking water that may pose a risk to public health. PWSs must also notify customers if their water does not meet drinking water standards, the water system fails to test its water, or if the system has been granted a variance (use of less costly technology) or an exemption (more time to comply with a new regulation). Consumer Confidence Report s The guiding principle behind Consumer Confidence Report (CCR) Rule is that all people have the right to know what is in their drinking water and where it comes from. The CCR provides an opportunity for water suppliers to educate consumers about the sources and quality of their drinking water and to involve them in decisions about it. The EPA has revised its public notification requirements to speed up notification of serious health threats, and simplify notification of other violations. Consumers who are familiar with the basic drinking water information in CCRs will be able to participate more effectively in these processes. The reports will not only help consumers to make informed choices that affect the health of themselves and their families, they will encourage consumers to consider the challenges of delivering safe drinking water. Educated consumers are more likely to help protect drinking water sources and to be more understanding of the need to upgrade the treatment facilities that makes their drinking water safe. Even before generation and distribution of a CCR was required, many water suppliers saw the benefits associated with educating consumers and were distributing some form of a CCR voluntarily. What is a consumer confidence report? The SDWA requires all community water systems deliver to their customers an annual water quality report. The law specifies certain content for the reports, and requires water systems to distribute these reports to all of their customers. CCRs summarize information that water systems already collect. The report includes basic information on the source(s) of water, the levels of any contaminants detected in the water, and compliance with other drinking water rules, as well as some brief educational material. EPA expects that most reports will fit on one or two sheets of paper. A report that contains too much information, or is full of technical jargon, will discourage consumers from learning the basics about their drinking water.
- 15 -

Who must prepare a consumer confidence report? Every community water system that serves at least 25 residents year round or that has at least 15 service connections must prepare and distribute a CCR. These systems typically include cities, towns, homeowners associations, and mobile home parks. A community water system that sells water (parent supply) to another community water system (satellite supply) must provide monitoring data and other information that will enable the satellite to produce a CCR. When must a water system prepare and distribute a consumer confidence report? The reports are based on calendar year and include data gathered as part of the compliance monitoring schedule. Beginning in the year 2000, systems must deliver reports for the previous year by July 1. Parent supplies must deliver information to their satellites by April 19, 1999, and annually thereafter. The two systems may enter a contractual agreement that could result in an alternate delivery date of sample data to the satellite. A new community water system must deliver its first report by July 1 of the year following its first full calendar year in operation, and annually thereafter. Whereas the CCR is designed to provide information to customers on an annual basis, the Public Notification Rule specifies how water suppliers must inform their customers in the event of a MCL violation or emergency situation. This rule went into effect in May 2000 and established specific language, actions, time frames, and methods that must be used to notify the public in these situations. The Public Notification Rule establishes Tiers for each contaminant and the type of situation that resulted in the violation. What is public notification? Public notification (PN) is intended to ensure that consumers will always know if there is a problem with their drinking water. PWSs must notify the people who drink their water if the level of a contaminant in the water exceeds EPA and State drinking water regulations, if there is a waterborne disease outbreak or any other situation that may pose a risk to public health, if the water system fails to test its water as required, or if the system has a variance or exemption from the regulations. Depending on the severity of the situation, water suppliers have from 24 hours to one year to notify their customers. PN is provided in addition to the CCR to provide customers with a more complete picture of drinking water quality and system operations. EPA sets strict requirements on the form, manner, content, and frequency of public notices. Notices must contain:

A description of the violation that occurred, including the potential health effects; The population at risk and if alternate water supplies need to be used; What the water system is doing to correct the problem ; Actions consumers can take; When the violation occurred and when the system expects it to be resolved; How to contact the water system for more information; and, Language encouraging broader distribution of the notice.

EPA specifies three categories, or tiers, of public notification. Depending on what tier a violation or situation falls into, water systems have different amounts of time to distribute the notice and different ways to deliver the notice.

- 16 -

Tier 1 Public Notice - Required Within 24 Hours Any time a violation and situation with significant potential to have serious adverse effect on human health as a result of short-term exposure, water suppliers have 24 hours to notify people who may drink the water of the situation. Water suppliers must use media outlets such as television, radio, and newspapers, post their notice in public places, or personally deliver a notice to their customers in these situations. Examples of Tier 1 Violations: Violation of the MCL for total coliform, when fecal coliform or Escherichia coli (herein referred to as E. coli) are present in the water distribution system, or failure to test for fecal coliform or E. coli when any repeat sample tests positive for coliform; Violation of the MCL for nitrate, nitrite, or total nitrate and nitrite; or when a confirmation sample is not taken within 24 hours of the systems receipt of the first sample showing exceedance of the nitrate or nitrite MCL; Exceedance of the nitrate MCL (10 milligrams per liter (mg/L)) by noncommunity water systems, where permitted to exceed the MCL (up to 20 mg/L) by the primacy agency; Violations of the maximum residual disinfection level (MRDL) for chlorine dioxide when one or more of the samples taken in the distribution system on the day after exceeding the MRDL at the entrance of the distribution system or when required samples are not taken in the distribution system; Violation of the turbidity MCL of 5 nephelometric turbidity unit (NTU), where the primacy agency determines after consultation that a Tier 1 notice is required or where consultation does not occur in 24 hours after the system learns of violation; Violation of the TT requirement resulting from a single exceedance of the maximum allowable turbidity limit, where the primacy agency determines after consultation that a Tier 1 notice is required or where consultation does not take place in 24 hours after the system learns of violation; Occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak, as defined in 40 CFR 141.2, or other waterborne emergency; and, Other violations or situations with significant potential for serious adverse effects on human health as a result of short term exposure, as determined by the OEHS either in its regulations or on a case-by-case basis. * If your system has any of these violations or situations, in addition to issuing public notice, you must initiate consultation with your primacy agency as soon as practical but within 24 hours after you learn of the violation or situation. Tier 2 Public Notice - Required Within 30 Days (unless extended to 90 days by State) Any time a violation and situation with potential to have serious, but not immediate, adverse effects on human health, water suppliers must supply notices within 30 days, or as soon as possible, with extension of up to three months for resolved violations at the discretion of the OEHS. Notice may be provided via the media, posting, or through the mail.

- 17 -

Examples of Tier 2 Violations: All violations of the MCL, MRDL, and TT requirements except where Tier 1 notice is required; Violations of monitoring requirements where OEHS determines that a Tier 2 public notice is required, taking into account potential health impacts and persistence of the violation; and, Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of any variance or exemption in place. Tier 3 Public Notice - Required Within 1 Year When water systems violate a drinking water standard that does not have a direct impact on human health, for all other violations not included in Tier 1 or Tier 2, the water supplier has up to a year to provide a notice of this situation to its customers. The extra time gives water suppliers the opportunity to consolidate these notices and send them with annual water quality reports (CCRs). Examples of Tier 3 Violations: Monitoring violations, except where Tier 1 notice is required or the primacy agency determines that the violation requires a Tier 2 notice; Failure to comply with an established testing procedure, except where Tier 1 notice is required or the primacy agency determines that the violation requires a Tier 2 notice; Operation under a variance granted under 1415 or exemption granted under 1416 of the SDWA; Availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring results; and, Exceedance of the secondary maximum contaminant level for fluoride. Tier Determination In any of the above situations, the water supplier must notify OEHS as soon as possible for a determination of what Tier applies to a given situation. OEHS will make a determination and work with you to provide the appropriate language and steps you must take to notify the public. When in doubt, call the OEHS and find out. What information must be included in a notice? Your public notice must include specific information in order to be considered complete. Each notice must contain information addressing ten elements, including use of standard health effects language for MCL and treatment technique violations and standard language for monitoring violations. PWSs serving a large proportion of non-English speaking consumers are also required to include information in the notice in languages other than English. For each violation and situation requiring notice (except for fluoride secondary maximum contaminant level (SMCL) exceedances, availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring data, and operation under a variance or exemption), you must provide a clear and easy-tounderstand explanation of the following: 1. The violation or situation, including the contaminant(s) of concern, and (as applicable) the contaminant level(s); 2. When the violation or situation occurred; 3. Any potential adverse health effects from drinking the water, using mandatory language;
- 18 -

4. The population at risk, including subpopulations that may be particularly vulnerable if exposed to the contaminant in their drinking water; 5. Whether alternate water supplies should be used; 6. Actions consumers should take, including when they should seek medical help, if known; 7. What you are doing to correct the violation or situation; 8. When you expect to return to compliance or resolve the situation; 9. Your name, business address, and phone number or those of a designee of the PWS as a source of additional information concerning the notice; and, 10. A statement encouraging notice recipients to distribute the notice to others, where applicable, using the standard language. Some required elements may not apply to every violation or situation. However, you must still address these elements in your notice. For example, if it is unnecessary for consumers to boil their water or drink bottled water, you should tell them they do not need to do so. This is especially important for Tier 2 notices, where a violation may have been resolved by the time the notice is issued or may not be an immediate health risk. Certification of Compliance. After you provide the notice to your consumers, you must, within 7 days, send OEHS a copy of each type of notice you distribute (e.g., newspaper article, press release to TV/radio, mail notices) and a certification that you have met all the public notification requirements

- 19 -

BOIL WATER NOTICE Water treatment professionals must regard public health protection as the highest priority. Although every water treatment plant operator strives to produce high quality water, if a test result or a condition exists that may threaten public health, a boil water notice (BWN) must be considered. Therefore, water professionals must develop BWN criteria and action plans before there is a problem, not during a crisis. BWNs require a considerable amount of thought if they are to be carried out in timely fashion. One of the most important aspects of BWNs is determining what circumstances will trigger the event, a few examples are: A violation of the total coliform rule; Loss of disinfection residuals at the point of entry; High filter effluent turbidities; Loss of pressure in the distribution system; Cross-connection/backflow incidents; Major water main breaks; or, Breaches in the integrity of water storage facilities.

There is no single perfect action plan for all utilities: each must be tailored to the specific system and situation. It is essential that plant staff focus on the challenge of fixing the problem that prompted the BWA thus protecting public health. Text of the public notification regulation can be found in the EPA Public Notification Handbook, on the OEHS website or by contacting your OEHS district office engineer. Professional judgment and discretion are necessary in making decisions on the issuance of a notice. The water supplier is advised to consult with the local primacy agency to discuss the criteria for issuing public notices or BWNs. These discussions should include the actual wording and conditions for issuing the advisory. Once the criteria to issue a BWN have been met, prompt action is necessary. Failure to issue a timely BWN could lead to serious public health, financial, and public relations consequences. Customer confidence may be eroded or elevated depending on the timeliness and accuracy of the information they require. BWNs erode public confidence if they are not issued in time or issued too often. On July 8, 1998, OEHS Environmental Health Procedures Manual Memorandum DW-23 addressed Boil Water Orders at PWSs. Recently, DW-23 was reviewed and revised to improve consistent, proper handling of situations requiring boil water orders. Be sure to obtain a copy of the new DW-23 when it becomes final.

- 20 -

TOTAL COLIFORM RULE The Total Coliform Rule (TCR), published on June 29, 1989, sets both health goals (MCLGs) and legal limits (MCLs) for the presence of total coliform in drinking water and applies to all community and non-community water systems. The rule also details the type and frequency of testing that water systems must undertake. In the rule, EPA set the MCLG for total coliforms at zero. Since there have been waterborne disease outbreaks in which researchers have found very low levels of coliforms, any level indicates some health risk. EPA also set a legal limit on total coliforms. Systems must not find coliforms in more than 5% of the samples they take each month to meet EPA's standards. If more than 5% of the samples contain coliforms, water system operators must report this violation to the state and the public. The TCR requires all PWSs to monitor for the presence of total coliforms in the distribution system. Total coliforms are a group of closely related bacteria that are (with few exceptions) not harmful to humans. Because total coliforms are common inhabitants of ambient water and may be injured by environmental stresses (e.g., lack of nutrients) and water treatment (e.g., chlorine disinfection) in a manner similar to most bacterial pathogens and many viral enteric pathogens, EPA considers them a useful indicator of these pathogens. More important, for drinking water, total coliforms are used to determine the adequacy of water treatment and the integrity of the distribution system. The absence of total coliforms in the distribution system minimizes the likelihood that fecal pathogens are present. Thus, total coliforms are used to determine the vulnerability of a system to fecal contamination. The TCR requires systems to monitor for total coliforms at a frequency proportional to the number of people served. If any sample tests positive for total coliforms, the system must perform the following additional tests:

Further test that culture for the presence of either fecal coliforms or E. coli; Take one set of 3-4 repeat samples at sites located within 5 or fewer sampling sites adjacent to the location of the routine positive sample within 24 hours; and, Take at least 5 routine samples the next month of operation.

If a sample tests positive for coliforms, the system must collect a set of repeat samples within 24 hours. When a routine or repeat sample tests positive for total coliforms, it must also be analyzed for fecal coliforms and E. coli, which are a type of coliform bacteria that are directly associated with fresh feces. A positive result to this last test signifies an acute MCL violation, which necessitates rapid state and public notification because it represents a direct health risk.

- 21 -

SURFACE WATER TREATMENT RULE The Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), published in the Federal Register on June 29, 1989, promulgated a NPDWR for public water systems using surface water sources or groundwater sources under the direct influence of surface water. The SWTR includes: (1) criteria under which filtration is required and procedures by which the States are to determine which systems must install filtration; and (2) disinfection requirements. The filtration and disinfection requirements are treatment technique requirements to protect against the potential adverse health effects of exposure to Giardia, viruses, Legionella, and heterotrophic bacteria, as well as many other pathogenic organisms that are removed by these treatment techniques. The SWTR also contains certain limits on turbidity as criteria for (1) determining whether a public water system is required to filter; and (2) determining whether filtration, if required, is adequate. Technologies Evaluated for the First Compliance Technology List The SWTR enables EPA to issue log removal credits to water utilities through a requirement for particular water treatments, rather than a requirement for utilities to meet an MCL, which would require the technically difficult feat of monitoring for the microorganisms. Inactivation requirements are 99.9% (3 log) for Giardia cysts and 99.99% (4 log) for viruses. The inactivation requirements can be met through disinfection alone or a combination of filtration and disinfection. The SWTR lists four filtration technologies: 1) conventional filtration, including sedimentation; 2) direct filtration; 3) diatomaceous earth filtration; and, 4) slow sand filtration. Disinfection treatment is required to follow all of these filtration treatments. The disinfection technologies listed in the SWTR are chlorine, ozone, chlorine dioxide, and chloramine. The filtration and disinfection technologies identified in the SWTR were evaluated along with other technologies that may achieve the desired inactivation. Filtration processes that function on principles other than those of the listed technologies are referred to as alternative filtration technologies. In addition to the listed filtration technologies in the SWTR, this guidance considers other alternative filtration technologies: reverse osmosis filtration, microfiltration, ultrafiltration, and nanofiltration. In addition to the SWTR listed disinfection technologies, this guidance considers two new disinfection technologies: mixed-oxidant disinfection and ultraviolet radiation. Compliance Technology Evaluation of Disinfection Technologies Six disinfection technologies have been evaluated as possible compliance technologies. Since the viability of the 4 technologies listed in the SWTR has already been summarized in the SWTR guidance manual, their technology summaries are brief. Inactivation contact time (CT) values for the disinfectants listed in the SWTR were published by EPA in the 1989 guidance for the SWTR. CT refers to the product of the residual disinfectant concentration in mg/L, C, and the disinfectant contact time in minutes, T. The disinfectant contact time is defined as the time required for the water being treated to flow from the point of disinfectant application to a point before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow. There is a relationship between CT and inactivation percent removal (or log removal) for a given disinfectant. Since the determination of percent removal of a microbiological contaminant is more technically demanding than the calculation of CT, CT is used as a surrogate for percent removal for a given disinfectant.
- 22 -

INTERIM ENHANCED SURFACE WATER TREATMENT RULE EPA finalized the Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR) on December 16, 1998. The IESWTR applies to public water systems that use surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water (GWUDI) and serve at least 10,000 people. In addition, states are required to conduct sanitary surveys for all surface water and GWUDI systems, including those that serve fewer than 10,000 people. The IESWTR amends the existing SWTR to strengthen microbial protection, including provisions specifically to address Cryptosporidium, and to address risk trade-offs with disinfection byproducts. The final rule includes treatment requirements for waterborne pathogens, e.g., Cryptosporidium. In addition, systems must continue to meet existing requirements for Giardia and viruses. Specifically, the rule includes:

Maximum contaminant level goal (MCLG) of zero for Cryptosporidium; 2-log Cryptosporidium removal requirements for systems that filter; Strengthened combined filter effluent turbidity performance standards; Individual filter turbidity monitoring provisions; Disinfection profiling and benchmarking provisions; Systems using groundwater under the direct influence of surface water now subject to the new rules dealing with Cryptosporidium; Inclusion of Cryptosporidium in the watershed control requirements for unfiltered PWS; Requirements for covers on new finished water reservoirs; and, Sanitary surveys, conducted by States, for all surface water systems regardless of size.

The rule, with tightened turbidity performance criteria and individual filter monitoring requirements, is designed to optimize treatment reliability and to enhance physical removal efficiencies to minimize the Cryptosporidium levels in finished water. Turbidity requirements for combined filter effluent will remain at least every 4 hours, but continuous monitoring will be required for individual filters. In addition, the rule includes disinfection profiling and benchmarking provisions to assure continued levels of microbial protection while facilities take the necessary steps to comply with new disinfection byproduct (DBP) standards.

- 23 -

LONG TERM 1 ENHANCED SURFACE WATER TREATMENT RULE EPA finalized the Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1ESWTR) on January 14, 2002. The LT1ESWTR applies to all public water systems that use surface water or GWUDI and serve fewer than 10,000 persons. The purposes of the LT1ESWTR are to improve control of microbial pathogens, specifically the protozoan Cryptosporidium, in drinking water, and address risk trade-offs with disinfection byproducts. The rule will require certain PWSs to meet strengthened filtration requirements (turbidity less than 0.3 NTUs less than 95% of the time). It will also require systems to calculate levels of microbial inactivation to ensure microbial protection is not jeopardized if systems make changes to comply with requirements of the Stage 1 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts Rule (Stage 1-DBPR). This rule, which addresses subpart H systems serving fewer than 10,000 persons, builds upon the framework established for larger systems in the IESWTR. The LT1ESWTR provisions fall into the four following categories: 1. Cryptosporidium Removal; All systems must achieve a 2-log removal (99%) of Cryptosporidium. 2. Enhanced Filtration Requirements; Filtered systems must comply with strengthened combined filter effluent (CFE) turbidity performance requirements to assure 2-log removal of Cryptosporidium. Conventional and direct filtration systems must continuously monitor the turbidity of individual filters and comply with follow-up activities based on this monitoring. 3. Microbial Inactivation Benchmarking; and, Systems will be required to develop a profile of microbial inactivation levels unless they perform monitoring which demonstrates their disinfection byproduct levels are less than 80% of the MCLs established in the Stage 1 DBPR. Systems considering making a significant change to their disinfection practice must determine their current lowest level of microbial inactivation and consult with the state for approval prior to implementing the change. 4. Other Requirements. Finished water reservoirs for which construction begins 60 days after promulgation of the rule must be covered. Unfiltered systems must comply with updated watershed control requirements that add Cryptosporidium as a pathogen of concern. These requirements were developed based on the IESWTR, but have been modified to reduce the burden on small systems.

- 24 -

LONG TERM 2 ENHANCED SURFACE WATER TREATMENT RULE The Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT2ESWTR) builds upon earlier rules to address higher risk public water systems for protection measures beyond those required for existing regulations. EPA finalized the LT2ESWTR on January 5, 2006 which applies to all public water systems that use surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water. The purpose of the LT2ESWTR is to reduce illness linked with the contaminant Cryptosporidium and other pathogenic microorganisms in drinking water. The LT2ESWTR will supplement existing regulations by targeting additional Cryptosporidium treatment requirements to higher risk systems. This rule also contains provisions to reduce risks from uncovered finished water reservoirs and provisions to ensure that systems maintain microbial protection when they take steps to decrease the formation of disinfection byproducts that result from chemical water treatment. The LT2ESWTR requires: 1. Systems to monitor their water sources to determine treatment requirements. This monitoring includes an initial 2 years of monthly sampling for Cryptosporidium. To reduce monitoring costs, small filtered water systems will first monitor for E. colibacterium which is less expensive to analyze than Cryptosporidiumand will monitor for Cryptosporidium only if their E. coli results exceed specified concentration levels. Monitoring starting dates are staggered by system size, with smaller systems beginning monitoring after larger systems. Systems must conduct a second round of monitoring six years after completing the initial round to determine if source water conditions have changed significantly. Systems may use (grandfather) previously collected data in lieu of conducting new monitoring, and systems are not required to monitor if they provide the maximum level of treatment required under the rule. 2. Filtered water systems will be classified in one of four treatment categories (bins) based on their monitoring results. The majority of systems will be classified in the lowest treatment bin, which carries no additional treatment requirements. Systems classified in higher treatment bins must provide 90 to 99.7% (1.0 to 2.5-log) additional treatment for Cryptosporidium. Systems will select from a wide range of treatment and management strategies in the "microbial toolbox" to meet their additional treatment requirements. All unfiltered water systems must provide at least 99 or 99.9% (2 or 3-log) inactivation of Cryptosporidium, depending on the results of their monitoring. 3. Systems that store treated water in open reservoirs must either cover the reservoir or treat the reservoir discharge to inactivate 4-log virus, 3-log Giardia, and 2-log Cryptosporidium. These requirements are necessary to protect against the contamination of water that occurs in open reservoirs. 4. In addition, systems must review their current level of microbial treatment before making a significant change in their disinfection practice.
- 25 -

STAGE 1 DISINFECTANTS AND DISINFECTION BYPRODUCTS RULE EPA finalized the Stage 1 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts Rule (Stage 1 DBPR or S1DBPR) in 2001, which applies to community water systems and non-transient non-community systems and transient non-community water systems using chlorine dioxide MCLs, including those serving fewer than 10,000 people, that add a disinfectant to the drinking water during any part of the treatment process. The Stage 1 DBPR updates and supersedes the 1979 regulations for total trihalomethanes. In addition, it will reduce exposure to three disinfectants and many disinfection byproducts. The final Stage 1 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts Rule includes the following key provisions: Maximum residual disinfectant level goals (MRDLGs) for chlorine (4 mg/L), chloramines (4 mg/L), and chlorine dioxide (0.8 mg/L). Maximum contaminant level goals (MCLGs) for three trihalomethanes (bromodichloromethane (zero), dibromochloromethane (0.06 mg/L), and bromoform (zero)), two haloacetic acids (dichloroacetic acid (zero) and trichloroacetic acid (0.3 mg/L)), bromate (zero), and chlorite (0.8 mg/L). Maximum residual disinfectant levels (MRDLs) for three disinfectants (chlorine (4.0 mg/L), chloramines (4.0 mg/L), and chlorine dioxide (0.8 mg/L)) MCLs for total trihalomethanes (0.080 mg/L) - a sum of the three listed above plus chloroform, haloacetic acids (HAA5) (0.060 mg/L)- a sum of the two listed above plus monochloroacetic acid and mono- and dibromoacetic acids), and two inorganic disinfection byproducts (chlorite (1.0 mg/L)) and bromate (0.010 mg/L)). A treatment technique for removal of DBP precursor material. Water systems that use surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water and use conventional filtration treatment are required to remove specified percentages of organic materials, measured as total organic carbon (TOC), that may react with disinfectants to form disinfection byproducts (DBPs). Removal will be achieved through a treatment technique (enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening) unless a system meets alternative criteria. The terms MRDLG and MRDL, which are not included in the SDWA, were created during the negotiations to distinguish disinfectants (because of their beneficial use) from contaminants. The final rule includes monitoring, reporting, and public notification requirements for these compounds. This final rule also describes the best available technology (BAT) upon which the MRDLs and MCLs are based.

- 26 -

STAGE 2 DISINFECTANTS AND DISINFECTION BYPRODUCT RULE EPA published the Stage 2 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproduct Rule (Stage 2 DBPR or S2DBPR) on January 4, 2006, which applies to community and nontransient noncommunity water systems that add and/or deliver water that is treated with a primary or residual disinfectant other than ultraviolet light. The combined distribution system (CDS) is defined as the interconnected distribution system consisting of all PWSs that provide water and the systems that receive finished water. The population of the largest system in the group sets the schedule for the whole group. Under the Stage 2 DBP rule, systems will conduct an evaluation of their distribution systems, known as an Initial Distribution System Evaluation (IDSE), to identify the locations with high disinfection byproduct concentrations. These locations will then be used by the systems as the sampling sites for Stage 2 DBP rule compliance monitoring. The IDSE is a special sampling activity to find highest areas for disinfection byproduct formation. The IDSE process will result in selection of new Stage 2 DBP compliance sample sites to replace the Stage 1 DBP compliance sample sites. There are four ways to comply with the IDSE: 1. Do standard IDSE sampling. 2. Serve fewer than 500 people (very small system (VSS) waiver). 3. Have less than 40 micrograms per liter (g/L) or parts per billion (ppb) TTHM and less than 30 g/L HAA5 in all Stage 1 DBP compliance samples (40/30 waiver). 4. Do a system-specific study (SSS) as described in the rule. The number of IDSE sample sites will be based on population and type of water. Larger systems will be required to set more sites than small systems; systems that treat or purchase surface water (or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water) will set more sites than systems that just use groundwater. Compliance with the MCLs for two groups of disinfection byproducts (TTHM and HAA5) will be calculated for each monitoring location in the distribution system. This approach, referred to as the locational running annual average (LRAA), differs from current requirements, which determine compliance by calculating the running annual average (RAA) of samples from all monitoring locations across the system. A LRAA is the yearly average of all the results at each specific sampling site in the distribution system. The Stage 2 DBP rule also requires each system to determine if they have exceeded an operational evaluation level, which is identified using their compliance monitoring results. The operational evaluation level provides an early warning of possible future MCL violations, which allows the system to take proactive steps to remain in compliance. A system that exceeds an operational evaluation level is required to review their operational practices and submit a report to their state that identifies actions that may be taken to mitigate future high DBP levels, particularly those that may jeopardize their compliance with the DBP MCLs.
- 27 -

LEAD AND COPPER RULE On June 7, 1991, EPA published a regulation to control lead and copper in drinking water. This regulation is known as the Lead and Copper Rule (LCR) and applies to all community water systems and non-transient non-community systems. Lead and copper enter drinking water primarily through plumbing materials. Exposure to lead and copper may cause health problems ranging from stomach distress to brain damage. The treatment technique for the rule requires systems to monitor drinking water at customer taps. If lead concentrations exceed an action level of 0.015 mg/L or 15 parts per billion (ppb) or copper concentrations exceed an action level of 1.3 mg/L or 1.3 parts per million (ppm) in more than 10% of customer taps sampled, the system must undertake a number of additional actions to control corrosion. If the action level for lead is exceeded, the system must also inform the public about steps they should take to protect their health and may have to replace lead service lines under their control. The LCR has 4 basic requirements: 1. Require water suppliers to optimize their treatment system to control corrosion in customers plumbing; 2. Determine tap water levels of lead and copper for customers who have lead service lines or lead-based solder in their plumbing system; 3. Rule out the source water as a source of significant lead levels; and, 4. If lead action levels are exceeded, require the suppliers to educate their customers about lead and suggest actions they can take to reduce their exposure to lead through public notices and public education programs. If a water system, after installing and optimizing corrosion control treatment, continues to fail to meet the lead action level, it must begin replacing the lead service lines under its ownership. Calculating the 90th Percentile Calculate the 90th percentiles for lead and copper as described below: 1. List the lead results in ascending order in a column with the lowest concentration at the top of the list and highest concentration at the bottom of the list. Number each entry. Repeat this listing process using the copper results. Use the enclosed Lead and Copper 90th Percentile Summary form (or a similar reporting format that includes the same information) when submitting your 90th percentile calculations. 2. Multiply the number of samples in each column x 0.9 to determine the sample number that represents the 90th percentile. Example: 20 samples x 0.9 = 18 Therefore, the result for the 18th sample in the ascending list is the 90th percentile. 3. If you sample from only five locations, the 90th percentile value is calculated by averaging the 4th and 5th highest results.

- 28 -

Example of Calculating the 90th Percentile 1. If a system collected 50 samples, the 90th percentile would be in the _____ value place. 50 samples x 0.90 = 45 Therefore, the result of the 45th sample in the ascending list is the 90th percentile. 2. A system collected 5 samples with the following results: 0.023 mg/L, 0.004 mg/L, 0.014 mg/L, 0.008 mg/L, and 0.019 mg/L. What is the 90th percentile? Sample # 1 2 3 4 5 Result (mg/L) 0.004 0.008 0.014 0.018 0.023

Results from 4th + 5th = 0.018 + 0.023 = 0.041 = 0.0205 mg/L 2 2 2 Answer: The 90th percentile is 0.021 mg/L. 3. What is the 90th percentile for a system with the following sample results: 0.013 mg/L, 0.012mg/L, 0.019 mg/L, 0.02 mg/L, 0.013 mg/L, 0.007 mg/L, 0.011 mg/L, 0.022 mg/L, 0.017 mg/L, 0.015 mg/L? 10 samples x 0.90 = 9 Therefore, the result of the 9th sample in the ascending list is the 90th percentile. Sample # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Result (mg/L) 0.007 0.011 0.012 0.013 0.013 0.015 0.017 0.019 0.020 0.022

Answer: The 90th percentile (or 9th sample) is 0.020 mg/L.

- 29 -

LEAD AND COPPER 90th PERCENTILE SUMMARY1

Public Water System ID#: _______________________ Date: ____________________________ System:_________________________________________________________________________ Compliance Period: _____________________ Monitoring Frequency: ___________________ LEAD SAMPLES 90th Percentile Level = No. Location Code Tier/Target Category Lead2 mg/L No. COPPER SAMPLES 90th Percentile Level = Location Code Tier/Target Category Copper2 mg/L

90th Percentile Level = Concentration in the sample with sequence number yielded by 0.9 x number of samples. (Only 10% of the samples have higher lead or copper values.) For 5 samples, 90th Percentile Level is the average of 4th and 5th highest samples. Arrange in ascending order. (Place results of all lead or copper samples taken during the monitoring period in order from the sample with the lowest concentration at the top to the sample with the highest concentration at the bottom.) Attach additional pages if necessary.

- 30 -

FILTER BACKWASH RECYCLING RULE The Filter Backwash Recycling Rule (FBRR), promulgated on June 8, 2001, established a standard to return all recycle flows to a point that incorporates all treatment processes of the systems existing conventional or direct filtration systems or at an alternate location approved by the state. The regulation will apply to PWSs that use surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water, practice conventional or direct filtration, and recycle spent filter backwash, sludge thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes. The FBRR applies to all PWSs that meet all of the following criteria: The system is a Subpart H system, (i.e. uses surface water or GWUDI). The system treats water using conventional or direct filtration. The system recycles one or more of the following: spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes. The FBRR has three main components: Reporting. The FBRR requires a system to notify the State in writing about its recycle practices if the system is a Subpart H system, practices conventional or direct filtration, and recycles one or more of the regulated recycle streams. Recycle Return Location. The FBRR requires regulated recycle streams to be returned through all processes of a systems existing conventional or direct filtration system, as defined in 40 CFR 141.2. However, a system may recycle at an alternate location if approved by the State. Recordkeeping. The FBRR includes recordkeeping requirements related to recycling procedures.

- 31 -

THE PHASE I, II, IIB, AND V RULES EPA regulates most chemical contaminants through the rules known as Phase I, II, IIb, and V. The Agency issued the four rules regulating 69 contaminants over a 5 year period as it gathered, updated, and analyzed information on each contaminant's presence in drinking water supplies and its health effects. In each rule, EPA set limits on the contaminants, prescribed the schedule under which water systems must test for the presence of the contaminants, and described the treatments which systems may use to remove a detected contaminant. In some cases, EPA revised limits which existed prior to 1986. For each contaminant, EPA set a health goal, or Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG). This is the level at which a person could drink 2 liters of water containing the contaminant every day for 70 years without suffering any ill effects. This goal is not a legal limit with which water systems must comply; it is based solely on human health. For known cancer-causing agents (carcinogens), EPA set the health goal at zero, under the assumption that any exposure to the chemical could present a cancer risk. The rules also set a legal limit (MCL), for each contaminant. EPA sets the MCL as close to the health goal (MCLG) as possible, keeping in mind the technical and financial barriers that exist. Except for contaminants regulated as carcinogens, most legal limits and health goals are the same. Even when they are less strict than the health goals, the legal limits provide substantial public health protection. The contaminants regulated in these rules pose long-term, or chronic, health risks. Some can accumulate in the liver or kidneys and interfere with their functions. Others could affect the nervous system if ingested over a lifetime at levels consistently above the MCL. Several of these contaminants have MCLGs of zero because EPA believes that they cause cancer and assumes that any amount of exposure, no matter how small, poses some risk of cancer. Other contaminants present health risks only at levels above their legal limits. The Phase I Rule (published July 8, 1987) was EPA's first response to the 1986 Amendments. The rule limits exposure to 8 chemicals that may be present in tap water. All 8 are volatile organic chemicals (VOCs) industries use in the manufacture of rubber, pesticides, deodorants, solvents, plastics, and other chemicals. The rule requires water systems to monitor and, if levels exceed legal limits, take corrective action to ensure that consumers receive water that does not contain harmful levels of the chemicals. When it issued the Phase II and IIb Rules (published January 30 and July 1, 1991), EPA updated or created legal limits on 38 contaminants. Some of these contaminants are frequentlyapplied agricultural chemicals (nitrate is often present in areas where farmers apply fertilizer) while others are more obscure industrial intermediates (trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene is a solvent and chemical used in the production of other chemicals). For 36 of the 38 contaminants that the Phase II and IIb rules address, EPA set both health goals and legal limits. The other 2 contaminants that EPA regulated through the rules, Acrylamide and Epichlorohydrin, are chemicals that some water systems add during the water treatment process. Known as flocculants, these chemicals bond with dirt and other tiny contaminants in water and drag them to the bottom of the treatment tank. Water systems then use the cleaner water from the
- 32 -

top of the tank. The rules limit the amount of these chemicals that systems may add to water during the treatment process. The Phase V Rule (published July 17, 1992) set standards for 23 more contaminants. Several are inorganic chemicals such as cyanide that are present naturally in some water, though only at trace levels. Industrial activity accounts for the potentially harmful levels of these contaminants in drinking water. Other Phase V contaminants are pesticides. These chemicals enter water supplies through run-off from fields where farmers have applied them or by leaching through the soil into groundwater. EPA set different monitoring schedules for different contaminants, depending on the routes by which each contaminant enters the water supply. In general, surface water systems must take samples more frequently than groundwater systems because their water is subject to more external influences. Systems which prove over several years that they are not susceptible to contamination can usually get state permission to reduce the frequency of monitoring. Asbestos, for example, is unlikely to appear suddenly in a system's water. If a system has asbestos-concrete water mains and water of certain corrosiveness, or if asbestos is present naturally in an area, the system might detect asbestos in its water. Otherwise, a system which has never detected asbestos must test for asbestos only once every 9 years. If the system were ever to detect asbestos, it would have to begin more frequent monitoring. Nitrate and pesticide levels, on the other hand, vary depending on rainfall and farmers' schedules. Systems in areas prone to nitrate problems test quarterly to track the seasonal variations. If a system does not detect contaminants in initial samples, then repeat sampling frequencies will be lower than initial frequencies.

- 33 -

ARSENIC RULE Published on January 22, 2001, the Arsenic Rule revises the current MCL from 50 g/L to 10 g/L and sets a MCLG of zero for arsenic in drinking water. In addition, this final rule also clarifies how compliance is demonstrated for many inorganic and organic contaminants in drinking water. Both community water systems (CWSs) and non-transient, non-community water systems (NTNCWSs) will be required to reduce the arsenic concentration in their drinking water systems to 10 g/L. The Arsenic Rule: Makes the arsenic maximum contaminant level (MCL) more stringent by lowering the level from 0.05 mg/L (50 g/L or 50 ppb) to 0.01 mg/L (10 g/L or 10 ppb) (40 CFR 141.62(b)(16)); Includes a special rule requirement that arsenic sampling be reported to the nearest 0.001 mg/L to demonstrate that EPA clearly intended 0.010 mg/L to be used for determining compliance; and, Continues to require systems to sample at every entry point to the distribution system (EPTDS), referred hearafter in this guide simply as sampling point).

- 34 -

GROUNDWATER RULE On November 21, 2006, the EPA published a final Groundwater Rule (GWR) to promote increased protection against microbial pathogens that may be present in PWSs that use groundwater sources for their supply (these systems are known as groundwater systems). This Rule establishes a risk-targeted approach to focus on groundwater systems that are susceptible to fecal contamination, and requires groundwater systems that are at risk of fecal contamination to take corrective action. The GWR applies to all PWSs that use groundwater sources, in whole or in part (including consecutive systems that receive finished groundwater from another PWS), except for PWSs that combine all of their groundwater with surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water because such systems are already subject to existing regulations. The major four elements of the final GWR are described below. Sanitary Surveys The GWR requires States to conduct sanitary surveys on groundwater systems. Sanitary surveys must evaluate the following elements, as applicable: 1. Source; 2. Treatment; 3. Distribution system; 4. Finished water storage; 5. Pumps, pump facilities, and controls; 6. Monitoring, reporting, and data verification; 7. System management and operation; and, 8. Operator compliance with State requirements. For CWSs, the initial sanitary surveys must be completed by December 31, 2012, and repeated at least once every 3 years (the GWR allows States to reduce the frequency for CWSs to once every 5 years for systems meeting certain specified performance criteria). For NCWSs, the initial surveys must be completed by December 31, 2014, and repeated at least once every 5 years. If a State identifies significant deficiencies, it notifies the PWS and has the option of requiring corrective action. Triggered Source Water Monitoring Source water monitoring is an essential element of the GWRs approach for identifying those groundwater systems that need corrective action. A groundwater system is subject to triggered source water monitoring if it does not already provide treatment to achieve at least 99.99 percent (4-log) inactivation or removal of viruses before, or at, the first customer for each groundwater source, and if it has yielded a total coliform positive sample. Corrective Action The GWR specifies the circumstances that require corrective action. If corrective action is triggered by either significant deficiencies found during the States sanitary survey or by positive fecal coliform results during source water monitoring by the system, the groundwater system must consult with the State within 30 days of notification or discovery and undertake actions to correct the problem. The groundwater system must complete appropriate corrective actions
- 35 -

within 120 days after becoming aware of the problem, or be in compliance with a plan and schedule approved by the State. Failure to do so constitutes a Treatment Technique Violation. The groundwater system must implement one or more of the following corrective action alternatives: 1. Correct all significant deficiencies (e.g., repairs to well pads and sanitary seals, repairs to piping tanks and treatment equipment, control of cross-connections); 2. Provide an alternate source of water (e.g., new well, connection to another PWS); 3. Eliminate the source of contamination (e.g., removal of point sources, relocation of pipelines and waste disposal, redirection of drainage or runoff, improvement or repair of the existing fencing or housing of the wellhead); or 4. Provide treatment that reliably achieves at least 4-log treatment of viruses (using inactivation, removal, or a State-approved combination of 4-log virus inactivation and removal) before or at the first customer for the groundwater source. Treatment technologies that can provide at least a 4-log treatment of viruses include the following: Inactivation, with a sufficient disinfection concentration, and contact time, through disinfection with chlorine, chlorine dioxide, ozone, or through anodic oxidation. Removal with membrane technologies with an absolute molecular weight cut-off, or an alternate parameter that describes the exclusion characteristics of the membrane, that can reliably achieve at least a 4-log removal of viruses. Inactivation, removal or combination of inactivation and removal through alternative treatment technologies (e.g., ultraviolet (UV) radiation) approved by the State, if the alternative treatment technology, alone or in combination (e.g., UV with filtration, chlorination with filtration) can reliably provide at least 4-log treatment of viruses. Compliance Monitoring To demonstrate that treatment is achieving its goals, the groundwater system must monitor the systems performance. Groundwater systems that use chemical disinfection must monitor for, meet, and maintain a State-determined residual disinfectant concentration. Systems serving more than 3,300 customers must continuously monitor the residual disinfectant concentration. Systems serving 3,300 or fewer customers have the flexibility to use either continuous monitoring or grab sampling. Groundwater systems that use membrane filtration must maintain the integrity of the membrane and operate the membrane system in accordance with State-specified monitoring and compliance requirements. Groundwater systems that use State-approved alternative treatment technology must monitor and operate the alternative treatment in accordance with all compliance requirements that the State determines are necessary to demonstrate that at least 4-log treatment of viruses is achieved. Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements In addition to the major elements described above, the GWR also addresses the types of reporting and recordkeeping required by groundwater systems regulated under the Rule. Some of the reporting requirements must be made by the day following the reportable incident. Other actions must be reported within 30 days. Records must be kept for periods ranging from three to ten years, depending on the type of records.
- 36 -

RADIONUCLIDE RULE In 2000, EPA revised the radionuclides regulation, which had been in effect since 1977. The revisions required new monitoring provisions to ensure that all customers of community water systems will receive water that meets the MCLs for radionuclides in drinking water. EPA also issued a standard for uranium, as required by the 1986 amendments to the Safe Drinking Water Act. The current standards are: combined radium 226/228 of 5 pCi/L; a gross alpha standard for all alphas of 15 pCi/L (not including radon and uranium); a combined standard of 4 mrem/year for beta emitters. The new MCL for uranium is 30 g/L. What are the requirements of this final rule? Community water systems (CWSs), which are water systems that serve at least 15 service connections or 25 residents regularly year round, are required to meet the final MCLs and to meet the requirements for monitoring and reporting. Non-transient, non-community water systems (NTNCWSs) will not be regulated at this time. EPA will further consider this matter and may propose to regulate radionuclides at these systems in the future. NTNCWSs are public water systems that are not a CWS and serve at least 25 of the same people more than 6 months per year (e.g., schools and nursing homes). The final rule requires that all new monitoring be conducted at each entry point to the distribution system under a schedule designed to be consistent with the Standardized Monitoring Framework.

- 37 -

CROSS-CONNECTIONS AND BACKFLOW Cross-connections are points in a piping system where it is possible for a nonpotable substance to come into contact with the potable drinking water supply. They can provide a pathway for backflow of nonpotable water into potable water. Backflow occurs from negative pressure in the distribution system (termed backsiphonage) or from increased pressure from a nonpotable source (termed backpressure). Backflow from a cross-connection can affect water quality and create health problems. Cross-connections can result in serious illness and even death. Backflow Backflow is defined as unwanted, reversed flow of liquid in a piping system. Backflow can be caused by backsiphonage, backpressure, or a combination of the two. Backsiphonage Backsiphonage is backflow caused by negative (sub-atmospheric pressure) in the distribution system or supply piping. When the system pressure becomes negative, atmospheric pressure on the distribution system, water columns (from buildings or other elevated piping), or other pressure sources will cause the direction of flow within portions of the system to reverse. If a cross-connection exists in the area where flow reverses direction, contaminants can be siphoned into the distribution system. The effect is similar to sipping a soda by inhaling through a straw. Backpressure Backpressure is backflow caused when the distribution system is connected to a nonpotable supply operating under a pressure higher than the distribution system, the direction of flow will reverse if there is no mechanism to stop the flow. A pump, boiler, elevation difference, or other means can create the higher pressure. METHODS USED TO PROTECT AGAINST CROSS-CONNECTIONS There are 5 basic assemblies/devices which are used to prevent or reduce the possibility of backflow in cross-connections: air gaps, atmospheric vacuum breakers, pressure-type vacuum breakers, double check valve assemblies, and reduced pressure backflow preventers. Air Gap Of the 5 assemblies/devices listed, the air gap (physical separation of the potable and nonpotable systems by an air space) is most reliable backflow prevention measure to use when there is potential for a cross connection to an extreme hazard. The vertical distance between the supply pipe and the flood-level rim should be two times the diameter of the supply pipe, but never less than one inch. This type of backflow prevention can be used in situations in which potable water runs into a tank or a source, which is under atmospheric pressure. Obviously, this type of backflow prevention method cannot be used for a direct connection to a pressurized system. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers (AVB) do not prevent backflow due to backpressure. They must be installed on the discharge side of the last control valve. They must be installed 6 inches above the rim of the fixture they serve. In addition, they cannot be used under continuous pressure for a period of 8 hours or more. Atmospheric vacuum breakers are usually used with hose bibs or
- 38 -

sillcocks in situations in which a hose is attached to a sprinkler system or is draining into a tank. Atmospheric vacuum breakers cannot be tested at any time. Pressure Vacuum Breakers Pressure vacuum breakers (PVB) are similar to atmospheric vacuum breakers except that these devices can be used under continuous pressure. They cannot prevent backflow due to backpressure and must be installed above the usage point to prevent backsiphonage. They must be installed at least 12 inches above the rim of the device that they are protecting. Double Check Valve Assemblies Double check valve assemblies (DCVA) are used for a direct connection between 2 potable water systems. These assemblies may be used to protect against both backsiphonage and backpressure. They can be used under continuous pressure but cannot be used to connect to a contaminated or high-hazard system. The assembly consists of 2 ordinary spring-loaded or balance-weight-assisted swing check valves mounted in series. They offer only a partial degree of protection because particles can prevent proper seating of the valves causing them to leak. Double check valves protect against backpressure and backsiphonage conditions. Once installed, they can be tested. Reduced Pressure Principal Backflow Preventers The reduced pressure principal (reduced pressure zone) backflow preventer (RPZ) provides the greatest protection against backflow-caused by backpressure and backsiphonage. The RPZ can be used under continuous pressure and in high-hazard conditions. The RPZ is designed so it will operate even if both the check valves become fouled. A reduced pressure backflow preventer consists of 2 check valves with a zone of reduced pressure between the check valves. The reduced pressure chamber also has a spring-differential pressure relief valve. Such a backflow preventer can be put on each water line that is used to fill tank trucks. Many private facilities in communities allow farmers or others needing water to fill their tanks. These facilities should be inspected for approved backflow prevention assemblies/devices. In addition, the city must not allow tanks to fill from hydrants, which are not protected by backflow prevention equipment. Thermal Expansion When water is heated it expands in volume. Water in a residential water heater may expand about one-half gallon during each recovery period. In an open system this water will be easily absorbed. However, if a backflow preventer is placed in the service line to a residence it will create a closed system with no room for expansion. Since water is not compressible, it has to go someplace and that is generally out the water heater pressure relief valve. This is a dangerous situation since these relief valves are not designed for frequent operation. In addition, the pressures generated may cause an explosion. Operators need to recognize the implication of placing a backflow preventer or a check valve upstream of a water heater. If this must be done, installation of a small thermal expansion tank between the water heater and backflow preventer is the simple solution.
- 39 -

Inspection and Testing Title 64 Legislative Rule Bureau for Public Health Series 15 (64CSR15) governs cross connection control and backflow prevention for public water systems and became effective March 13, 2004. 64CSR15 applies to any owner, operator or customer of a public water system and is enforced by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Resources (OEHS is the designee). In general, all backflow prevention assemblies must be tested by a WV Certified Backflow Assembly Tester at the time of installation, repair, or relocation, and at least every 12 months thereafter. All PWSs are required to have an approved, Cross-connection and backflow program. Title 64 Legislative Rule Bureau for Public Health Series 25 (64CSR25) governs the examination and certification of backflow prevention assembly testers and became effective April 29, 2004. In WV, a certified backflow prevention assembly tester is an individual who meets all of the requirements of 64CSR25 to be certified to inspect and test backflow prevention assemblies or methods. A listing of current WV certified Backflow Prevention & Assembly Inspector Testers is available online at http://www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/backflow/default.aspx For more information, please refer to the: Cross-Connection Fact Sheet included. Cross-Connection and Backflow Prevention Manual (EW-114) online at http://www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/eed/swap/training&certification/crossconnection&backflow/documents/Cross_Connection_Backflow_Prevention.pdf Cross-Connection and Backflow Control Manual EPA online at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/pdfs/crossconnection/crossconnection.pdf Website http://www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/backflow/default.aspx to Search for Certified Backflow Prevention & Assembly Inspector Testers in West Virginia Website http://www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/eed/swap/training&certification/crossconnection&backflow/

- 40 -

OPERATOR CERTIFICATION Operator certification helps protect human health and the environment by establishing minimum professional standards for the operation and maintenance of PWSs. In 1999, EPA issued operator certification program guidelines specifying minimum standards for certification and recertification of the operators of community and nontransient noncommunity PWSs. While the specific requirements vary from state to state, the goal of all operator certification programs is to ensure that skilled professionals are overseeing the treatment and distribution of safe drinking water. Operator certification is an important step in promoting compliance with the SDWA. The West Virginia Operator Certification Program was approved by EPA on February 20, 2002. West Virginia requires all public water systems to have a certified operator to effectively operate the system. Certified operators play a crucial role in protecting the health and welfare of West Virginia citizens, which can be jeopardized if persons not properly qualified are allowed to operate water supply systems. There are many disease-causing organisms and chemicals that may enter a system through the source water or through problems in the distribution system. Most contaminants cannot be seen or smelled, so proper system maintenance and monitoring is required to ensure the protection of public health. Water users expect a safe and adequate water supply and rely on the system operator to notify them if problems occur. The need for responsible water system operators is enormous. Competent water system operations require someone with skill, knowledge and experience in operating, maintaining and troubleshooting water sources, treatment and distribution systems. Even if the operator will not be the one to repair or replace broken equipment, he/she must be able to recognize potential problems and take action to have problems corrected. Any individual making process control/system integrity decisions about water quality or quantity must be certified. West Virginias Operator Certification Program: Provides applications and informational resources to prospective operators; Administers the examination process; Evaluates applicant experience and education; Evaluates training for continuing education; Tracks continuing education obtained by each operator; and, Ensures compliance with all applicable state and federal laws. To become a certified operator, an individual must: 1. Submit an application; 2. Attend any required training courses; 3. Pass a written examination specific for the size and type of system to be operated; 4. Meet minimum experience and education requirements; and, 5. Comply with Title 64 Legislative Rule Bureau for Public Health Series 4 Public Water Systems Operator Regulations (64CSR4), effective April 18, 2007. Maintaining certification requires: 1. Applying for new renewal by submitting an application every 2 years; 2. Documented attendance at sufficient OEHS-approved continuing education courses (CEHs); and, 3. Continued employment as an operator in a WV public water system.
- 41 -

Continuing Education Hours Our understanding of drinking water quality and chemical and biological contaminants in water is changing almost daily. Similarly, better laboratory methods to find small amounts of chemicals, and improvements in diagnosing and tracking disease, more clearly define water that is truly safe to consume. Along with increased knowledge of health threats, which may be in drinking water, we have also increased our ability to prevent their occurrence, and to detect and remove them. Special sample collection methods, monitoring schedules and treatment options exist for a variety of possible contaminants. All certified operators, as well as system owners and managers, have a responsibility to keep up with changes in monitoring and reporting requirements. Also, it is important you are aware of new information on water quality and treatment and they maintain a basic level of knowledge. West Virginia requires all certified operators, except 1Ds, to obtain continuing education hours (CEHs). Continuing education is essential to keeping up to date with water supply, treatment, maintenance, and monitoring information. The amount of continuing education that must be obtained depends on your certification classification. Operators-in-Training (OITs) and Water Distribution (WD) operators are required to obtain 6 CEHs every 2 years. Class I operators are required to obtain 12 CEHs every 2 years. Classes II-IV are required to obtain 24 CEHs every 2 years. Operators are required to notify the OEHS in the event they are no longer the operator for a specific system. This is to emphasize the importance of having a certified operator at all times. A 30 day advance notice is required for voluntary terminations. Please complete and submit form ES-74 at least 30 days prior to quitting to stay in compliance with operator requirements and keep your certification. If you are fired, contact Certification & Training so they are aware your employment status has changed and provided them with your new or anticipated employment information. Certification is personal. Each individual operator is responsible for keeping his/her certification current and ensuring all requirements are met. Please contact the Certification and Training Section at (304) 558-2981 or WVRWA at (304) 201-1689 if you have any questions concerning your responsibilities as a certified public water system operator in West Virginia. The Certification and Training Section currently oversees information on more than 2,400 certified water operators (as of June 2008) in addition to wastewater operators, backflow prevention & assembly inspector testers, water well drillers, and monitoring well driller training in West Virginia. It is essential we work together and openly communicate. Responsibilities of the Public Water System and OEHS The public water system owner and operator, along with OEHS, work together to make sure that safe drinking water is provided to water system users and that all regulatory requirements are met. Providing safe drinking water requires a team effort from systems, operators, and OEHS. Responsibilities of the Owner and Operator The owner of a public water system is responsible for meeting all of the legal requirements that apply to the water supply. An operator is a person who conducts day-to-day operational and technical activities related to the operation of a water supply. Although the owner may designate an operator, the owner is ultimately responsible for providing safe drinking water and meeting regulatory requirements. It is important that both the owner and operator work together to ensure
- 42 -

that the water system provides safe drinking water and meets all applicable requirements. The ultimate goal for both the owner and operator is to provide safe drinking water to the public. The owners of public water systems shall: Employ a Chief Operator with a certification equal to or higher than the system classification and an adequate number of certified operators to operate the system; Not employ more OITs than the number of employed certified operators, unless written permission is granted by the Commissioner; Apply to the Commissioner for OIT Certification, on behalf of OIT applicants, within thirty (30) days of their hire at the public water system. Experience gained for certification starts only upon the issued date of the OIT certificate; Notify the Commissioner within ten (10) days, in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner, of any employment status changes, except termination, of the systems certified operators, OITs, and intended certified operators and OITs, including their reassignment; Notify the Commissioner within twenty-four (24) hours if a certified operator or OIT terminates employment for any reason; Renew the OIT Certification every two (2) years or until all requirements for Class I certification are met. Submit the renewal application at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration date, in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner. The OIT shall attempt to pass the Class I or WD examination at least once during each two (2) year renewal; Require in the case of Class II, III, and IV public water systems, that a certified operator with certification equal to or greater than the system classification, be present at all times when the plant is operational, unless the Commissioner grants a written exception to this requirement in response to a written request by the owner of the public water system. Require in the case of Class III and IV public water systems, that a certified operator with certification no lower than one (1) class below the system classification, be present at all times when the plant is operational. Submit a personnel status report by July 15 every year. The report is to be in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner and required information includes, at a minimum: a list of all certified operators, the operator in charge of each shift (if applicable), the Chief Operator, and any OITs currently employed; and, Post a copy of the current certification of all certified operators employed at the public water system and a copy of the certified operators renewal card, if applicable, in a conspicuous location in the water treatment plant, or, if there is no water treatment plant, the office of the public water system. Operators Responsibilities An operator is the person who is, in whole or part, responsible for the operation of a water system. At times, he/she may be a manager, laboratory technician, mechanic, meter reader, and a public relations specialist. To become a competent operator one must have a strong interest and desire for the job. Becoming a competent operator means; being accountable, having the will to learn, and to work without supervision. Even though many aspects of a water system can be "out of sight", they should not be out of mind for the water treatment plant operator. By
- 43 -

properly maintaining the system, a competent operator provides a large degree of protection for a communitys great investment in infrastructure. The operator also protects the health and well being of customers by producing a safe finished product. A certified operator shall: Notify the Commissioner at least thirty (30) days prior to voluntarily terminating employment with a public water system in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner (EW-74); Obtain the necessary amount of CEHs and retain documentation of attendance required for his or her renewal application; Ensure that the renewal applications are submitted at least thirty (30) days before the required date and no earlier than sixty (60) days prior to expiration, in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner; Have the original personal certification card issued by the Commissioner upon his or her person at all times the operator is operating the public water system; and, Not work in a public water system under the certification of another; only the person whose name appears on the operator certification is certified by that document.

- 44 -

PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS OPERATOR REGULATIONS Title 64 Legislative Rule Bureau for Public Health Series 4 Public Water Systems Operator Regulations (64CSR4) governs the examination and certification of operators of public water systems. OEHS recently reviewed and revised 64CSR4, which became effective April 18, 2007. OEHS revised the current regulations to: Meet new needs identified by the committee; Improve compliance with minimum federal operator requirements; and, Clarify gray areas of existing regulations that often required internal interpretation and handling within the Certification and Training Section. So what does this mean to operators? Please do not panic. No one likes change but it is necessary to improve and move forward. Overall, the content has changed minimally. The changes are mostly associated with needed clarifications of existing definitions, rules, and responsibilities. The new regulations will enable operators and systems to do their job better through improved communication and preparation. OEHS recognizes the importance of professionals in the drinking water industry and looks forward to working with each and every individual operator and system to successfully implement these new requirements on a reasonable timeframe. Please note that the following sections are a summary of the regulation and does not contain all the details of the new requirements. Reading these sections is not a substitute for reading the Public Water Systems Operator Regulations (Title 64 Series 4) entirely. You can contact our office at 304-558-2981 to discuss these rules or if you would like a copy of the Public Water Systems Operator Regulations (Title 64 Series 4) please contact the WV Secretary of State for a copy or download from http://www.wvsos.com/csr/verify.asp?TitleSeries=64-04 The new regulation is an amendment to the existing PWS operator rule (July 1, 2002) intended to increase clarity and maintain compliance with changes in federal rules and requirements. Periodic rule review and revision enable West Virginia to retain primary enforcement for the Safe Drinking Water Act. Without the PWS operator regulations administered by the operator certification program, one of the important barriers to preventing contamination of PWS has been compromised.

- 45 -

CHIEF OPERATOR REQUIREMENTS & RESPONSIBILITIES The recently revised 64CSR4 includes the following definition for chief operator that is more descriptive of responsibility: The certified operator whom the owner designates who is responsible for managing the daily operational activities of an entire PWS or a water treatment facility, or a distribution system in a manner that ensures meeting state and federal safe drinking water rules and regulations. Every PWS owner must employ a chief operator with certification equal to or higher than the system classification. Therefore, all PWS, excluding 1D systems and systems with only 1 certified operator, must designate a chief operator. A certified operator in a system with 1 certified operator is automatically designated as the chief operator. Class 1D systems are exempt from the requirements of this subsection. To better support and prepare chief operators for their great responsibilities, the new regulation requires: All new and current chief operators attend a course approved by OEHS for training as a chief operator. Attendance of the designated course is also applicable for 6 hours of CEH credit for the renewal cycle. Current chief operators must fulfill this training requirement by April, 18, 2009. New chief operators are required to take the next available class unless waived in writing. OEHS will develop a list of approved courses and make arrangements for additional course offerings. A certified chief operator is responsible for the day to day operation of the PWS to ensure the delivery of safe water at all times by complying with all state and federal regulations. The way this is accomplished is by the completing the following tasks. These tasks may vary depending on the size of your system, the type of water source and the complexity of treatment. Attend training to meet state primacy agency's continuing education requirements; Attend training programs and workshops to keep current of technical improvements; Be aware of all changes in regulations regarding water treatment; Be available to accompany regulatory officials for on-site inspections when given adequate notice; Collect or oversee the collection of water samples as specified by OEHS; Communicate with the owner, manager, or board about technical and financial needs of your system; Conduct frequent system and security inspections; Develop and maintain a plan for monitoring system process controls and meet all related goals; Educate other staff on emergency procedures and keep contact information up to date; Ensure that all samples are tested by a WVBPH certified lab; Ensure that all treatment equipment is maintained and operated properly according to the manufacturers specifications and recommendations; Ensure that daily chemical analyses are properly measured and recorded; Ensure that OEHS approval has been obtained prior to starting treatment or changing chemical types and/or manufacturers;
- 46 -

Inspect critical facilities and components, including door locks and fencing, as part of daily inspections; Inspect, flush, clean and disinfect the water distribution system as needed per OEHS regulations; Investigate water quality and quantity problems and take corrective measures as needed in a timely manner; Keep accurate operational records; Keep accurate records of repairs and routine maintenance performed on the treatment equipment; Keep accurate records of water analyses, repairs, maintenance and correspondence; Make all chemical adjustments and add all chemicals when necessary; Measure and record all chemical dosage rates as needed; Maintain a consumer complaint log, including how complaints are resolved; Oversee and monitor all repairs performed on the public water system; Review all water quality analyses for completeness prior to submission to OEHS; Report all violations to OEHS and issue public notices when needed; Update system maps when a significant change to the distribution system has been made; and, Utilize appropriate safety equipment.

Chief operators are also responsible for training of any Operators-in-Training (OITs) at their system. The Chief Operator must review and sign the OIT application (EW-102E) within 30 days of new employee hire as well as document in writing when the OIT has sufficient work experience to upgrade to a WD or Class I operator. Certified experience is the only experience counted towards upgrade so it is important to ensure all operators or individuals employed by the system conducting operator duties are currently certified. PWSs may not employ more OITs than the number of currently employed certified operators, unless written permission is granted by OEHS.

- 47 -

NEW RENEWAL AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS All operator certifications now require renewal every 2 years. Although this is not new for all certifications, it adds clarification that OITs are also renewable. The experience requirements for all certifications are now measured in hours instead of years to help improve proper credit with a variety of employment schedules. For example, instead of 1 year (assuming full time) experience, it is listed as 2,000 hours for a Class I operator. There are new renewal requirements for OITs and WD operators. Both OITs and WD operators are now required to obtain 6 CEHs for renewal. The intent of the new OIT CEH requirement is that if the OIT cannot pass the exam, CEHs may help them pass the next time around. OITs are also required to attempt the Class I or WD exam at least once during each 2 year renewal cycle. Federal guidelines require continuing education for all certified operators. The new regulations will require all certified operators (except 1D) continue to receive training related to water treatment and distribution to promote continued learning and professionalism, more efficient operation, and a better understanding of emerging technologies and trends. OIT minimum education requirements can now be waived by the Commissioner, in writing, to a minimum age of 16 and completion of the 10th grade with a current school transcript and 2.0/4.0 grade point average. The intent of this change is to allow interested students to receive water treatment related training earlier in their academic career paths and help promote awareness of the water treatment field. The new regulations also clarify that it is the duty of each certified operator to obtain the necessary amount of appropriate CEHs and retain documentation of attendance required for the renewal application. All certified operators must now ensure renewal applications are submitted no earlier than 60 days prior to expiration, in addition to the previous requirements, to facilitate proper data management and timely processing. All continuing education units (CEUs) must now be preapproved by the Commissioner for relevancy so that the applicant knows beforehand the courses are enough, or if additional course work will be needed. 100% credit will be awarded to CEUs deemed directly related to water treatment and distribution otherwise 50% credit will be awarded.

- 48 -

DROPPING THE F A separate fluoride certification is no longer required by operators employed by a PWS that uses fluoridation. The rationale for this change is that fluoride should be treated just like any other chemical that may be used in the treatment process. Information on fluoridation will now be included in the mandatory Class I and II operator training. This change will help all operators obtain basic knowledge of fluoride treatment for operation at all systems. Operators who have already become fluoride certified will lose the F designation on the end of their certification number upon their next renewal. Although certification numbers will no longer specify fluoridation training, it is important for operators to keep track of this valuable training in their records.

- 49 -

WATER DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATION US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) guidelines require all PWS operating personnel making process control/system integrity decisions about water quality or quantity that affect public health be done under the direction of a qualified, certified operator. This potential exists in both the treatment facility and distribution system. Therefore, a Water Distribution (WD) operator certification has been added. Some water utilities have split responsibilities, where the water treatment plant may be under the direction of a certified PWS operator but the distribution system is not. This is no longer allowable under 64CSR4. The WD certification will allow two chief operators to be assigned under the above scenario and still meet the federal guidelines. Although a WD system is defined as a PWS that obtains all of its water from another PWS (also known as a purchase system), and is not owned or operated by the supplying PWS, an individual working in the distribution portion of any PWS must hold a WD or higher certification to ensure properly certified operator coverage. Since WD operators collect water quality samples at the distribution system but not provide any treatment, much of the current Class I (and higher) operator certification training is not needed for distribution only systems or related work. Development of a WD training course and exam where only distribution activities are taught and tested, will eliminate the problem of a person having to study unneeded and unnecessary material in order to proficiently perform their job functions. WD certification requires: a completed EW-102C application; a high school diploma or equivalent; attendance at a WD training course approved by OEHS; 70% on the WD certification exam; 1,000 hours of experience at a WD or higher classification PWS; and, 6 continuing education hours (CEHs) for renewal every 2 years. All of these new requirements for WD operator certification are based on current EPA guidelines related to operator education, examination, experience, and continued training. Any current 1D operator may apply to be reclassified as a WD operator by passing the WD exam and meeting the minimum educational and experience requirements within 2 years from the effective date of the new rule (by April 18, 2009). Any operator collecting samples at a WD or higher system must hold a 1D or higher certification. This provision was added to give existing WD operators a chance to upgrade without going through the Operator-in-Training (OIT) process. Prior to April 18, 2007, all water operator certifications were sequential in other words, they built upon each other with no dual certifications allowed. With the new WD certification, Class I-IV certified operator may choose to be WD certified in addition to their higher classifications, however, it is not required. If both certifications are held, all requirements for both must be met in accordance with 64CSR4. For example, a Class IV operator who wants to be additionally certified as a WD must complete a total of 30 CEHs every 2 years. The Water Distribution Operator Certification Course is approved for 23 CEHs (CEH2008-052) so it may be taken for continued learning purposes instead certification if the individual chooses.
- 50 -

PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM OWNER REQUIREMENTS PWS owners must notify the OEHS: within 10 days of any employment status changes (previous version required this information within 5 days); within 24 hours if any operator terminates employment for any reason; and, by July 15th every year with a personnel status report on an approved form which includes a list of all certified operators, the operator in charge of each shift (if applicable), the Chief Operator, and any OITs currently employed. These more specific reporting requirements will increase enforceability and enable the OEHS to have more current information. Previously, employment status changes were often discovered during site visits but not necessarily soon after changes occurred. Additional owner requirements in the new regulation include applying for and renewing OIT certification on behalf of OIT applicants and operators, and posting a copy of the certified operators renewal card, in addition to the current certification, in a conspicuous location at the system. Although this has been OEHS policy, it was not written previously in the regulation.

- 51 -

OPERATOR FORMS Remember all forms must be complete, legible, signed and dated, and timely with all required documents attached (copy of diploma, CEH certificates, etc.) for processing. Also remember to use the most current version of each form. All forms are available on the OEHS website at http://www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/eed/swap/training&certification/forms.asp or by phone request from the Certification and Training Program at (304) 558-2981. EW-74 Voluntary Resignation: Use this form when voluntarily terminating employment to ensure proper notification. EW-75 Application for Certification as a Backflow Prevention Assembly Inspector/Testor (BPAIT): Use this form when applying for initial, reinstatement, or renewal of BPAIT certification. EW-102C Application for WD and Class I-IV Certification and Examination: form when applying for examination or certification as a WD or Class I-IV operator. Use this

EW-102D Application for Renewal of WD and Class I-IV Certification: Use this form for renewal of WD or Class I-IV operator certifications. EW-102E Operator-In-Training Certification (OIT): Use this form when applying for initial certification or renewal of OIT certification. OIT renewal requires 6 CEHs and taking the WD or Class I Exam. EW-102F 1D Application: Use this form when applying for examination, initial certification or renewal of 1D operator certification. EW-104 Public Water System Personnel Status Report: All PWS must submit this form by July 15th every year to facilitate accurate information on all certified personnel currently employed. EW-107 Certified Operator Requirement Waiver: Use this form when applying for a certified operator requirement waiver, in accordance with 64CSR4 5.1.g and h. EW-108 Reciprocity Application: Use this form when you are certified by another jurisdiction outside of WV and seeking certification as a WV PWS operator to document your competency (64CSR4 8.1). EW-111 Public Water System Employee Status Changes: Use this form to ensure reporting within 10 days of any employment status change (except termination) of PWS certified operators for compliance with 64CSR4 Section 5.1.d. Terminations of certified operators must be reported to OEHS within 24 hours (64CSR4 5.1.e).

- 52 -

COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT METHODS The operator regulations are now more specific on the definitions of suspension and revocation. Suspension is effective for an initial period of less than 1 year, revocation is effective for a period of more than 1 year. Both actions result in operators certification being invalid. Revocation requires reexamination at the former certification level and fulfillment of CEH requirements. The process for compliance and enforcement actions is also more clearly defined as notification via certified mail with the action proposed, effective date, reasons and length of time of the proposed action. The new regulations also enable the Commissioner to establish an Advisory Board consisting of at least 5 certified operators and a designated chairman.

- 53 -

PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM CLASSIFICATION The classification of PWS has been changed from a point rating table to a descriptive definition based on source, population served, and treatment requirements. In general, the system complexity will continue to determine the required operator classification. All PWS will be reviewed as part of the sanitary survey conducted by District Office staff. This timeframe enables existing staff to reevaluate each system. Exceptions to this schedule will be made if requested in writing or if other problems arise. If reclassification occurs, systems must communicate with OEHS to ensure proper operator coverage. OEHS recommends operators at systems likely to change to start training and working towards the appropriate classification. Class 1D All transient non-community water systems that have ground water only as a source, and do not use gaseous chlorine or chlorine dioxide as a means of disinfection, and do not treat for the removal of nitrate or nitrite, or both. Ground water sources that use gaseous chlorine, chlorine dioxide as a means of disinfection or have treatment for removal of nitrate or nitrite, or both, are considered a Class I public water system. Class WD A public water system that obtains all of its water from another public water system, and is not owned or operated by the supplying public water system. The system does not have any other source of water other than water from the supplying public water system. A WD system may apply chorine for supplemental disinfection. Class I Community and non-transient non-community public water systems that use ground water only, serve a population of less than 10,000 (including consecutive connection population), and do not treat for a primary contaminant. Class II All public water systems that use a surface source or a ground water under the direct influence of a surface water source, serve a population of less than 10,000 (including consecutive connection population), and do not have any additional treatment units within the treatment plant for identified primary contaminants in the source water. Treatment installed for removal of Cryptosporidium is considered an additional treatment unit. Class II also includes all public water systems that use ground water only, serve less than 10,000 population, use at least one radial water collector well as a source, or treat for at least one primary contaminant identified in the source water, or both. Class III All public water systems that use surface or a ground water under the direct influence of a surface water source, serve a population of at least 10,000 (including consecutive connection population), and do not have any additional treatment plant for identified primary contaminants in the source water. Class III also includes all public water systems that use ground water only, serve a population of at least 10,000 and use at least one radial water collector well as a source.

- 54 -

Class IV A public water system that uses a surface or a ground water under the direct influence of a surface water source and serves a population of at least 20,000 (including consecutive connection population).

- 55 -

OPERATOR CERTIFICATION CHECKLIST Since certified operators are a key component of any water system, it is important to understand what all goes into becoming a certified water operator. The Certification and Training Program is commonly asked how quickly an individual can become a certified water operator. The summary below was comprised to address this good question in writing. Feel free to use it as a checklist in the future. 1D Water Operator: employed with a PWS; completed EW-102F, which includes proof of 8th grade completion; attended 1-day OEHS course; and, passed the 1D certification exam with a 70% or higher. Water Operator-in-Training (OIT): employed with a PWS; and, completed EW-102E, which includes proof of high school or GED diploma and PWS Chief Operator signing-off on responsibility for individuals training experience. Water Distribution (WD) Operator: employed with a PWS; completed EW-102C; attended OEHS-approved week long WD training course; passed WD certification exam with a 70% or higher; and, documented proof of 1,000 hours (~6 months full-time) OIT or PWS certified experience at a WD or higher PWS.
Note: Until April 18, 2009, current 1D operators employed in a WD or higher classification PWS may apply to be reclassified as a WD operator by passing the exam and meeting the minimum educational and experience requirements.

Class I Water Operator: employed with a PWS; completed EW-102C; attended OEHS-approved week long Class I training course; passed Class I certification exam with a 70% or higher; and, documented proof of 2,000 hours (~1 year full-time) OIT or PWS experience.
Note: Experience gained in WD or 1D counts for no more than 600 hours.

Class II Water Operator: employed with a PWS; completed EW-102C; attended OEHS-approved week long Class II training course; passed Class II certification exam with a 70% or higher; and, documented proof of 6,000 hours (~3 years full-time) PWS experience with 2,000 of those at a Class II or higher PWS.
Note: Can substitute up to half of the required experience (~1.5 years full-time or 3,000 hours) with OEHS approved education continuing education units (CEUs), but still will need 3,000 hours (~1.5 years full-time) experience minimum. A CEU is 10 CEHs or any higher education approved by OEHS. C&T reviews each course for relevancy and assigns CEUs on a case-by-case basis. The rules specify courses relevant to water treatment will count 100% towards CEUs. However, a course not directly related will receive 50% credit towards CEUs. Thus, a - 56 -

3 credit hour Music Appreciation course taken at WVU will only be granted 1.5 CEUs. Also, keep in mind you cannot use your education for both minimum education requirements and experience substitution. Therefore, a person with a 4-year degree would be well advised to consider NOT using their degree for experience substitution if they plan to eventually become a Class III or IV operator. Note: 1,000 hours experience (or approved alternative) in a surface source water treatment plant prior to being allowed to operate unsupervised in a Class II or III surface water source water treatment plant.

Class III Water Operator: employed with a PWS; completed EW-102C; passed Class III certification exam with a 70% or higher; documented proof of 10,000 hours (~5 years full-time) PWS experience with 2,000 of those at a Class II or higher PWS; and,
Note: Can substitute up to half of required experience (5,000 hours or ~2.5 years full-time) with OEHS approved education (CEUs), but will still need 5,000 hours (~2.5 years full-time) experience minimum.

documented completion of 90 CEUs.

Note: Can substitute all required education (up to 90 CEUs) with 4,000 hours (~2 years full-time) experience.

Class IV Water Operator: employed with a PWS; completed EW-102C; passed Class IV certification exam with a 70% or higher; documented proof of 12,000 hours (~6 years full-time) PWS experience with 2,000 of those at a Class III or higher PWS; and,
Note: Can substitute up to half of required experience (3 years full-time or 6,000 hours) with OEHS approved education (CEUs), but will still need 6,000 hours (~3 years full-time) experience minimum.

documented completion of 180 CEUs.

Note: Can substitute up to half of the required education (90 CEUs) with 2 years full-time or 4,000 hours experience but would still need 90 CEUs.

Applying the above information, the fastest an individual without prior certification or higher education beyond high school/GED could become a Class IV water operator is with 6 years fulltime experience and 180 CEUs. Keep in mind, all operator certification requirements are based on federal and state regulations to ultimately protect public health. Each certified PWS operator is responsible in providing adequate supply of safe, potable drinking water to consumers who are confident their water is safe to drink. It is essential these operators not only achieve these minimum requirements for certification but continue to gain knowledge and acknowledge the public health foundation of their career choice in the drinking water industry. Please contact the Certification and Training Program at any time to discuss any aspect of the operator certification program at 304-558-2981.

- 57 -

GUIDANCE FOR CERTIFIED WATER OPERATORS OEHS Certification and Training (C&T) Program staff takes pride in reviewing and processing each operator application based on quality, timeliness, and fulfillment of all current certification regulation requirements. However, if applications are incomplete or required information is not submitted or is illegible, our job is more difficult and timeliness of your certification is reduced. By adhering to the following guidelines, initial certification or renewal will proceed more effectively. 1. Know the rules and regulations for your profession and how to receive and maintain your certification(s). This includes knowledge of education and experience requirements and associated timelines. West Virginia Administrative Rules, Title 64 Series 4, Public Water Systems Operator Regulations are available online from the Secretary of State website at http://www.wvsos.com/csr/verify.asp?TitleSeries=64-04. If you have any questions on these regulations, contact C&T for clarification. 2. Know the proper forms required to initially become certified and renew your certification (if required). Knowing what forms to use and having them available in your work area will facilitate meeting the required timelines. All current forms are available on our website at www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/eed/swap/training&certification/forms.asp or by calling us at (304) 5586988 or (304) 558-6991. Always read carefully and complete the forms in their entirety, which includes a signature and date for proper documentation. 3. Make sure any classes you take toward certification upgrade or renewal are already approved by OEHS. All classes must be approved by the Commissioner and attendance documented by the operator before OEHS will accept the continuing education hours (CEHs) for operator renewal requirements. A list of approved classes is available on our website at www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/eed/i&cd/education_index.asp or by calling C&T at (304) 558-6988. All approved CEHs have a unique, 7-digit CEH number. Taking unapproved classes and failing to provide class certificates upon completion may result in the need for you to take additional classes and delay processing your application. Contact the instructor or their supervisor if you have not received appropriate certificates with the corresponding approved CEH number and course title for all of your training. 4. Do not procrastinate on taking classes for renewal. Hundreds of classes have been approved, some indefinitely. By waiting until the last few months before your renewal, you increase the chance of the class being full, cancelled, possible sickness on your part, having to stay at work due to problems, etc. There are two (2) years in between certification renewals for water plant operators and three (3) years between certification renewals for Class III and IV wastewater operators. Requesting extensions for more time to obtain required continuing education is unacceptable and indicates poor career management on your part. 5. Share good information. The articles you are reading often contain valuable information. Please ensure it is reviewed by staff and coworkers. In Short: 1. Know the rules and regulations for your profession. 2. Use the correct form (s) and make sure they are complete and timely. 3. Take approved CEH classes and contact the instructor(s) for appropriate certificates.
- 58 -

4. Do not procrastinate on obtaining your renewal training. 5. Information is out there for all of you, take advantage of it and manage your careers appropriately. By following the above guidance, C&T can provide timely certifications and renewals for everyone. Please contact us with any questions or concerns at any time. We oversee approximately 4,000 individual certifications, which are each unique, personal, and very important. Open communication is essential in facilitating all operator certification needs and ultimately protecting drinking water.

- 59 -

WAIVERS AND VARIANCES Operator waivers and system variances, or in other words exceptions to the certified operator requirements, do exist. However, they are the exception, not the norm, and have strict guidelines. Upon first glance, sections 5.1.g and h of 64CSR4 sound contradicting and may need revised for clarity in the next version. In general, 5.1.h limits the exceptions granted under 5.1.g. The intent of the current rule is: All Class II PWSs must have a Class II operator or higher present at all times plant operational, unless a written exception is made by OEHS based on a written request received. All Class III PWSs must have a Class III operator or higher present at all times plant operational, unless a written exception is made by OEHS based on a written request received. A written exception may be granted by OEHS for a Class II operator to be present at all times plant is operational at a Class III system based on written request received. A class I operator alone cannot provide adequate operator coverage at a Class III PWSs. All Class IV PWSs must have a Class IV operator present at all times plant operational, unless a written exception is made based on a written request received. Written exceptions at Class IV PWSs are limited to Class III operators. A Class I or II operator alone cannot provide adequate operator coverage at Class IV PWSs.

OEHSs decision to issue an operator waiver has several steps. First, a written request from the system explaining the situation(s) creating a need for the waiver is received by OEHS Certification and Training Program or district office. PWS must document effort(s) made on their part to address the situation. For example, the vacancy was posted and no qualified candidates applied or an emergency occurred involving one of our certified operators. A waiver should be a last resort, not a safety net for poor planning and management. Once the written request is received, OEHS will seek recommendation from the appropriate district office engineer. Generally, they will state whether or not the system is in need, and if the proposed operator can adequately performs the required functions. OEHS will also make sure the requesting PWS chief operator recommends approval of the waiver request, if it did not originate from he or she. The written request will then receive a written response from the OEHS EED Director with specifics on the decision and with copies provided to all involved individuals. Operator waivers are situation, operator, system, and time specific to ensure consistency in implementation of regulations. There are also PWS operator variances. The Environmental Health Procedures DW-36 outlines Operator Variance Permits (OVP) for qualifying and OEHS approved PWSs who automate their systems (automatic dialers and automatic equipment shut down). In general, an OVP requires: a minimum one (1) year continuous operation before we would consider issuing and a PWS classification level of Class II or higher. These types of PWS variances are handled by OEHS IC&D.
- 60 -

Even with any waivers or variances, all PWSs still must have a Chief Operator with certification equal to or greater than the PWS classification and adequate number of certified operators to operate the system (to comply with 5.1.b,g&h).

- 61 -

PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS IN WEST VIRGINIA The jurisdiction of the drinking water program at the OEHS applies only to PWSs, those that service water to the public. This includes municipal water systems as well as facilities, such as mobile home parks or factories, that have their own source of water and that serve it to the public. Whether the system is privately owned or not, if it serves water to more than 25 people, it is considered a PWS and subject to the regulations of the SDWA. West Virginia has over 1,100 active PWSs. This number constantly changes and varies year to year. Approximately 90% of all PWSs use groundwater, while only 10% use a surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water source. However, this low number of surface water source PWSs serve large population centers such as the cities of Charleston, Morgantown, Huntington, and Clarksburg. Water System Types Public Water Systems (PWS) provide piped water for human consumption to 15 or more service connections or an average of at least 25 individuals each day for at least 60 days each year. The system includes the source water intake (such as a well), treatment, storage, and distribution piping. Human consumption of water includes drinking water and water used for cooking, food preparation, hand washing, bathrooms and bathing. A private home served by its own well is not a public water supply system since it serves only a single service outlet. There are three categories of PWSs: Community Water System (CWS); Non Transient Non Community Water System (NTNCWS; and, Transient Non Community Water System (TNCWS). A Community Water System (CWS) is defined as a public water system which serves at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or it regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents. A public system that is not a community water system is a NonCommunity Water System (NCWS). There are two types of non-community water systems, Non-Community Non-Transient Systems (NTNCWS) and (TNCWS) Transient Non-Community Water Systems. Non-Community Non-Transient Water Systems (NTNCWS) are non-community public water systems that regularly serve at least 25 of the same people over 6 months of the year. Schools with their own groundwater supply are a good example of this type of system. Transient Non-Community Water Systems (TWS) do not serve at least 25 of the same people on a regular basis over a 6 month period in a year. This category covers bars, restaurants, rest stops and campgrounds, to name a few. PWSs are further classified into 6 distinct categories (1D, WD, or Class I, II, III or IV) to ensure each is regulated according to its population served, source water, and treatment complexity. Purpose of Public Water Systems The main purpose of PWSs is to provide water safe for human consumption. Other important purposes are to provide an adequate quantity of water of acceptable taste, odor and appearance; and meet the needs of fire protection. Providing water service places owners and operators of water systems under an ethical and legal obligation to meet these needs.
- 62 -

Most people in the U.S. take safe, inexpensive drinking water for granted. We assume all water that comes from a tap is okay to drink, whether in a restroom, a gas station or a friend's home. Few of us realize the planning, monitoring, repair and maintenance required to obtain and protect adequate amounts of safe water. Acute and Chronic Health Effects PWS requirements are meant to protect the public from contaminants that may cause acute or chronic health effects. Contaminants that may have an immediate impact on health after drinking small amounts of water must be dealt with in all public water systems. These are contaminants that cause acute health effects. Examples are disease-causing organisms and nitrates. Contaminants that cause health effects if consumed over long periods of time must be dealt with in systems where the same residential or non-residential consumers have access to the water on a long-term basis. These are contaminants that cause chronic health effects. Examples include cancer-causing chemicals and chemicals affecting the nervous system or kidneys. Responsibilities of Public Water Systems Today with increasing regulatory requirements brought about with the 1996 Amendments to the SDWA, public water systems in West Virginia are finding themselves facing many challenges. Along with the increasing responsibilities in the area of treatment and compliance, there is also the issue of source water protection. Achieving and maintaining financial, technical, and managerial capacity is critical for public water systems. Capacity Development is a concept stated in the 1996 SDWA Amendments that pertains to the successful management and operation of a public water system. This concept illustrates the overlapping influence that each of these areas has upon the other. Capacity Development further implies that there is no static endpoint to success. That is, water systems must strive daily to do the best possible job in technical, financial, and managerial endeavors. Given the increasing regulatory requirements and scarcity of resources that often exist with small systems, it is more important than ever to make certain that individuals directing and operating these systems have a thorough understanding of their system's operation. The basic responsibility of a water system is to furnish customers with potable drinking water that meets or exceeds customer demands. This responsibility is shared by every member of the utilitys work force, from managers to operators and from clerical staff to field employees. Every member of the team should be aware of their duties and report any condition to the next in command that has the potential to adversely effect the systems ability to produce safe clean drinking water.

- 63 -

MULTIPLE-BARRIER APPROACH Whether your tap water comes from surface or groundwater, all drinking water sources are vulnerable to a variety of contaminants from a variety of activities. The origin of contaminants might be in your neighborhood or many miles away. When rain falls or snow melts, it picks up and carries away pollutants, depositing them into lakes, rivers, wetlands, coastal and even underground sources of drinking water. Because we know these activities have the potential to contaminate the source of our drinking water, we have created four major barriers to protect our source water from contamination. Preventing pollution is critical to protecting drinking water from contamination and reducing the need for costly treatment. Community involvement and individual action are key to providing a safe supply of drinking water. The Multiple-Barrier Approach of public health protection incorporates several independent steps to provide public health protection. The theory behind this concept is the more barriers between a contaminant and the consumer, the more likely an isolated failure in one of the steps will not result in adverse public health effects. For a public water system using groundwater, steps in the multiple-barrier approach include the following: Selection of the best source or source location; Development and implementation of a source water protection plan; Providing adequate treatment to remove or eliminate contaminants; Monitoring water quality to check the effectiveness of treatment or the occurrence of contaminants (there are also often multiple barriers within treatment processes); Providing sanitary surveys to identify deficiencies which might impact water quality or service; and, Reporting to the public any contamination events, monitoring failures, or water treatment deficiencies. Proper design and construction of a public water supply system has a critical role in public health protection. It is also an expensive process regardless of the size of the system. Investment dollars are protected if the system is engineered, constructed, operated and managed so that it is able to provide safe water for as long as possible. Monitoring water quality indicates if part of the system has failed, is leaking or is exposed to conditions which may shorten its useful life. Conditions which may affect the life of pipe include very hard water which might plug pipes, or corrosive water which eats away at the interior of pipes and tanks.

- 64 -

SOURCE WATER QUANTITY One of the most important requirements for any water system is the ability to meet the water quantity demands of customers at all times. This requirement means that an adequate quantity of source water should be available to meet the customers needs. It is important to determine whether the water system has an adequate source of supply, because prolonged interruptions or reductions in the source water supply may cause low pressures or water outages in the distribution system that pose a public health hazard. When service pressure is insufficient, other liquids are much more likely to enter the system through cross-connections and contaminate the water supply. Demand The amount of water used by the water systems customers is referred to as the demand placed on that system. Several different sources contribute to a systems demand. Residential Usage Water that is used by people during their day to day routine is referred to as domestic usage. This includes drinking water, bathing, preparing food, and numerous other activities like watering a lawn, washing the car and doing laundry. Two main factors determining domestic water usage or demand include first, the number of individuals the served by the system, and the amount of water needed per day per person. The average daily consumption of water per person per day is considered to be 50 gallons according to the West Virginia Public Service Commission (PSC). The PSC considers 150 gallons as the average daily household consumption. Residential usage varies depending on location and population density. Rural areas traditionally have lower daily consumption rates than urban or more densely populated areas. Commercial Usage Water used in the production and manufacturing of goods is considered commercial usage. Industrial demands in rural areas typically come from dairies or other food processing plants, wood products and textiles. In West Virginia, many coal companies use vast amounts of water to clean coal after it has been mined. It is common for a single industrial user to use as much water as the entire residential or domestic demand of the system. Meeting Peak Demand Peak water consumption periods will vary daily and according to seasonal conditions. The major responsibility of the water system and the operator is to make sure that potable water is available during the times it is needed. Seasonal Demand The amount of water used each day typically varies according to the season. Higher daily demands occur during hot summer months such as July and August while the demand will tend to drop off during winter months such as January and February. Variances in temperature and rainfall can also lead to decreases or increases in daily water consumption. Daily Peak Demands Ninety percent of the daily water usage typically occurs during a 16-hour period. The peak demand periods occur between the early morning hours (5:00 am to 10:00 am) and again during the early evening hours (5:00 pm to 10:00 pm). In rural areas the highest peak demands usually occur on weekends. The opposite is true for more urban areas as the highest peak demands take
- 65 -

place during the week.

- 66 -

SOURCE WATER ASSESSMENT AND PROTECTION Virtually every stream, lake, river and aquifer in this country is used as a drinking water source. Protecting these source waters from contaminants is a major national priority in protecting public health through ensuring a clean, safe drinking water supply. Reducing the threat of waterborne illnesses helps save hundreds of millions of dollars annually by eliminating costly health care expenses, lost wages, work absences, decreased job productivity, and additional treatment costs incurred by PWSs required to meet federal drinking water quality standards. The Source Water Assessment and Protection Program (SWAP), authorized by the 1996 Amendments to the SDWA, outlines a comprehensive plan to achieve maximum public health protection. Source Water Assessment and Protection Plans: Are an integral part of the multiple-barrier approach for public health protection; Are a preventive effort designed to eliminate unnecessary risk of contamination to the source of water used by a public water supply system; Are a community-based approach to protecting drinking water through a process that identifies the origins of certain contaminants and then determines the best way to manage them at the community level; Are achieved through the development and implementation of a SWAP plan; and, Can work very well with existing environmental programs by serving as a basis for prioritization for permitting, inspections, and enforcement. The general concepts of SWAP are applied to public water supply systems using surface water, ground water (also known as Wellhead Protection), or water from a source with significant surface water / ground water interaction. Source water protection is an extension of the wellhead protection concept and includes systems using water from any type of source. Source water protection plan development is designed to manage a specific land area identified or delineated according to the local hydrology (for surface water systems) or hydrogeology (for ground water systems) to prevent ground or surface water contamination. According to the source water assessment and protection plan, it is essential that every community take these six steps: Step 1- Delineate Delineating the source water protection area (SWPA) shows the area to be protected and prescribes the boundaries of the area from which drinking water supplies are drawn. This step also designates the area within which contaminant source inventories are conducted, identifying substances or activities that may pose potential risks to the drinking water supplies within that area. Delineations may be performed using a variety of accepted methods (e.g., calculated fixed radius; computer modeling, etc.), and are most protective when they include all sources of water and potential contaminants and activities affecting them within the prescribed area. Step 2- Inventory The source inventory lists all documented and potential contaminant sources or activities of concern that may be potential threats to drinking water supplies. The source inventory indicates the level of concern assigned to each potential risk by ranking, rating, or prioritizing management measures to reduce or eliminate them. Step 3- Determine the Susceptibility Determining susceptibility of the public water supply (PWS) to inventoried threats relates the nature and severity of the threat to the likelihood of source waters serving that system being
- 67 -

contaminated. Mitigating factors taken into account when determining susceptibility include potency or toxicity of the contaminant, volume of discharge or release, distance from wells or intakes, and the likelihood of entry of the contaminant into the source waters. Step 4- Notify and Involve the Public The following actions will help ensure that the public has information necessary to control and modify their own actions to prevent contamination and to participate effectively in community activities to protect drinking water. Use plain English in reports. Provide maps of the SWPA. List, show or indicate potential sources/threats to the PWS identified within the SWPA. List, rank, or otherwise prioritize importance of threats identified to the individual PWS and explains what it means to your water supply. Hold public meetings to effectively involve the community. Step 5- Implement Management Measures Using the information gathered from the assessments allows specific management measures to be formulated and put in place. By examining the results of the contaminant source inventory and the susceptibility determination for each PWS, these measures can be tailored to address each threat or array of risks specific to each PWS. A successful drinking water contamination prevention plan is tailored to the unique concerns and circumstances of the local community. Effective involvement is a critical component to a successful public health plan. Every PWSs source water is unique. Management measures need to tailor local actions to address threats to your water supplies. Early involvement in the source water protection process and consensus on need for action is essential you can help! Step 6- Develop Contingency Planning Strategies In the event of short- or long-term water drinking water supply disruption as a result of natural causes (e.g., biological contamination or floods) or intentional destruction (e.g., vandalism or terrorism), water supply replacement strategies that coordinate all available efforts to restore service to single or multiple PWSs are an indispensable part of any drinking water protection program. Outline emergency plans for short or long-term drinking water supply replacement Direct plan towards water supply interruption due to contamination or physical damage to supply system Coordinate the efforts of water supply managers with those of civil defense, local emergency response, hazmat/spill cleanup, and local area disaster response networks An initial SWAP report has been developed for every PWS in the state. Additional guidance and assistance for setting up a SWAP plan is available from OEHS, but local effort and initiative are key to developing a useful plan.

- 68 -

SANITARY SURVEY A comprehensive sanitary survey is an important element in helping water systems protect public health. Sanitary surveys are carried out to evaluate: (1) the capability of a drinking water system to consistently and reliably deliver an adequate quality and quantity of safe drinking water to the consumer, and (2) the systems compliance with federal drinking water regulations. Much of the information generated by a sanitary survey helps identify existing and potential sanitary risks. Conducting sanitary surveys on a routine basis is an important element in preventing contamination of drinking water supplies. EPA recognizes the importance of sound sanitary surveys in helping water systems protect public health. Sanitary surveys are an opportunity to work and communicate with water systems in a preventative mode. Sanitary surveys also aid in the process of evaluating a public water systems progress in complying with federal and state regulations which require the improvement of the capabilities of the system to provide safe drinking water. Sanitary surveys provide the water system with technical and management information regarding the operation of the system from the water source, through the treatment facilities and the distribution system. Sanitary surveys are a means by which a comprehensive inspection of the entire water delivery system and its operations and maintenance (O&M) can be performed. These surveys are structured to determine whether a systems source, facilities, equipment, operation, maintenance, and management are effective in producing safe drinking water. Sanitary surveys also evaluate a systems compliance with federal drinking water regulations, as well as state regulations and operational requirements. In addition, a sanitary survey evaluates water quality data and administrative issues and draws conclusions about the systems integrity and its capability for consistently and reliably delivering an adequate supply of safe drinking water to consumers. Conducting sanitary surveys on a regular basis is the best means of identifying potential problems and possible reasons for trends in finished water quality and demand that may need to be addressed by enhanced O&M or a system upgrade. Sanitary surveys play a fundamental role in ensuring that reliable and safe drinking water is provided to the public by public water systems. Benefits of a Sanitary Survey EPA believes that periodic sanitary surveys, along with appropriate corrective measures, are indispensable for assuring the long-term quality and safety of drinking water. Properly conducted sanitary surveys help public water systems protect public health. Sanitary surveys have many benefits for the operation and management of public water systems. Sanitary surveys may also provide support to enforcement actions by establishing a record of conditions and operations at a point in time. EPA lists the following specific benefits of conducting sanitary surveys: Operator education; Source protection; Risk evaluation; Technical assistance and training; Independent, third party system review; Information for monitoring waiver programs;
- 69 -

Identification of factors limiting a systems ability to continually provide safe drinking water; Reduction of monitoring requirements; Reduction of formal enforcement actions in favor of more informal action; Reduction of oversight by state monitoring and enforcement personnel; Increased communication between state drinking water personnel and public water system operators; Provision of contact personnel to notify in case of emergencies or for technical assistance; Improvement of system compliance with state drinking water regulations; Identification of candidate systems for enforcement action; Identification of candidates for Comprehensive Performance Evaluations; Verification of data validity; Validation of test equipment and procedures; Reduced risk of waterborne disease outbreaks; Encouragement of disaster response planning; and, Improved system security.

- 70 -

NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION INTERNATIONAL Prior to 1990, EPA administered a certification process for chemicals, including phosphates, to be used for potable water treatment. In 1990, the National Sanitation Foundation International (NSF) assumed responsibility for the total certification process. The process involves several steps. The toxicology database and impurity profiles are thoroughly reviewed by NSF's toxicology staff. NSF then audits all manufacturing locations. Samples are taken and analyzed to confirm impurity data submitted on certification applications. Raw materials used in the process are verified against submitted lists and any gaps must be filled. The raw material suppliers are also required to submit detailed information similar to the product application. The NSF certification process includes manufacturing plant inspection, raw material certification and product labeling. The NSF certification process applies to all of a companys plants and products that could be used in treatment of potable water.

- 71 -

AREA WIDE OPTIMIZATION PROGRAM (AWOP) Is your water treatment plant optimized? West Virginia is one of states in the nation who are involved in an Area Wide Optimization Program (AWOP). The purpose of this program is to achieve, among systems in a selected pilot area, optimized surface water treatment facilities in order to reduce the threat of microbiological contamination of drinking water provided to the consumer. It has been demonstrated that reducing the filtered water turbidity from 0.3 NTU to 0.1 NTU, or less, provides an additional approximate 1 log reduction in particles, or a reduction of 10 particles per 100 particles. This becomes extremely important when you consider that some of these particles could be Cryptosporidium oocysts. This indicates one can substantially reduce the risk of drinking water containing Cryptosporidia by making only a slight improvement in filtered water turbidity, possible without major physical improvements/additions! Optimization, which is a continuing process, can be considered achieved when the following goals are being met at a water treatment facility. Sedimentation: Settled water turbidity is less than 1.0 NTU 95 percent of the time when daily average raw water turbidity is less than or equal to 10.0 NTU during the same period. Settled water turbidity is less than 2.0 NTU 95 percent of the time when daily average raw water turbidity is greater than 10.0 NTU during the same period.

Filtration: Filtered water turbidity is less than 0.1 NTU 95 percent of the time based on the maximum values recorded during 2-hour time increments. Maximum turbidity of any filtered water measurement is never greater than 0.2 NTU.

Monitoring Requirements: Daily raw water turbidity is determined at 2 hour increments. Settled water turbidity is determined at 2 hour increments from each sedimentation basin. Filtered water turbidity is determined at 2 hour increments from each filter. One filter backwash turbidity profile is performed each month for each filter.

Recommended Instrumentation: Each filter effluent is equipped such that turbidity is continuously monitored and recorded. The pH of raw and filtered water is continuously monitored and recorded. Plant is equipped with an adequately sized PC for recording and electronically transmitting raw, settled and filtered water data, and for generating turbidity vs. time graphs.

- 72 -

SAMPLING Importance of Good Sampling Procedures The importance of obtaining samples by proper methodology cannot be emphasized enough. Proper sampling is a vital part of protecting the water supply. Without proper sampling techniques the laboratory data obtained from tests conducted on those samples are meaningless, and more importantly, any maintenance of the water supply based on that data could result in situation which would endanger human health. Representative Sampling Remember; with sampling a small quantity of water is being used to evaluate a great quantity of water. Every precaution must be taken to ensure that the small quantity is a good representative sample of the greater quantity. A representative sample is a sample portion of material or water that is as nearly identical in content and consistency as possible to that in the larger body of material or water being sampled. Grab Sampling A grab sample is a single water sample collected at no specific time. A grab sample only represents the characteristics of that particular sample at that particular time. There may be times when a grab sample is preferred over a composite sample. These situations may include the following: The water to be sampled does not flow continuously; The characteristics of the water are relatively constant; and The water needs to be tested for water quality indicators that may change with time, such as dissolved gases, coliform bacteria, residual chlorine, temperature and pH. Composite Sampling A composite sample is a collection of individual samples obtained at regular intervals over a 24hour period. The combined sample (the composite sample) forms a single larger representative sample and is analyzed to determine the average conditions during the sampling period. If the individual samples are combined in proportion to the rate of flow when the sample was collected, then it is called a flow proportional composite sample. Sampling Locations Sampling location usually depends on the type of system and the analyses required. The sampling locations to be used and the rationale behind selecting the sites are to be presented in a sample-site plan, which is to be submitted to the State for approval. Water Taps To collect samples from taps connected to water mains the service line must be flushed for a brief period of time before collecting the sample. The following precautions should be taken: Do not take samples from drinking fountains, restrooms, or taps with aerators. Do not take samples from taps surrounded by excess foliage such as leaves or flowers. Do not take samples from taps that are dirty, corroded, or are leaking. Never collect a sample from a hose or other attachment fastened to a faucet.
- 73 -

Care should be taken that the person collecting the sample does not touch the faucet in any way that could contaminate the sample.

Sometimes, as in the collection of samples for lead and copper testing, a first draw or first flush sample will be required. For this, the water needs to stand in the pipes undisturbed for at least 6 hours before the sample is drawn. No water is flushed from the faucet before the sample is collected. Usually, this sample will be taken first thing in the morning before any water has been used. Distribution Systems The most representative samples of the water supply would be taken from the water main before any branching off occurs. Analyses of water main samples can be compared to analyses of tap samples to help pin point a possible problem for instance. Sampling points should be selected so that the pathway of water from the source to the endpoint will be represented. Ideal sampling locations are those that provide a short, direct connection with the main and are made of corrosion-resistant material. Not just any faucet will do, and fire hydrants are not acceptable due to how they are constructed and their infrequent use. Allow the water line to flush long enough to replace the water in the lines twice. About 5 minutes is usually sufficient. Do not turn the faucet on wide open to make flushing quicker as this will stir up any deposits in the lines. Sampling Containers, Preservation and Holding Times The type of container used for collecting a sample depends on what tests need to be conducted on that collected sample. The Code of Federal Regulations, Protection of Environment, CFR 40, Part 136.3 contains a complete list of analyses that can be conducted along with information on approved sample containers, volume required, preservatives and maximum holding time between sampling and analysis. The container must be clean and will usually be supplied by the laboratory performing the analysis. The container must be clearly labeled and at a minimum contain the following information: PWS ID Number Sample location Sample date Time of collection (exact time) Name of collector

- 74 -

BASIC SAMPLING PROCEDURES The way you collect, store and transport your drinking water test sample affects the accuracy of your test results. Improper handling may show signs of drinking water contamination where it may not truly exist. Operator certification is required for any individual collecting samples for compliance. The certified laboratory you have hired will give you detailed instructions for handling a drinking water test sample, including: Collection procedures; Containers to use, including those supplied by the laboratory; Labeling of samples; Completion and chain of custody forms; Transportation of samples; and, Time periods for delivery of samples. Carefully follow the instructions from the laboratory to ensure accurate results. Location of sampling points One objective of sampling is to assess the quality of the water supplied by the water purveyor and the point of use, so that samples of both should be taken. Any significant difference between the two has important implications for remedial strategies. Samples must be taken from locations that are representative of the water source, treatment plant, storage facilities, distribution network, points at which water is delivered to the consumer, and points of use. In selecting sampling points, each locality should be considered individually; however, the following general criteria are usually applicable. Sampling points should be selected such that the samples taken are representative of the different sources from which water is obtained by the public or enters the system. These points should include those that yield samples representative of the conditions at the most unfavorable sources or places in the supply system, particularly points of possible contamination such as unprotected sources, loops, reservoirs, low-pressure zones, ends of the system, etc. Sampling points should be uniformly distributed throughout a piped distribution system, taking population distribution into account; the number of sampling points should be proportional to the number of links or branches. The points chosen should generally yield samples that are representative of the system as a whole and of its main components. Sampling points should be located in such a way that water can be sampled from reserve tanks and reservoirs, etc. In systems with more than one water source, the locations of the sampling points should take into account the number of inhabitants served by each source. There should be at least one sampling point directly after the clean-water outlet from each treatment plant. Analytical quality assurance and quality control Standard methods for drinking-water analysis should be tested under local conditions for accuracy and precision, agreed at national level, and applied universally by both water-supply and regulatory agencies. However, the use of standard methods does not in itself ensure that reliable and accurate results will be obtained.
- 75 -

In the context of analytical work, the terms quality assurance and quality control are often treated as synonymous. In fact, they are different concepts. Analytical quality control is the generation of data for the purpose of assessing and monitoring how good an analytical method is and how well it is operating. This is normally described in terms of within-day and day-to-day precision. Analytical quality assurance, by contrast, comprises all the steps taken by a laboratory to assure those who receive the data that the laboratory is producing valid results. Quality assurance thus encompasses analytical quality control but also includes many other aspects such as proving that the individuals who carried out an analysis were competent to do so, and ensuring that the laboratory has established and documented analytical methods, equipment calibration procedures, management lines of responsibility, systems for data retrieval, sample handling procedures, certification, and so on. Field Analysis and Field Instruments All field instruments should be calibrated according to the manufacturers instructions prior to field use and documented in a calibration notebook to be kept with the instrument. Operation of field equipment varies depending on the manufacturer. Care must be taken to assure that each instrument is functioning properly and calibrated according to any calibration schedule. Field measurements should be made in accordance with equipment manufacturers instructions and at appropriate times and locations so that valid information is obtained. Chain of Custody Procedure Procedures for Chain of Custody (COC) require maintenance of permanent records for all sample handling and shipment. COC procedures must be used to ensure sample integrity as well as legal and technically defensible data. Any samples collected must be submitted with a COC form and a signed affidavit. The lab has stated that one COC form per shipping container (ice chest) is sufficient. The COC form must have each analysis request checked and show a range of collection times. The sample should be kept in view or in locked storage until custody is relinquished to the shipper and formal documentation of the transfer is completed. The person collecting a sample will start the COC procedure. In completing the tag, care should be taken to insure that all necessary information is correct and legibly written on the tag with a black waterproof ink pen. The use of a fine point pen is discouraged because of possible problems in making legible photostatic copies. Shipping of Samples The water system is responsible for shipment of all routine samples to the laboratories so that analyses can be conducted in accordance with EPA methods. Each sample must be accompanied by a COC form. When a sample is shipped to the laboratory, it must be packaged in a proper shipping container to avoid leakage and/or breakage. The laboratory must be able to associate each container in the ice chest with a COC form.
- 76 -

COC forms or other documents should be shipped inside the ice chest and must be placed in a plastic bag to prevent water damage. A good method is to use a zip-lock bag taped to the inside of the ice chest lid. All shipping boxes must be taped closed with shipping tape, strapping tape or fiber plastic tape, etc. The complete address of the sender and the receiving laboratory must legibly appear on each container. When sent by U.S. Mail, register the package with a return receipt requested. When sent by a shipping service, obtain a copy of the bill of lading. Post office receipts and bills of lading may be used as part of the COC documentation. Certified laboratories must conduct analyses within the prescribed holding times in order to produce valid compliance results. An even flow of samples must be maintained into the labs throughout each sampling period so as to assure that the laboratory capacity is not exceeded. This will require that the Contractor and each shipper carefully plan and coordinate the collection and shipment of samples. Samples must be shipped on a routine daily basis. It is far better to spend extra funds on ice and shipping costs than to have an entire shipment of samples rejected at the lab because of the failure to meet temperature requirements due to ice melt. How to store your sample and send it to the laboratory Submit your drinking water test sample to the certified laboratory as quickly as possible after collection. To give the most accurate results, testing for bacteria must begin within 30 hours of collecting the drinking water sample. Be sure to obtain clear instructions from the laboratory regarding sample submission dropoff time. Refrigerate samples until ready for shipping. Ship your sample bottles or containers to the laboratory in coolers, or in foam pack containers, with ice or ice packs. Dont pack the bottles with loose ice as this may contaminate the sample. If you only have loose ice, encase the sample/container in waterproof packaging or a sealed container. Be sure it is well protected from other samples that you may be sending to the laboratory at the same time (e.g. sewage samples). Dont allow samples to freeze. In winter, you may want to take advantage of heated shipping offered by some courier companies. Package the completed COC form, provided by the certified laboratory, with the collected sample. If sending it inside the cooler containing the sample, ensure that the form is enclosed inside a waterproof package (e.g., a new zip-lock bag). Safety for Laboratory Personnel The safety of staff undertaking analytical procedures, both in the field and in the laboratory, is of the greatest importance. All staff should be trained in safety procedures relevant to their work. In the laboratory, individual staff members should be authorized to undertake procedures involving risk of any type only after appropriate training; unauthorized staff should not be allowed to undertake analyses. All laboratories should formulate and implement a safety policy that should cover cleaning, disinfection, and the containment of hazardous substances. Safety equipment such as fire
- 77 -

extinguishers, safety glasses, and first-aid kits should be suitably located, and readily available; they should be routinely checked and all staff should be trained in their use. Sampling Safety - Preservation Chemicals Acids of various types are the most common sample preservation materials that may pose a risk or hazard. Preservation chemicals must be handled with care and all appropriate safety procedures followed. You may feel that safety precautions are a burden; however, no amount of compensation can replace an eye or other body part damaged by acid. Material Safety Data Sheets are available wherever chemicals are stored. It is your responsibility to use appropriate eye, hand, and clothing protection. Also, if you are shipping samples that you know or suspect as a health hazard, include a warning note or letter in an appropriate location on the shipping container to minimize laboratory personnel exposure to an unknown health hazard.

- 78 -

Sample Containers, Preservation and Holding Times for Regulated Parameters

- 79 -

- 80 -

- 81 -

Reference: Manual for the Certification of Laboratories Analyzing Drinking Water Criteria and Procedures Quality Assurance, Fifth Edition: US Environmental Protection Agency Office of Water Office of Groundwater and Drinking Water, EPA 815-R-05-004, January 2005.

- 82 -

TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY REPORT Most laboratories are providing a key on their forms to help explain what various abbreviations and acronyms stand for, but if an owner/operator does not understand what something on the report form means, they will not be able to respond appropriately to questions regarding the analyses. If you do not understand what something on the report means or the significance of it, ask the laboratory to explain it to you. You are paying for this service; it is your report. An explanation of the important items is listed below. 1. The time between sampling and analysis can be critical to the validity of the test. This data should be checked for accuracy, especially if the sample is rejected due to holding time problems related to sample preservation. 2. Flag Definitions: This section is provided as a courtesy by the laboratory. It defines the abbreviations and acronyms that appear on the form. 3. Your name, address, etc. Double check the PWSID # to make sure the sample belongs to you. It is also a good idea to give each sample a client sample ID that is unique to your system to ensure that the results are definitely for your sample and there was no mix up at the laboratory. The labs handle hundreds of samples each day and also run samples in groups. They are very careful about tracking samples and maintaining sample integrity, but you should always check this information to make sure sample identification is consistent with your records and PWSID. 4. Parameter: This is the chemical that was analyzed. 5. Result: The result is the concentration that was detected. Note that several do not have a numerical value listed. Instead <MDL is listed this means that for that particular parameter less than the Method Detection Limit was present. 6. Units: Note that the units are all mg/L for this particular analysis. 7. MDL = Method Detection Limit. This refers to the test method. All methods have a limit below which the actual concentration cannot be accurately determined. The number in this column lists the detection limit for each parameter using that particular method. 8. MCL = Maximum Contaminant Level. This column lists the MCL that is listed in the West Virginia State Drinking Water Regulations. If the number in the Result column exceeds the number in the MCL column, your sample has exceeded the concentration allowed under the regulations for that parameter. 9. Prep Method and Prep Date: If a sample required special preparation before analysis it would be described here. 10. Analysis Method: This column lists the analytical method used. This is important from a regulatory standpoint, because specific methods are called out in the Drinking Water Regulations. If the method used is not an .approved method, the sample results will not be valid for compliance purposes. The laboratories in West Virginia are very good about making sure the correct method is used if the sample is to be used for compliance purposes. 11. Analysis Date: This is the day the sample was analyzed.

- 83 -

RECORDKEEPING FOR COMPLIANCE SAMPLING With a full set of SDWA regulations, the responsibility of keeping a PWS in compliance can seem overwhelming. The most important responsibilities are collecting water samples on schedule, keeping all of the laboratory test results in an orderly filing system, and submitting the proper paperwork. Organization is the key factor. Here are a few suggestions to help. First, find an extra calendar, or generate a calendar on your computer. Put it up on a bulletin board or just on the wall, somewhere where it will be seen every day. Then go through the whole year and mark down the dates when required sampling needs to be completed. Sampling requirements are different for ground water, surface water and purchaser systems, and for community versus non-transient non-community systems. So look for the sampling guideline that your system receives each year in January or February from the OEHS central office. For a typical community surface water system you should now be collecting the following: Monthly total coliforms: dont forget to follow your sample site plan. Lead and Copper: usually one round every three years, between June 1 and September 30. Nitrates: be sure to collect the sample in the required calendar quarter. Inorganics: any time during the calendar year. Regulated VOCs: any time during the year. Regulated SOCs: usually only once every three years, but check your individual guidance printout from the OEHS. Disinfection By-Products: depending on your systems population, you may be collecting a quarterly sample or just one sample during the month of August. Be sure to collect the sample from the maximum residence time (MRT) location. You must have the sample analyzed for both TTHMs and HAA5s. Large systems must collect four samples every quarter. Raw and Treated Water TOCs: These must be sampled monthly, and reported quarterly on EW-90C. Dont forget to submit your Consumer Confidence Report before July 1 each year, and the certification form to confirm that you have distributed it to all of your customers as required, based on your systems population. Dont forget to send your monthly operational report in by the 10th of each month, including EW-90 (3 pages), EW-90A (2 pages), EW- 90B (1 page), EW-90C (quarterly, 1 page), EW-80 if you fluoridate, EW-103 (2 pages) and EW-210 (2 pages). Be sure to send the lab results to the OEHS central office, as soon as they are received from the lab, and keep a record of when they were sent. Keep each of the above referenced test results and reports in a separate manila folder, and keep all of the test results and reports for a given year in a common hanging file. The file will then be readily available when someone from the OEHS asks to look at them, and there will not be any more violation notices. A little bit of organization will also go a long way in assuring customers of the dedication and professionalism of the PWS and that they are being provided a safe, high quality drinking water.

- 84 -

BASICS OF SUPERVISION What is "supervision"? There are several interpretations of the term "supervision", but typically supervision is the activity carried out by supervisors to oversee the productivity and progress of employees who report directly to them. For example, first-level supervisors supervise entry-level employees. Depending on the size of the organization, middle-managers supervise first-level supervisors, chief executives supervise middle-managers, etc. Supervision is a management activity and supervisors have a management role in the organization. What do supervisors do? Supervision of a group of employees often includes: 6. Conducting basic management skills (decision making, problem solving, planning, delegation and meeting management); 7. Organizing their department and teams; 8. Noticing the need for and designing new job roles in the group; 9. Hiring new employees; 10. Training new employees; 11. Employee performance management (setting goals, observing and giving feedback, addressing performance issues, firing employees, etc.); and, 12. Conforming to personnel policies and other internal regulations. Public Water System Operator Responsibilities An operator is the person who is, in whole or part, responsible for the operation of a water system. At time, he/she may be a manger, laboratory technician, mechanic, meter reader, and a public relations specialist. To become a competent operator, one must have a strong interest and desire for the job. Becoming a competent operator means being accountable, having the will to learn, and to work without supervision. Even though many aspects of a water systems thinking can be out of sight, they should not be out of mind for the water treatment plant operator. By properly maintaining the system, a competent operator provides a large degree of protection for a communitys great investment in infrastructure. The operator also protects the health and well being of customers by producing a safe finished product. Making the Change Becoming a Supervisor As a new supervisor or veteran supervisor, perhaps the most difficult change in your work life will be that of becoming a first line supervisor. Changing from a worker to a successful supervisor of workers is a very difficult task. Successful supervisors have much in common. A respected supervisor: Treats all employees with respect; Delegates work and responsibility fairly; Communicates well with employees; Is a leader with the team in mind; Communicates well with employees; and, Sets fair and consistent lines.

- 85 -

A bad supervisor: Uses authority as a club; Failed to learn basic supervisory skills; Will not delegate duties or responsibilities; or Is not interested in employee needs. Dealing with Former Co-Workers Relationships with former co-workers, especially for those supervisors who once worked sideby-side with the people who they now supervise, can be one of the biggest hurdles of all. Relationships with former co-workers can become frayed or threatening. The pressure can have a devastating effect on morale and productivity. If you are promoted over another co-worker who was once your friend on the job, do not be surprised if they put pressure on you to give them special treatment or favors. They may assume that you will hand them the easiest assignments and overlook their disciplinary infractions. So, what can you do if you end up in this situation? Tell you former co-workers you intend to treat everyone in the unit alike and all rules and policies will apply to all equally. To deal with this challenging task, list some of the pitfalls or problems you may encounter. Strive to establish positive relationships with everybody in your unit, especially those with whom you have not enjoyed a good rapport in the past. Create a sense of team spirit, share your unit and departmental goals with your people and ask for their assistance in meeting those goals. Always Remember You are now the person in charge. If workers think you are still a worker at their level, they will not take your words or actions serious. Avoid being one of the gang, but do not neglect the importance of asking for positive feedback and reinforcement from workers and other supervisors. Keeping an open door policy and honoring that whenever possible will encourage your employees to share their ideas with you. Reviewing Your Own Performance Keeping up with the responsibilities of supervision takes work. You can make the job easier on yourself and your people if you review your own performance from time-to-time. Be receptive and approachable. Ask for comments and suggestions from your workers, encourage them to come forward with ideas for improvement, and if it is not a good idea, explain why and encourage further input in the future.

- 86 -

OPERATOR COMPLIANCE-ITS THE OPERATORS RESPONSIBLIBITY Roles & Responsibilities All system operators share several key responsibilities that are critical to meeting your ultimate goals of providing an adequate and safe supply of drinking water. Additional responsibilities, which can vary depending on the size of your system, are characteristics (e.g., complexity of treatment), managerial structure and regulatory requirements. Regulatory Compliance You must comply with all relevant regulations to protect your customers health. General responsibilities are: Develop and maintain a sampling plan, designed to protect the system that covers all monitoring requirements; Collect or oversee collection of samples; Conduct routine inspections of wells or surface water sources and watersheds to identify potential sources of contamination; Address any problems quickly and ensure that all required follow-up steps are taken (e.g., additional sampling, public notification, sanitary survey or other compliance inspection); File all required reports and maintain records; Resolve any compliance problems, in consultation with regulators, and gather information on upcoming regulations; and, Increase awareness of tools, reference materials, and other state and federal resources.

System Operation Keep all system components (i.e., source, treatment, storage and distribution) functioning efficiently and effectively. General responsibilities are: Monitor chemical feed and other system components; Monitor effectiveness of treatment; Prepare and maintain records of meter readings, tests, equipment, chemical use, correspondence, and customer complaint log; Develop a maintenance plan for the treatment plant and distribution system; Regularly read meters and gauges, making adjustments as needed; Periodically flush distribution system using hydrants and blow-off valves; Conduct preventive and routine maintenance on facilities and equipment; Periodically assess efficiency of system components (e.g., pumps and valves); Conduct frequent system and security inspections; Update system maps when a significant change to the distribution system has been made; Make all process control/system integrity decisions necessary to maintain the quality and quality of water delivered to customers; Attend training to meet state primacy agencys continuing education requirements; and, Create and follow standard operating procedures (SOPs).

- 87 -

BASIC MANAGEMENT: THE FOUR FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT The position that managers provide in planning, organizing, leading and controlling is an essential responsibility in any business. A manager must organize these functions in order to reach company goals and maintain a competitive advantage. Putting these plans into action requires forming groups as underlings must be directed to complete the plan, and the plan's development must be directed by control. In order for these practices to succeed in an operational manner, an understanding must be reached concerning the basics in which these practices are in relationship to the business structure. The Four Management Functions are: Planning Planning is the first tool of the four functions in the management process. The difference between a successful and unsuccessful manager lies within the planning procedure. Planning is the logical thinking through goals and making the decision as to what needs to be accomplished in order to reach the organizations objectives. Managers use this process to plan for the future, like a blueprint to foresee problems and decide on the actions to evade difficult issues. Planning is the first step in management and is essential as it facilitates control, valuable in decision making and in the avoidance of business ruin. Organizing In order to reach the objective outlined in the planning process, structuring the work of the organization is a vital concern. Organization is a matter of appointing individuals to assignments or responsibilities that blend together to develop one purpose, to accomplish the goals. These goals will be reached in accordance with the companys values and procedures. A manager must know their subordinates and what they are capable of in order to organize the most valuable resources a company has, its employees. This is achieved through staffing, setting up the training for the employees, acquiring resources, and organizing the work group into a productive team. The manager must then go over the plans with the team, break the assignments into units that one person can complete, link related jobs together in an understandable well-organized style and appoint the jobs to individuals. Leading Organizational success is determined by the quality of leadership that is exhibited. A leader can be a manager, but a manager is not necessarily a leader. Leadership is the power of persuasion of one person over others to inspire actions towards achieving the goals of the company. Those in the leadership role must be able to influence/motivate workers to an elevated goal and direct themselves to the duties or responsibilities assigned during the planning process. Leadership involves the interpersonal characteristic of a manager's position that includes communication and close contact with team members. Leaders have day to day contact with workers using open communication and are able to give direction individually as well as within teams, departments and divisions. Management is there to inspire subordinates to step up to the plate and find innovative means to solve department problems. Authorizing staff to have the capability to deal with situations is a significant part of leading. Controlling The process that guarantees plans are being implemented properly is the controlling process. Controlling is the final link in the functional chain of management activities and brings the
- 88 -

functions of management cycle full circle. This allows for the performance standard within the group to be set and communicated. Control allows for ease of delegating tasks to team members and as managers may be held accountable for the performance of subordinates, they may be wise to extend timely feedback of employee accomplishments. Meetings are used to review the daily schedule, prevent problems and to ascertain when problems do exist in order to address and solve those that occur as quickly and as efficiently as possible. Control is the process through which standards for performance of people and processes are set, communicated, and applied. Controls are placed on employees by requiring the completion of daily responsibilities and adherence to SOPs and guidelines, by possibly taking disciplinary action when necessary. Managers and supervisors are given work performance evaluations that are a form of control as it connects performance assessments to rewards and corrective actions. Evaluating employees is a continual process that takes place regularly within the company. Another common view is that "management" is getting things done through others. Yet another view, quite apart from the traditional view, asserts that the job of management is to support employee's efforts to be fully productive members of the organizations and citizens of the community. To most employees, the term "management" probably means the group of people (executives and other managers) who are primarily responsible for making decisions in the organization. In a nonprofit, the term "management" might refer to all or any of the activities of the board, executive director and/or program directors.

- 89 -

IMPORTANT MANAGEMENT SKILLS A Manager must utilize skills to effectively organize the team, to achieve a successful goal, in the least amount of time, and cost. Management skills are learned in school, by experience, and information gathered from employees. A manager knows how to lead the team, but never be a dictator. Listed below are management skills: Recruit and Interview: Managers recruit and interview the best candidates for the organization. Matching the education, experience, and knowledge, for a specific job. Letting each candidate know what are the expectations, and receiving any suggestions. Planning ahead to make efficient use of individual strengths will facilitate overall individual and team success. Organization: Organizing the team to achieve a specific goal. Delegating each team member, to an assigned task. Remembering, never to over extend responsibilities to one person. Always, having the confidence and giving respect to each member. Communicating: A manager needs to precisely communicate, the goal of any task, what are the expectations from each department, and specifying the time, when assignments need to be completed. Informing team members by a memorandum or writing E-mail. The manager and team members should have telephone numbers to contact each other, because unfortunate events could happen during a project, questions sometimes need to be answered, and kept informed of any delays. Budget: Managing a budget is critically important for the financial integrity of any project. Under budgeting a project, may undermine the ability to get the project done on time or failure. Managing a project that is under budget, certainly is most desirable for the cost savings. Motivation: Managers can motivate their staff by praise and incentives, to create a friendly working environment, and having diligent employees, that are less likely to resign. Ethics: Managers should uphold business ethics. Disregarding ethical standards can ruin the reputation of a manager and the loss of respect earned from his employees, and clients. Ethics can be learned, but honesty comes from the heart. Art of Negotiating: A manager has to negotiate an equitable agreement with a customer, or vendor that is profitable to his organization. Also, will make the opposing side happy, to return for future deals. Evaluation: Upon the completion of any task or assignment, the manager should evaluate the team effort. Recognizing if there were any failures that needed to be rectified and praising those for outstanding work. Learn from both mistakes and successes. A responsible manager knows when to take advice and accept any criticism, with an open mind.
- 90 -

WHAT MAKES A GREAT MANAGER The first steps to becoming a really great manager are simply common sense; but common sense is not very common. This section suggests some common-sense ideas on the subject of great management. The major problem when you start to manage is that you do not actually think about management issues because you do not recognize them. Put simply, things normally go wrong not because you are stupid but only because you have never thought about it. Management is about pausing to ask yourself the right questions so that your common sense can provide the answers. When you gain managerial responsibility, your first option is the easy option: do what is expected of you. You are new at the job, so people will understand. You can learn (slowly) by your mistakes and probably you will try to devote as much time as possible to the rest of your work (which is what you were good at anyway). Those extra little "management" problems are just common sense, so try to deal with them when they come up. Your second option is far more exciting: find an empty telephone box, put on a cape and bright-red underpants, and become a SuperManager. When you become a manager, you gain control over your own work; not all of it, but some of it. You can change things. You can do things differently. You actually have the authority to make a huge impact upon the way in which your staff work. You can shape your own work environment. You can be instrumental in improvements that affect people other than yourself, which is very rewarding. In a large company, your options may be limited by the existing corporate culture - and you can act like a crab: face directly into the main thrust of corporate policy, and make changes sideways. You do not want to fight the system, but rather to work better within it. In a small company, your options are possibly much wider (since custom is often less rigid) and the impact that you and your team has upon the company's success is proportionately much greater. Thus once you start working well, this will be quickly recognized and nothing gains faster approval than success. The bad news is that you will meet resistance to change. Your salvation lies in convincing your team (who are most effected) that what you are doing can only do them good, and in convincing everyone else that it can do them no harm. The good news is that soon others might follow you. The manger of a small team has three major roles to play: Planner A Manager has to take a long-term view; indeed, the higher you rise, the further you will have to look. While a team member will be working towards known and established goals, the manager must look further ahead so that these goals are selected wisely. By thinking about the eventual consequences of different plans, the manager selects the optimal plan for the team and implements it. By taking account of the needs not only of the next project but the project after that, the manager ensures that work is not repeated nor problems tackled too late, and that the necessary resources are allocated and arranged. Provider The Manager has access to information and materials which the team needs. Often he/she has the authority or influence to acquire things which no one else in the team could. This role for the
- 91 -

manager is important simply because no one else can do the job; there is some authority which the manager holds uniquely within the team, and the manager must exercise this to help the team to work. Protector The team needs security from the vagaries of less enlightened managers. In any company, there are short-term excitements which can deflect the work-force from the important issues. The manager should be there to guard against these and to protect the team. If a new project emerges which is to be given to your team, you are responsible for costing it (especially in terms of time) so that your team is not given an impossible deadline. If someone in your team brings forward a good plan, you must ensure that it receives a fair hearing and that your team knows and understands the outcome. If someone is in your team has a problem at work, you have to deal with it. Vision One of the most cited characteristics of successful managers is that of vision. The meaning of vision which concerns you as a manager is: a vivid idea of what the future should be. This has nothing to do with prediction but everything to do with hope. It is a focus for the team's activity, which provides sustained long-term motivation and which unites your team. A vision has to be something sufficiently exciting to bind your team with you in common purpose. This implies two things: You need to decide where your team is headed; and, You have to communicate that vision to them. Communicating a vision is not simply a case of painting it in large red letters across your office wall (although, as a stunt, this actually might be quite effective), but rather bringing the whole team to perceive your vision and to begin to share it with you. A vision, to be worthy, must become a guiding principle for the decision and actions of your group. Once you have identified your vision, you can illustrate it with a concrete goal, a mission. This leads to the creation of the famous mission statement. Let us consider first what a mission is, and then return to a vision. A mission has two important qualities: It should be tough, but achievable given sufficient effort; and, It must be possible to tell when it has been achieved. If you are stuck for a mission, think about using Quality as a focus since this is something on which you can build. Similarly, any aspects of great management which are not habitual in your team at the moment could be exemplified in a mission statement. For instance, your team mission might be to reduce the time spent in meetings by half within six months. Once you have established a few possible mission statements, you can try to communicate (or decide upon) your vision. This articulates your underlying philosophy in wanting the outcomes you desire. Not, please note, the ones you think you should desire but an honest statement of personal motivation; for it is only the latter which you will follow with conviction and so of which you will convince others. In general, your vision should be unfinishable, with no time limit, and inspirational; it is the driving force which continues even when the mission statement has been achieved. Even so, it can be quite simple: Walt Disney's vision was "to make people
- 92 -

happy". As a manager, yours might be something a little closer to your own team: mine is "to make working here exciting". There is no real call to make a public announcement of your vision or to place it on the notice board. If your vision is not communicated to your team by what you say and do, then you are not applying it yourself. It is your driving motivation - once you have identified it, act on it in every decision you make. Prescience Prescience is something for which you really have to work at. Prescience is having foreknowledge of the future. Particularly as a Protector, you have to know in advance the external events which impact upon your team. The key is information and there are three type:

Information you hear (tit-bits about travel, meetings, etc); Information you gather (minutes of meetings, financial figure, etc); and, Information you infer (if this happens then my team will need ...).

Information is absolutely vital. Surveys of decision making in companies reveal that the rapid and decisive decisions normally stem not from intuitive and extraordinary leadership but rather from the existence of an established information system covering the relevant data. Managers who know the full information can quickly reach an informed decision. The influences upon you and your team stem mostly from within the company and this is where you must establish an active interest. Let us put that another way: if you do not keep your eyes open you are failing in your role as Protector to you team. Thus if your manager comes back from an important meeting, sit down with him/her afterwards and have a chat. There is no need to employ subterfuge, merely ask questions. If there are answers, you hear them; if there are none, you know to investigate elsewhere. If you can provide your manager with suggestions/ideas then you will benefit from his/her gratitude and future confidence(s). You should also talk to people in other departments; and never forget the secretaries who are normally the first to know everything. Now some people love this aspect of the job, it makes them feel like politicians or espionage agents; others hate it, for exactly the same reasons. The point is that it must be done or you will be unprepared; but do not let it become a obsession. Gathering information is not enough on its own: you have to process it and be aware of implications. The trick is to try to predict the next logical step from any changes you see. This can get very complicated, so try to restrict yourself to guessing one step only. Thus if the sales figures show a tailing off for the current product (and there are mutterings about the competition) then if you are in development, you might expect to be pressured for tighter schedules; if you are in publicity, then there may soon be a request for launch material; if you are in sales, you might be asked to establish potential demand and practical pricing levels. Since you know this, you can have the information ready (or a schedule defense prepared) for when it is first requested, and you and your team will shine. Another way of generating information is to play "what if" games. There are dreadfully scientific ways of performing this sort of analysis, but reasonably you do not have the time. The sort of work this article is suggesting is that you, with your team or other managers (or both), play "what
- 93 -

if" over coffee now and then. All you have to do is to postulate a novel question and see how it runs. A productive variation on the "what if" game is to ask: "what can go wrong?" By deliberately trying to identify potential problems at the onset, you will prevent many and compensate for many more. Set aside specific time to do this type of thinking. Call it contingency planning and put in your diary as a regular appointment. Flexibility One of the main challenges in management is in avoiding pat answers to everyday questions. There is nothing so dull, for you and your team, as you pulling out the same answer to every situation. It is also wrong. Each situation, and each person, is unique and no text-book answer will be able to embrace that uniqueness - except one: you are the manager, you have to judge each situation with a fresh eye, and you have to create the response. Your common sense and experience are your best guide in analyzing the problem and in evolving your response. Even if the established response seems suitable, you might still try something different. By trying variations upon standard models, you evolve new and potentially fitter models. If they do not work, you do not repeat them (although they might be tried in other circumstances); if they work better, then you have adapted and evolved. This deliberate flexibility is not just an academic exercise to find the best answer. The point is that the situation and the environment are continually changing; and the rate of change is generally increasing with advancing technology. If you do not continually adapt (through experimentation) to accommodate these changes, then the solution which used to work (and which you still habitually apply) will no longer be appropriate. You will become the dodo. A lack of flexibility will cause stagnation and inertia. Not only do you not adapt, but the whole excitement of your work and your team diminish as fresh ideas are lacking or lost. Without detracting from the main work, you can stimulate your team with changes of focus. This includes drives for specific quality improvements, mission statements, team building activities, delegated authority, and so on. You have to decide how often to "raise excitement" about new issues. On the one hand, too many focuses may distract or prevent the attainment of any one; on the other hand, changes in focus keep them fresh and maintain the excitement. By practicing this philosophy yourself, you also stimulate fresh ideas from your team because they see that it is a normal part of the team practice to adopt and experiment with innovation. Thus not only are you relieved of the task of generating the new ideas, but also your team acquire ownership in the whole creative process. By providing changes of focus you build and motivate your team. For if you show in these changes that you are actively working to help them work, then they will feel that their efforts are recognized. If you also include their ideas in the changes, then they will feel themselves to be a valued part of the team. If you pace these changes correctly, you can stimulate and continually increase productivity. And notice, this is not slave driving. The increased productivity comes from the enthusiasm of the workforce; they actually want to work better.

- 94 -

A General Approach In management there is always a distant tune playing in the background. Once you hear this tune, you will start humming it to yourself: in the shower, in the boardroom, on the way to work, when watching the sunrise. It is a simple tune which repeats again and again in every aspect of your managerial life; if goes: PLAN - MONITOR - REVIEW Before you start any activity you must STOP and THINK about it: what is the objective, how can it be achieved, what are the alternatives, who needs to be involved, what will it cost, is it worth doing? When you have a plan you should STOP and THINK about how to ensure that your plan is working. You must find ways of monitoring your progress, even if it is just setting deadlines for intermediate stages, or counting customer replies, or tracking the number of soggy biscuits which have to be thrown away, whatever: choose something which displays progress and establish a procedure to ensure that happens. But before you start, set a date on which you will STOP again and RETHINK your plan in the light of the evidence gathered from the monitoring. Whenever you have something to do, consider not only the task but first the method. Thus if there is a meeting to decide the marketing slogan for the new product you should initially ignore anything to do with marketing slogans and decide: How should the meeting be held; Who can usefully contribute; How will ideas be best generated; What criteria are involved in the decision; and, Is there a better way of achieving the same end. If you resolve these points first, all will be achieved far more smoothly. Many of these decisions do not have a single "right" answer, the point is that they need to have "an" answer so that the task is accomplished efficiently. It is the posing of the questions in the first place which will mark you out as a really great manager - the solutions are available to you through common sense. Once the questions are posed, you can be creative. For instance, "is there a better way of producing a new slogan?" could be answered by a quick internal competition within the company (answers on a postcard by tomorrow at noon) asking everybody in the company to contribute an idea first. This takes three minutes and a secretary to organize, it provides a quick buzz of excitement throughout the whole company, it refocuses everyone's mind on the new product and so celebrates its success, all staff feel some ownership of the project, and you start the meeting with several ideas either from which to select a winner or to use as triggers for further brainstorming. Thus with a simple -- pause -- from the helter-skelter of getting the next job done, and a moment's reflection, you can expedite the task and build team spirit throughout the entire company. It is worth stressing the relative importance of the REVIEW. In an ideal world where managers are wise, information is unambiguous and always available, and the changes in life are never abrupt or large; it would be possible for you to sit down and to plan the strategy for your group. Unfortunately, managers are mortals, information is seldom complete and always inaccurate (or too much to assimilate), and the unexpected always arrives inconveniently. The situation is never seen in black and white but merely in a fog of various shades of grey. Your planning thus represents no more than the best guess you can make in the current situation; the review is when
- 95 -

you interpret the results to deduce the emerging, successful strategy (which might not be the one you had expected). The review is not merely to fine-tune your plan, it is to evaluate the experiment and to incorporate the new, practical information which you have gathered into the creation of the next step forward; you should be prepared for radical changes. Leadership There is a basic problem with the style of leadership advocated in this section in that nearly every historic "Leader" one can name has had a completely different approach; Machiavelli did not advocate being a caring Protector as a means of becoming a great leader but rather that a Prince ought to be happy with "a reputation for being cruel in order to keep his subjects unified and loyal". Your situation, however, is a little different. You do not have the power to execute, nor even to banish. The workforce is rapidly gaining in sophistication as the world grows more complex. You cannot effectively control through fear, so you must try another route. You could possibly gain compliance and rule your team through edict; but you would lose their input and experience, and gain only the burdens of greater decision making. You do not have the right environment to be a despot; you gain advantage by being a team leader. A common mistake about the image of a manager is that they must be loud, flamboyant, and a great drinker or golfer or racket player or a great something social to draw people to them. This is wrong. In any company, if you look hard enough, you will find quiet modest people who manager teams with great personal success. If you are quiet and modest, fear not; all you need is to talk clearly to the people who matter (your team) and they will hear you. The great managers are the ones who challenge the existing complacency and who are prepared to lead their teams forward towards a personal vision. They are the ones who recognize problems, seize opportunities, and create their own future. Ultimately, they are the ones who stop to think where they want to go and then have the shameless audacity to set out.

- 96 -

THE IMPORTANCE OF PLANNING Everyone knows that success depends upon having a solid business plan in place and just like any other business the utility industry is no different. However, there are times when the development of the business plan is lacking due to the limited input received from all parts of the organization. All too often, the Manager takes on the responsibility of developing a plan without taking the time to sit down with supervisors and other key personnel to develop the plan. When developing the plan, it is often a good idea to look within the organization and identify your key objectives. Referring back to your mission statement is always a good idea. If you dont have one, this is an ideal time to develop one that will reflect your utilities goals and objectives for the community that it serves. Mission statements should be brief, to the point, and easily remembered by all employees. Can you identify your utilities strengths and weaknesses? Again, going back to consult with other supervisors and key personnel will provide you with a terrific snapshot of how the utility is perceived by the customers. Most general managers have very limited contact with their customers when compared to the front office personnel and billing department. Often, you can identify problem areas within the organization just by listening to what those employees have to say about customer calls. A good approach to getting information is to hold a series of small group meetings with all the employees. This will not only provide you with a means of getting critical information, but it will also help to build a spirit of team work and help to get employees to take ownership of their role within the utility. Identifying issues that have an impact on your utility is extremely important. These can be broken down into short statements like adequate rates, water quality, training opportunities, and employee relations. You can make the list a big as you like, but concentrating on the main issues that can be focused on for improvements is recommended for developing a plan. After you have identified your strengths, weaknesses and other critical issues, you then take on the challenge of devising a plan to address those issues and setting realistic goals and time frames to make changes and improvements. For example, if you have a significant inflow/infiltration problem, it isnt practicable to think you will eliminate all of the I/I within a twelve month period. You have to develop a plan to address identifying the sources and time/expense for making subsequent repairs. Again, when developing a plan for your utility, take the time to listen to the people around you. Given the opportunity, employees will flourish when allowed to share ideas and feel like they have a stake in developing the plan.

- 97 -

ORGANIZING Organizing is the function of management that involves developing an organizational structure and allocating human resources to ensure the accomplishment of objectives. The structure of the organization is the framework within which effort is coordinated. The structure is usually represented by an organization chart, which provides a graphic representation of the chain of command within an organization. Decisions made about the structure of an organization are generally referred to as "organizational design" decisions. Organizing also involves the design of individual jobs within the organization. Decisions must be made about the duties and responsibilities of individual jobs as well as the manner in which the duties should be carried out. Decisions made about the nature of jobs within the organization are generally called "job design" decisions. Organizing at the level of the organization involves deciding how best to departmentalize, or cluster jobs into departments to effectively coordinate effort. There are many different ways to departmentalize, including organizing by function, product, geography, or customer. Many larger organizations utilize multiple methods of departmentalization. Organizing at the level of job involves how best to design individual jobs to most effectively use human resources. Traditionally, job design was based on principles of division of labor and specialization, which assumed that the more narrow the job content, the more proficient the individual performing the job could become. However, experience has shown that it is possible for jobs to become too narrow and specialized. When this happens, negative outcomes result, including decreased job satisfaction and organizational commitment and increased absenteeism and turnover. Recently many organizations have attempted to strike a balance between the need for worker specialization and the need for workers to have jobs that entail variety and autonomy. Many jobs are now designed based on such principles as job enrichment and teamwork.

- 98 -

ORGANIZING A TEAM Most managers recognize the interdependence of employees or other group members and the need for cooperation to accomplish the work. A team that is communicating and functioning well has synergy; that is why people working as a team can achieve better results than individuals working alone. That does not mean, however, that productivity will automatically go up by putting a group of good performers together. There are several conditions that must exist before an effective team can be developed. 1. The group must have a reason for working together that makes sense to the team members. 2. Team members must be mutually dependent on one another's experience, abilities, and commitment in order to accomplish mutual objectives. 3. Team members must believe in and be committed to the idea that working together as a team is preferable to working alone, thus leading to more effective decisions and improved productivity. 4. The team must be accountable as a functioning unit within a larger organizational context. 5. Team members need to understand that they will be recognized (rewarded) for their team efforts and accomplishments. Teams function more efficiently when members of the team recognize and follow certain agreedupon behaviors. These standards or norms are a basis for making decisions, for encouraging participation, for taking risks, and for rewarding behaviors that facilitate cooperation or resolution of conflict. When people working together as a team follow a few basic steps listed below, communication, trust, and productivity will greatly increase among team members.

Team members listen and pay attention to one another. People discuss the subject at hand and are willing to work through conflict as opposed to avoidance of conflict. Everyone has a chance to state his or her views. Members know and use problem-solving steps. Members are clear about group decisions and are committed to them. Frequent feedback is given to help members stay focused on team goals.

The lack of effective open communication among team members can lead to avoidance and/or oppression of conflict. When this happens, the team can lose its effectiveness as a group in drawing upon the knowledge, experiences, and ideas of all team members in coming up with the best solutions for accomplishing the team objectives. Team members need to understand that conflict is a part of every group and learning to manage it will lead to more productive, satisfied team members and a greater exchange of ideas. In order for the team to effectively function and maintain good communications, there needs to be a designated leader. The team leader may be appointed by the team members from among the group.
- 99 -

This leadership role can be challenging in that the leader will need to provide structure and support while still being a team member. To accomplish this task, the leadership responsibilities must be viewed differently from those of a traditional manager. Key words for describing this leadership role are guiding, stimulating, coaching, and coordinating. Coordinating will involve improving communication and feedback among team members through improving the work environment, controlling the operational climate, and in general, indirectly doing things that help to produce a cohesive, finely tuned working team. A successful team leader is skilled at dealing with feelings of people along with practical methods of effective problem solving. The leader needs to use a management approach that encourages team member participation in making decisions that affect the group. The skills most needed by the team leader are: linking together individuals who can contribute, bringing clarity to objectives, building a climate that is both supportive and confronting, ensuring that work methods are satisfying and effective, and setting an environment that encourages and allows for the discussion of all relevant issues.

- 100 -

DELEGATION Delegation underpins a style of management which allows your staff to use and develop their skills and knowledge to the full potential. Without delegation, you lose their full value. Delegation is primarily about entrusting your authority to others. This means that they can act and initiate independently; and that they assume responsibility with you for certain tasks. If something goes wrong, you remain responsible since you are the manager; the trick is to delegate in such a way that things get done but do not go (badly) wrong. The objective of delegation is to get the job done by someone else. Not just the simple tasks of reading instructions and turning a lever, but also the decision making and changes which depend upon new information. With delegation, your staff has the authority to react to situations without referring back to you. If you tell the janitor to empty the bins on Tuesdays and Fridays, the bins will be emptied on Tuesdays and Fridays. If the bins overflow on Wednesday, they will be emptied on Friday. If instead you said to empty the bins as often as necessary, the janitor would decide how often and adapt to special circumstances. You might suggest a regular schedule (teach the janitor a little personal time management), but by leaving the decision up to the janitor you will apply his/her local knowledge to the problem. To enable someone else to do the job for you, you must ensure that: they know what you want; they have the authority to achieve it; and they know how to do it. These all depend upon communicating clearly the nature of the task, the extent of their discretion, and the sources of relevant information and knowledge. Delegation can only be successful if the decision-makers (your staff) have full and rapid access to the relevant information. This means that you must establish a system to enable the flow of information. This must at least include regular exchanges between your staff so that each is aware of what the others are doing. It should also include briefings by you on the information which you have received in your role as manager; since if you need to know this information to do your job, your staff will need to know also if they are to do your (delegated) job for you. One of the main phobias about delegation is that by giving others authority, a manager loses control. This need not be the case. If you train your staff to apply the same criteria as you would yourself (by example and full explanations) then they will be exercising your control on you behalf. And since they will witness many more situations over which control may be exercised (you can't be in several places at once) then that control is exercised more diversely and more rapidly than you could exercise it by yourself. In engineering terms: if maintaining control is truly your concern, then you should distribute the control mechanisms to enable parallel and autonomous processing. The key is to delegate gradually. If you present someone with a task which is daunting, one with which he/she does not feel able to cope, then the task will not be done and your staff will be severely demotivated. Instead you should build-up gradually; first a small task leading to a little development, then another small task which builds upon the first; when that is achieved, add
- 101 -

another stage; and so on. This is the difference between asking people to scale a sheer wall, and providing them with a staircase. Each task delegated should have enough complexity to stretch that member of staff - but only a little. There is a danger with "open access" that you become too involved with the task you had hoped to delegate. Let us consider your undoubtedly high standards. When you delegate a job, it does not have to be done as well as you could do it (given time), but only as well as necessary: never judge the outcome by what you expect you would do (it is difficult to be objective about that), but rather by fitness for purpose. When you delegate a task, agree then upon the criteria and standards by which the outcome will be judged. You must enable failure. With appropriate monitoring, you should be able to catch mistakes before they are catastrophic; if not, then the failure is yours. There is always the question of what to delegate and what to do yourself, and you must take a long term view on this: you want to delegate as much as possible to develop you staff to be as good as you are now. The starting point is to consider the activities you used to do before you were promoted. You used to do them now someone else can do them. Tasks in which you have experience are the easiest for you to explain to others and so to train them to take over. You use your experience to ensure that the task is done well, rather than to actually perform the task yourself. In this way you gain time for your other duties and someone else becomes as good as your once were (increasing the strength of the group). Decisions are a normal managerial function: these too should be delegated - especially if they are important to the staff. In practice, you will need to establish the boundaries of these decisions so that you can live with the outcome, but this will only take you a little time while the delegation of the remainder of the task will save you much more. In terms of motivation for your staff, you should distribute the more mundane tasks as evenly as possible; and sprinkle the more exciting ones as widely. In general, but especially with the boring tasks, you should be careful to delegate not only the performance of the task but also its ownership. Task delegation, rather than task assignment, enables innovation. The point you need to get across is that the task may be changed, developed, upgraded, if necessary or desirable. You still need to monitor the tasks you have delegated and to continue the development of your staff to help them exercise their authority well. There are managerial functions which you should never delegate - these are the personal/personnel ones which are often the most obvious additions to your responsibilities as you assume a managerial role. Specifically, they include: motivation, training, team-building, organization, praising, reprimanding, performance reviews, promotion. As a manager, you have a responsibility to represent and to develop the effectiveness of your group within the company; these are tasks you can expand to fill your available time - delegation is a mechanism for creating that opportunity.

- 102 -

THE HUMAN FACTOR When you are struggling with a deadline or dealing with delicate decisions, the last thing you want to deal with is "people". When the fight is really on and the battle is undecided, you want your team to act co-operatively, quickly, rationally; you do not want a disgruntled employee complaining about life, you do not want a worker who avoids work. But this is what happens, and as a manager you have to deal with it. Few "people problems" can be solved quickly, some are totally beyond your control and can only be contained; but you do have influence over many factors which affect your people and so it is your responsibility to ensure that your influence is a positive one. You can only underestimate the impact which you personally have upon the habits and effectiveness of your group. As the leader of a team, you have the authority to sanction, encourage or restrict most aspects of their working day, and this places you in a position of power - and responsibility. Your behavior and what motivates people, because by understanding these you can adapt yourself and the work environment so that your team and the company are both enriched. Since human psychology is a vast and complex subject, we do not even pretend to explain it. Instead, we outline a simple model of behavior and a systematic approach to analyzing how you can exert your influence to help your team to work. Consider your behavior. Consider the effect you would have if every morning after coffee you walked over to Jimmy's desk and told him what he was doing wrong. Would Jimmy feel pleased at your attention? Would he look forward to these little chats and prepare simple questions to clarify aspects of his work? Or would he develop a hatred for coffee and be busy elsewhere whenever you pass by? Of course you would never be so destructive - provided you thought about it. And you must; for many seemingly simple habits can have a huge impact upon your rapport with your team. Take another example: suppose (as a good supportive manager) you often give public praise for independence and initiative displayed by your team, and suppose (as a busy manager) you respond abruptly to questions and interruptions; think about it, what will happen? Probably your team will leave you alone. They will not raise problems (you will be left in the dark), they will not question your instructions (ambiguities will remain), and they will struggle on bravely (and feel unsupported). Your simple behavior may result in a quagmire of errors, misdirected activity and utter frustration. So if you do want to hear about problems tell the team so and react positively when you hear of problems in-time rather than too-late. When thinking about motivation it is important to take the long-term view. What you need is a sustainable approach to maintain enthusiasm and commitment from your team. This is not easy; but it is essential to your effectiveness. As the manager, you set the targets - and in selecting these targets, you have a dramatic effect upon your team's sense of achievement. If you make them too hard, the team will feel failure; if too easy, the team feels little. Ideally, you should provide a series of targets which are easily recognized as stages towards the ultimate completion of the task. Thus progress is punctuated and celebrated with small but marked achievements. If you stretch your staff, they know you know they can meet that challenge.
- 103 -

Recognition is about feeling appreciated. It is knowing that what you do is seen and noted, and preferably by the whole team as well as by you, the manager. In opposite terms, if people do something well and then feel it is ignored - they will not bother to do it so well next time (because "no one cares"). The feedback you give your team about their work is fundamental to their motivation. They should know what they do well (be positive), what needs improving (be constructive) and what is expected of them in the future (something to aim at). And while this is common sense, ask yourself how many on your team know these things, right now? Perhaps more importantly, for which of your team could you write these down now (try it)? Your staff needs to know where they stand, and how they are performing against your (reasonable) expectations. You can achieve this through a structured review system, but such systems often become banal formalities with little or no communication. The best time to give feedback is when the event occurs. Since it can impact greatly, the feedback should be honest, simple, and always constructive. If in doubt, follow the simple formula of: 1. Highlight something good; 2. Point out what needs improving; and, 3. Suggest how to improve. You must always look for something positive to say, if only to offer some recognition of the effort which has been put into the work. When talking about improvements, be specific: this is what is wrong, this is what I want/need, and this is how you should work towards it. Never say anything as unhelpful or uninformative as "do better" or "shape up" - if you cannot be specific and say how, and then keep quiet. While your team will soon realize that this is a formula, they will still enjoy the benefits of the information (and training). You must not stint in praising good work. If you do not acknowledge it, it may not be repeated simply because no one knew you approved. The work itself should be interesting and challenging. Interesting because this makes your staff actually engage their attention; challenging because this maintains the interest and provides a sense of personal achievement when the job is done. But few managers have only interesting, challenging work to distribute: there is always the boring and mundane to be done. This is a management problem for you to solve. You must actually consider how interesting are the tasks you assign and how to deal with the boring ones. Here are two suggestions: Make sure that everyone (including yourself) has a share of the interesting and of the dull. This is helped by the fact that what is dull to some might be new and fascinating to others - so match tasks to people, and possibly share the worst tasks around. For instance, taking minutes in meetings is dull on a weekly basis but quite interesting/educational once every six weeks (and also heightens a sense of responsibility). If the task is dull perhaps the method can be changed - by the person given the task. This turns dull into challenging, adds responsibility, and might even improve the efficiency of the team.

- 104 -

Responsibility is the most lasting. One reason is that gaining responsibility is itself seen as an advancement which gives rise to a sense of achievement and can also improve the work itself: a multiple motivation! Assigning responsibility is a difficult judgment since if the person is not confident and capable enough, you will be held responsible for the resulting failure. There are two types of advancement: the long-term issues of promotion, salary rises, job prospects; and the short-term issues (which you control) of increased responsibility, the acquisition of new skills, broader experience. Your team members will be looking for the former, you have to provide the latter and convince them that these are necessary (and possibly sufficient) steps for the eventual advancement they seek. As a manager, you must design the work assignment so that each member of the team feels: "I'm learning, I'm getting on". Finally, look carefully at how you behave and whether the current situation is due to your previous inattention to the human factor: you might be the problem, and the solution.

- 105 -

MEETING MANAGEMENT Preparation In any organization, "meetings" are a vital part of the organization of work and the flow of information. They act as a mechanism for gathering together resources from many sources and pooling then towards a common objective. They are disliked and mocked because they are usually futile, boring, time-wasting, dull, and inconvenient with nothing for most people to do except doodle while some opinionated has-been extols the virtues of his/her last great (misunderstood) idea. Your challenge is to break this mould and to make your meetings effective. As with every other managed activity, meetings should be planned beforehand, monitored during for effectiveness, and reviewed afterwards for improving their management. A meeting is the ultimate form of managed conversation; as a manager, you can organize the information and structure of the meeting to support the effective communication of the participants. Some of the ideas below may seem a little too precise for an easy going, relaxed, semi-informal team atmosphere - but if you manage to gain a reputation for holding decisive, effective meetings, then people will value this efficiency and to prepare professionally so that their contribution will be heard. Should you cancel? As with all conversations, you must first ask: is it worth your time? If the meeting involves the interchange of views and the communication of the current status of related projects, then you should be generous with your time. But you should always consider canceling a meeting which has little tangible value. Who should attend? You must be strict. A meeting loses its effectiveness if too many people are involved: so if someone has no useful function, explain this and suggest that they do not come. Notice, they may disagree with your assessment, in which case they should attend (since they may know something you do not); however, most people are only too happy to be released from yet another meeting. How long? It may seem difficult to predict the length of a discussion - but you must. Discussions tend to fill the available time which means that if the meeting is open-ended, it will drift on forever. You should stipulate a time for the end of the meeting so that everyone knows, and everyone can plan the rest of their day with confidence. It is wise to make this expectation known to everyone involved well in advance and to remind them at the beginning of the meeting. There is often a tendency to view meetings as a little relaxation since no one person has to be active throughout. You can redress this view by stressing the time-scale and thus forcing the pace of the discussion: "this is what we have to achieve, this is how long we have to get it done". If some unexpected point arises during the meeting then realize that since it is unexpected: 1) you might not have the right people present, 2) those there may not have the necessary information, and 3) a little thought might save a lot of discussion. If the new discussion looks
- 106 -

likely to be more than a few moments, stop it and deal with the agreed agenda. The new topic should then be dealt with at another "planned" meeting. Agenda The purpose of an agenda is to inform participants of the subject of the meeting in advance, and to structure the discussion at the meeting itself. To inform people beforehand, and to solicit ideas, you should circulate a draft agenda and ask for notice of any other business. Still before the meeting, you should then send the revised agenda with enough time for people to prepare their contributions. If you know in advance that a particular participant either needs information or will be providing information, then make this explicitly clear so that there is no confusion. The agenda states the purpose of each section of the meeting. There will be an outcome from each section. If that outcome is so complex that it can not be summarized in a few points, then it was probably too complex to be assimilated by the participants. The understanding of the meeting should be sufficiently precise that it can be summarized in short form - so display that summary for all other interested parties to see. This form of display will emphasize to all that meetings are about achieving defined goals - this will help you to continue running efficient meetings in the future. Conducting Meetings Whether you actually sit as the Boss or simply lead from the side-lines, as the manager you must provide the necessary support to coordinate the contributions of the participants. The degree of control which you exercise over the meeting will vary throughout; if you get the structure right at the beginning, a meeting can effectively run itself especially if the participants know each other well. In a team, your role may be partially undertaken by others; but if not, you must manage. Maintaining Communication Your most important tools are: Clarification - always clarify: the purpose of the meeting, the time allowed, the rules to be observed (if agreed) by everyone. Summary - at each stage of the proceedings, you should summarize the current position and progress: this is what we have achieved/agreed, this is where we have reached. Focus on stated goals - at each divergence or pause, re-focus the proceedings on the original goals. Code of Conduct In any meeting, it is possible to begin the proceedings by establishing a code of conduct, often by merely stating it and asking for any objections (which will only be accepted if a demonstrably better system is proposed). Thus if the group contains opinionated wind-bags, you might all agree at the onset that all contributions should be limited to two minutes (which focuses the mind admirably). You can then impose this with the full backing of the whole group. Matching Method to Purpose The (stated) purpose of a meeting may suggest to you a specific way of conducting the event, and each section might be conducted differently. For instance, if the purpose is to: Convey information, the meeting might begin with a formal presentation followed by questions;
- 107 -

Seek information, the meeting would start with a short (clear) statement of the topic/problem and then an open discussion supported by notes on a display, or a formal brainstorming session; Make a decision, the meeting might review the background and options, establish the criteria to be applied, agree who should make the decision and how, and then do it; and, Ratify or explain decisions, etc.

As always, once you have paused to ask yourself the questions: what is the purpose of the meeting and how can it be most effectively achieved; your common sense will then suggest a working method to expedite the proceedings. You just have to deliberately pause. Manage the process of the meeting and the meeting will work. Support The success of a meeting will often depend upon the confidence with which the individuals will participate. Thus all ideas should be welcome. No one should be laughed at or dismissed ("laughed with" is good, "laughed at" is destructive). This means that even bad ideas should be treated seriously - and at least merit a specific reason for not being pursued further. Not only is this supportive to the speaker, it could also be that a good idea has been misunderstood and would be lost if merely rejected. But basically people should be able to make naive contributions without being made to feel stupid, otherwise you may never hear the best ideas of all. Avoid direct criticism of any person. For instance, if someone has not come prepared then that fault is obvious to all. If you leave the criticism as being simply that implicit in the peer pressure, then it is diffuse and general; if you explicitly rebuke that person, then it is personal and from you (which may raise unnecessary conflict). You should merely seek an undertaking for the missing preparation to be done: we need to know this before we can proceed, could you circulate it to us by tomorrow lunch? Responding to Problems The rest of this section is devoted to ideas of how you might deal with the various problems associated with the volatile world of meetings. Some are best undertaken by the designated Boss; but if he/she is ineffective, or if no one has been appointed, you should feel free to help any meeting to progress. After all, why should you allow your time to be wasted. If a participant strays from the agenda item, call him/her back: "we should deal with that separately, but what do you feel about the issue X?" If there is confusion, you might ask: "do I understand correctly that ...?" If the speaker begins to ramble, wait until an inhalation of breath and jump in: "yes I understand that such and such, does any one disagree?" If a point is too woolly or too vague ask for greater clarity: "what exactly do you have in mind?" If someone interrupts (someone other than a rambler), you should suggest that: "we hear your contribution after Gretchen has finished." If people chat, you might either simply state your difficulty in hearing/concentrating on the real speaker. or ask them a direct question: "what do you think about that point." If someone gestures disagreement with the speaker (e.g. by a grimace), then make sure they are brought into the discussion next: "what do you think Gretchen?"
- 108 -

If you do not understand, say so: "I do not understand that, would you explain it a little more; or do you mean X or Y?" If there is an error, look for a good point first: "I see how that would work if X Y Z, but what would happen if A B C?" If you disagree, be very specific: "I disagree because ..."

You need to communicate to coordinate your own work and that of others; without explicit effort your conversation will lack communication and so your work will collapse though misunderstanding and error. The key is to treat a conversation as you would any other managed activity: by establishing an aim, planning what to do, and checking afterwards that you have achieved that aim. Only in this way can you work effectively with others in building through common effort.

- 109 -

COMMUNICATION Communication is the exchange of information which can occur between two people, among several people, or a large group of people. Supervisors communicate by person-to-person, telephone, letters, radios, by signs, gestures, and body language. Maintain a positive relationship with customers, regulators, and the system decision makers and keep them informed of your efforts to provide high quality drinking water. Why Supervisors Communicate: Make assignments; Give instructions; Provide job information; Plan work schedules; Solve work problems; Evaluate performance; and, Receive directions. General responsibilities: Report analytical results to regulators as required; Participate in the development and delivery of Consumer Confidence Reports (CCRs); Maintain, respond to, resolve, and keep a record of customer complaints; Communicate with the owner, manager, or board about technical and financial needs of your system (this includes training for recertification). Records should also be kept of any communication with decision makers; Inform the state of the results of technical improvements and their impact on the system; Inform the owner, manager, or board of any key findings from routine inspections and scheduled maintenance. Provide input for planning and preparing of equipment replacement; and Develop and maintain a plan for monitoring system process controls and meet all related goals, in consultation with the system owner, manager, or board.

- 110 -

FAILURE TO COMMUNICATE: THE NEED TO IMPROVE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE COMMUNICATION Communication between managers and employees is an important issue in any organization and even more so at a public water or wastewater utility. The team concept needs to be firmly entrenched and everyone needs to be on the same page when it comes to dealing with the public. There is no faster way to lose consumer confidence than to display the sense that the right hand of the organization doesnt know what the left hand is doing. It is an immediate turn-off for a customer in distress. A good organization is one that is structured properly with a clear chain of command and clear lines of communication. All managers must understand that employees want guidelines from their supervisors. Management needs input from the entire team and a successful manager will seek information from his or her staff. Most utilities have little trouble communicating downward, but getting the information to flow upward is often a challenge. When employees fail to express what they need to do their jobs effectively, the negative results can be numerous over time and those adverse consequences can even include delayed funding for much needed projects and many failed opportunities to satisfy customers. The key to getting employees to communicate and in maintaining the systems progress is to create meaningful interaction between staff members and management. Breaking through the barriers and getting employees and managers working together helps everyone to advance the vision and goals outlined by the systems Board of Directors or City Council. Immediate improvement will begin with the simple expression of needs. Look it up in any dictionary, communication is a two-way process. Employees have a responsibility, as does the management team for speaking up regarding basic requirements to do their jobs. Management needs to know what is needed and exactly when these items are needed. Employees, likewise, need to identify any communication barriers and let management know about these problems. I know there are some managers who dont want to hear from employees, but such thinking and practices are simply wrong. Everyones opinion needs to be valued and every employee needs to have a sense of involvement. Encouraging employees to communicate with management helps everyone understand job duties and what can be done during budget constraints. Like the Army ads on TV, managers need to help employees be all they can be. Ask employees to speak up when theyre struggling and how the utility can help. Establish regular staff meetings to facilitate such communication. Suggestion boxes arent a bad idea for a starting point. The bottom line is a manager needs to listen and talk with members of the staff; otherwise, or as the old saying goes, the manager could end up being a lost ball in high weeds. Job shadowing is an effective way to improve the organization and communication. While most people are knowledgeable about and skilled in their own job, many managers are unaware of their employees daily routine. Ask employees to explain what goes into each day by listing the activities, costs, and time spent on each area. Such questions can help employees to offer suggestions. Also, why not try some job shadowing and cross training. That keeps the interest level of employees up and can lead to more ideas on how to better accomplish tasks. It also strengthens the utility work force as well as the employees understanding of the operation. Strive to create a teamwork environment. Set aside a half day to conduct roundtable discussions with employees which address their concerns? This is also a good time to order a
- 111 -

pizza and foster a family type atmosphere. Let every member of the staff know that your system is very much a team. If needed afterwards, conduct short one-on-one sessions between managers and employees to discuss individual employee issues. To be an effective manager, one must be a leader and above all else, this involves communication. Likewise, to be a good communicator, a managers actions should always speak louder than words. Effective management is more than words. Its setting an example and always following through. Most employees expect their managers to have the solid communication skills needed to clearly assign projects and keep the utility running smoothly. The only thing worse than failed consumer confidence is the lack of confidence a staff has in their manager. Success in all areas begins and ends with communication.

- 112 -

CONVERSATION AS COMMUNICATION Communication is best achieved through simple planning and control. This section looks at approaches which might help you to do this and specifically at meetings, where conversations need particular care. Most conversations sort of drift along; in business, this is wasteful; as a manager, you seek communication rather than chatter. To ensure an efficient and effective conversation, there are 3 considerations: You must make your message understood; You must receive/understand the intended message sent to you; and, You should exert some control over the flow of the communication. You must learn to listen as well as to speak. Those who dismiss this as a mere clich are already demonstrating an reluctance to listening: the phrase may be trite, but the message is hugely significant to your effectiveness as a manager. If you do not explicitly develop the skill of listening, you may not hear the suggestion/information which should launch you to fame and fortune. As a manager (concerned with getting things done) your view of words should be pragmatic rather than philosophical. Thus, words mean not what the dictionary says they do but rather what the speaker intended. In everything you say or hear, you must look out for possible misunderstanding and clarify the ambiguity. The greatest source of difficulty is that words often have different meanings depending upon context and/or culture. Thus, a "dry" country lacks either water or alcohol; "suspenders" keep up either stockings or trousers (pants); a "funny" meeting is either humorous or disconcerting; a "couple" is either a few or exactly two. If you recognize that there is a potential misunderstanding, you must stop the conversation and ask for the valid interpretation. A second problem is that some people simply make mistakes. Your job is not simply to spot ambiguities but also to counter inconsistencies. Finally, of course, you may simply mishear. The omission of a simple word could be devastating. For instance, how long would you last as an explosives engineer if you failed to hear a simple negative in: "whatever happens next you must [not] cut the blue wi..."? So, the problem is this: the word has multiple meanings, it might not be the one intended, and you may have misheard it in the first place - how do you know what the speaker meant? Rule 1: PLAY BACK for confirmation Simple, you ask for confirmation. You say "let me see if I have understood correctly, you are saying that ..." and you rephrase what the speaker said. If this "play back" version is acknowledged as being correct by the original speaker, then you have a greater degree of confidence in you own understanding. For any viewpoint/message/decision, there should be a clear, concise and verified statement of what was said; without this someone will get it wrong.

- 113 -

Rule 2: WRITE BACK for confidence But do not stop there. If your time and effort depend upon it, you should write it down and send it to everyone involved as a double check. This has several advantages: Further clarification - is this what you thought we agreed? Consistency check - the act of writing may highlight defects/omissions A formal stage - a statement of the accepted position provides a spring board from which to proceed Evidence - hindsight often blurs previous ignorance and people often fail to recall their previous errors Rule 3: GIVE BACKGROUND for context When speaking yourself, you can often counter for possible problems by adding information, and so providing a broader context in which your words can be understood. Thus, there is less scope for alternative interpretations since fewer are consistent. When others are speaking, you should deliberately ask questions yourself to establish the context in which they are thinking. When others are speaking, you should deliberately ask questions yourself to establish the context in which they are thinking. As with all effective communication, you should decide (in advance) on the purpose of the conversation and the plan for achieving it. There is no alternative to this. Some people are proficient at "thinking on their feet" - but this is generally because they already have clear understanding of the context and their own goals. You have to plan; however, the following are a few techniques to help the conversation along. Assertiveness The definition of to assert is: "to declare; state clearly". This is your aim. If someone argues against you, even loses their temper, you should be quietly assertive. Much has been written to preach this simple fact and commonly the final message is a three-fold plan of action:

Acknowledge what is being said by showing an understanding of the position, or by simply replaying it (a polite way of saying "I heard you already"); State your own point of view clearly and concisely with perhaps a little supporting evidence; and, State what you want to happen next (move it forward).

Thus we have something like: yes, I see why you need the report by tomorrow; however, I have no time today to prepare the document because I am in a meeting with a customer this afternoon; either I could give you the raw data and you could work on it yourself, or you could make do with the interim report from last week. You will have to make many personal judgment calls when being assertive. There will certainly be times when a bit of quiet force from you will win the day but there will be times when this will get nowhere, particularly with more senior (and unenlightened) management. In the latter case, you must agree to abide by the decision of the senior manager but you should make your objection (and reasons) clearly known. For yourself, always be aware that your subordinates might be right when they disagree with you and if events prove them so, acknowledge that fact gracefully.
- 114 -

Confrontations When you have a difficult encounter, be professional, do not lose your self-control because, simply, it is of no use. Some managers believe that it is useful for "discipline" to keep staff a little nervous. Thus, these managers are slightly volatile and will be willing "to let them have it" when the situation demands. If you do this, you must be consistent and fair so that you staff know where they stand. If you deliberately lose your temper for effect, then that is your decision - however, you must never lose control. Insults are ineffective. If you call people names, then they are unlikely to actually listen to what you have to say; in the short term you may feel some relief at "getting it off your chest", but in the long run you are merely perpetuating the problem since you are not addressing it. This is common sense. There are two implications. Firstly, even under pressure, you have to remember this. Secondly, what you consider fair comment may be insulting to another - and the same problem emerges. Before you say anything, stop, establish what you want as the outcome, plan how to achieve this, and then speak. Finally, if you are going to criticize or discipline someone, always assume that you have misunderstood the situation and ask questions first which check the facts. This simple courtesy will save you from much embarrassment. Seeking Information There are two ways of phrasing any question: one way (the closed question) is likely to lead to a simple grunt in reply (yes, no, maybe), the second way (the open question) will hand over the speaking role to someone else and force them to say something a little more informative. Suppose you conduct a review of a recently finished (?) project with Gretchen and it goes something like this:

"Have you finished project X Gretchen?" "Yes" "If everything written up?" "Nearly" "So there is documentation left to do?" "Some" "Will it take you long?" "No, not long"

Before your fingers start twitching to place themselves around Gretchen's neck, consider that your questions are not actually helping the flow of information. The same flow of questions in an open format would be: what is left to do of project X, what about the documentation, when will that be completely finished? Try answering Yes or No to those questions. Open questions are extremely easy to formulate. You establish in your own mind the topic/aim of the question and then you start the sentence with the words: WHAT - WHEN - WHICH WHY - WHERE - HOW Let Others Speak Of course, there is more to a conversation (managed or otherwise) than the flow of information. You may also have to win that information by winning the attention and confidence of the other
- 115 -

person. There are many forms of flattery - the most effective is to give people your interest. To get Gretchen to give you all her knowledge, you must give her all your attention; talk to her about her view on the subject. Ask questions: what do you think about that idea, have you ever met this problem before, how would you tackle this situation? Silence is effective - and much under-used. People are nervous of silence and try to fill it. You can use this if you are seeking information. You ask the question, you lean back, the person answers, you nod and smile, you keep quiet, and the person continues with more detail simply to fill your silence. To Finish At the end of a conversation, you have to give people a clear understanding of the outcome. For instance, if there has been a decision, restate it clearly (just to be sure) in terms of what should happen and by when; if you have been asking questions, summarize the significant (for you) aspects of what you have learned.

- 116 -

PERSONAL TIME MANAGEMENT FOR BUSY MANAGERS Time passes, quickly. This section looks at the basics of Personal Time Management and describes how the Manager can assume control of this basic resource. The "Eff" words: Effective - having a definite or desired effect Efficient - productive with minimum waste or effort Effortless - seemingly without effort; natural, easy Personal Time Management is about winning the "Eff" words: making them apply to you and your daily routines. Personal Time Management is about controlling the use of your most valuable (and undervalued) resource. Consider these two questions: what would happen if you spent company money with as few safeguards as you spend company time, when was the last time you scheduled a review of your time allocation? The absence of Personal Time Management is characterized by last minute rushes to meet deadlines, meetings which are either double booked or achieve nothing, days which seem somehow to slip unproductively by, crises which loom unexpected from nowhere. This sort of environment leads to inordinate stress and degradation of performance: it must be stopped. Poor time management is often a symptom of over confidence: techniques which used to work with small projects and workloads are simply reused with large ones. But inefficiencies which were insignificant in the small role are ludicrous in the large. You can not drive a motor bike like a bicycle, nor can you manage a supermarket-chain like a market stall. The demands, the problems and the payoffs for increased efficiency are all larger as your responsibility grows; you must learn to apply proper techniques or be bettered by those who do. Possibly, the reason Time Management is poorly practiced is that it so seldom forms a measured part of appraisal and performance review; what many fail to foresee, however, is how intimately it is connected to aspects which do. Personal Time Management has many facets. Most managers recognize a few, but few recognize them all. There is the simple concept of keeping a well ordered diary and the related idea of planned activity. But beyond these, it is a tool for the systematic ordering of your influence on events, it underpins many other managerial skills such as Effective Delegation and Project Planning. Personal Time Management is a set of tools which allow you to: Eliminate wastage; Be prepared for meetings; Refuse excessive workloads; Monitor project progress; Allocate resource (time) appropriate to a task's importance; Ensure that long term projects are not neglected; Plan each day efficiently; and, Plan each week effectively and to do so simply with a little self-discipline.
- 117 -

Since Personal Time Management is a management process just like any other, it must be planned, monitored and regularly reviewed. In the following sections, we will examine the basic methods and functions of Personal Time Management. Since true understanding depends upon experience, you will be asked to take part by looking at aspects of your own work. If you do not have time to this right now - ask yourself: why not? Current Practice What this article is advocating is the adoption of certain practices which will give you greater control over the use and allocation of your primary resource: time. Before we start on the future, it is worth considering the present. This involves the simplistic task of keeping a note of how you spend your time for a suitably long period of time (say a week). I say simplistic since all you have to do is create a simple table, photocopy half-a-dozen copies and carry it around with you filling in a row every time you change activity. After one week, allocate time (start as you mean to go on) to reviewing this log. Waste Disposal We are not looking here to create new categories of work to enhance efficiency (that comes later) but simply to eliminate wastage in your current practice. The first step is a critical appraisal of how you spend your time and to question some of your habits. In your time log, identify periods of time which might have been better used. There are various sources of waste. The most common are social: telephone calls, friends dropping by, conversations around the coffee machine. It would be foolish to eliminate all nonwork related activity (we all need a break) but if it's a choice between chatting to Harry in the afternoon and meeting the next pay-related deadline ... Your time log will show you if this is a problem and you might like to do something about it before your boss does. In your time log, look at each work activity and decide objectively how much time each was worth to you, and compare that with the time you actually spent on it. An afternoon spent polishing an internal memo into a Pulitzer prize winning piece of provocative prose is waste; an hour spent debating the leaving present of a colleague is waste; a minute spent sorting out the paper-clips is waste (unless relaxation). This type of activity will be reduced naturally by managing your own time since you will not allocate time to the trivial. Specifically, if you have a task to do, decide before hand how long it should take and work to that deadline - then move on to the next task. Another common source of waste stems from delaying work which is unpleasant by finding distractions which are less important or unproductive. Check your log to see if any tasks are being delayed simply because they are dull or difficult. Time is often wasted in changing between activities. For this reason it is useful to group similar tasks together thus avoiding the start-up delay of each. The time log will show you where these savings can be made. You may want then to initiate a routine which deals with these on a fixed but regular basis. Doing Subordinate's Work Having considered what complete waste is, we now turn to what is merely inappropriate. Often it is simpler to do the job yourself. Using the stamp machine to frank your own letters ensures they
- 118 -

leave by the next post; writing the missing summary in the latest progress report from your junior is more pleasant than sending it back (and it lets you choose the emphasis). Large gains can be made by assigning secretarial duties to secretaries: they regularly catch the next post, they type a lot faster than you. Your subordinate should be told about the missing section and told how (and why) to slant it. If you have a task which could be done by a subordinate, use the next occasion to start training him/her to do it instead of doing it yourself you will need to spend some time monitoring the task thereafter, but far less that in doing it yourself. Doing the Work of Others A major impact upon your work can be the tendency to help others with theirs. Now, in the spirit of an open and harmonious work environment it is obviously desirable that you should be willing to help out - but check your work log and decide how much time you spend on your own work and how much you spend on others'. For instance, if you spend a morning checking the grammar and spelling in the training material related to you last project, then that is waste. Publications should do the proof-reading that is their job, they are better at it than you; you should deal at the technical level. The remaining problem is your manager. Consider what periods in your work log were used to perform tasks that your manager either repeated or simply negated by ignoring it or redefining the task, too late. Making your manager efficient is a very difficult task, but where it impinges upon your work and performance you must take the bull by the horns (or whatever) and confront the issue. Managing your manager may seem a long way from Time Management but no one impacts upon your use of time more than your immediate superior. If a task is ill defined - seek clarification (is that a one page summary or a ten page report?). If seemingly random alterations are asked in your deliverables, ask for the reasons and next time clarify these and similar points at the beginning. If the manager is difficult, try writing a small specification for each task before beginning it and have it agreed. While you can not tactfully hold your manager to this contract if he/she has a change of mind, it will at least cause him/her to consider the issues early on, before you waste your time on false assumptions. External Appointments The next stage of Personal Time Management is to start taking control of your time. The first problem is appointments. Start with a simple appointments diary. In this book you will have (or at least should have) a complete list of all your known appointments for the foreseeable future. If you have omitted your regular ones (since you remember them anyway) add them now. Your appointments constitute your interaction with other people; they are the agreed interface between your activities and those of others; they are determined by external obligation. They often fill the diary. Now, be ruthless and eliminate the unnecessary. There may be committees where you can not productively contribute or where a subordinate might be (better) able to participate. There may be long lunches which could be better run as short conference calls. There may be interviews which last three times as long as necessary because they are scheduled for a whole hour. Eliminate the wastage starting today.

- 119 -

The next stage is to add to your diary lists of other, personal activity which will enhance your use of the available time. Consider: what is the most important type of activity to add to your diary? No:- stop reading for a moment and really, consider. The single most important type of activity is those which will save you time: allocate time to save time, a stitch in time saves days. And most importantly of all, always allocate time to time management: at least five minutes each and every day. For each appointment left in the diary, consider what actions you might take to ensure that no time is wasted: plan to avoid work by being prepared. Thus, if you are going to a meeting where you will be asked to comment on some report, allocate time to read it so avoiding delays in the meeting and increasing your chances of making the right decision the first time. Consider what actions need to be done before AND what actions must be done to follow-up. Even if the latter is unclear before the event, you must still allocate time to review the outcome and to plan the resulting action. Simply mark in your diary the block of time necessary to do this and, when the time comes, do it. Scheduling Projects The most daunting external appointments are deadlines: often, the handover of deliverables. Do you leave the work too late? Is there commonly a final panic towards the end? Are the last few hectic hours often marred by errors? If so, use Personal Time Management. The basic idea is that your management of personal deadlines should be achieved with exactly the same techniques you would use in a large project: Check the specification - are you sure that you agree on what is to be delivered; Break the task down into small sections so that you can estimate the time needed for each, and monitor progress; and, Schedule reviews of your progress (e.g. after each sub-task) so that you can respond quickly to difficulties. Like most management ideas, this is common sense. Some people, however, refute it because in practice they find that it merely shows the lack of time for a project which must be done anyway. This is simply daft! If simple project planning and time management show that the task can not be done, then it will not be done - but by knowing at the start, you have a chance to do something about it. An impossible deadline affects not only your success but also that of others. Suppose a product is scheduled for release too soon because you agree to deliver too early. Marketing and Sales will prepare customers to expect the product showing why they really need it - but it will not arrive. The customers will be dissatisfied or even lost, the competition will have advanced warning, and all because you agreed to do the impossible. You can avoid this type of problem. By practicing time management, you will always have a clear understanding of how you spend your time and what time is unallocated. If a new task is thrust upon you, you can estimate whether it is practical. The project planning tells you how much time is needed and the time management tells you how much time is available. There are four ways to deal with impossible deadlines: Get the deadline extended;
- 120 -

Scream for more resources; Get the Deliverable redefined to something practical; and, State the position clearly so that your boss (and his/her boss) have fair warning.

If this simple approach seems unrealistic, consider the alternative. If you have an imposed, but unobtainable, deadline and you accept it; then the outcome is your assured failure. Of course, there is a fifth option: move to a company with realistic schedules. One defense tactic is to present your superior with a current list of your obligations indicating what impact the new task will have on these, and ask him/her to assign the priorities: "I can't do them all, which should I slip?". Another tactic is to keep a data base of your time estimates and the actual time taken by each task. This will quickly develop into a source of valuable data and increase the accuracy of your planning predictions. There is no reason why you should respond only to externally imposed deadlines. The slightly shoddy product which you hand-over after the last minute rush (and normally have returned for correction the following week) could easily have been polished if only an extra day had been available - so move your personal deadline forward and allow yourself the luxury of leisured review before the product is shipped. Taking this a step further, the same sort of review might be applied to the product at each stage of its development so that errors and rework time are reduced. Thus by allocating time to quality review, you save time in rework; and this is all part of project planning supported and monitored by your time management. Finally, for each activity you should estimate how much time it is worth and allocate only that amount. This critical appraisal may even suggest a different approach or method so that the time matches the task's importance. Beware of perfection, it takes too long - allocate time for "fitness for purpose", then stop. Monitoring Staff Your Personal Time Management also effects other people, particularly your subordinates. Planning projects means not only allocating your time but also the distribution of tasks; and this should be done in the same planned, monitored and reviewed manner as your own scheduling. Any delegated task should be specified with an (agreed) end date. As a Manager, you are responsible for ensuring that the tasks allocated to your subordinates are completed successfully. Thus you should ensure that each task is concluded with a deliverable (for instance, a memo to confirm completion) - you make an entry in your diary to check that this has arrived. Thus, if you agree the task for Tuesday, Wednesday should have an entry in your diary to check the deliverable. This simple device allows you to monitor progress and to initiate action as necessary. Long Term Objectives There are many long term objectives which the good Manager must achieve, particularly with regard to the development, support and motivation of his/her work-team. Long term objectives have the problem of being important but not urgent; they do not have deadlines, they are distant and remote. For this reason, it is all too easy to ignore them in favor of the urgent and immediate. Clearly a balance must be struck.
- 121 -

The beauty of Time Management is that the balance can be decided objectively (without influence from immediate deadlines) and self-imposed through the use of the diary. Simply, a manager might decide that one hour a week should be devoted to personnel issues and would then allocate a regular block of time to that activity. Of course if the factory is on fire, or World War III is declared, the manager may have to re-allocate this time in a particular week - but barring such crises, this time should then become sacrosanct and always applied to the same, designated purpose. Similarly, time may be allocated to staff development and training. So if one afternoon a month is deemed to be a suitable allocation, then simply designate the second Thursday (say) of each month and delegate the choice of speakers. The actual time spent in managing this sort of long term objective is small, but without that deliberate planning it will not be achieved. Once you have implemented Personal Time Management, it is worth using some of that control to augment your own career. Some quiet weekend, you should sketch out your own long term objectives and plan a route to them. As you would any long term objective, allocate time to the necessary sub-tasks and monitor your progress. If you do not plan where you want to go, you are unlikely to get there. Personal Time Management is a systematic application of common sense strategies. It requires little effort, yet it promotes efficient work practices by highlighting wastage and it leads to effective use of time by focusing it on your chosen activities. Personal Time Management does not solve your problems; it reveals them, and provides a structure to implement and monitor solutions. It enables you to take control of your own time - how you use it is then up to you.

- 122 -

ETHICS AND THE WATER INDUSRY What are Ethics? A set of moral standards used to distinguish between right and wrong. What is the Ethics Act? The West Virginia Governmental Ethics Act established a code to conduct to guide public officials and public employees and help them avoid conflicts between their personal interests and their public responsibilities. The Ethics Act tells public servants what is expected of them and gives official approval to their conduct if it complies with the standards of the Act. See West Virginia Code 6B-1-1, et seq. See also Legislative Rules Tiles 158, Series 6-12. Who is covered by the Ethics Act? The code of conduct established by the Act applied to all public servants (public employees, elected public officials, and appointed public officials) whether full-time or part-time who serve in the legislative, judicial, and executive branches of state, county, and municipal governments and the boards, commissions and the agencies of each of those levels. What are the minimum ethical standards established by the Ethics Act? The basic principle underlying the standards or code of conduct created by the Ethics Act is that those in public service should use their positions for the public benefit and not for their own private gain or the private gain of another. For example: Private Gain You may not use your agencys supplies or equipment for personal projects or activities; Public employees and full-time appointed officials may not work on personal projects or activities during work hours for which they are paid by their employer; and You may not use subordinates to work on your personal projects or activities during work hours or compel them to do so on their own time. Gifts You may not solicit a gift unless it is for a charitable purpose from which you and your immediate family members derive no direct personal benefit. You may not solicit a subordinate for any gift not even a gift for a charitable purpose. The Ethics Acts prohibition against solicitation of gifts does not apply to solicitation of political contributions. However, WV Code 3-8-12(h) dealing with regulation and control of elections provides No persona shall solicit any [political] contribution from any non-elective salaried employee of the state government or of any of its subdivisions. You may not accept gifts from lobbyists, or from interested persons, unless it fits into one of the following exceptions: Meals and beverages; Unsolicited gifts or a value of $25 or less; Ceremonial gifts or awards of insignificant value; Reasonable expenses incurred in appearing at a speaking engagement; Reasonable honoraria (check the Commissions rules);
- 123 -

Free tickets to political, charitable, or cultural events customarily given as a courtesy to the office; Purely private and personal gifts; or Lawful political contributions.

Selling to Subordinates Although they may choose to buy from you, you may not personally solicit (in person, by phone, or personal letter) private business from subordinates you direct, supervise or control. Solicitations directed to the public at large or for property of a kind you are not regularly engaged in selling are permitted. Private Interests in Public Contracts, Purchases & Sales The Ethics Act says you may not have a financial interest in any contract, purchase or sale over which your public position gives you control; nor may your spouse, your dependent parents, your dependent children, or any business in which you or they have an ownership interest greater than 10%, or a creditors interest greater than 10% of the indebtedness of the business. This provision applies only to (1) those contracts your job gives you authority to award or control and (2) those purchases and sales you are authorized to make or direct others to make. The Commission can grant your agency a hardship exemption from this provision of the Ethics Act. Licensing and Rate-Making Proceedings You may not take official action on a license or rate-making matter affecting an entity in which you, or the members of your immediate family, own or control a ten percent or greater interest. In addition, UNLESS you file a prior written public disclosure with your agency, you may not take official action on a license or rate-making matter affecting a person to which such an entity has sold goods or services totaling more than $1,000 during the preceding year. Moonlighting or Changing Jobs Full-time public servants may not (1) seek employment with, (2) by employed by, or (3) seek to sell or lease real or personal property to any person or business: (a) that has a matter before the agency on which they are taking, or a subordinate is known to be taking, regulatory action, or (b) that had, within the preceding twelve months, a matter on which they took, or a subordinate is known to have taken, regulatory action. The Ethics Commission can grant an exemption from this prohibition. Conflict of Interest Full-time public servants may not take personal regulatory action on matters affecting a person (1) by whom they are secondarily employed or (2) with whom they are seeking employment or have an agreement concerning future employment Prohibited Activity Full-time public servants may not accept private pay for providing information or services that are within the scope of their public duties. In other words, they cant sell, even on their own
- 124 -

time, services their public position requires them to provide. This applies only to private work for people or businesses they serve as part of their public duties. Confidential Information You may not during or after government service, knowingly and improperly disclose confidential information acquired through your public position or use it to further personal interests of yourself or another person. Prohibited Representation The act requires you to obtain your agencys consent before you represent a client in a matter in which you are or were substantially involved on behalf of the agency. This applies both during and after your government service. The prohibition applies only to those matters in which you wee personally involved in a decision making, advisory, or staff support capacity. It does not apply to legislators or legislative staff. Limitation on Practice Certain public servants are prohibited from representing persons before their agency (1) while they are with the agency, and (2) for six months after leaving the agency. The prohibition applies only to elected and appointed public officials and full-time staff attorneys and accountants in agencies authorized to hear contested cases or make regulations. This prohibition applies to representation in contested cases, regulation filings, license or permit applications, rate-making proceedings and to influence the expenditure of public funds. It does not apply to legislators or legislative staff. The Ethics Commission can grant an exemption from this prohibition. Certain county personnel are also subject to a criminal statute which contains a similar, but more comprehensive public contract prohibition. The Commission is responsible for advising public servants about 61-10-15 but has no role in its enforcement. WV Code 61-10-15 applies to: (1) elected county officials (such as sheriff, county commissioners and school board members), (2) appointed county officials (those who serve on county boards, commission, authorities and agencies), and (3) public school superintendents, principals, and teachers. It does not apply to other county employees. 61-10-15 prohibits these designed county personnel from having personal financial interests, directly or indirectly, in a contract, purchase or sale over which their public position gives them voice, influence or control. The prohibition extends to their spouses, those they support, and businesses in which they have an ownership interest or by which they are employed. NOTE: As a result of an amendment to the law in 2002, agency transactions with businesses which employ these designated personnel or their spouses may be legitimized, if the public servant is recused from agency action in regard to the transaction and other specific requirements are met. After July 1, 2007, the Ethics Commission has authority to grant an exemption to a County Agency based upon a documented hardship. What are the top five unethical or illegal acts admitted to? Cut corners on quality control (16%)
- 125 -

Covered up incidents (14%) Abused or lied about sick days (11%) Lied or deceived customers (9%) Put inappropriate pressure on others (7%)

What actions related to technology are considered unethical? 96% - Sabotage systems/data of current co-worker or employer 96% - Sabotage systems/data of a former employer 93% - Access private computer files without permission 92% - Listen to private cellular phone conversations 87% - Visit pornographic web sites using office equipment 70% - Use new technologies to unnecessarily intrude on co-workers privacy 66% - Use office equipment to network/search for another job 65% - Copy the companys software for home use 61% - Wrongly blame an error on a technological glitch 59% - Make multiple copies of software for office use 54% - Use office equipment to shop on the Internet for personal reasons What are the direct incentives for maintaining a high ethical set of standards? Highly ethical standards create a psychologically healthy working environment within the firm; Firms with high ethical standards suffer fewer losses to employee theft, expense account padding, and employee sabotage (crisis of malevolence), and they litigate fewer cases regarding product safety, safety of the work environment, sexual harassment, and discrimination in employment; Ethical firms develop trustful relationships with their clients and establish stable, profitable relationships; Ethical firms minimize the catastrophic risk of scandals or disasters that destroy companies and careers; and Trust is fundamental to efficient business transactions and consistently ethical behavior is necessary to maintain that trust. What is the Code of Ethics for Government Service Employees? 1. Put loyalty to the highest moral principals and to country above loyalty to Government persons, party or department. 2. Uphold the Constitution, laws, and legal regulations of the United States and of all governments therein and never be a party to their evasion. 3. Give a full days labor for a full days pay; giving to the performance of his duties his earnest effort and best thought. 4. Seek to find and employ more efficient and economical ways of getting tasks accomplished. 5. Never discriminate unfairly by the dispensing of special favors or privileges to anyone, whether for remuneration or not; and never accept for himself or his family favors or benefits under circumstances which might be construed by reasonable persons as influencing the performance of his governmental duties. 6. Make no private promises of any kind binding upon the duties of office, since a Government employee has no private work which can be binding on public duty.
- 126 -

7. Engage in no business with the Government, either directly or indirectly, which is inconsistent with the conscientious performance of his governmental duties. 8. Never use any information coming to him confidentially in the performance of governmental duties as a means for making private profit. 9. Expose corruption wherever discovered. 10. Uphold these principles, ever conscious that public office is a public trust. What are the key ethics program components? Vision statement; Values statement; Code of ethics; Designated ethics official (EEOC compliance); Ethics task force or committee; Ethics communication strategy; Periodic evaluation of ethics efforts; Ethics training; Ethical behavior rewards and sanctions; and Focus on ethical leadership. A Code of Ethics Must: Include employee input in drafting and revising it; Be a living document that actually governs the way work is done; Embody principles that also show up on performance appraisals and the compensation system; Provide guidelines upon which people are disciplined, hired, fired and promoted; and Be supported by an ethics officer or someone in the organization who has the responsibility for communicating ethical principles to employees and communicating employee concerns to management. A Framework for Ethical Decision Making: Recognize a moral issue; Get the facts; Evaluate the alternative actions from various moral perspectives; Make a decision; and, Act, then reflect on the decision later.

- 127 -

CONFLICT MANAGEMENT SKILLS What is conflict and conflict management? Conflict may be defined as a struggle or contest between people with opposing needs, ideas, beliefs, values, or goals. Conflict on teams is inevitable; however, the results of conflict are not predetermined. Conflict might escalate and lead to nonproductive results, or conflict can be beneficially resolved and lead to quality final products. Therefore, learning to manage conflict is integral to a high-performance team. Although very few people go looking for conflict more often than not, conflict results because of miscommunication between people with regard to their needs, ideas, beliefs, goals, or values. Conflict management is the principle that all conflicts cannot necessarily be resolved, but learning how to manage conflicts can decrease the odds of nonproductive escalation. Conflict management involves acquiring skills related to conflict resolution, self-awareness about conflict modes, conflict communication skills, and establishing a structure for management of conflict in your environment. Conflict is not necessarily bad. Properly managed, moderate doses of conflict can be beneficial. Conflict is the root of change and allows people to learn and grow and make better decisions. It stimulates curiosity and imagination. After conflict, closer unity may be established. Why learn more about conflict and conflict management? Listening, oral communication, interpersonal communication, and teamwork rank near the top of skills that employers seek in their new hires. When you learn to effectively manage and resolve conflicts with others, then more opportunities for successful team memberships are available to you. If we can learn to manage this highly probable event called conflict (we average five conflicts per day), then we are less apt to practice destructive behaviors that will negatively impact our team. Although conflict may be misunderstood and unappreciated, research shows that unresolved conflict can lead to aggression. Most of us use conflict skills that we observed growing up, unless we have made a conscious effort to change our conflict management style. How do people respond to conflict? Fight or flight? Physiologically we respond to conflict in one of two ways we want to get away from the conflict or we are ready to take on anyone who comes our way. Think for a moment about when you are in conflict. Do you want to leave or do you want to fight when a conflict presents itself? Neither physiological response is good or bad its personal response. What is important to learn, regardless of our initial physiological response to conflict, is that we should intentionally choose our response to conflict. What factors can affect our conflict modes? Gender Some of us were socialized to use particular conflict modes because of our gender. For example, some males, because they are male, were taught always stand up to someone, and, if you have to fight, then fight. If one was socialized this way he will be more likely to use assertive conflict modes versus using cooperative modes.

- 128 -

Self-concept How we think and feel about ourselves affect how we approach conflict. Do we think our thoughts, feelings, and opinions are worth being heard by the person with whom we are in conflict? Expectations Do we believe the other person or our team wants to resolve the conflict? Situation Where is the conflict occurring, do we know the person we are in conflict with, and is the conflict personal or professional? Position (power) What is our power status relationship, (that is, equal, more, or less) with the person with whom we are in conflict? Practice Practice involves being able to use all five conflict modes effectively, being able to determine what conflict mode would be most effective to resolve the conflict, and the ability to change modes as necessary while engaged in conflict. Determining the best mode Through knowledge about conflict and through practice, we develop a conflict management understanding and can, with ease and limited energy, determine what conflict mode to use with the particular person with whom we are in conflict. Communication skills The essence of conflict resolution and conflict management is the ability to communicate effectively. People who have and use effective communication will resolve their conflicts with greater ease and success. Life experiences As mentioned earlier, we often practice the conflict modes we saw our primary caretaker(s) use unless we have made a conscious choice as adults to change or adapt our conflict styles. Our life experiences, both personal and professional, have taught us to frame conflict as either something positive that can be worked through or something negative to be avoided and ignored at all costs.

Discerning how we manage our conflict, why we manage conflict the way we do, and thinking about the value of engaging in conflict with others are important. With better understanding, we can make informed choices about how we engage in conflict and when we will engage in conflict. Practicing ones conflict management skills leads to more successful engagement in conflict with outcomes of relief, understanding, better communication, and greater productivity for both the individual and the team. When we manage our conflicts more effectively, we use less energy on the burdensome tasks such as systemic conflict and get to spend more of our energy on our projects at work and building our relationships. Summary Wherever there are choices to be made, differences may provide challenges or opportunities. One difficult is the possibility that differences will result in increased contention. Supervisor may have to act as mediators and arbitrators from time-to-time. The advantage of mediation is maintaining responsibility for problem solving and conflict resolution at the level of those who own the challenge. Selecting an outside mediator often makes sense. Several roles taken on by the mediator include understanding each participants perspective; setting ground rules for improved communication; coaching participants on effective interaction styles; equalizing power; and helping participants plan for future interaction. When the supervisor acts in the role of an arbitrator, it is more important to make a fair judgment than to try to please all workers involved.
- 129 -

HIRING AND DEVELOPING PERSONNEL Staffing and Organization Employees are the key ingredient of your drinking water system because they participate in the community daily, make numerous decisions daily, and work as a team to accomplish the tasks at hand. How your system hires and manages its employees is a critical aspect in teamwork and managerial capacity. Water system staffing levels depend on: Age and complexity of the water system; Maintenance needs; Miles of lines; Geological features; Extent of automation and growth trends; and, Use of outside services and planned construction projects. The system operator is key to fulfilling the mission of the community in delivering safe drinking water to its citizens. There are four issues that systems must deal with: Multiple full-time operators or back-up operators; Part-time operators; Training and certification(s) levels; and, Work performance and attitude. In addition, there are five essential operator qualities that must be looked at: Up-to-date certifications; Knowledge of current drinking water standards; Personnel management skills; Knowledge of entire water system; and, Ability to work with others. Maintaining a quality of work life contains multiple components such as (1) system management should provide a supportive work environment that values and encourages employees while treating them with dignity and respect and (2) establishing an environment of open communication that will empower employees and encourage them to accept responsibility and contribute to the success of the utility. Quality of Work life: Open communication of active events rather than passive acceptance. Three examples of this would be: Actively communicates with all employees to promote a positive work environment; Attends staff meetings to keep informed about Quality of Work life issues; and, Volunteers to help with activities that promote open communications and improve everyones work life. Diversity Diversity is defined as creating a climate of openness, inclusiveness, and respecting and valuing individual differences. Do your employees accept the differences of others? A good example of this would be direct observation of the employees behaviors as shown through positive interaction with other employees, the public, and the customers they serve. A positive working environment is open, inclusive, and affirming without regard to: race, color, gender, national
- 130 -

origin, or religion. Employees should actively seek out mutually held values with other employees and demonstrate respect for individual differences as shown with age and disability issues. Hiring Process Why do we have employment laws when dealing with hiring new employees? The answer to that question is: 1) balance of power; 2) protection of employees, and 3) protection of employer. The difference between right to work and employment at will are: Employment at Will common-law concept that the employment relationship is generally consensual between employer and employee and may be terminated without notice or permission of either party. (WV is an employment at will state) Right To Work US statute that protects employees from the requirements to join a union and pay dues to keep jobs (WV is not a right to work state) Two main goals in the hiring process are: 1) hire the person who best matches the job needs, and 2) follow all applicable discrimination laws. In preparing to hire a new employee, you must establish a process that will ensure fairness in the interview, treatment, and consideration process for all involved. To ensure a fair process: Document advertisements for position and procedures for accepting applications and screening qualifications; Create and use a detailed job description and descriptions of advertising, selection, and (later) evaluation processes; Use contemporary application forms with applicant certification of accuracy; and, Create and use same interview process for all.

Topics to cover during an interview might include the following: Certifications; Training/education; Past work experience; Scenario regarding personnel management; Emergency behavior examples; and, Past experiences working with local officials. Evaluating and Selecting Applicants Determine evaluation process for selecting applicants; Check all applicants reference; Decide if you will test applicants and make sure all testing is legally defensible and follows accepted practices; and, Consider using a probationary period. Working with the operator and other operations staff is essential to promoting safe working conditions through: Development of a written safety policy;
- 131 -

Ensuring that all employees are properly trained; Implementing and enforcing all safety policies; Investigate all accidents and injuries to determine cause and take correction actions; and, Ensure proper maintenance of equipment and tools.

Operator training is very important because it assures the utility that their employee is a well trained, knowledgeable operator who protects the public health and the publics investment in the water system. Introduction of the important employment concepts that are essential for managerial capacity of a utility are essential from the employer and the employee standpoint. The employer has certain obligations to their employees: Employer Obligations Provide a safe working environment; Training for their employees for the job; Provide the required resources for the job; and, Provide timely/developmental feedback to employees. Employer Prerogative Provide discipline when needed; and, Provide termination when needed. Employee Obligations To come to work; To come to work on time; To come to work when scheduled; and, To do the job hired for to the best of their ability/knowledge/skills. Employee Prerogative Grievance; EEOC; and, Wrongful discharge suit. Federal Labor Laws By Number of Employees 1-14 Employees: Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) (1938) Immigration Reform & Control Act (IRCA) (1986) Employee Polygraph Protection Act (1988) Uniformed Services Employment & Re-employment Rights Act of 1994 Equal Pay Act (1963) Consumer Credit Protection Act of (1968) National Labor Relations Act (NLRA) (1935) Labor-Management Relations Act (Taft-Hartley) (1947) Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA (1974) (if company offers benefits) Uniform Guidelines of Employee Selection Procedures (1978)
- 132 -

Federal Insurance Contributions Act of 1935 (FICA) (social security)

11-14 Employees, add: Occupational Safety & Health Act (OSHA) (1970) 15-19 Employees, add: Civil Rights Act of 1964 Title VII, Civil Rights Act of 1991 Title I, American with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) 20-49 Employees, add: Age Discrimination in Employment Act (1967) (ADEA) Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) 50 or More Employees, add: Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA) EEO-1 Report filed annually with EEOC if Organization is a Federal Contractor 100 or More Employees, add: Worker Adjustment & Retraining Notification Act of 1989 (WARN) EEO-1 Report filed annually with /EEOC if Organization is not a Federal Contractor

- 133 -

CONDUCTING JOB INTERVIEWS So youre looking to hire a new employee for your utility. How do you separate the potential superstars from the problem children of the working world? You interview applicants thought fully and with great care. Conducting a job interview should provide you with an understanding if a candidate will either excel or fail in your workplace. The process involves much more than reviewing his or her resume. You must have a clear picture of the qualities youre looking for and you need to find those qualities by asking the right questions. Here are seven steps that are recommended for conducting a revealing and legal interview. By taking a few common-sense measures, you can maintain control of the interview and enhance your ability to make the best hiring decision. 1. Define the Job Above all else, clarify the job to be filled before filling it. This can be done either by a hiring committee consisting of board members with the general manager or solely by the general manager. Either way, this process of defining the job is critical. Too often this process is done in reverse and you could end up hiring a perfect candidate for a job that doesnt exist. Also, seek the input of current employees in like positions when putting together a job description for the vacancy thats to be filled. These employees know what the job will require and using them in this process helps with the development of accurate performance standards and qualifications. Be sure your hiring standards relate solely to job performance. Legally, you must be prepared to demonstrate that all standards relate to the performance of the job and that the standards do not discriminate against any candidate based on age, race, gender, religion, national origin, marital status or physical handicap. The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission enforces this requirement and provides guidelines on hiring practices. Include all pertinent details in the description, including benefits, responsibilities, working environment and opportunities for advancement. 2. Organize and Prepare Closely examine or screen candidates before contacting them. Scrutinize their resumes and be sure to check references. You want to hire the candidate who is the person that he or she truly is, not how he or she appears. With this information, you may be able to begin disqualifying those who are unfit or simply not suited for the job. If all the facts pan out, contact the qualified candidates by phone and set up interviews. Before meeting the candidate, make sure he or she is serious about a job change and ask them to fill out an application. Like any meeting, a clear agenda for the interview increases your efficiency and effectiveness. The center of each interview is your question period. Write out specific questions and type them for easy reference. Spend time on developing this question list and try to seek input from current employees. Note any concerns with the candidates resume and when talking with the candidates references, and be sure to follow up on these concerns during the interview. As the interviewer, you should have the job description, your questions and a notepad in front of you. In addition, have an employee handbook available for the candidate. 3. Be Courteous Choose a quiet setting for the interview and make sure the candidate wont be facing any bright lights or the direct blast from an air conditioner or heater vent. Try to make sure that the chair for the candidate isnt too low or too high. To minimize distractions, ask that your calls be held and that there be no interruptions. When the applicant first arrives, greet him or her with a smile and enthusiasm. Offer a sincere compliment about a strong point on the resume or provide a positive
- 134 -

comment made by a reference. Offer the candidate a cup of coffee, a soft drink, or a glass of water. 4. Establish Control Because you have initiated the meeting, youre expected to chair it. You are in the drivers seat. The first step is to lead smoothly from casual conversation into the interview. Provide a brief summary of whats to he accomplished today and introduce anyone else who might be asking questions. Also, describe what will follow in terms of a timeline for filling the job. Briefly describe your role in the utility as well as the position for which the candidate is being interviewed. 5. Ask the Questions Before the interview was scheduled, the candidates qualifications should have been reviewed and deemed favorable for an appointment. Now its time to get serious and closely examine personality and attitude. Is this person a team player or is this person someone who has to be the star of the show? Express any concerns that surfaced when reading the candidates resume and or when talking with their references. You have to have answers for any concerns about this candidate. Although this is the longest segment of the interview, twenty to thirty minutes should be adequate if your questions are concise and if concise answers are provided. The interviewers questions should cover two areas in particular: the candidates experience and knowledge of utility operations, and his or her personal qualities. Seek whatever additional information thats necessary about the candidates background, skills, education, credentials and accomplishments as well as job performance strengths and weaknesses. Be sure to ask about the candidates interests and ambitions. If someone is not goaloriented, then theyre not likely to accomplish much for your utility. 6. Promote Your Utility You will want to sell the best candidate on the job that you have available. Begin by telling the candidate how you feel about the job and dont be afraid to do some promotion. We feel we have an outstanding opportunity. Whoever assumes this responsibility will be important to our overall success. Thats why were determined to hire the right candidate. Be sure to read from the written job description during this phase of the interview. This is a good time to summarize the history and growth of the utility and its organizational structure as it relates to the candidates prospective job. Dont oversell or exaggerate, and never make promises that cant be kept, but still be enthusiastic. Remember, false expectations are a major cause of employee dissatisfaction. Its also a good idea to reserve some details of the job to elicit the candidates further interest in any subsequent interviews if one is needed. 7. Answers Questions In this final step, the candidate has the opportunity to ask questions about the job. An aggressive candidate will have tried to assume control earlier in the interview. For the sake of time, dont allow that to happen. Reduce the candidates questions to a minimum by saving them for the end because many questions will have been answered during the flow of the interview. Once the applicant question period begins, let the candidate know that this is his or her opportunity. By now, you have a good sense as to whether the candidate should he invited back for subsequent interviews or possibly be extended an offer of employment. Following this approach, you should be able to accomplish your purpose relatively quickly. In about a half an hour, you will gain insight into each candidate while selling the opportunity to
- 135 -

encourage the best candidates. Its a good habit to summarize your notes immediately after the interview while all the details are fresh in your mind. In evaluating the candidate, dont allow just one isolated odd-ball response to outweigh an otherwise solid interview. Always send interviewees a letter of thanks, even if its to announce that they are no longer under employment consideration. Finally, involve others in the hiring decision. Make sure they meet the outstanding candidates. Because their futures will be affected along with your own, ask for their opinions. Seek consensus as it goes along way toward fostering teamwork and in making the right hiring decision.

- 136 -

TIPS FOR EVALUATING EMPLOYEES Its a task that all too often is overlooked by rural water system managers. Im talking about the regular evaluation of employees. Many supervisors readily confess to me that its one aspect of the job that they simply dont feel comfortable performing. The usual response is that they are viewing the evaluation process the wrong way. Rather than something to be dreaded, it should be considered to be beneficial for both the employee and the system alike. It has been observed that some managers are simply scared of making employees mad and are therefore fearful of conflict and confrontation. By failing to fulfill the duties of a manager and not conducting evaluations, managers are really undermining the system. Without evaluations and the identification of areas needing improvement, the development of an employee is hindered. A form of staff stagnation can result. In such a scenario there are few incentives for improvement and ultimately, morale can and will suffer. To state it very plainly, those who adhere to a management style of avoidance are in the wrong line of work. The regular evaluation of employees is critical. Periodic, constructive feedback permits an employee the opportunity to adjust his or her performance to meet the systems goals and objectives. If merit raises are ever to be given, formal written evaluations are a must. Its been my humble opinion that the ultimate value of the employee rests with his or her ability to work as a member of a team, no matter how small, to achieve the overall goals of the utility. When considering these issues, the following main areas may be used to evaluate performance: Accomplishments; Technical competence; Communications - verbal, written; Organization; Leadership; Safety and Housekeeping; Strengths and Weaknesses; and, Developmental Potential. If a more comprehensive evaluation is desired, listed below are some specific areas to be considered when conducting evaluations: Team Participation Balances team and individual responsibilities; Displays openness to other views; Receives and provides feedback; and, Contributes to a positive team atmosphere. Quantity Completes work in a timely manner; and, Achieves established goals. Quality Demonstrates accuracy and thoroughness; Displays a commitment to excellence; Looks for ways to improve and promote quality;
- 137 -

Applies feedback to improve performance; and, Monitors own work to ensure quality.

Problem Solving Identifies problems in a timely manner; Gathers and analyzes information skillfully; Develops alternative solutions; and, Works well in group-problem solving situations. Planning and Organization Prioritizes and plans work activities; Uses time efficiently; Plans for additional resources; and, Sets goals and objectives. Organization Support Follows policies and procedures; Completes administrative tasks correctly and on time; and, Supports the organization goals and values. Job Knowledge Competent in the required job skills and knowledge; Exhibits ability to learn and apply new skills; Keeps abreast of regulatory requirements; and, Requires minimal supervision. Initiative Volunteers readily; and, Undertakes self-development activities. Dependability Responds to requests for service and assistance; Follows instructions and responds to management direction; Takes responsibility for own actions; Commits to doing the best job possible; and, Meets attendance and punctuality guidelines. Customer Service Displays courtesy and sensitivity; Meets commitments; Responds to customer needs; and, Manages difficult or emotional customer situations. Cooperation Establishes and maintains effective relations; Displays positive outlook and pleasant manner; Offers assistance and support to co-workers;
- 138 -

Works actively to resolve conflicts; and, Works cooperatively in group situations.

Communications Expresses ideas and thoughts verbally; Expresses ideas and thoughts in written form; Exhibits good listening and comprehension; and, Selects and uses the appropriate communication methods. Again, the regular written evaluation of staff members is essential to the long-term viability of a utility. This process needs to be a part of any progressive professional work environment. Its the way business should be co

- 139 -

EMPLOYEE HANDBOOKS What is an employee handbook and why do we need one? The answer to this question is: 1) it lets employees know what is expected of them, 2) it sets the general guidelines of the employment relationship, and 3) it needs to be updated on an annual basis. Should my utility have an employee handbook? The answer is YES. The handbook applies equally to all employees and can be a valuable piece of evidence in a lawsuit. It also is a well-written handbook which is a powerful tool for the utility and is a useful guidance to an employers policies and procedures. What goes into an employee handbook? This can differ with handbooks, but below are some suggestions that could be used: A clear statement about the at will employment relationship; Accepting employment = agreement to conform to the rules and regulations of the employer; A disclaimer concerning oral or written statements contrary to what is in the handbook; The handbook does not create a contract between employer and employee, but serves as a set of guidelines for employees to follow; Is proof that the employee received the handbook and that they acknowledge the content of the handbook; Lists the conditions of employment; and, And anything else pertinent to the policies and procedures of the utility. Termination of an Employee The handbook need to specify the policy for termination of an employee and needs to be followed to the tee. This is important in that more lawsuits are filed for wrongful termination because the procedures listed in the employee handbook werent followed exactly. This policy could contain the following: Pre-termination Evaluation: Progressive discipline procedure in place; Termination Process in place; Documentation supports termination action; Potential of lawsuit or discrimination claim; and, Supported by solid facts and consistent with prior actions. Termination Meeting: Two employer representatives are present; Give explanation/reason for termination; Explain benefits due/being withheld/final paycheck; Let employee respond; and, Document meeting. Employee Handbooks are a Wise Business Practice Every water and wastewater utility should have an employee handbook that explains and outlines policies to staff members. Not only should the handbook inform employees about policies and procedures, it should also communicate expected standards of performance and conduct. As a
- 140 -

practical matter, having employee handbooks can prove invaluable in todays legal realm where the inconsistent enforcement of policies can result in discrimination lawsuits. A well-designed handbook can have a positive influence on morale. It can also introduce new employees to your utility and its mission. Ideally, the handbook should help bring about a consistency of practice that will promote fairness. When there are no written policies, managers are left with an unprofessional learn as you go type of management system. This can be risky at best. There are few issues more destructive to the work place than an employees belief that management decisions are purely subjective and based on situational ethics depending upon who is affected. The uneven application of rules never promotes unity and teamwork. An employee handbook should serve as a reference guide to help managers and supervisors take the appropriate actions for specific situations regardless to whom it affects. Without a handbook to rely on, managers can be left to their own reasoning. This can often lead to misinformed and inconsistent actions. Hence, possible illegal decision-making can follow and this is always bad for business. Above all, a handbook should clearly state policies for hiring and it must include policies against harassment and discrimination. Employee safety should also be prominently addressed in the handbook. Job descriptions should also be included. The handbook should also clearly spell-out disciplinary measures and the steps leading to termination. While state and federal laws sometimes require that certain policies and procedures be posted on employee bulletin boards, the handbook should be presented every staff member. Distributing the handbook to all employees ensures that a utilitys most important standards were made available to every staff member. It also allows employees to have their own reference when questions might arise and thus prove to be a time saving document. There is no single way to write a handbook. The best employee handbooks are organized logically, with the policies grouped into sections. The pages should be numbered, and there should be a table of contents that allows employees to find specific areas with ease. If your utility does not currently have an employee handbook, you can contact West Virginia Rural Water Association and members of our staff will assist you and provide examples from other utilities to help serve as a guide. Once your handbook is completed, the manager should take steps to introduce the handbook to employees in a non-threatening manner. Staff members might feel overwhelmed when a set of rules is handed to them. I would recommend introducing the document at a staff meeting and then follow this initial group meeting with individual conferences with each staff member. Managers should explain that the handbook is documenting the policies that the utility has always had. It is critically important the handbook include an employee acknowledgement form. Each staff member should sign and return this form for the employees personnel file. The form must have an acknowledgement that the employee has read the handbook and agrees to adhere to the policies as stated in the document. The importance of this acknowledgement cannot be stressed enough, especially if an employee matter is taken into litigation. With an employee handbook, managers will have another effective tool for communicating with staff and for protecting the utility when a bad hiring decision has been made. Remember, an employee handbook is a smart management decision.
- 141 -

JOB DESCRIPTIONS Job descriptions are the building block of organizations. The primary objective of a job description is to help employees and supervisors reach a mutual understanding about important details of a job in order to avoid future problems. This publication discusses the need for job descriptions, how to prepare them, and how to make use of them for more effective human resource management. In addition, some examples of job descriptions for positions in the milking center are included. Job descriptions should never be considered final; they should be open to changes and should be reviewed at least once per year by both employee and supervisor. There are many reasons for using good job descriptionssome of the most important include the following: 1. Organization. The job description helps people understand their responsibilities and how their work contributes to the overall mission of the business. 2. Training. It serves as a useful tool for training purposes because it lists the specific tasks that make up the job. 3. Recruitment. Clear job descriptions promote an understanding between the employer and the prospective employee. You are more likely to hire the right person if both of you clearly understand the job. 4. Evaluation. Employer and employee can compare actual job performance to the expectations outlined in the job description. This helps you recognize a job well done or a need for retraining or discipline. 5. Defense. In the unfortunate event that you must terminate an employee for poor performance, the job description gives you a basis for defending your decision. Job descriptions are really not difficult to write. The best way to begin is by writing your own. This will get you thinking about your responsibilities and how you fit into the organization. It will also help you prepare for questions that your employees might have. Next, take some time to sit down with your current employees and help them to begin writing their job descriptions. Make sure that you explain why you need to develop job descriptions and how you expect employees to benefit from them as well. Your employees might have ideas about parts of their jobs that you might not have thought to include. Finally, you will need to review and make changes to the job descriptions. For new positions you will need to write the job description from scratch. Generally, keep descriptions brief and to the point, but dont leave out important information. Most job descriptions should easily fit on one page. Your goal is to provide a clear picture of the job so that you and your employee will fully understand each others expectations. A good job description will include the following: Job title. The job title should accurately describe the job. For example, do not call a job that involves only milking a herdsman position. Summary. This is a concise definition of the jobs major responsibilities, where, and when it is performed. You might use the summary when advertising the position. Qualifications. A description of any experience, training, or education that is necessary to perform the job. Also, any physical characteristics that are essential to perform the job, such as the ability to lift and carry a certain weight. Be sure to avoid statements that might be discriminatory on grounds of race, gender, age, or national origin. Be aware that there are some jobs that young people are not legally allowed to do.
- 142 -

Duties or Tasks. This is the list of all activities that the person will perform. The number of different duties depends on how specialized workers roles are. Most employers add at the end of the list other duties as assigned by supervisor as a way of including those activities that are not routine. It may be helpful to include the approximate percentage of the workers time that each duty will require. Work relationships. All workers need to know where they fit in the organization. The work relationship section should clearly define who the workers supervisor is and how the workers position relates to other positions. Be sure that each position only has one supervisor. Job descriptions relate to the staff organization charteach position that appears on the organization chart should have a job description associated with it. The following two categories are optional. If you use them, dont be so specific that no changes can be made in the future. Compensation and Benefits. Include in this section all compensation that is offered. An hourly wage range, insurance, vacation, sick leave, and so on should be clearly stated. Work schedule. Define work hours as much as possible. Define overtime policy if one applies. If work hours vary with the seasons, make that clear in the description.

Job descriptions are an essential part of the employee-recruitment process. In todays competitive labor market, water systems need to communicate the image of a well-managed and organized business. Well-constructed job descriptions show that management is aware of specific labor needs and the qualifications and skills that a successful candidate will possess. Job descriptions spell out the specific duties that are required of employees and help candidates to decide if the job will be a good fit for them. Job descriptions help the manager make effective selections. With the required qualifications and duties clearly specified in the job description, managers can more objectively select candidates based on their potential for job success, rather than on personality traits. Once a candidate is selected, the job description serves as a guide to the skills and knowledge that the new employee will need to perform the job. Those skills that the employee already possesses should be refined and applied in the new position, while skills or knowledge that the employee lacks can be acquired through training. First, let's look at some terms. A job is a collection of tasks and responsibilities that an employee is responsible to conduct. Jobs have titles. A task is a typically defined as a unit of work, that is, a set of activities needed to produce some result, e.g., vacuuming a carpet, writing a memo, sorting the mail, etc. Complex positions in the organization may include a large number of tasks, which are sometimes referred to as functions. Job descriptions are lists of the general tasks, or functions, and responsibilities of a position. Typically, they also include to whom the position reports, specifications such as the qualifications needed by the person in the job, salary range for the position, etc. Job descriptions are usually developed by conducting a job analysis, which includes examining the tasks and sequences of tasks necessary to perform the job. The analysis looks at the areas of knowledge and skills needed by the job. Note that a role is the set of responsibilities or expected results associated with a job. A job usually includes several roles. Typically, job descriptions are used especially for advertising to fill an open position, determining compensation and as a basis for performance reviews. Not everyone believes that job descriptions are highly useful. The cornerstone to any employment decision begins with job
- 143 -

analysis. Job analysis is the most basic activity in human resource management. Accurate information on all jobs is necessary to efficiently direct and/or control the operations of a small business. Competition and equal employment opportunity legislation has made job analysis a mandatory organizational consideration for small businesses. Because human resources represent the largest cost item for most small businesses, managers must have current and systematized information on all jobs in order to produce products and services efficiently. The myriad of laws, guidelines, and court decisions concerning equal employment opportunity make job analysis necessary. Small businesses have been quite vulnerable on the issue of discrimination in employment practices. One way to defend employment practices is to conduct job analysis and prepare job descriptions. Job descriptions are the most visible output from job analysis. Comprehensive job descriptions developed from job analysis are used in selection, training, performance appraisal, and compensation. There are many formats used in preparing job descriptions. Job Analysis Job analysis is an in-depth study of a job and provides information for job descriptions. The job analyst will gather information about jobs through interviewing employees, observing performance of certain tasks, asking employees to fill out questionnaires and worksheets, and collecting information about a job from secondary sources such as the Dictionary of Occupational Titles. The job analyst will write-up the results of the analysis and review them with the job incumbent. The documentation is then presented to the incumbent's supervisor for review (often the incumbent's supervisor is the job analyst.) The supervisor may add, delete or modify duties, knowledge, skills, abilities, and other characteristics. After supervisory approval is obtained, the documentation is forwarded through channels for final approval. A signed and dated job description is then prepared. This job description becomes the official record for this particular job. Role of Job Incumbent The job incumbent has an important role in this process. The following suggestions should help incumbents assist the job analyst: Spend some time thinking about the job. Make notes, or keep a diary of work related activities; At the outset fully explain the incumbents' concept of the job to the analyst; Focus on the facts - do not overstate or understate duties knowledge, skills, abilities, and other characteristics; Refrain from side issues. The analyst is only concerned with the job itself. Job performance, wages, complaints, relationships with co-workers, etc., are not relevant to this activity; Remember that the incumbents' input is critical; however, establishing the boundaries of the job is a management decision; and Be aware that there will be no adverse consequences from job analysis. For example, no person's salary will be reduced and no person's job will be eliminated. The analyst may recommend changes in title or other realignments, subject to management decision.
- 144 -

Definitions The following is a list of commonly used job analysis terms. Job duty - a single specific task. Knowledge - a body of information applied directly to the performance of a duty. Skill - a present, observable competence to perform a learned activity. Ability - a present competence to perform an observable behavior or a behavior that results in an observable product. Physical characteristic - the physical attributes employees must have in order to perform job duties; unaided or with the assistance of a reasonable accommodation. Credentials and Experience - the minimal acceptable level of education, experience, and certifications necessary for employment. Other Characteristics - duties, knowledge, skills, and abilities that do not have a logical place in the job description. Writing Style in Job Descriptions Job descriptions should be written in brief and clear sentences. The basic structure for sentences in a job description should be "implied subject/verb/object/explanatory phrase." It is best to use action verbs like "types" and "files."

- 145 -

PROFESSIONAL COMBUSTION: HOW TO FIGHT JOB BURNOUT Job burnout is a phrase we hear more and more these days. The level of stress in our 21st century world is incredible and it is often a contributing factor to job burnout. So, how does one recognize if he or she is experiencing job burnout? Well, if youre experiencing any of the following symptoms, you could be heading down the road to what I refer to as professional combustion: Low productivity at work; Repeated tardiness at work; Chronic fatigue; Increased irritability; Anxiety attacks and bouts of crying; Weight gain; Teeth grinding; Increased drug, alcohol, or tobacco use; Insomnia and nightmares; Migraines; and, Increasing forgetfulness. Job burnout is defined by Websters Collegiate Dictionary as exhaustion of physical or emotional strength or motivation usually as a result of prolonged stress or frustration. Sure, the list above includes a wide variety of symptoms and these may or may not always be related to job burnout, but often times these conditions are the manifestation of professional combustion. Also, keep in mind that everyone reacts to stress in different ways. Perhaps the most telling sign and often times the earliest sign of burnout is repeated tardiness. When a person has continual difficulty in getting out of bed and reporting to work in the required fashion, then he or she is likely in the grips of job burnout. Seldom, if ever, does this situation correct itself. When the basic motivation to report for duty in a timely manner no longer exists, then a problem is already well entrenched and steps need to be taken by both the employee and the employer to eliminate this problem. A successful organization is an organization with the management structure and support systems that enable both employers and employees to recognize and deal with job burnout. What causes job burnout? Working harder to hold onto your job in the face of staffing reductions; Working hard without being justly rewarded or recognized; Simply being in an unsuitable career or being overqualified for a job; and, Not having enough time away from work and burning the candle at both ends. Management should involve staff members in productivity decisions through regular staff and safety meetings. Teamwork should be encouraged on a daily basis. Teamwork can be fostered through job shadowing and cross training. These practices can help employees develop new skills while learning more about the utilitys operation and provide them with new challenges. This is very important because avoiding boredom is a big step in avoiding burnout. Communication, and this especially includes listening, is vitally important for all managers. I always suggest the use of a suggestion box and that employees be encouraged to offer feedback. It never hurts to provide employees with the proper channels to let off steam. Also, during the
- 146 -

evaluation process, managers should always try to have a heart-to-heart talk with employees and ask them what can be done to enhance his or her job performance. Following the evaluation, managers should take steps to provide employees with the changes that he or she has recommended. When an employee recognizes that his or her input has been considered and acted upon, increased productivity and a more harmonious work place are often the results. Burnout can affect both your mind and body. Left unchecked, it can lead to: Depression; Anxiety; and, Physical illness such as stroke or even heart attack. Before you can cure burnout, one has to determine what is causing the burnout and also a determination of the degree of burnout has to be made. The more severe it is, the greater the number of actions needed to correct the situation. Some possible cures include: Taking a vacation; Avoiding overtime if at all possible; Finding more time to relax through recreation; Improving your relationship with others in the work place; Lessening your work load by delegating duties; or, Changing your career. Job burnout is a serious problem and managers and employees both need to recognize it and deal with it. An informative online survey on burnout can be found at http://www.lessons4living.com/burnout_inventory2.htm Sometimes, the simplest of measures can provide tremendous relief for everyone in the work place.

- 147 -

COMPUTERS A good basic personal computer (PC) for everyday office use can be purchased with a complete office software bundle and that includes a monitor and a printer and sometimes a scanner or a digital camera. A PC can be a tremendous management tool. The time savings, the many reporting capabilities, and the convenience of email, and the ability to download vital information from the worldwide web can enhance the effectiveness of any operation. Maintenance records and process control data can all appear with a click of a mouse. There is a veritable ton of information one can find about water treatment on the Internet. Another benefit of using a PC is recordkeeping. Imagine that the OEHS District Engineer visits the treatment plant to conduct a sanitary survey and asks to take a look at operational data. No problem, one click on a directory with this information will display everything in full detail. The need to frantically fumble through file cabinets and desk drawers will have been eliminated. With a spreadsheet program, an operator can easily graph data instead of pouring over a large spreadsheet with many numbers. Components The three main types processors readily available include: the Athlon AMD, Pentium IV, and the Celeron. Intel manufactures both the Celeron and the Pentium IV. The Celeron is the least expensive but works quite well for most business applications. The Pentium IV is more expensive and better suited for graphic intensive applications such as video and mapping. This random access memory (RAM) enables a PC to multi-task. More memory is equal to a more powerful PC. For everyday work, word processing, spreadsheets and e-mail, a PC with at least 512MB should be sufficient. Anything less will slow your work. The hard drive is another critical component to consider before purchasing. Most drives now are being manufactured in excess of 80 GB and function at a speed of 7,200 rpm. This should be more than adequate hard drive space for most small offices. A CD-RW or Recordable DVD Drive is standard on new PCs. A recordable DVD or CD-RW drive is essential for data storage and transfer. Both allows the back up of important documents (700MB on a CD, 4.7GB on a DVD), share files, and create custom audio or video CDs or DVDs. If you need to back up massive amounts of data or entire hard drives, choose the DVD option. Many PCs now offer a pair of Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports. Be sure to purchase a machine those features USB 2.0 ports. This is high speed USB and many external devices such as mice, keyboards, scanners, digital cameras, printers, and flash drives require newer 2.0 interface to transmit data and function properly. USBs are also essential for information stored on the 1.44MB floppy disk drive, now that most PC manufacturers do not include floppy drives on new PCs. Finally, look at the warranty. This is very important because most problems do not usually happen right away. Most PCs come with a 1-year warranty, which is adequate in most cases, but considering some of the environments where PCs are located in a water plant, a 2 or 3-year warranty is a better option to protect your investment. When problems arise and they do, it can be very costly depending on the situation.
- 148 -

Also look for technical support. This can range between 1-year and lifetime support. Also look for 24 hour toll-free support because it will seem when you are having problems, everyone in the western hemisphere is also experiencing problems, so be prepared to spend some time on hold. Software Computer software, sometimes called programs, provides instruction that tell the computer how to operate. There are 2 main types of software. System software directs all the activities and sets all the rules for how the hardware and software work together. Application software is used to accomplish a specific task. Carefully examine the software bundles that come with your PC. Most PCs come from the factory with office software bundled with computer. The software most often used in the water industry are: A word processing program is an extremely useful tools, for typing documents such as memos, letters and letterhead, legal copies, reference documents Other word processing functions include "spell checking" (actually checks against wordlists), "grammar checking" (checks for what seem to be simple grammar errors), and a "thesaurus" function (finds words with similar or opposite meanings). Spreadsheet software performs complicated calculations quickly and efficiently. A spreadsheet program is also useful for maintaining and tabulating process control data and inventory. Many programs have chart and graph capability so you can easily visualize your data. A database program is a structured collection of records or data that is stored in a computer system. A database is used for keeping track of mailing lists, phone numbers, inventory, and maintenance items. A new document format has entered the internet scene- Portable Document Format (PDF). Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) (the code behind Web pages) cannot maintain all the original formatting and presentation of many documents. In such cases, websites use a PDF. PDF documents maintain the look of the original document, and they can be viewed on any Macintosh, PC, or UNIX computer. First, however, download and install the free Adobe Reader program. Please use the most current reader from Adobe to ensure compatibility with all PDF files on EPA's site. The Adobe Reader is also sometimes referred to as the Adobe Acrobat Reader. Cleaning and Organizing Your Computer It is a good idea to think of the computer as an office. It stores files, programs and pictures. This can be compared to an actual offices files and machines. The operating system is the boss. With this in mind, think of an office that was slow and inefficient. There were probably many different reasons for the inefficiency. This is the same with a computer. There can be many items that slow down the computer. Perhaps the one most commonly overlooked is disorganization and clutter. Disk Cleanup An office can accumulate a lot of unnecessary files. The same is true for a computer. One of the best ways to keep this clutter under control is to perform a cleaning utility periodically. This cleaning utility will be called a disk cleanup. It removes a variety of unnecessary files depending on the selected options. This will include compressing old files, deleting temporary Internet files, emptying the recycle bin, etc.
- 149 -

Performing a disk cleanup is not very time consuming and it may save more time in the end by making the computer run faster. However, a disk cleanup should be run periodically rather than just once in a great while. One way to make this run periodically is to make it a scheduled task. This will allow the computer to run it automatically with the intervals and time of day determined. It can always run it periodically without creating a scheduled task. Add or Remove Programs The information given above may help rid the computer of some unnecessary files, but there is also a need to disregard unnecessary programs as well. It is a good idea to browse through the add or remove programs utility every once in a while just to make sure that all programs are of usefulness. If there are programs listed that are no longer used they should be uninstalled. In most cases, to finish uninstalling a program, it is wise to restart the computer. Defragment In a computer, the saved files are placed on the hard drive. However, they are placed according to the time that they were saved. So, if a word document is opened and saved as file A and then another document is opened and saved as file B, file A will placed next to file B. This is fine, but when file A is opened later and saved again, the added information is saved next to file B. When files are broken up this way it is referred to as a fragmented file. This means that the computer must find the first part of the file and then find the second part of the file to open that one word document. This can make the computer run slower. Defragmenting the hard drive rearranges files on the hard drive and removes empty spaces so that they can be accessed quicker. It may take a while to finish this task depending on the speed of the computer and the amount of fragmented files. It could take from about 15-30 minutes or more. However, the computer can still use the computer while the disk defragmenter is working. Computer Backup All of this leads up to backing up your system. There is no need to backup unnecessary files. That is one reason to do Disk Cleanup. The other is just to eliminate files that are not needed. Computer backup is the storing copies of files on a medium other than the hard disk. The reason for making computer backups is to protect against the event that something happens to damage the files so they are no longer usable. With backups of files, then these files can be restored to the computer. Computer backups can be made in very different formats. The traditional method of backing up computer files was the floppy disk. However, floppy disks are becoming increasingly obsolete. It is already not uncommon to not even see a new computer that includes a floppy disk drive, and it is becoming almost impossible to actually get a new computer that includes such a drive. Floppy disks can only hold 1.4 megabytes of data, and there are formats which can hold much more. CD-Rs are CD-ROMs that you can actually write onto, and hold up to 800 megabytes of storage. You can also use CD-RW, which can be written onto more than once, unlike a CD-R. DVD burners are also becoming increasingly common, and a typical DVD-R can hold up to 4,700 megabytes, or 4.7 gigabytes. Another new technology which is becoming common for computer backup is the key drive, also known as a flash drive, jump drive, or thumb drive. These are removable drives which are very small, the size of a key chain, and many in fact are designed to operate as key chains. They can
- 150 -

hold up to gigabytes worth of data, not as much as a typical DVD-R but still a sizeable amount of data. The easiest is a one-touch backup. The external backup drive and software are included with this purchase. Once this backup is set up, it really is one touch of the button on the hard drive to do a complete or partial backup of the internal hard drive. Consult your billing software provided for this information. Backups can be made on hard drives, zip drives, CD-R, or CD-RW drives. An advantage of zip drives or CDs is that the copies can be stored off-site as is recommended.

- 151 -

EFFECTIVE WATER UTILITY MANAGEMENT Recent events have highlighted the fundamental importance of sustaining our Nation's water infrastructure. Effective utility management is the key to achieving this goal. Effective management can help utilities enhance the stewardship of their infrastructure, improve performance in critical areas, and respond to other challenges. Addressing the Nation's water and wastewater infrastructure also calls for ongoing collaboration between government, industry, elected officials, and other stakeholders. PWSs face common challenges, such as rising costs and workforce complexities, and need to focus attention on these areas to deliver quality products and services and sustain community support. Within this context, four primary building blocks of effective water utility management have been identified, which could become the basis of a future water utility sector management strategy. These building blocks, described below, are: Attributes of Effectively Managed Water Utilities, Keys to Management Success, Water Utility Measures, and Water Utility Management Resources. Attributes of Effectively Managed Water Utilities Ten attributes of effectively managed water sector utilities have been identified that provide a succinct indication of where effectively managed utilities focus and what they strive to achieve. Further, it was recommended that the water utility adopt and utilize these Attributes as a basis for promoting improved management. The attributes can be viewed as a continuum of, or a set of building blocks for, management improvement opportunities. The attributes, are deliberately not listed in a particular order; since the utility manager will determine their relevance and relative importance based on individual circumstances. Product Quality: Produces potable water, treated effluent, and process residuals in full compliance with regulatory and reliability requirements and consistent with customer, public health, and ecological needs. Customer Satisfaction: Provides reliable, responsive, and affordable services in line with explicit, customer-accepted service levels. Receives timely customer feedback to maintain responsiveness to customer needs and emergencies. Employee and Leadership Development: Recruits and retains a workforce that is competent, motivated, adaptive, and safe-working. Establishes a participatory, collaborative organization dedicated to continual learning and improvement. Ensures employee institutional knowledge is retained and improved upon over time. Provides a focus on and emphasizes opportunities for professional and leadership development and strives to create an integrated well-coordinated senior leadership team. Operational Optimization: Ensures ongoing, timely, cost-effective, reliable, and sustainable performance improvements in all facets of its operations. Minimizes resource use, loss, and impacts from day-to-day operations. Maintains awareness of information and operational technology developments to anticipate and support timely adoption of improvements. Financial Viability: Understands the full life-cycle cost of the utility and establishes and maintains an effective balance between long-term debt, asset values, operations and maintenance expenditures, and operating revenues. Establishes predictable ratesconsistent with community expectations and acceptabilityadequate to recover costs, provide for reserves, maintain support from bond rating agencies, and plan and invest for future needs.
- 152 -

Operational Resiliency: Ensures utility leadership and staff work together to anticipate and avoid problems. Proactively identifies, assesses, establishes tolerance levels for, and effectively manages a full range of business risks (including legal, regulatory, financial, environmental, safety, security, and natural disaster related) in a proactive way consistent with industry trends and system reliability goals. Community Sustainability: Is explicitly cognizant of and attentive to the impacts its decisions have on current and long-term future community and watershed health and welfare. Manages operations, infrastructure, and investments to protect, restore, and enhance the natural environment; efficiently use water and energy resources; promote economic vitality; and engender overall community improvement. Explicitly considers a variety of pollution prevention, watershed, and source water protection approaches as part of an overall strategy to maintain and enhance ecological and community sustainability. Infrastructure Stability: Understands the condition of and costs associated with critical infrastructure assets. Maintains and enhances the condition of all assets over the long-term at the lowest possible life-cycle cost and acceptable risk consistent with customer, community, and regulator-supported service levels, and consistent with anticipated growth and system reliability goals. Assures asset repair, rehabilitation, and replacement efforts are coordinated within the community to minimize disruptions and other negative consequences. Stakeholder Understanding and Support: Engenders understanding and support from oversight bodies, community and watershed interests, and regulatory bodies for service levels, rate structures, operating budgets, capital improvement programs, and risk management decisions. Actively involves stakeholders in the decisions that will affect them. Water Resource Adequacy: Ensures water availability consistent with current and future customer needs through long-term resource supply and demand analysis, conservation, and public education. Explicitly considers its role in water availability and manages operations to provide for long-term aquifer and surface water sustainability and replenishment.

Keys to Management Success Five Keys to Management Success were also identified that foster utility management success. Leadership: Leadership plays a critical role in effective utility management, particularly in the context of driving and inspiring change within an organization. In this context, the term leaders refers both to individuals who champion improvement, and to leadership teams that provide resilient, day-to-day management continuity and direction. Effective leadership ensures the utilitys direction is understood, embraced, and followed on an ongoing basis throughout the management cycle. Strategic Business Planning: Strategic business planning helps utilities balance and drive integration and cohesion across, the Attributes. It involves taking a long-term view of utility goals and operations and establishing an explicit vision and mission that guide utility objectives, measurement efforts, investments, and operations. Organizational Approaches: A variety of organizational approaches can be critical to management improvement. These approaches include establishing a participatory organizational culture that actively seeks to engage employees in
- 153 -

improvement efforts, deploying an explicit change management process, and utilizing implementation strategies that seek early, step-wise victories to build momentum and motivation. Measurement: A focus and emphasis on measurement is the backbone of successful continual improvement management and strategic business planning. Successful measurement efforts tend to be viewed on a continuum, starting with basic internal tracking. Continual Improvement Management Framework: A plan, do, check, act continual improvement management framework typically includes several components, such as conducting an honest and comprehensive self-assessment; establishing explicit performance objectives and targets; implementing measurement activities; and responding to evaluations through the use of an explicit change management process.

Water Utility Measures It has been strongly affirmed that measurement is critical to effective utility management. Utility measurement is complicated and needs to be done carefully to be useful. The challenges presented by performance measurement include deciding what to measure, identifying meaningful measures, and making sure that data are collected in a way that allows meaningful comparisons to be made. Consideration of these factors is important if the data are to be used to make real improvements and to communicate accurate information, and help ensure that the information is interpreted correctly. Within this context, the Committee identified a set of high-level, illustrative example water utility measures related to the Attributes and recommended that, to simply get started on exploring this component of the future sector strategy, these or other example utility measures be made available. These preliminary example measures included, for instance, under Operational Optimization, the amount of distribution system water loss; under Operational Resiliency, whether the utility has a current all-hazards disaster readiness response plan; and, under Stakeholder Understanding and Support, whether the utility consults regularly with stakeholders. It is recommended that a longer-term initiative to identify a cohesive set of targeted, generally applicable, individual water utility measures. The goal would be to provide robust measures for individual utilities to use in gauging and improving operational and managerial practices and for communicating with external audiences such as boards, rate payers, and community leaders. Water Utility Management Resources It is believed that water utilities are interested in tools that can support management progress, and that many utilities would benefit from a helping hand that can guide them to useful management resources, particularly in the context of the Attributes.

- 154 -

THE NEED FOR ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE It doesnt matter if a PWS is large or small; a clear and well-understood organizational plan is vital to its success and long-term viability. Sound organization promotes effective management by uniting the efforts of the governing board, the manager and the employees into the common purpose of operating a successful utility system that meets customer needs. At first glance, the idea of adopting an organizational chart or a chain of command may seem to relate more to larger systems, but in reality, the smaller the system, the more important organization becomes. That is because in a small organization, each employee represents a larger percentage of the staff. Therefore, it is even more important to avoid the duplication of effort and to eliminate confusion. Developing and implementing a written organizational plan can help achieve those goals. Creating and maintaining an effective organizational plan requires time and careful study. It would be a good idea to involve decision makers, management, and employee representatives into the task. Input from different perspectives can lead to more well- rounded and thorough plan. Following implementation of such a plan, the governing body and management should understand that continuous development, adjustment, and review needs to take place. As the operation changes, the organizational plan should be revised. Any organizational plan needs to consider the ability, needs, and potential of employees. The following are some points to consider when establishing an organizational plan: Organization should be based upon the objectives to be achieved and the activities to be performed, Each individual should have one boss and all directions and guidance should come from that individual, Supervisors, at any level, should have a limited number of people for whom they are directly responsible, and The number of distinct levels of management should be kept to a minimum. Delegation of authority should be an objective. This allows decisions to be made by the people who are the closest to the action for which the decision applies. Responsibilities, limits of authority, and the relationship of each organizational department should be clearly stated in approved job descriptions. In order for any organizational plan to be successful, it must be relatively simple, flexible, and dynamic. That is, it should be a living document and should be regularly reviewed and amended. Once adopted, copies of the plan should be distributed to everyone involved and that includes distributing copies to all board members, managers, and employees. An organizational plan can be an excellent management tool for ensuring that personnel have a clear understanding of their role in the operations of the utility. This plan should be flexible enough to allow job shadowing and continuous staff development. These elements are important for promoting morale and staff development and in helping employees feel more as a member of the team. Ensuring harmonious relationships while working toward more efficient job performance should be the goal of any organizational plan. Hopefully, the end results will include improved managerial and technical capacity that in turn will lead to improved financial capacity. Any time the three areas of capacity development can advance together in unison, the utility and its employees, and more importantly, the customers, all come out as winners.
- 155 -

MANAGEMENT COMPONENTS Owning and operating a public drinking water system is a big responsibility. There are few things more important to maintaining good health than having access to safe drinking water. The purpose of this section is to assist owners/operators of small water systems to meet the requirements of state and federal drinking water laws, and ultimately to protect the health of their customers. Much of this guide will be useful on a day-to-day basis. The guide can be used as a filing system for system personnel and can serve many purposes including providing a: Central location for numerous water system records and system policies; Process to evaluate present and future system deficiencies and improvements necessary for continued water system operation; and, A list of operation and maintenance duties that can be reviewed, used and improved as necessary by existing and future water system personnel so they may effectively manage and operate the water system. This section contains a description of content of the 18 elements. Some elements can be completed quickly (e.g., fill in information that should be readily available or attach documents you should have in your files). Other elements may take more effort (e.g., if one does not exist, create a service area and facility map or develop a cross connection control program). Working through this section may appear challenging at first, but from the perspective of assuring effective long term management of the system, each element is important. To help prioritize the efforts, please focus on the first five elements of this section first. These elements primarily focus on accurate record keeping and water quality monitoring/reporting. They are absolutely essential and need immediate attention. Once these are completed, continue to work through the section and develop the other technical, managerial, and financial elements. Water Facilities Inventory: Provides information about the water system (e.g., source capacity, number of connections and population served, etc.). Water Quality Monitoring Program: Identifies the type, frequency and location of baseline water quality monitoring required for each existing, permanent and seasonal source and distribution system. Consumer Confidence Report: Creates an annual educational water quality report, for distribution to your customers, which summarizes monitoring results. Preparing for Your Sanitary Survey: Identifies things a system can perform to prepare for sanitary surveys. Annual Operating Permit: Provides a compliance status report to system to correct any identified problems. Cross-Connection Control Program: Documents cross-connection control program efforts to protect system from possible contamination. Emergency Response Plan: Contains phone numbers of parties to contact in case of a system emergency. Service Area and Facility Map: Contains service area boundaries and lists major system components.

- 156 -

Operation and Maintenance Program: Lists system personnel information (name, title, phone #) and identifies functions, frequency (e.g., weekly, monthly), and location of component maintenance. Wellhead Protection Program: Summarizes the systems wellhead protection program. Water Right Documentation: Lists the right (Permit, Certificate, or Claim) that includes the number of acre-feet and gallons per minute allowed to be withdrawn. Record of Source Water Pumped: Charts the amount of water pumped from system sources. Water Usage: Charts the number of system users, the average consumption per user, and the estimate of total system usage. Water Conservation Program: Summarizes the systems conservation efforts that promote the wise use of water. Component Inventory and Assessment: Verifies component approval status. Inventories system components. Identifies possible system improvements in the next 6 years. List of System Improvements: Identifies the year, cost, and financing method for anticipated system improvements. Budget: Includes revenues, expenses and capital improvement financing. System Management: Documents the systems management practices including the decision making process.

- 157 -

FORMAL COMMUNICATION Is there a formal communication linkage between the water system operator and one or more members of the governing board or board of directors? Formal communication puts in place a process to allow the governing board to be fully informed and in control of the water system decisions. Management capacity is enhanced when formal communication channels are created between governing board members (usually part time officers) and full time professional operations staff. For example, city councils may require their key operations staff to attend their monthly council meetings to report on water system activities, or a council may designate one of its members as the liaison or point person for water system issues. System Policies Good management will increase the ability of the system to achieve its mission, as well as reduce liability exposure. System policies help create the frames of reference necessary for the professional staff to determine the scope of authority granted by the governing board. Management teams that create written guidance documents also provide a measure of continuity and guidance for water system personnel. Good business practice demands that the policies listed below should be in written form, adopted and periodically reviewed by the water system management team. What is most important is that the written policy exists, that the content is appropriate for the size of the water system, and that the management team is committed to reviewing and updating the policy periodically. The content of the policies is more important than the structure. The DWSRF loan application requirements identify the following 6 policies as indicators of management capacity. A general description of each type is also offered below. System Operations Manual or Policy This policy provides technical guidance on how the water system is operated. This manual or policy is likely to be the most detailed guidance document of the six listed here. Operations policies also include guidance for monitoring and reporting of water samples and testing results. Board Governance Policy The board governance policy reflects the protocols for the governing boards activities. This policy includes qualifications for election of board members, the number of members who may serve and their terms of office, rules regarding the conduct of meetings, etc. Establishing board protocols can improve the efficiency of board meetings and result in effective use of officers time. Personnel Policy The personnel policy would include guidance regarding hiring, probation, dismissal and disciplinary procedures; provide detail on employee compensation and fringe benefits; establish requirements for conduct and performance; describe job descriptions and expectations, and explain procedures for employee evaluation. Safety and/or Risk Management Policy Accidents, experienced by both the water system staff and the customers they serve, can cause significant disruptions of water service as well as create unexpected financial liabilities. A safety and risk management policy attempts to confine the scope of authority of employees and managers in order to reduce the risk of such negative financial exposure. A water systems
- 158 -

insurance provider can offer assistance in establishing risk management guidelines to limit liability. Operating Emergency Plan Every public water system needs to know how it will react to natural disasters and other emergencies. Specifically, the water system management team needs to know what steps are to be taken and what actions are to be accomplished given a variety of threats to service delivery. Since the events of September 11, 2001, threat readiness and response is absolutely necessary to commit to written policy, especially in the face of terrorist threat to essential facilities such as public drinking water systems. Customer Service Policy A water system is in the business of providing servicesafe drinking waterto its customers. A customer service policy strengthens the relationship between the water system and its customers because it clarifies how the water system will relate to those it serves. This policy should include public information guidance, complaint resolution procedures, problem response requirements, billing and other notification rules, and other actions the system can take to assure the customers that the water system is being run in the most professional manner possible. Organizations exist to help provide guidance on the content of each of these policy documents. Water systems with limited staff capacity to create these policies can utilize and modify model policies in each category. Organizations such as the Rural Community Assistance Corporation, the West Virginia Rural Water Association and the American Water Works Association have excellent model policies. In addition, similar sized water systems may be good sources of sample policies. Professional Support Regarding Engineering & Legal Services Water system capacity in the areas of engineering and legal services (as well as other professional services such as accounting and auditing) is increasing essential to successful service delivery over time. While water systems can assure such capacity by hiring these professionals, most small systems can gain these capacities by retaining engineering and legal services by contract, or by hiring these professional services as necessary. Legal and engineering services are specifically identified for capacity assessment purposes by the state of West Virginia. Each profession provides to the water system the capacity to keep pace with regulatory requirements and to advise response to changes in these regulatory requirements. Record Keeping A final indicator of management capacity used by the State of West Virginia is record keeping. Well-managed water systems are expected to have record keeping systems that can easily yield important records for review by the operations staff, the governing board members, customers (where appropriate), and regulatory agency staff of the OEHS and EPA. Record keeping systems create and preserve an important record of the water systems status and activities. For the purposes of Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) loan applications, an evaluation of the condition and content of the record keeping system is made by OEHS. For a water system seeking to demonstrate management capacity relative to record keeping, the following questions should be answered affirmatively:
- 159 -

Does this water system have current as built engineering drawings of the system facilities? Does this water system effectively maintain system operating records for operator, board member, customer, EPA and OEHS reference? Does this water system effectively maintain records of correspondence with the appropriate agencies? Does this water system effectively maintain records of correspondence with the EPA? Does this water system effectively maintain records of the results from required water testing as well as CCRs?

- 160 -

COMPLIANCE MONITORING Every water system has its own compliance monitoring schedule provided by OEHS by February each year. A general monitoring schedule is provided below. Each public water system is strongly encouraged to contact the OEHS to obtain the most up-to-date version of the chart for their system. It will indicate the most recent monitoring results on record, and subsequent samples that must be collected. Monitoring Schedule TESTING/PARAMETER BACTERIOLOGICAL FREE CHLORINE RESIDUAL TOTAL CHLORINE RESIDUAL TURBIDITY NITRATES NITRITES MORS CROSS-CONNECTION DEVICES FLUORIDE LEAD & COPPER THM&HAA5 TOC IOC VOC SOC RADIONUCLIDES HOW OFTEN/HOW MANY/WHERE monthly/based on population served/distribution system every 4 hours/based on population served/point of entry daily/one/distribution system* Every 4 hours/one/point of entry annually/one/point of entry annually/one/point of entry** monthly/not applicable/send to OEHS annually/not applicable/distribution system daily/one/distribution system*** every 3 years/based on population served/distribution quarterly/based on population/distribution monthly/two/one at raw and one at point of entry annually/one/point of entry annually/one/point of entry Every 3 years/one/point of entry varies/one/point of entry

*Total chlorine residuals must be analyzed and recorded with bacteriological samples. **If 1st sample is less than 1 mg/L, no further samples are required. ***Once a month a sample must be submitted to a certified laboratory.

- 161 -

MONTHLY OPERATIONAL REPORTS The Compliance and Enforcement (C&E) Program of OEHS has noted that many PWSs have not been completing the monthly operational reports (MORs) correctly, which will result in a violation being issued. Under the West Virginia Public Water Systems Regulations (64CSR3), monthly records are required to be submitted. The specific language of concern to operators is in 64-3-12, Public Water System Reporting Requirements: 64-3-12.5. A public water system shall submit a written summary of the public water system operation, test data, and other information as may be required by the commissioner to the commissioner at least once per month. The commissioner may require more frequent reports in cases where there are public health concerns. 64-3-12.6 All reports and summaries required by this rule or federal regulations adopted in this rule shall be submitted in a manner or form approved by the commissioner. A review of the MORs have been conducted over the past several months and letters have been mailed with items of concern noted to systems, which has had some positive effects, but there is still a high number of problems. The two major problems associated with the MORs were inadequate treatment and/or unqualified operators, both having a high potential for adverse public health effects. When a PWS is accused of providing unsafe water, OEHSs position will be detrimental to the PWS if the monthly operational reports indicate that the water was not treated properly, or if an uncertified operator signed the report. A plan has been devised to address this problem, each month, a number of PWS MORs will be picked at random from all active systems. These reports will be reviewed in detail, violations issued accordingly, forwarded to the District Offices for one-on-one technical assistance, if appropriate, and forwarded to Certification and Training, if appropriate, for action against the operator. If problems are identified, the system will be tracked until no violations are noted. As systems are noted in compliance another system will be picked at random to take the compliant systems place, until all MORs have been reviewed, and systems are submitting satisfactory MORs. For your information, here is a breakdown of the top ten problems: 1. Inadequate free chlorine residual; 2. Chlorine residual not monitored daily; 3. All sheets required not submitted (EW-90); 4. Inadequate total chlorine residual; 5. Questionable location where a total chlorine residual was obtained; 6. Improper Operator Classification; 7. No location total chlorine; 8. No exp. date and/or classification noted; 9. No free chlorine recorded; and, 10. Expired certification. A typical ground water system problem is minimum free chlorine residual, after the 30 minute contact time, is tied to the pH of the treated water. If no pH is measured, the minimum required free chlorine residual is 1.0 mg/L. Total chlorine residual is required to be monitored every day
- 162 -

that water is available to the public. Free chlorine residual is required to be measured every day that water is treated. A typical surface and ground water under the influence system problem is the EW-90A and/or EW-90B is not completed or not attached. A minimum total chlorine residual of 0.2 mg/L is required throughout the distribution system. Many systems are reporting 0.0 mg/L or 0.1 mg/L. The location is being asked to verify that it would represent a good location in the distribution system for District Office personnel, when a site visit is conducted. Most of these problems are where the location appears to be at the plant or entry point (or before), which would not represent the total chlorine residual in the distribution system. Another typical problem is a Class II water system MOR signed by a Class I or 1D. It is also a problem if no location was indicated on the MOR or if the MOR was signed, but no classification and/or no expiration date was noted. The assumption by C&E will be that the person signing does not hold a current certification. Similarly, if the MOR was signed, but based on the expiration date, the operators certificate is not current, it is not considered within compliance. Free chlorine residual is required to be measured each day that water enters the distribution system. Other problems: no free chlorine residual recorded at all; the wrong form was submitted; the samplers initials were not indicated; the MOR was not signed at all; no total chlorine residual was recorded at all; the chlorine residuals were placed in the amount of chlorine added; the chlorine residuals did not have a decimal; a rubber stamp for the operators signature; and, one report with exceptionally high chlorine residuals (over 5.0 mg/L).

- 163 -

MINIMIZING REPORTING VIOLATIONS According to Federal regulations, water systems are required to submit test results (and reports) to the OEHS no later than ten (10) calendar days from the end of each applicable monitoring period. Here are some ways your system can minimize the chance of receiving a reporting violation. Sample early in the monitoring period. This gives your system time to take another sample in the event the lab, post office, or both fail to provide test results in a timely manner. Submit your systems results via Certified Mail. If there are problems with delivery reliability in your area, consider sending us your results via Certified Mail, which provides the sender with a mailing receipt from the US Postal Service. Make sure results are mailed to the correct address and be sure the ATTN line is addressed to Data Management. Always include the following information on each test result (or report sheet): PWSID number; Water system name; Treatment plant name (if you have multiples); and, Sample location name. Call Data Management to confirm receipt of test results. All test results must be submitted to the OEHS central office in Charleston, WV to receive credit for compliance. Make sure your chief operator receives a copy of the current years monitoring schedule. Monitoring schedules are mailed in late January each year. Your chief operator is responsible for arranging appropriate and timely testing during the correct compliance period and ensuring results and reports are submitted to the OEHS on time.

- 164 -

SAFE DRINKING WATER INFORMATION SYSTEM Public drinking water information is stored in the Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS), the EPA's Safe Drinking Water Information System. SDWIS contains information about public water systems and their violations of EPA's drinking water regulations, as reported to EPA by the states. These regulations establish maximum contaminant levels, treatment techniques, and monitoring and reporting requirements to ensure that water systems provide safe water to their customers. This query will help you to find your drinking water supplier and view its violations and enforcement history since 1993. Information in the SDWIS database can be freely accessed at the following website: www.epa.gov/enviro/html/sdwis/sdwis_query.html through the use of a query. Queries that return a large volume of data may terminate prematurely due to system limitations. A few examples of constraints for a query are: a single session can be 15 minutes in duration; and a session may stay idle for 7.5 minutes, at which time it will be terminated. So it is important to develop queries that return small batches of data and terminate the session as soon as your queries have been executed, so others can access the database. This query form allows you to retrieve Safe Drinking Water data from the SDWIS database in Envirofacts. This is a brief description to the Safe Drinking Water Query Form. For help understanding and using the data in this system, consult the User's Guide. For national and stateby-state information, please see the drinking water facts and figures page. How to get information about your public water system? Step 1: Find your water system Select the state where you live. At the line that says "Water System Name" select "containing" and then type the name of your water system is (it doesn't need to be the whole name) and press the search button, e.g. Jonesville. Scan the list of water systems. Do any of these appear to be your system? Look carefully at the Water System Name, Principle County Served, and Population Served to determine if this is your water system. If this search also fails, try either a county search (which will show you all the water systems which principally serve a specific county) or a search by system size (where you can locate, for example, all the water systems in your state that serve over 100,000 people). If neither of these two searches work, try a water system name search again using less specific words, e.g., Jones Step 2: View your water system Once you have located your water system, select it by clicking on the Water System ID number. This will take you to a screen which will list any violations your system has had of EPA safety standards for drinking water. If there aren't any violations listed, your water system meets all federal drinking water safety standards, and your water should be considered safe to drink.

- 165 -

Step 3: What if there are violations? If there are violations, there are several key things you should look at: When did the violation occur? (Look at beginning and ending dates of the violation period to give you the time frame the violation occurred in.) Was the violation recent or did violations several years ago and not since then? Is there a pattern of violations? What type of violation occurred? Violations will be displayed in two tables. The first table lists "health-based violations." These violations occur when a water systems detects levels of a contaminant exceeding the safety level (called the maximum contaminant level) or when the water system fails to treat the water as required to remove particular contaminants (called a treatment technique violation). Other violations include monitoring and reporting violation (which indicate that the water system failed to complete are required sampling or to do so in a timely manner). Specific definitions for what each violation means are available by clicking on the column Type of Violation. What contaminant was the violation for? Click on the contaminant name to see why each is regulated by EPA and what its health effects are at levels above EPA's safety standards. Notes: For many contaminants, an exceedence of the EPA safety level (MCL) may not by itself be a cause for immediate concern. Many contaminants are only a concern if ingested at levels well in excess of the safety standards over many years. Monitoring violations do not necessarily indicate that the drinking water is not safe. Monitoring violations can occur for many reasons; the best way to find out why your system has monitoring violations is to call your water system directly. Step 4: If there were violations, what has been done about it? This question is answered in the follow-up action section following each violation. Look to see if any actions have been taken. Actions can be taken by either the Federal Government (EPA) or by states. If no action has been taken for a violation, as recorded in SDWIS, one of four things has occurred: an informal action (not federally defined) was taken to correct the problem, a formal action (federally defined) was taken to correct the problem but not reported to EPA, no action was taken to correct the problem, or an action to correct the problem is pending. If action has been taken and reported, look at: What action was taken? (By clicking on the column heading, Action Taken, you can see what each individual action means). When was the action taken? (Enforcement Action Date) Step 5: How can I find out more? If you are concerned about the violations your system has, there are several things you can do to find out more information. Contact your water system to find out the latest testing results and what steps it may be taking to address violations. Look in the mail for a new annual water quality report (sometimes called a consumer confidence report) that your water system is required to prepare if it serves more than 25 people year-round. Contact OEHS and ask what the state is doing to address violations.
- 166 -

Find out more about the Safe Drinking Water Act and EPA's Drinking Water Program by calling the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 1-800-426-4791 or by looking at the Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water web site. Find out how you can get involved in protecting your drinking water.

NOTICE: EPA is aware of inaccuracies and underreporting of some data in the Safe Drinking Water Information System. We are working with the states to improve the quality of the data. Reference: www.epa.gov/enviro/html/sdwis/

- 167 -

RECORD KEEPING Importance of Records Keeping of adequate records of performance is an integral part of good water treatment plant operation. Only by making a clear and concise memorandum of what has happened and what has been accomplished will the experiences be of assistance in meeting future operation situations. Pertinent and complete records are a necessary aid to control procedures. Above all, records should be used as a basis for plant operation and for interpreting the results of water treatment. Records also provide an excellent check on things done or to be done, especially regarding maintenance problems. Equipment in water treatment plants requires periodic services; some daily, some weekly, and others monthly or yearly. Adequate records show when service was last performed and when the time for service approaches. Thus a schedule can be maintained, with nothing overlooked or forgotten. Significant details of day-to-day experience provide a running account of plant operation and thus have an important historical value. When accurately kept, records provide an essential basis for the design of future changes or expansions of the treatment facilities for other locations where similar problems may be encountered. In the event of legal questions in connection with water treatment or plant operations, accurate and complete records would be urgently required as evidence of what actually occurred at any given time or over nay particular period of time. Thus, records and their proper maintenance are essential in any type of water treatment. However, only those records should be kept which are known to be useful; the temptation to accumulate minutiae of no significant value must be guarded against. In summary the main functions of records are to: Satisfy legal requirements; Aid the operator in solving treatment problems; Provide an alert for changing raw water quality; Show that the final product is acceptable to the consumer; Show that the final product meet plant performance standards; Show that the final product complies with the WV Drinking Water Standards; Determine equipment, plant, and unit process performance; Aid in answering complaints; Anticipate routine maintenance; Provide cost analysis data; Provide future engineering design data; and, Provide the basis for monthly or annual reports. Information to be Included The extent to which record keeping should be practiced depends entirely upon their potential use. The type of treatment, the volume of water treated, and the kind and importance of installations auxiliary to the treatment plant will control the amount of necessary record keeping. Some of the basic items of information to be recorded are: Source Water Raw water temperature
- 168 -

Raw water quality Air temperature Rainfall data Raw water quantity used Capacity Treatment Amount of water treated Chemical dosages Total amount of chemical used Amount of water filtered Number of filters in service Number of hours filters are in service Final loss of head before filter was washed Amount of wash water used Length of backwash Rate of backwash Daily results of laboratory tests Pumping Stations Total amount of water delivered by each pump Suction and discharge pressure Number of hours of pump operation Tank levels Other Maintenance schedules Distribution system pressures Master and individual meter readings Valve and hydrant operation and maintenance In addition to these basic data items, each water supply system should have: Hydrant and valve maps for the distribution system; A list of material and equipment suppliers; A central file of instruction manuals for treatment equipment or processes; All records required by the PWS Regulations; A description of the basic functions of automatic control systems; A safety program; A cross-connection control plan; Engineering plans and specifications for past construction; Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of nearby operators and personnel of the city council, district, or regional health office; Copies of the watershed rules and the latest watershed inspection report; and, The procedure for adjustments necessary in case of a major fire. The above are just a few of the many data items that make up good records. Each water system has its own critical areas for which data are necessary.
- 169 -

When laboratory determinations are made, it is essential that not only the final results of each test be recorded, but also that all of the test data, frequently called the working data, such as buret readings and the necessary computations, be noted for future reference. Although such details may seem superfluous, should any question arise as to the accuracy of final data obtained in the laboratory, the notes on technical procedures, if available, will be evidence of the accuracy or inaccuracy of the final result reported. Thus, for his own protection in maintaining the integrity of his work, the analyst in the laboratory should keep complete records in most cases. This means that full records of tests must be maintained in the laboratory, although the separate plant operation records will contain only the final result of such laboratory determinations. Frequently, state and municipal regulations govern the operation of water treatment installations. These regulations require that certain operating records be maintained and reported to the supervising agency at specified intervals. These records must be kept, but should be in addition to adequate plant operating data and should not be considered a substitute for plant records.

- 170 -

MAINTAINING RECORDS & REPORTS It is important that water system personnel maintain various reports and records for planning and proper management of the system operation. It is equally important to know the significance of each report and record because the operator is responsible for them. Technical reports and records are generally viewed as those dealing with the physical operation and maintenance of the water systems facilities. These reports, like financial reports, can be valuable tools for good decision-making and good day-to-day management, and can be used as a gauge to help determine the financial integrity and condition of the system. Good records also allow operators to react to potential problems and plan for future expansion. Accurate historical data allows Board Members to make more informed decisions regarding projections for system improvements. This data can also be an invaluable asset in helping to recognize areas of preventative action. The following reports or records should be used by systems: Daily Operating Report This report lists such things as the amount of water purchased or produced, meter readings, and the amount of chemicals used in the treatment process. The report is completed on a daily basis. It is advisable to maintain these records in the files for ten years. Water Loss Report The term water loss is generally defined as the difference between the amount of water produced or purchased and the amount of water sold to the customers (as described above). Operation and Maintenance Records It is essential to know when equipment was installed or repaired, the number of hours operated or other maintenance performed. Operation and maintenance records cover all the physical facilities of the water system including storage tanks, meters, pumps, vehicles, fire hydrants, valves, etc. Operation and maintenance manuals should be available for all appurtenances. Emergency Response Emergency planning is an important responsibility for governing bodies of water systems. Mayors/Board Members should make sure that the water system has contingency plans to handle emergency situations. Good emergency planning includes guidelines to help the system initiate preventive measures directed toward potential emergencies. Several areas in which Mayors/Board Members should plan for emergency response and prevention include the following: Emergency and standby systems including supply options for contamination, main breaks, drought, flood, or other disasters. Mayors/Board members should have access to all federal and state disaster emergency service numbers in the event of an emergency. Emergency conservation plans. Plans for emergency staffing.

- 171 -

COLIFORM SAMPLING PLANS A coliform sampling plan is a written document that public water systems should use to consistently and accurately perform sampling that is representative of drinking water in the systems distribution system. All public water systems must develop and implement a written coliform sampling plan. These plans need to be reviewed and approved by OEHS District Office Engineers during the on-site sanitary survey inspection. The sampling sites should be representative of and provide adequate coverage of the distribution network and pressure zones. It is also important to select sampling sites that provide the least amount of negative influence on the water sample. Examples of sites to avoid include leaky or dirty faucets, sampling points in areas with little or no water use, swivel faucets, custodial or industrial use sinks, or any location you believe to be questionable. Many water systems utilize dedicated sampling stations in the distribution system that are used exclusively for sampling purposes, eliminating many outside influences that may potentially impact water samples. If, when you go to collect your routine sample, you find the water tap has been damaged or is leaking, use one of your alternate sites until you can repair the original. Likewise, if the sample bottle is damaged or you believe you may have contaminated it, do not use it. Select a clean one for your sample and return the other to the lab empty. What should the sampling plan include? The plan should include the following elements. A brief narrative of the water system that includes source, treatment, storage, distribution system maintenance, pressure zones, number of connections, population, etc. A map of the distribution system with the routine and repeat sampling sites identified, distribution piping locations, entry points, etc. A sample site plan that includes sample site addresses, the minimum number of samples collected, rotation schedule of sample sites, chlorine residual monitoring, contact person and phone number, sampling procedure or protocol, etc. In the event that a routine site sample tests positive for coliform or E. coli, the plan should list repeat sites for each routine site and should include a written procedure of what steps the water system will follow to investigate a positive sample.

- 172 -

UNACCOUNTED-FOR WATER Unaccounted-for water is water which is produced but is not used or sold to the consumers. There are many factors which are considered in the determination of the percentage of unaccounted-for water. This percentage is a measure of the efficiency of the operation of the system. Factors to Consider Factors to consider in the determination of the unaccounted-for water are: The water produced - Is this quantity accurately deter-mined, has the meter been calibrated, and does the meter measure all of the water? The water used for water system purposes such as chemical feed water, backwash water, fire hydrant and blow-off flushing - How is each of these uses measured? Careful accounting in the treatment plant is necessary because, in some plants, plant use water is used before the master meter, and in other plants, it is used after the master meter. The water sold or used by the consumer - A meter testing program should be in place to periodically test the accuracy of the meters. All consumer use must be accounted for. For example, free water may be provided for parks, cemeteries, or for municipal purposes at sewage treatment plants, borough buildings, and fire companies. All of this water must be measured and accounted for. Water used for fire fighting purposes - This water only can be estimated, but some careful calculations by the fire company and the water system can develop a reasonable value. Basic Calculation The basic calculation is: (Water Available for Sale) - (Water Sold or Used) x 100 = Percent of Unaccounted for Water Water Available for Sale 1. The water available for sale is the water produced, adjusted for the company uses of water, as follows: Subtract any plant use water that is taken off the system after the master meter, Subtract any water used on the distribution system for flushing fire hydrants and blowoffs and for fire protection. 2. The water sold or used is the total quantity of water sold to customers through meters plus an estimate of all unmetered uses either to flat rate customers or for public purposes. 3. When making the calculation, the time interval must be considered since the amount of water sold only may be determined monthly, quarterly, or annually, and usually all meters are not read on the same day or at the same time. It is recommended that a one-year (four-quarters or 12-months) period be considered since this will level off the variables for meter reading, and seasonal variations. This calculation can be made on a monthly basis by using the totals for the previous 12 months.

- 173 -

Normal Operating Ranges The normal operating range should not exceed 15% for a well maintained system. There are many factors which should be considered when determining what an acceptable percent of unaccounted-for water is for a particular system. These are: 1. The age and condition of the system. A very old water system which has deteriorated pipe will have many undetected leaks at joints. Although the goal may be the 15%, it only can be accomplished by replacing large segments of the system. Therefore, a range of 35 to 40% may not be unusual until funds for replacement of mains are available. 2. The pressure in the system can affect the rate of leakage. Thus high pressure systems may have a higher percentage of unaccounted-for water. 3. The number of customers per mile of main can affect the unaccounted-for-water. Therefore, if a system has a high ratio of miles of pipeline to the number of customers, the percentage of unaccounted-for water will increase. 4. Under-registration of customer meters or unauthorized use can increase the percentage of unaccounted-for water. Control of Unaccounted-for Water To reduce the percentage of unaccounted-for water, the following are suggested actions: 1. Calculate the cost of producing 1,000 gallons or 100 cubic feet of water and then calculate the amount of money which is being "lost" as unaccounted-for water each month. By identifying this cost, you can justify the cost of the programs to correct the problem. 2. A meter testing program should be installed to test the master meter and other system meters at least annually and to test all customer meters (on a continuing basis) at least once every 10 years. 3. An adequate leakage control program includes: A program of listening to all fire hydrants valves and services to detect leaks; The use of detector type meters on fire lines; Training personnel to listen for leaks and to detect unauthorized use of water; and Review of meter readings to detect stopped meters or obvious under-registering meters. 4. A record of leaks repaired and the estimated amount of water lost at each leak can help to justify replacement of sections of mains which have a high incidence of leakage.

- 174 -

CUSTOMER COMPLAINTS When dealing with a customer complaint, a water utility must keep a full and complete record of all relative information. At a minimum, keep the: 1. Date of the complaint; 2. Name of complainant; 3. Nature of complaint; and, 4. What the utility did to resolve it. If an informal complaint becomes a formal complaint case, the PSC will attempt to determine what the utility did during the informal complaint stages. Without proper documentation, there is not much of a defense. The PSC frequently sends a representative to investigate or may ask the utility to send copies of their records. The PSC will want to look at the records to determine what the utility has already done. If the utilitys actions seem to be complete and proper the PSC will be prone to join the utility in a statement that no further action is necessary, but if no record exists to show that the complaint has been investigated by the utility, the utility may lose because no investigation can be proven. Complaint records are kept primarily to protect the utility. The required information for water customers is in Water Rule 4.5. Once a formal complaint is filed against a utility, the Commission will issue an order for the utility to respond to the complaint within 10 days. Based on the utilitys response, PSC will conduct its investigation which may include a field investigation and/or a request for additional information from the complainant and/or the utility. If there is no settlement of issues, then the case will be set for an evidentiary hearing. Also, any formal complaint can result in a general investigation of the utility. One can easily see where good record keeping will be invaluable in such situations. Utilities are not required to keep a record of inquiries. The difference between a complaint and an inquiry hinges on whether the utility has to take some investigative or corrective action. If a customer calls and states that his/her water is off, to fix a leak or to flush lines, for example, then it is not a complaint. If a customer calls and says his/her bill is incorrect and in a phone conversation, it is determined that the customer was correct and the utility has to issue a corrected bill, then it was a complaint. When handling complaints either over the phone or in person, it is a good idea to take notes. Another important point to remember is that after the customer has finished airing the complaint, repeat back the alleged complaint. This ensures that the problem has been identified correctly. Remember it is beneficial to practice good public relations (PR) to keep complaints at a minimum. Surprisingly, handling customer complaints can be one of the most effective opportunities to build positive customer relations. Handling a complaint promptly and courteously can turn a negative situation into a positive one and can cause an unhappy customer to become a valuable supporter. In this regard, when dealing with complaints, always strive to: Listen and sympathize. Do not argue. Negotiate to find an acceptable solution. Follow up to make sure customer is satisfied and problem is resolved. Complaint records are also a valuable management tool as it is a good idea to go through such records from time to time or at the end of the year to see what types of complaints were received and note any patterns that may have developed. For example, several water quality complaints from the same area may indicate a problem that has gone undetected until the number and
- 175 -

frequency of complaints are acknowledged. By dealing with one customer at a time, the immediate problem may be solved, but if that problem keeps recurring, then the underlying problem is not being identified or corrected. All individual complaint records are to be kept until a year end summary has been prepared which is to be used as a permanent record. The summary has to show the character of the complaints made, the number of each type received in each month, and the disposition of the complaints.

- 176 -

POTABLE VS. PALATABLE We have discussed at some length now various types of pathogens and methods of destroying them in the process of making water potable -- safe to drink. This is highly important, but it is not the whole story; for water must be palatable as well as potable. What makes water palatable? To be palatable water should be free of detectable taste and odors. Turbidity, sediment, and color also play important roles in determining whether water is palatable. Various odors and tastes may be present in water. They can be traced to many conditions. Unfortunately, the causes of bad taste and odor problems in water are so many, it is impossible to suggest a single treatment that would be universally effective in controlling these problems. Tastes are generally classified in four groups -- sour, salt, sweet and bitter. Odors, on the other hand, possess many classifications. There are some 20 of them commonly used, all possessing rather picturesque names. In fact, the names in many cases, are far more pleasant then the odors themselves, to name a few of them -- nasturtium, cucumber, geranium, fishy, pigpen, earthy, grassy, and musty. Authorities further classify these odors in terms of their intensity from very faint, faint, distinct and decided to very strong. All taste buds and olfactory organs are not necessarily of the same acuteness, but generally you should not be aware of any tastes or odors in water if there is to be pleasure in drinking it. If you are conscious of a distinct odor, the water is in need of treatment. In many cases it is difficult to differentiate between tastes and odors. Both the taste buds and olfactory organs work so effectively together it is hard to determine where one leaves off and the other begins. To illustrate: hydrogen sulfide gives water an "awful" taste, yet actually it is the unpleasant odor of this gas that we detect rather than an unpleasant taste. Unfortunately there is little in the way of standard measuring equipment for rating tastes and odors. Tastes and odors in water can be traced to a number of factors. They include: Decaying organic matter; Living organisms; Iron, manganese and the metallic products of corrosion; Industrial waste pollution from substances such as phenol; Chlorination; High mineral concentrations; and, Dissolved gases. In general, odors can be traced to living organisms, organic matter and gases in water. Likewise, tastes can be traced generally to the high total minerals in water. There are, however, some tastes due to various algae and industrial wastes. Now how can these objectionable tastes and odors be removed from water? Some tastes and odors, especially those due to organic substances, can be removed from water simply by passing it through an activated carbon filter. Other tastes and odors may respond to oxidizing agents such as chlorine and potassium permanganate. Where these problems are due to industrial wastes and certain other substances, some of the above types of treatment may completely fail. In some cases, for example, chlorination may actually intensify a taste or odor problem. Potassium permanganate has been found to be extremely effective in removing many musty, fishy, grassy and moldy odors. Two factors make this compound valuable: it is a strong
- 177 -

oxidizing agent; and it does not form obnoxious compounds with organic matter. However, a filter must be used to remove the manganese dioxide formed when the permanganate is reduced. In any case, you may have to try a number of methods in an attempt to rid a water of objectionable tastes and odors. If methods considered here do not work, it may be more economical to seek out a new source of drinking water.

- 178 -

COMMON INQUIRIES Color, Taste and Odor Problems in Drinking Water At times, water can have an unusual odor, taste or appearance. In most cases, these aesthetic characteristics do not pose a public health threat. The first step in solving a water quality problem is to identify whether it originates from the household plumbing or the water utility. One way to tell is to ask others in the service area if they have a similar problem. Below are typical concerns, their most common causes, and what to do about them. Discolored Water If the water changes color suddenly no matter what color it becomes it could indicate a public health concern. Do not use the water. Something likely has disturbed the direction or rate of water flow in the water main, such as a water surge caused by a power outage or use of a fire hydrant. Avoid running hot water if the cold water is discolored. This will prevent filling the hot water tank with discolored water. If you are washing clothes, you can minimize the potential for staining by stopping the washer while it is full and waiting until clear water is available to finish. Green or blue water is usually caused by corrosion of copper plumbing. If corrosion is occurring, dripping water will leave a bluish-green stain on porcelain fixtures. Certain metals, such as copper, that get into drinking water from corrosion may pose a health concern. The problem could be in the homes piping or corrosive water from the utility. Black or dark brown water is usually due to manganese or pipe sediment and should clear up without further action when the sediment settles in the water main. Manganese does not pose a threat to human health. If it doesnt clear after a few minutes of flushing the cold water faucets and toilets, wait about an hour and try again. Brown, red, orange or yellow water is usually caused by iron rust. Rusty water can be caused by galvanized iron, steel or cast iron pipes either in a home or business, or the water main. While unpleasant and potentially damaging to clothes and fixtures, iron in drinking water is not a human health concern. Milky white or cloudy water is almost always caused by tiny air bubbles. If the water is white, fill a clear glass with water and set it on the counter. If the water starts to clear at the bottom of the glass first, the cloudy or white appearance is a natural occurrence. It is not a health threat and should clear in about 5 minutes. Taste and Odor Problems If the taste or odor occurs at every water faucet on the property, the cause could be the water supply. If it occurs only in certain faucets, the problem is with the fixture and pipe supplying those specific faucets. If the problem goes away after running the water for a few minutes, the problem is somewhere in your plumbing system. Petroleum, gasoline, turpentine, fuel or solvent odor is rare and potentially serious. It is possible a leaking underground storage tank may be near your water supply. Do not use the water.

- 179 -

Metallic taste is usually due to minerals, such as iron or copper that can leach into water from pipes. Metals such as zinc and manganese are less common causes. Only a certified laboratory can analyze the water to determine if metals are present. Certain metals may have human health effects if consumed over long periods of time. Chlorine, chemical or medicinal taste or odor is usually caused by the addition of chlorine to the water by your public water system, or the interaction of chlorine with a build-up of organic matter in your plumbing system. This is not a health threat. The best way to reduce taste and odor is to run the faucet for several minutes, put some water in a container, and store it in the refrigerator. Sulfur or rotten egg taste or odor is most commonly caused by bacteria growing in your sink drain or water heater. But, in some cases, this smell is caused by naturally occurring hydrogen sulfide. To problem-solve the cause, put a small amount of water in a narrow glass, step away from the sink, swirl the water around inside the glass and smell it. If the water has no odor, then the likely problem is bacteria in the sink drain. If the water does have an odor, it could be your water heater. This occurs if the hot water has been unused for a long time, the heater has been turned off for a while, or the thermostat is set too low. If the drain or water heater have been ruled out, and the odor is definitely coming from the tap water, do not use the water. Moldy, musty, earthy, grassy or fishy taste or odor is commonly caused by bacteria growing in a sink drain or from organic matter such as plants, animals or bacteria that are naturally present in lakes and reservoirs. To problem-solve the cause, put a small amount of water in a narrow glass, step away from the sink, swirl the water around inside the glass and smell it. If the water has no odor, then the likely problem is the sink drain. If it does have an odor, the source could be organic matter in your drinking water. Although harmless, it can affect the taste and smell of your drinking water even at very low concentrations. The best way to reduce taste and odor is to run the faucet for several minutes, put some water in a container, and store it in the refrigerator.

- 180 -

MAINTENANCE PROGRAM An important aspect of any effective and efficient water service organization is a maintenance program. The objectives of a maintenance program should be to eliminate the interruption of service caused by equipment failure and to extend the service life of all equipment for as long as practically possible and economically feasible. With this in mind, a good maintenance program will consist of a preventive maintenance plan, a general maintenance plan, an emergency maintenance plan, and a program evaluation. While each of these program topics will be discussed separately below, it is important to remember the effectiveness of the overall maintenance program will be determined by how closely each plan fits together. Preventive maintenance provides a water system with three basic benefits: 1. Better service to all customers; 2. Increased equipment service life; and, 3. Efficient use of resources. A preventive maintenance plan can be established by the use of planned work orders, planned work schedules and an evaluation process for all water system equipment. The use of planned work orders is an integral part of any preventive maintenance plan. Planned works orders should include the complete procedures to be performed, the total manpower (number of personnel, skill type, and total time) needed, and a list of materials required for the each preventive maintenance job. Compiling all planned work orders in an organized work schedule provides an efficient way of using the resources available to the water system, completing the work in a timely manner, and producing a framework for quality maintenance records. Equipment evaluation is one area overlooked when discussing a preventive maintenance plan. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of any preventive maintenance plan, a benchmark of the existing conditions of all equipment is required. When preventive maintenance work is completed, the water system should have the ability to evaluate equipment performance on both a short term and long term basis. Also, the preventive maintenance work itself can be evaluated to better improve the individual components of the plan. Preventative maintenance can be considered a time efficient and cost effective way of maintaining a water system. Scheduled preventative maintenance can lower total maintenance costs by allowing the system to purchase quality materials when time is available to obtain the best price. Scheduled preventative maintenance can be time efficient by the productive use of manpower and work schedules to complete the work while retaining some control over both the maintenance and operation of the equipment. General maintenance is usually the largest component of any maintenance program. A general maintenance plan can be established by developing planned work orders, prioritizing work within daily, weekly, and monthly schedules, developing a material purchasing system, and evaluating the overall performance of all general maintenance work. As with the preventive maintenance plan, the use of planned work orders is vital to an effective general maintenance plan. Planning work in advance can assure that proper procedures are followed by each staff member, correct materials and supplies are available to complete the work, and a record of the completed work is available for filing in project and equipment files. Reviewing planned work orders will provide the water system with a means of fine tuning their general maintenance plan. Another key is a prioritized work schedule. Prioritizing work on a daily, weekly, and monthly basis creates a productive working environment for personnel. This results in more maintenance being completed at a much lower overall cost. Efficient maintenance requires that adequate materials and supplies be available for use at a moments notice. It is important that water
- 181 -

systems realize the need for developing a material purchasing system. This system would include a complete material and supply inventory, standardized purchasing procedures, and a tracking method of all materials used by the water system. It is important to have a centralized area designated for the storage of all materials and supplies used by the water system. An evaluation process should be developed to determine the overall performance of all maintenance work along with its effectiveness over the service life of the equipment. Changes in the types of procedures and materials used can be detected and corrected during the evaluation process. Also, the efficiency of a water systems use of resources and manpower as they pertain to the general maintenance plan can be determined. An emergency maintenance plan is an invaluable component of most maintenance programs. This specialized plan will save both time and money when utilized properly. The foundation in developing an emergency plan is knowing the capabilities and limitations of the water systems staff and resources. The next step is to formulate contingencies for all types of emergencies that your water system has encountered in the past or could encounter in the future. It is important to be as specific as possible in identifying the many emergencies that could occur. Finally, a comprehensive list of consulting engineers, contractors, technical sales representatives, and material supply companies should be developed. This list should contain information as to the contact people, phone numbers (business and emergency), and the specific time and reasons each would be contacted. This contact list and a material/supply inventory list should be updated as often as possible and readily available for use at any time. Experience and planning are the keys to assuring the emergency maintenance plan operates properly. When the dust has settled and normal operation has resumed, a comprehensive evaluation of all actions taken as a part of the emergency plan should occur in a timely manner. At this point, evaluating the actions taken will hopefully result in a better emergency plan and, thus, an improved response to the next emergency. The final component of a comprehensive maintenance program is a program evaluation. The only way to improve a water systems maintenance program is to periodically evaluate it to ensure the main objectives of eliminating the interruption of service caused by equipment failure and extending the service life of all equipment for as long as practically possible and economically feasible are being met. By applying the knowledge and experience gained from successful and unsuccessful maintenance work along with proper planning and training, the evaluation process will improve the overall maintenance program by strengthening the individual preventive, general, and emergency plans. As more evaluations are conducted, the water system will find itself gaining more experience, performing improved maintenance work, increasing the service life of all equipment, benefiting from more productive work, saving more money, and providing the best possible water service to the customers. Preventive Maintenance Preventive maintenance involves the regular inspection, testing, and replacement or repair of equipment and operational systems. As a best management practice (BMP), preventive maintenance should be used to monitor and inspect equipment and other conditions that could cause breakdowns or failures of structures and equipment. A preventive maintenance program can prevent breakdowns and failures through adjustment, repair, or replacement of equipment before a major breakdown or failure occurs. Preventive maintenance procedures and activities are applicable to almost all facilities. This concept should be a part of a general good housekeeping program designed to maintain a clean
- 182 -

and orderly work environment. Preventive maintenance takes a proactive approach and seeks to prevent problems before they occur. Preventive maintenance programs can also save a facility money by reducing the likelihood of having a system breakdown. In addition, a preventive maintenance program can bean effective community relations tool. The primary limitations of implementing a preventive maintenance program include: Cost; Availability of trained preventive maintenance staff technicians; and, Management direction and staff motivation in expanding the preventive maintenance program. Key Program Components Elements of a good preventive maintenance program should include the following: Identification of equipment or systems that may malfunction. Establishment of schedules and procedures for routine inspections. Periodic testing of plant equipment for structural soundness. Prompt repair or replacement of defective equipment found during inspection and testing. Maintenance of a supply of spare parts for equipment that needs frequent repairs. Use of an organized record-keeping system to schedule tests and document inspections. Commitment to ensure that records are complete and detailed, and that they record test results and follow-up actions. Preventive maintenance inspection records should be kept with other visual inspection records. Implementation The key to properly implementing and tracking a preventive maintenance program is through the continual updating of maintenance records. Update records immediately after performing preventive maintenance or repairing an item and review them annually to evaluate the overall effectiveness of the program. Then refine the preventive maintenance procedures as necessary. No quantitative data on the effectiveness of preventive maintenance as a BMP is available. However, it is intuitively clear that an effective preventive maintenance program will result in improved water system. Costs The major cost of implementing a preventive maintenance program is the staff time required to administer the program. Typically, this is a small incremental increase if a preventive maintenance program already exists at the facility.

- 183 -

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES A Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is a set of instructions or steps someone follows to complete a job safely, with no adverse impact on the environment (and which meets regulatory compliance standards), and in a way that maximizes operational and production requirements. Write SOPs for any processes an individual or group performs: unloading raw materials, manufacturing products, shutting down an operation, repairing a faulty electrical circuit, and thousands of other workplace activities. Write different SOPs for people who perform jobs by themselves, people who work together on a job, and people who supervise other people doing a job. The primary audience for an SOP, however, is the person who will perform a particular job. Consider such factors as the age, education, knowledge, skills, experience and training of a person who will perform a job, and the "social culture" or work history within which the individual works. Some work cultures disdain SOPs so you must work to overcome rejection. SOPs also can be used by managers, government safety inspectors, environmental regulators, lawyers, engineers, planners, vendors, contractors and customers. Sometimes the same SOP material is used to write a description of how a job is donea processwhich can be useful if a company representative must explain operations to the media and public. Ideally, SOPs should be written before a job is begun. Test SOPs before putting them into final application. Revise SOPs after an on-the-job trial. Also revise SOPs when any changes or modifications are made to equipment, machinery, buildings or other structures, or procedures within the immediate work area that might affect performance of a job or the "environment" in which it is performed. You can't write SOPs for every job overnight, so set priorities. Write SOPs when new equipment or processes create new work situations. Write or rewrite SOPs when new information suggests benefits from modifying work practices to improve performance. Accident investigations might show you that procedural, safety and environmental guidelines are insufficient, incomplete, or even missing for certain jobs or parts of jobs. Systematically update all safety and environmental guidelines by asking workers to evaluate existing SOPs, work practice guidelines and other documents that contain work, safety and environment guidelines. Then rank these jobs as to which should be revised first through last. These procedures could be revised, perhaps by the groups that ranked them. SOP writers often don't know how long an SOP should be. Sometimes writers are pressured by operations supervisors to "make it short" rather than comprehensive. Clearly these supervisors don't understand the purposes and audiences an SOP serves. SOPs can be either long, short or both. Because SOPs are used for a variety of reasons and audiences, they first must be comprehensive, which means they are as long as necessary to cover a job. For long SOPs or for jobs performed infrequently, it pays to keep the long-form SOP handy. Once an employee is familiar with a process, he or she will most likely be able to perform a series of short SOP steps from memory. These steps can be written as a short-form SOP. If someone is going to use a short-form SOP, it should be prepared after a full long-form SOP has
- 184 -

been tested and approved and should be handed out after an employee has passed the appropriate training. Keep in mind that the average person is uncomfortable following a long list of steps for the following reasons: A long list looks formidable, which makes the task daunting and tedious for many people who then don't want to perform the steps. A long list is difficult for your eyes to follow. You forget where you are on the list and forgetting leads to mistakes. A long list scares people and makes them nervous or anxious to "get it over with." A long list can hide steps that should be done with caution. A long list is difficult for writers to write while ensuring that the step sequence is clear.

The solution to SOPs that involve a long list of steps is to break the steps into logical sections of about 10 steps per section, such as "Getting ready for the process," "Initial steps," "Final steps." Most importantly, SOPs should be reviewed by several people qualified to evaluate the SOP in terms of its completeness and clarity of safety, environmental and operational components. Write SOPs for the following reasons: 1. To provide individuals who perform operations with all the safety, health, environmental and operational information required to perform a job properly; 2. To ensure that operations are done consistently to maintain quality control of processes and products; 3. To ensure that processes continue and are completed on a prescribed schedule; 4. To ensure that no failures occur in manufacturing and other processes that would harm employees or anyone in the surrounding community; 5. To ensure that approved procedures are followed in compliance with company and government regulations; 6. To serve as a training document for teaching users about a process; 7. To serve as a historical record of the how, why and when of steps in a process for use when modifications are made to that process and when a SOP must be revised; and, 8. To serve as an explanation of steps in a process that can be reviewed in incident investigations that seek to improve safety practices and operating conditions. What should be included in a standard operating procedure (SOP)? Here are suggestions for what to include in an SOP. Be sure to modify as necessary. Use an organization that favors simplicity and ease of reading. 1. Write a title (with a descriptive verb) that defines the purpose of the SOP. Include the word "safety" in the title, if applicable. 2. Use document reference numbers and revision dates on the title or cover page and a second page such as the table of contents or first page of text. 3. Identify general and specific points of activity for which an SOP has been written.
- 185 -

4. State the purpose of the SOP including the specific audience (user) in one or two sentences. Include information about process and regulatory standards, and both desirable and undesirable consequences. 5. Write a "scope" statement that tells what related subjects the SOP will not cover if there is any chance someone will be confused and make a mistake. Use scope statements for two reasons: to focus your attention as a writer and to clarify things for a reader. Many SOPs do not require scope statements, but consider the value of one before dismissing it as too much trouble to write. 6. List by category, any items or tools required for following the SOP whenever they apply. Think of this list as being a "tools and parts kit" for doing a job. Use general terms for common tools and equipment. For example, instead of listing every tool, a chemist or technician might simply list "gas cylinder tools." Add other categories or subcategories as desired. Sometimes a table instead of a paragraph is an appropriate format for this information. 7. Give an overview of the steps in the SOP that describes the process in terms of its major functions. Include anticipated safety, health, environmental and operational results. 8. Describe the machinery, mechanism, processing system and major components. Complete operating instructions contain overall descriptions of the major system and its components so that readers can orient themselves to the system as a whole and to its major parts. 9. Define terms and concepts. If the SOP contains terms and concepts that readers may be unfamiliar with, define these in their own paragraph so that readers (1) know that there are unusual words or concepts, and (2) can find them easily for use when needed. A long list of terms may fit better in a glossary at the beginning of a document. If you decide that a simple list of terms and definitions is better, include the list within the write-up, perhaps right before the list of steps to be performed. 10. Place safety warnings, cautions and notes prominently within the SOP before the actual step to be described. Never place safety items at the end of a step. Depending on the SOP, a writer might include an overall warning or caution that describes the general safety concerns. This should be placed at the beginning of an SOP where it is the first thing read after the title on the first page of text. If more than one safety warning, caution or note exists, list them in boldface type at the beginning of the SOP. The purpose of placing the cautions first is to alert the reader to read the warnings first. Often a page of safety cautions appears immediately after the title page and before the first page of text. Write warnings and cautions in clear sentence form. If there are only one or two warnings, these might be best placed at the top of the first page of text rather than on a separate page. The goal is to place warnings where the reader will read them. Sometimes this placement is determined by the size of the final printed version of an SOP. It is easy to place several warnings on an 8-1/2"x11" sheet of paper, but not so easy to do on a pocket-size handbook. Write Notes to provide people with information that can help them satisfy safety, health, environmental and operational procedural requirements. For example, if it is permissible to use an extension cord of a certain length, this information should be stated in the SOP.

- 186 -

11. List and explain the process steps in sequential order in which an SOP user should perform the steps. 12. If two steps must be done at once, explain them in a sentence that clearly says so. You may wish to highlight (with italics or underlining) the first part to differentiate it from the actual step. 13. Provide a more detailed explanation if a reader needs more information to fully understand the reason for performing a step. 14. Provide readers with alternative steps to take in case a desired step does not work. 15. When an SOP is time-dependent, indicate the times clearly. 16. When a step depends on informational input (data), include the source, reference document number and date if possible. 17. Decide where to use graphics (drawings, photographs and thumbnail icons) to communicate clearly. Well-labeled drawings often are better than text. Use drawings of labeled (named) parts of objects to show proper relations hips and orientations among the parts or other objects. Show the positioning of hand tools, other tools and even hands and feet if applicable when work is to be performed. For example, show the positioning of a wrench or direction for turning a valve. Show the individual parts of a device in a final assembled position. Consider using thumbnail graphics to visually alert readers that they have come to a safety item. 18. Write a reference and writers' section that includes a complete list of source material used for the SOP. If someone wants to confirm something, they will know where to look. List the names of those who wrote the SOP. 19. Test the SOP in the field and then develop troubleshooting instructions. Anyone who has ever assembled a consumer product knows there are always problems to solve either while trying to assemble something or after it has been assembled. Anticipate all these problems for a reader and include them in a troubleshooting section. Also incorporate troubleshooting tips at each step in a process where they actually occur. 20. One way to anticipate safety, health, environmental and operational problems is to ask an inexperienced person to "walk through" a mock (inactive) process (under close supervision of an expert) and try the steps. Such unknowledgeable person could ask questions or demonstrate behaviors that an experienced or familiar person would not.

- 187 -

SAFETY PROGRAMS Every water system, regardless of size, needs to develop and implement a safety program to prevent injury to its employees and to avoid accidents involving the public. The development of a safety program should include information regarding potential job hazards, preventive safety measures, proper safety and emergency procedures for the use and operation of tools and equipment, and the proper methods of handling and reporting accidents and injuries. One person should be designated the responsibility for overseeing and maintaining the safety program. A safety program is designed to maintain a safe workplace. All employees will be required to comply with all aspects of the safety program. The safety program should include a written safety plan designed to promote employee participation in the safety program. The Safety Plan should list procedures which have been established as part of the water system's safety program which identifies and describes water system hazards and provides safety measures. The following sections will not outline the exact safety procedures that should be written in the Safety Plan. Rather, it will serve as a guide for recommended job activities for which safety procedures should be established and listed, as well as other general topics related to the safety program. Identification and Description of Hazards The safety hazards associated with water supply systems are numerous and varied. Water system personnel should be made aware of all hazards, where these hazards are present in the water system, and how they may affect the employees. The following list identifies some of the general hazards faced by water system employees: 1. Bodily injury caused by falls, improper lifting, improper use of tools and equipment, and accidents involving moving mechanical equipment; 2. Electrical shock and burns; 3. Injury caused by improper chemical handling; 4. Exposure to chlorine gas; 5. Injury caused by improper entrance into confined spaces; and, 6. Trenching and shoring cave-ins. The Safety Plan also should include a detailed description of each hazard, including where each hazard may be present and what the health risk from each hazard may be to the employee. Recommended Safety Program Once the job hazards have been identified and described, it is important to outline the proper safety procedures which should be used when performing each job task to reduce these hazards as much as possible. Therefore, the Safety Plan should provide detailed safe operating procedures for specific aspects of water system employee job responsibilities. Recommended safety procedures for each of these water system job tasks can be found in the AWWA's Manual M3, Safety Practices for Water Utilities, as well as in other reference materials on water supply system operation. Manufacturer's literature also may be a good source of safety procedures for some of the tools, equipment, and machinery.

- 188 -

DEVELOPING SAFETY MANUALS There are only a few simple rules to developing a safe operating procedure. Most of the rules are common sense. Think of them in four main categories: Objectives in writing a procedure; Audience (your employees); Format to reach that audience; and Style of writing that will make procedures clear and easy to understand. Know Your Objectives It will be impossible to develop effective safety and health procedures unless you have a clear idea of what you want them to help accomplish. For example, your objectives might be to: Reduce the number and severity of accidents; Reduce lost time; Cut the cost of workers compensation and liability insurance; Education workers families in good health and safety practices; Improve morale and cut the need for time off; Provide a written record of safety instruction; Provide a basis for discipline when rules are ignored; Provide a basis for further improvement of safe practices; and Comply with government regulations. Know Your Audience You are addressing safety procedures initially to supervisors, trainers, and other members of management who will interpret and enforce company regulations on safety and health. Your ultimate audience, though, is usually the employees who will follow the rules. You may also be writing for your employees families, contract employees who work at your company, corporate management, and eventually your unions, your auditors, even OSHA and other local, state, and federal regulators. You must know who will be using these procedures as well as in what environment. For example, will they most likely be read only in an emergency, or will they be read before a procedure (task) is undertaken for the first time? This information will help you decide about such elements as page design (plenty of white space, use of bold type, for example) and supporting graphics that might help you get your instructions across. Your readers want you to succeed; they want the rules to help them all stay safe and healthy. Know the particular risks that your employees face at work in your company every day. You should also know about unexpected situations that employees might not ordinarily think about, that have been mentioned by industry associations, government agencies, insurance firms, consultants, and others. Think like a salesperson. The requirement of knowing your audience is no different from the questions faced by your sales and advertising people. They cant market your product unless they know who the potential buyers are, and the particular needs of those buyers. For you to sell safety, you must also know your company and your industry. You cant expect a chemical worker to follow the same safety rules as those for a power company line repairer.
- 189 -

Know the reading level of your audience. You neednt insult your readers by talking down to them, but even more important, dont talk over their heads. If your employees have no more than a grade school or high school education, dont write safety procedures that sound like doctoral dissertations. In some situations, the question may be Can they read? Or, Do they read English? Use an Effective Format Choose a format that makes it easy for the employee to find a specific rule when a safety or health question comes up. It doesnt help to have a comprehensive manual of safety regulations and procedures if it isnt easily available to employees, or if its difficult to find the rule they need. For the comprehensive manual, a good format uses a standard 8 by 11 page, hole-punched for insertions in a standard binder. (A particular advantage of this format is that it can be updated easily you dont have to choose between, on the one hand, reissuing the entire manual for changes in a few procedures and, on the other, retaining manuals that provide employees with outdated material.) Here are some additional pointers: Print the company name (or even better, the logo, which takes less space), the manual name (if there is more than one company manual), and the procedure title at the top of each page. The title should be brief (five words are usually enough). If your manual is divided into sections, the name of the section should be shown. Most important is a procedure number, usually at the top right, for ease of filing and later finding. Include the date of issue, and identify the procedure as new or revision. The page number should be shown as Page 1 of 3 so the reader will know if a page is missing. Some companys list approval initials and dates, but these approvals take up space and are not needed if the transmittal memo is signed by the authorizing executive. Consider the Computer Many companies keep their procedures on computer, for ease of writing and revising. Some companies that have microcomputers throughout the plant go a step further, making their safety procedures available to employees through local workstations tied to a mainframe computer, or by personal computers networked together. When this happens, an employee or supervisor having access to a workstation or PC can quickly call up a procedure by number, name, or subject. It may be most effective to use both the written and computer versions, however, as some employees are more comfortable with one format than the other, also, an emergency could cause loss of power, with workstations down. With procedures on computer, you need not lose the advantage of having an employee read through a procedure when it is issued or when the employee files it in a manual if you call attention to new procedures and changed safety requirements with a memo or electronic mail notice. Your manual should have a Table of Contents. Whether it is in print or on computer, you should update it at least once a year. Mini-Manuals
- 190 -

Some companies issue reduced-size safety manuals, small enough for the employee to keep in a pocket or other convenience place. They usually include only the most important safety procedures. These small manuals can be reprinted every year or so, provided that current manuals with all revisions are maintained in accessible locations. Most companies give new employees a booklet containing guidelines to their safety and health regulations, as well as personnel practices and other company policies. These guidelines are general in content. The updates can also be given to veteran employees, helping to keep them current on company policies. Prepare Readable Procedures The most difficult step is writing procedures that are clean, easy to read and understand. Its up to management to see that the instructions are distributed to supervisors and employees (this part is easy), that they are read and understood, and that the employees then follow these safety instructions. Some might say that employee compliance is the hardest step-but it certainly cant be achieved if the instructions arent understood. The following tips should help ensure understanding. Write an introduction. Before plunging into the procedure text, it is nice to have a brief introduction, explaining the purpose and scope of the new procedure or the significance of revisions to existing procedures. Some companies indicate here who is responsible for enforcing the procedure. The introduction need not go into great detail; the detail belongs in the text that follows. The introduction is helpful, not only to the reader, but also to the writer. It requires defining the objective of the safety procedure: What are we trying to accomplish? Do we need this procedure at all? If this is an important safety matter, what is the best way to tell it to the employee? Make an outline. Because a safety and health procedure should be a very precise document, it deserves to be written carefully. Time and effort will be saved, if you make an outline listing the points that should be stressed, and the best order to present them. Then organize your points in that logical order, and start writing. Write with precision and clarity. The amateur sometimes gets wordy when first asked to write. Remember that youre trying to get an idea across to another human being. So try to write clearly. Use precise words, that mean something to you dont feel you must use long or complex words or sentences. Treat the reader as youd want to be treated by the boss. If youre receiving a project or even a brief instruction, you have a right to know what your superior expects. You dont want to hear mumbles, or language you dont understand so give your reader a break. Use action verbs, and write in the present tense; use the imperative (do it, not You should do it or It will be done or It should be done). Write as though you were talking to the person doing the procedure at the time. Keep your sentences short. If you have a very long sentence, break it into two or more thoughts, and make each thought a separate sentence. Avoid jargon. If you are referring to technical material, such as OSHA standards, write in everyday language. Explain technical terms, and spell out abbreviations, if not everyone will know what you mean. Keep your paragraphs short; each should express a separate idea. Illustrate your ideas with written examples, or even with graphics. (If you use a computer, desktop publishing and graphics software can make a manual more
- 191 -

attractive and therefore, more likely to be read and remembered.) Some people are visually oriented, some prefer words, still others numbers. Try to include a flowchart, a diagram, a chart, a picture, or some other example when it will help clarify your words in the text. Put ideas in a positive way. Its better to say Do the job this way, because its safer than Dont do that, because its dangerous. Try to keep the procedure itself to a reasonable size. A one-, two- or three-page procedure is readable. Ten pages may seem threatening or boring to the reader. The reader is usually looking for an answer to a specific situation, and may get lost if your procedure tries to cover a complex process all at once. Go back to your outline: it may suggest how to break up your long text into several manageable short procedures. Or, if you must keep the text in one comprehensive procedure, divide it into sections, clearly identified by subject and page number on the first page. Summarize, test, and check. When youre all done, summarize (for yourself) what youve written. Compare the text with your introduction and your objectives. Did you write what you said you would? Does your procedure fit the scope you mentioned in the introduction? If not, revise either the introduction or the procedure. Have an end user test your draft, by trying to follow it. This can be a great help in pinpointing words, phrases, or paragraphs that are unclear. Finally check your writing for spelling and punctuation. It would be embarrassing to have typos in something official, like a safety and health procedure.

Preparing Guidelines When writing guidelines (such as general information on safety and other matters for new employees), follow the same approach as for procedures, but you may be explaining rather than instructing. For guidelines such as policy summaries or company and plant regulations, write explanatory material as statements (So and so is done rather than Do it this way). Give examples when helpful dont assume the reader understands. Write guidelines in a consistent format: headings, indents, and boldface type, plenty of white space. Preparation Can Be Painless Developing safety procedures and guidelines can be relatively easy, even fun, and certainly rewarding. Just put yourself in the readers shoes, and write the sort of straightforward, clear procedure that any reader is looking for. The reader wants to stay out of trouble, avoid injury, and do an effective job for the company. You can help. Its important work, and if youll follow the simple rules mentioned above, it can be a fulfilling experience. In summing up, your effort can make a difference in making your company more productive and in keeping your fellow employees safe and healthy. What more could you ask?

- 192 -

SAFETY Based on past studies, the water and wastewater industry has one if the highest injury rates in the nation. Workers in these areas are involved in construction and excavations, confined spaces, hazardous chemicals, and mechanical equipment that pose a serious injury risk when proper training, equipment, and procedures are not utilized. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) is responsible for developing regulations regarding worker safety and protection. This section will introduce the topic of safety but is not intended to provide detailed information on all the safety topics important to operators. Each of us is responsible for his/her own safety and for the safety of others working in or entering our facilities. The water industry is one of the most hazardous, so it is very important for operators to be informed about situations that pose a safety risk. Safety Conditions You may encounter potentially hazardous conditions on a regular basis while operating, maintaining, and repairing water system equipment. You should be aware of these hazards and use good judgment when you encounter a potentially hazardous situation. The life you save may be your own. Accident prevention is everyones job, but it is the employer who is ultimately responsible for providing a safe workplace. Some of the hazards an operator may encounter include, but are not limited to: Lifting injuries; Electric shock; Slips and falls; Chemical burns; Eye injuries; Excavation accidents (cave-ins); Construction accidents; Inhalation accidents (dust, toxic gases and vapors); Oxygen deficient confined spaces (less than 19.5% oxygen). Accidents are the result of unsafe actions by employees or unsafe conditions that exist in the water system. Unsafe actions include, but are not limited to: Removing or disabling machinery safety devices; Failure to wear personal protective equipment; Using equipment or tools not designed for the job; Using defective equipment or tools; Standing on or riding the outside of moving equipment; Failure to secure or tie down heavy loads; Operating vehicles, including heavy equipment, at an unsafe speed; and, Failure to use lockout/tagout devices. Some of the more common unsafe conditions found at a small water system may include, but are not limited to: Poor housekeeping;
- 193 -

Improper storage of chemicals; Doors removed from electrical panels; Machinery guards or safety devices missing; Fire and explosion hazards; Low clearance hazards; Improperly secured ladders or scaffolds; Protruding objects; Inadequate lighting; Noise above safe decibel levels; Lack of warning placards; and, Confined spaces.

You should keep your water system facilities clean and orderly. Emergency equipment and doorways should be kept clear and machine guards replaced after repairing equipment. Doors should be replaced on the electrical panels when you complete a wiring job or replace a breaker. The door to the pump house or chlorine room should open outward for ease in entering and leaving the structure. Abnormal machine or equipment operation, electrical hazards or other unsafe conditions should be corrected promptly. Do not let unsafe conditions become commonplace. Eventually, an unsafe condition will result in an accident. Unfortunately, it is often the 5 minute task that causes many injuries. Quick fixes usually promote unsafe acts. Do not let 5 minute tasks result in an injury to yourself or an employee. Become skilled at recognizing unsafe conditions. Your knowledge of unsafe conditions and unsafe acts gives you foresight to correct a hazardous situation before an accident occurs. Together materials handling, falls, falling objects and machinery cause more than 60% of all workplace injuries. Employers are responsible for providing employees with the proper safety equipment and training in its use. They are also responsible for development and implementation of safety policies for their workplace. The employees, after proper training, are responsible for recognizing the safety issues; following approved safety procedures, and properly utilizing the associated safety equipment. Personal Protective Equipment Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) may be uncomfortable and increase stress, but is for your protection. When wearing PPE, the bodys ability to cool is usually diminished. Nevertheless, PPE is frequently required to reduce the risk of injury. PPE includes steel-toed boots, safety glasses or goggles, face shields, earplugs, gloves or chemical protective clothing. The employer is responsible for providing PPE for their employees. Respiratory protection equipment is commonly used because of the danger of inhalation, which provides a route of entry into the bloodstream for dangerous volatile chemicals. There are 2 types of respiratory protection devices called respirators: air purifying and air supplying. Both consist of a face piece connected to either an air source or an air-purifying device. The air-purifying respirator uses cartridges with filters to purify air before it is inhaled. This type of protection is not adequate in an oxygen deficient atmosphere.
- 194 -

Hazard Communications OSHA established the Hazard Communication Standard in 1986. The standard was created to provide an information system on hazardous chemicals for both employers and employees. The Haz-Com Standard requires employers to ensure their employees know what hazardous materials exist in the workplace, how to safely use these materials, and how to deal with any emergencies that arise during use. Employers are required to provide the proper safety equipment, train employees in the safe use of any hazardous materials on a jobsite, and maintain records of both. Producers of hazardous materials are required to provide customers with a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each individual chemical or material. MSDS's must be kept on file and available to employees. Employee training should also include how to read and understand the information on the MSDS. The hazards that are involved fall into two basic categories: Health Hazards and Physical hazards. Health hazards refer to immediate or long-term harm to the body caused by exposure to hazardous chemicals. Physical hazards like flammability or corrosivity can also cause injury to skin, eyes and the respiratory system. MSDS's are divided into 8 sections. 1. Manufacturers Contact Information 2. Hazardous Ingredients/Identity Information 3. Physical/Chemical Characteristics 4. Fire and Explosion Hazard Data 5. Reactivity Data 6. Health Hazard/First Aid Information 7. Precautions for Safe Handling and Use 8. Control/Cleanup Measures NFPA Color-Code Warning System OSHA uses a system based on the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) diamond warning symbol as part of the MSDS information. This code is also required for all container labels. The NFPA symbol has four color-coded diamond-shaped sections. The top (Red) diamond is the Flammability Hazard rating. The left (Blue) diamond is the Health Hazard rating. The right (Yellow) diamond is the Reactivity Hazard rating. The bottom (White) diamond contains special symbols to indicate properties not explained by the other categories. A number based rating system is used for each section, ranging from 0 least dangerous to 4 extremely dangerous. Lock Out/Tag Out Lock out/tag out (LOTO) regulations deal with the need to isolate a machine from its energy source to prevent it from starting while work is being done in and around the equipment. Energy sources can include electrical energy, hydraulic energy, pneumatic energy, thermal energy, and chemical energy. This can be either active energy or stored energy. Stored energy can take many forms. Some examples of stored energy are; electrical energy stored in capacitors, pneumatic energy stored in a compressor tank, and hydraulic water pressure in an isolated line. Any stored energy must be dissipated prior to working on the equipment. Employers are responsible for establishing an Energy Control Plan for LOTO work and supply each worker with their individual LOTO locking devices.

- 195 -

LOTO requires workers to isolate and de-energize these sources and lock and tag them prior to working on the equipment or process. Only trained personnel should conduct lock out/tag out procedures. Each individual involved in the work should attach their personal LOTO lock to the disconnect or isolation device. This assures that the equipment cannot be restarted until each individual is finished with their task and is clear of the equipment. Tags are used to provide information regarding the date and nature of the lockout and the individual responsible for removing the lockout. Tags are not substitutes for locks. Any isolation that can be locked must be locked and tagged. Lockout devices may also include chains, valve clamps, wedges, jacks, or key blocks. Anyone who enters a LOTO work area must be informed that a LOTO situation exists. If they are to be involved in the work, they must also apply their own LOTO locks. Workers that leave a LOTO site must take their LOTO locks with them. If work is not completed at the end of a shift, all LOTO locks must be removed and be replaced with an equipment protection lock until work resumes. If equipment must be temporarily restarted, the LOTO must be removed during the restart and reapplied before work can continue. Confined Space Entry The water and wastewater industry has one of the highest numbers of confined space injuries per capita in the country. The vast majority of confined space related injuries result in fatalities. Another disturbing fact is that 40% of the confined space related fatalities are people who tried to rescue someone else from a confined space. A confined space is defined by the following parameters. It must be large enough for a person to enter and do work. It has openings that make entry or exit difficult. It is not intended for continuous occupancy. Any open surface tank that is deeper than four feet is also considered a confined space. Confined spaces fall into two categories; permit required and non-permit required. A confined space becomes permit required when it has potential for a hazardous atmosphere, potential for engulfment, a hazardous internal configuration, or other recognized hazards such as dangerous equipment or hot work (welding, cutting torch, etc.) that is in progress. All employees involved in confined space entries must have the proper training in entry procedures and use of safety equipment. An entry supervisor is responsible for conducting the testing and completing the permit. Atmospheric testing should include oxygen concentration, Lower Explosive Limit for explosives, and any toxic gases that may be present. The oxygen concentration must be between 19.5-23.5%. The alarm point for explosives is 10% of Lower Explosive Limit (LEL). An attendant must be present and stationed outside the confined space to monitor the entrants while they are working. The attendant must maintain constant verbal and visual communications with the entrants. The attendant must also be prepared to instruct the entrants to exit the confined space should the equipment fail or the entrants exhibit impaired judgment. Any confined space must be tested for a hazardous atmosphere before the entry. Monitoring must continue while the entrants are in the confined space. Permit required confined spaces also require ventilation during the entry and self-contained or supplied air must be used if ventilation fails to produce a safe atmosphere. Permit required confined space entries also require rescue equipment such as a harness and tripod for emergency rescues. If the space is configured in a
- 196 -

way that prevents the use of self-rescue equipment, an emergency rescue team must be on-site during the entry. When the entry is completed, the entry supervisor must complete the permit form and file a copy with the appropriate supervisor and a confined space entry master file. Nonpermit confined spaced must be reassessed periodically. Any non-permit space can be reclassified, as permit required, based on the results of these assessments. Excavation Safety Proper shoring or sloping of trenches and excavations is a major safety issue for many distribution system operators. New construction usually involves more controlled conditions than emergency repairs. Excavations for emergency repairs almost always involve digging and shoring in saturated soils and flooded trenches. A "competent person" must supervise all excavation operations. A competent person is someone who has extensive training in soil mechanics and shoring operations. All trenches over 4 feet deep must have ladder from entry and exit. The ladders must extend at least 3 feet above the top of the trench and ladders must not be stationed more than 25 feet apart. Trenches over 5 feet deep must be properly shored or sloped to protect entrants from trench wall collapse and cave-ins. The competent person must determine the proper Maximum Allowable Slope, formerly referred to as Angle of Repose, for the given soils type. Soils are either Type 1, 2, or 3. Type 3 soils are the least stable and require the shallowest Maximum Allowable Slope. Spoil from the excavation must be placed at least 2 feet from the edge of the excavation (farther with more unstable soils.) Shoring must be installed without worker entry into the excavation. Trench boxes are useful for long trenches where it can be moved along the trench. This saves some of the setup and breakdown time required with shoring. Ladders must be positioned so that workers can enter and exit without stepping outside the shoring or trench box. Excavations may become confined spaces if they are located close to a source of potentially hazardous gases (underground gas tanks, landfills, etc.) Environmental Hazards Heat Stress Heat stress is caused by a number of interacting factors, including environmental conditions, clothing, workload, etc., as well as the physical and conditioning characteristics of the individual. Since heat stress is one of the most common illnesses associated with heavy outdoor work conducted with direct solar load and, in particular, because wearing PPE can increase the risk of developing heat stress, workers must be capable of recognizing the signs and symptoms of heat related illnesses. Personnel must be aware of the types and causes of heat-related illnesses and be able to recognize the signs and symptoms of these illnesses in both themselves and their coworkers. Heat Rashes Heat rashes are one of the most common problems in hot work environments. Commonly known as prickly heat, a heat rash is manifested as red papules and usually appears in areas where the clothing is restrictive. As sweating increases, these papules give rise to a prickling sensation. Prickly heat occurs in skin that is persistently wetted by unevaporated sweat, and heat rash papules may become infected if they are not treated. In most cases, heat rashes will disappear when the affected individual returns to a cool environment.
- 197 -

Heat Cramps Heat cramps are usually caused by performing hard physical labor in a hot environment. These cramps have been attributed to an electrolyte imbalance caused by sweating. It is important to understand that cramps can be caused both by too much or too little salt. Cramps appear to be caused by the lack of water replenishment. Because sweat is a hypotonic solution (plus or minus 0.3% NaCl), excess salt can build up in the body if the water lost through sweating is not replaced. Thirst cannot be relied on as a guide to the need for water; instead, water must be taken every 15 to 20 minutes in hot environments. Heat Exhaustion Heat exhaustion occurs from increased stress on various body organs due to inadequate blood circulation, cardiovascular insufficiency, or dehydration. Signs and symptoms include pale, cool, and moist skin; heavy sweating; dizziness; nausea; headache; vertigo; weakness; thirst; and giddiness. Fortunately, this condition responds readily to prompt treatment. The signs and symptoms seen in heat exhaustion are similar to those of heat stroke, which is a medical emergency. Workers suffering from heat exhaustion should be removed from the hot environment, be given fluid replacement, and be encouraged to get adequate rest. Heat Stroke Heat stroke is the most serious form of heat stress. Heat stroke occurs when the bodys system of temperature regulation fails and the bodys temperature rises to critical levels. This condition is caused by a combination of highly variable factors, and its occurrence is difficult to predict. Heat stroke is a medical emergency. The primary signs and symptoms of heat stroke are confusion; irrational behavior; loss of consciousness; convulsions; a lack of sweating (usually); hot, dry skin; and an abnormally high body temperature. If body temperature is too high, it causes death. The elevated metabolic temperatures caused by a combination of workload and environmental heat load, both of which contribute to heat stroke, are also highly variable and difficult to predict. If a worker shows signs of possible heat stroke, professional medical treatment should be obtained immediately. The worker should be placed in a shady area and the outer clothing should be removed. The workers skin should be wetted and air movement around the worker should be increased to improve evaporative cooling until professional methods of cooling are initiated and the seriousness of the condition can be assessed. Fluids should be replaced as soon as possible. The medical outcome of an episode of heat stroke depends on the victims physical fitness and the timing and effectiveness of first-aid treatment. Cold Stress Cold stress normally occurs in temperatures at or below freezing, or under certain circumstances, in temperatures of 40F. Extreme cold for a short time may cause severe injury to exposed body surfaces or result in profound generalized cooling, causing death. Areas of the body that have high surface area-to volume ratio, such as fingers, toes, and ears, are the most susceptible. Two factors influence the development of a cold weather injury: ambient temperature and the velocity of the wind. For instance, 10 F with a wind of 15 miles per hour (mph) is equivalent in chilling effect to still air at 18 F. Frostbite Frostbite is the generic term for a local injury resulting from cold. Several degrees of tissue damage are associated with frostbite. Frostbite of the extremities can be categorized into: Frost Nip or Incipient Frostbite characterized by sudden blanching or whitening of skin.
- 198 -

Superficial Frostbite skin has a waxy or white appearance and is firm to the touch, but tissue beneath is resilient. Deep Frostbite tissues are cold, pale, and solid; extremely serious injury.

Systemic Hypothermia Systemic hypothermia is caused by exposure to freezing or rapidly dropping temperature. It can be fatal. Its symptoms are usually exhibited in five stages: Shivering; Apathy, listlessness, sleepiness, and (sometimes) rapid cooling of the body to less than 95F; Unconsciousness, glassy stare, slow pulse, and slow respiratory rate; Freezing of the extremities; and Death. Trauma sustained in freezing or sub-zero conditions requires special attention because an injured worker is predisposed to secondary cold injury. Special provisions must be made to prevent hypothermia and secondary freezing of damaged tissues in addition to providing for first-aid treatment. To avoid cold stress, site personnel must wear protective clothing appropriate for the level of cold and physical activity. In addition to protective clothing, preventive safe work practices, additional training, and warming regimens may be utilized to prevent cold stress. Biological Hazards Portions of the field work will be conducted in grassy and wooded areas along the river. Numerous biological hazards may be present, including poison ivy, snakes, thorny bushes and trees, ticks, mosquitoes, and other pests. Tick-Borne Disease The following tick-borne diseases may present hazards when conducting field work. These diseases are transmitted primarily by the deer tick, which is smaller and redder than the common wood tick. The disease may be transmitted by immature ticks, which are small and hard to see. The tick may be as small as a period on this page. Lyme Disease The disease commonly occurs in the spring and summer and is transmitted by the bite of infected ticks. Symptoms of Lyme disease include a rash or a peculiar red spot, like a bulls eye, which expands outward in a circular manner. The victim may have headache, weakness, fever, a stiff neck, swelling and pain in the joints, and eventually, arthritis. Tick repellant containing diethyltoluamide (DEET) should be used when working in tickinfested areas, and pant legs should be tucked into boots. In addition, workers should search the entire body every three or four hours for attached ticks. Ticks should be removed promptly and carefully without crushing, since crushing can squeeze the disease-causing organism into the skin. A gentle and steady pulling action should be used to avoid leaving the head or mouth parts in the skin. Poisonous Plants Hazards Poisonous plants may be present all along the river. Personnel should be alerted to their presence, and instructed on methods to prevent exposure. The main control is to avoid contact with the plant, cover arms and hands, and frequently wash potentially exposed skin. Particular
- 199 -

attention must be given to avoiding skin contact with objects or protective clothing that have touched the plants. Treat every surface that may have touched the plant as contaminated, and practice contamination avoidance. If skin contact is made, the area should be washed immediately with soap and water, and observed for signs of reddening. Snakes The possibility of encountering snakes exists, specifically for personnel working in grassy, wooded, and vegetated areas. Snake venoms are complex and include proteins, some of which have enzymatic activity. The effects produced by venoms include neurotoxic effects with sensory, motor, cardiac, and respiratory difficulties; cytotoxic effects on red blood cells, blood vessels, heart muscle, kidneys, and lungs; defects in coagulation; and effects from local release of substances by enzymatic actions. Other noticeable effects of venomous snake bites include swelling, edema, and pain around the bite, and the development of ecchymosis (the escape of blood into tissues from ruptured blood vessels). To minimize the threat of snake bites, all personnel walking through vegetated areas must be aware of the potential for encountering snakes and the need to avoid actions which might lead to encounters, such as turning over logs, etc. If a snake bite occurs, an attempt should be made to safely kill the snake for identification. The victim must be transported to the nearest hospital within 30 minutes; first aid consists of applying a constriction band and washing the area around the wound to remove any unabsorbed venom. Spiders Personnel may encounter spiders during work activities along the river. Two spiders are of concern, the black widow and the brown recluse. Both prefer dark sheltered areas such as basements, equipment sheds and enclosures, and around woodpiles or other scattered debris. The black widow is shiny black, approximately one inch long, and found throughout the United States. There is a distinctive red hourglass marking on the underside of the black widows body. The bite of a black widow is seldom fatal to healthy adults, but effects include respiratory distress, nausea, vomiting, and muscle spasms. The brown recluse is smaller than the black widow and gets its name from its brown coloring and behavior. The brown recluse is more prevalent in the southern United States. The brown recluse has a distinctive violin shape on the top of its body. The bite of the brown recluse is painful and the bite site ulcerates and takes many weeks to heal completely. To minimize the threat of spider bites, all personnel walking through vegetated areas must be aware of the potential for encountering these arachnids. Personnel need to avoid actions that may result in encounters, such as turning over logs and placing hands in dark places such as behind equipment or in corners of equipment sheds or enclosures. If a spider bite occurs, the victim must be transported to the nearest hospital as soon as possible; first aid consists of applying ice packs and washing the area around the wound to remove any unabsorbed venom. System security The three Ds of security are: Deter, Detect and Delay. Intrusion should be deterred, and detected if it occurs. Intruders should be slowed down (delayed) as much as possible to allow more time for their apprehension. Water system security steps include: 1. Vulnerability assessment - Identify vulnerabilities such as doors, windows, hatches and locations in remote areas.
- 200 -

2. Eliminate or mediate vulnerabilities - Install locks and use them. Install fences, alarms and security lights. Ask for police patrols. Consider asking neighbors to watch over your facilities for you (adopt-a-facility). 3. Emergency response - Know who to call in an emergency. Create a list of emergency telephone numbers. Fire Police IDEM Local health department Critical users Your boss Government officials Nearby water systems Laboratories Contractors Chemical suppliers Parts/equipment suppliers Insurance agent Local media (radio, TV and newspaper) Plan ahead for your emergencies. Think about what might go wrong, and try to plan for it. Like a good scout, be prepared. Always remember, people come first, then property. Be safe and do not take unnecessary risks.

- 201 -

PERSONAL SAFETY Sometimes you may be working in remote areas that could potentially put you at risk of getting lost or hurt. You should take the following steps to ensure you can work safely when conducting sanitary surveys and field visits in remote locations: Plan Ahead Notify your supervisor or a fellow worker that you will be working in a remote area. Have a check-in time set up before you leave. A check-in/check-out procedure can be used so that it is known where you are and when you have safely returned at the end of the day. Carry a fully charged cell phone (available for checkout at the regions). Know your sites emergency call-in number or your supervisors pager number. Always wear your ID badge to clearly identify yourself. Wear appropriate footwear for the conditions, such as non-slip soled shoes for rough trails, mossy or slippery rocks, uneven or slippery floors, ladders, etc. If you are injured or involved in an accident, report to your supervisor immediately and submit an Accident/Incident Report Form. Vehicle Safety Always drive defensively and safely. Obey all driving laws, including wearing your seat belt. Be aware of other vehicles and surroundings. Know who to call if your vehicle breaks down. If someone bumps you from behind or is following you, dont pull over at that spot, especially if it is isolated. Go to a public place with lots of lights and people and report to your supervisor immediately or call 911. Driving precautions in rural areas: watch for debris and potholes; lanes are narrow, be aware of oncoming traffic; watch for surface changes; watch for slow going vehicles; be aware of unguarded railroad crossings; and watch for animals. Methamphetamine (Meth) Labs Be alert to homes whose view to the interior is obstructed in some manner by blinds, or the windows are boarded over, etc. Some drug labs have excessive security (more than one deadbolt, metal security doors, bars on windows, or vicious dogs). They also may have yards filled with discarded propane tanks and glassware that could have been used in a meth lab operation. Meth labs can be identified by their strong smell, similar to stale cat urine. Be careful when walking in yards with discarded glassware that could have been used in a meth lab operation because the chemicals they contained can contaminate you. Also, there may be booby traps set around the premises of the building. You SHOULD leave if you suspect the area is a meth lab operation. In the Event of an Assault If you are attacked or threatened you have the right to defend yourself in any manner necessary proportionate to the threat. How you choose to defend yourself will depend on the circumstances of the assault and your abilities. Consider that you could be attacked and think about what you can or are willing to do to protect yourself. There is no one guaranteed method of defense. You will need to consider alternatives and optional responses.
- 202 -

Trust Your Instincts If you are feeling uncomfortable, cancel the visit, reschedule, or request back-up from another staff member or the police. If you are in a tight situation: Dont show fear. Watch their body language. Try not to show any facial expression. Control your breathing. Speak slowly and lower the pitch of your voice, talk from your diaphragm. Watch your hands so they dont move nervously. Maintain personal space. Maintain eye contact, but dont try to stare anyone down. Dont challenge, but be assertive, especially if lewd comments are made. Check your watch; say you need to call your office because they are waiting for your call. Repeat what you are there for. Stand up and leave.

- 203 -

INCOMPATIBLE CHEMICALS The purpose of this section is to assist with the identification of chemicals in use at water treatment plants that should be stored separately. Several chemicals commonly used in water treatment are considered incompatible with one another. The term incompatible applies to chemicals that could create a hazardous reaction (such as production of toxic gas, accelerated corrosion, or generation of excessive heat through an exothermic reaction, which could result in an explosion and fire) if mixed together in their concentrated form. Depending on the type, form, concentration, and amount of chemical, this reaction could be catastrophic, resulting in a loss of life and rendering the water plant inoperable. It is therefore important to store chemicals in a manner that will prevent incompatible substances from coming into contact with one another. Chemicals commonly used at water treatment plants can be divided into 6 broad groups of incompatible chemicals. To ensure the safety of system personnel and the system itself, each of these groups of chemicals is considered incompatible with the other and therefore should be stored separately. These groups are listed in the table below. Group I Group II Group III Group IV Group V Group VI Acids Bases Salts & Polymers Adsorption Powders Oxidizing Powders Compressed Gases

Examples of chemicals that should not be stored near each other, and the resulting consequence of improper storage including the following: Incompatible Chemicals - Examples Powdered Activated Carbon - PAC (an adsorption powder) mixed with Potassium Permanganate (an oxidizing powder.) Calcium Hypochlorite (a combination base/oxidizer) exposed to moisture or mixed with a viscous fluid such as oil. Concentrated Sulfuric Acid (a strong acid) mixed with Concentrated Sodium Hydroxide (a strong base) Calcium Oxide (a strong base that is only available in powdered form) exposed to moisture Hazardous Reactions Excessive heat generation, with the possibility of explosion and fire. Note: PAC alone is extremely combustible Excessive heat, fire or explosion possible. Can provide an ignition source for combustible materials Excessive heat and liquid explosion. Note: Highly concentrated acids and bases when mixed together, will have a much more hazardous reaction than weak acids and bases. Excessive heat, fire. Can provide an ignition source for combustible materials.

Liquid chemicals should be stored separately from dry chemicals, regardless of which their compatibility group. Certain concentrated dry chemicals will produce an exothermic reaction when exposed to liquid or even small amounts of moisture. All chemicals should be stored in secure, well-ventilated areas that are free of moisture (especially dry chemicals), freezing
- 204 -

conditions (especially liquid chemicals), excessive heat, ignition sources, and flammable/combustible materials. Products such as paint, antifreeze, detergent, oil, grease, fuel, solvent, and beverages should never be stored in the same area as water treatment chemicals. Listed below are a number of chemicals commonly used in water treatment, listed by their compatibility group. Because there is a wide range of chemicals available and in use today, all chemicals used in the water industry may not included on the following tables. OSHA Regulation 29.CFR.1910.1200 (Hazard Communication) requires that all organizations that handle hazardous chemicals, including water systems, maintain a MSDS in their files for each chemical stored onsite. If there is a question regarding the properties or incompatibility of any chemical encountered at a plant, the appropriate MSDS should be reviewed. Group I: Acids Name Acetic Acid Hydrofluosilicic Acid Hydrogen Fluoride Acid Hydrochloric Acid Nitric Acid Sulfuric Acid Group II: Bases Name Calcium Hydroxide Calcium Oxide Calcium Hypochlorite Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium Carbonate Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Hypochlorite Sodium Silicate Common Name Ethanoic Acid Fluosilic Acid Hydrofluoric Acid Muratic Acid Nitric Acid Sulfuric Acid Available Forms (1) Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Available Forms (1) Dry Dry Dry Dry Dry Liquid, Dry Liquid Liquid Available Forms (1) Liquid, Dry Liquid, Dry Liquid, Dry Dry Liquid, Dry Liquid Liquid, Dry Liquid, Dry Liquid, Dry Dry Liquid, Dry Liquid

Common Name Hydrated Lime Quicklime HTH Sodium Bicarbonate Soda Ash Caustic Soda, Lye Bleach Water Glass

Group III: Salts/Polymers Name Aluminum Sulfate Copper Sulfate Ferric Chloride Ferric Sulfate Ferrous Sulfate Polyaluminum Chloride Polyelectrolytes (Cationic, Anionic, Non-ionic) Sodium Aluminate Sodium Fluoride Sodium Hexametaphosphate Sodium Phosphate Zinc Orthophosphate

Common Name Alum Blue Stone Ferrichlor Ferrifloc Coppras PAC or PACl Polymer Soda Alum Sodium Fluoride Glassy Phosphate Sodium Phosphate Zinc Ortho
- 205 -

(1) Liquid and Dry chemicals should be stored separately even if they are in the same compatibility group. Certain concentrated dry chemicals, like calcium hypochlorite and calcium oxide (quicklime) will produce an exothermic reaction when exposed to liquid or even small amounts of moisture. Group IV: Adsorption Powders Name Common Name Available Forms Powdered Activated Carbon PAC Dry Granular Activated Carbon GAC Dry Group V: Oxidizing Powders Name Common Name Available Forms Potassium Permanganate Permanganate (PotPer) Dry Group VI: Compressed Gases(2) Name Common Available Incompatible Chemicals Within This Name Forms Category(3) Ammonia Ammonia Liquid, Gas Chlorine Chlorine Gas Chlorine Liquid, Gas Ammonia Carbon Dry Ice Liquid, Gas Dioxide Sulfur Sulfur Dioxide Liquid, Gas Dioxide (2) Each compressed gas should have its own separate storage / feed area (3) Chlorine and Ammonia

- 206 -

WATER SECURITY Security practices should be incorporated into a utility's every day business functions. Activities such as fence cutting and lock picking, often dismissed as harmless, may be indications of more serious threats to a water or wastewater system. Utilities must be prepared to respond to this type of threat, as well as a wide range of other emergencies, including natural disasters. Improved security preparations provide for a more effective and efficient response. Water and wastewater utilities are responsible for taking action to protect their infrastructure. The federal government and EPA are helping utilities to accomplish these actions by providing tools, trainings, and technical assistance. Several resources designed specifically to help small drinking water and wastewater utilities better protect their systems are available through this site. BIOTERRORISM ACT - On June 12, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 (PL 107-188, referred to as the Bioterrorism Act). In the Bioterrorism Act, Congress recognizes the need for drinking water systems to undertake a more comprehensive view of water safety and security. The Act amends the SDWA and specifies actions CWSs and the EPA must take to improve the security of the Nation's drinking water infrastructure. The Bioterrorism Act defines small community drinking water systems as those serving a population of more than 3,300 but less than 50,000. If a community drinking water system serves more than 3,300 people, that utility must:

Conduct a vulnerability assessment Certify to EPA that the assessment has been completed Send a copy of the assessment results to EPA Certify that the system has an emergency response plan.

VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENTS - Vulnerability assessments help water systems evaluate susceptibility to potential threats and identify corrective actions that can reduce or mitigate the risk of serious consequences from adversarial actions (e.g., vandalism, insider sabotage, terrorist attack, etc.). Such an assessment for a water system takes into account the vulnerability of the water supply (both ground and surface water), transmission, treatment, and distribution systems. It also considers risks posed to the surrounding community related to attacks on the water system. An effective vulnerability assessment serves as a guide to the water utility by providing a prioritized plan for security upgrades, modifications of operational procedures, and/or policy changes to mitigate the risks and vulnerabilities to the utilitys critical assets. The vulnerability assessment provides a framework for developing risk reduction options and associated costs. Water systems should review their vulnerability assessments periodically to account for changing threats or additions to the system to ensure that security objectives are being met. Preferably, a vulnerability assessment is "performance-based, meaning that it evaluates the risk to the water system based on the effectiveness (performance) of existing and planned measures to counteract adversarial actions.
- 207 -

The following are common elements of vulnerability assessments. These elements are conceptual in nature and not intended to serve as a detailed methodology: 1. Characterization of the water system, including its mission and objectives; 2. Identification and prioritization of adverse consequences to avoid; 3. Determination of critical assets that might be subject to malevolent acts that could result in undesired consequences; 4. Assessment of the likelihood (qualitative probability) of such malevolent acts from adversaries; 5. Evaluation of existing countermeasures; and 6. Analysis of current risk and development of a prioritized plan for risk reduction. The vulnerability assessment process will range in complexity based on the design and operation of the water system itself. The nature and extent of the vulnerability assessment will differ among systems based on a number of factors, including system size, potential population affected, source water, treatment complexity, system infrastructure and other factors. Security and safety evaluations also vary based on knowledge and types of threats, available security technologies, and applicable local, state and federal regulations. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS - An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) is a documented plan that describes the actions that a CWS would take in response to various major events. A major event refers to: Credible threats, indications of terrorism, or acts of terrorism; Major disasters or emergencies such as hurricanes, tornadoes, storms, earthquakes, fires, flood, or explosion regardless of cause; and Catastrophic incidents that leave extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, and disruption severely affecting the population, infrastructure, environment, economy, and government functions. Protecting public health is the primary goal of community drinking water systems, and having an up-to-date and workable ERP helps achieve this goal in any crisis situation. The Bioterrorism Act amends the SDWA by adding, among other requirements, section 1433. Section 1433(b) requires community water systems serving populations greater than 3,300 to either prepare or revise an ERP that incorporates the results of its Vulnerability Assessment (VA). The ERP must include plans, procedures, and identification of equipment that can be implemented or utilized in the event of a terrorist or other intentional attack on the CWS. The ERP also must include actions, procedures, and identification of equipment which can obviate or significantly lessen the impact of terrorist attacks or other intentional actions on the public health and the safety and supply of drinking water provided to communities and individuals. Core elements form the basis, or foundation, for responding to any major event. EPA has identified 8 core elements common to an ERP that you should plan to utilize or bring to bear during water emergencies: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. System Specific Information; CWS Roles and Responsibilities; Communication Procedures: Who, What, and When; Personnel Safety; Identification of Alternate Water Sources;
- 208 -

6. 7. 8.

Replacement Equipment and Chemical Supplies; Property Protection; and Water Sampling and Monitoring

Your ERP may contain sensitive information, so you should consider steps you need to take to ensure the security of your ERP. Sensitive information should be placed in appendices, or in sections that are not readily available to unauthorized personnel. The ERP, however, should be easily accessible to authorized personnel and should be easily identifiable during a major event. Steps taken to limit access by unauthorized persons should consider local and state Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) laws. Alternatively, you can opt to make your ERP general in nature so that everyone can use it and not include specific information about system vulnerabilities. A secure copy of your ERP should be maintained in an off-premises location in the event that your primary copy cannot be accessed. CONTINGENCY PLANNING Contingency planning is an essential facet of utility management and one that is often overlooked. Although utilities in various locations will be vulnerable to somewhat different kinds of natural disasters, the effects of these disasters in many cases will be quite similar. As a first step toward an effective contingency plan, each utility should make an assessment of its own vulnerability and then develop and implement a compressive plan of action.

- 209 -

WATER SYSTEM SECURITY: Threat & Emergency Response Guide Manual What is an Emergency? An emergency is an unplanned event which disrupts or impacts your water system. What Causes an Emergency? Cross-connections Mis-communication Unspecified Responsibilities Equipment Failure Safety Violations Inadequate Maintenance Accidents Natural Disasters Acts of Vandalism or Terrorism Insufficient or Contaminated Source Water How Can You Minimize the Impact of an Emergency? Quick, responsible action is necessary during an emergency. Developing and implementing a written emergency plan and procedures, along with having trained personnel, will help your water system achieve this goal. This guide offers information which can be used to create such a plan for your system. Guidelines to Determine Impact of an Emergency: LEVEL 1NORMAL Trouble that can be handled routinely, including normal operator activity. LEVEL 2ALERT (Minor Emergency) Trouble which can be handled by the system with oversight and guidance from OEHS and/or Rural Water Association. This could be an early sign to indicate that a system or part of a system could be lost. LEVEL 3Major Emergency Problem(s) that are somewhat beyond the capability of system personnel and association capabilities. May require a declaration of emergency in order to authorize shortcut procedures. Would require mobilizing all system personnel who might seek help through activating mutual aid agreements or contacts. This level of emergency leaves no doubt that outside help is required because of a serious threat to the facilities of a system and the public health. LEVEL 4PROBLEMS CLEARLY AND IMMEDIATELY BEYOND THE CAPABILITY OF THE UTILITY Recovery time will exceed one week. Cost will be great and large amounts of mutual aid will be required. A request for a declaration of emergency will be required. This level would normally affect many different services that may be lifelines to a water and/or wastewater system. Natural or man-made disasters at this level will cause both disruption over a large area of service and a severe health risk to the public.
- 210 -

HOMELAND SECURITY ADVISORY SYSTEM Threat Condition Levels The Homeland Security Advisory System consists of five Threat Condition Levels, each identified by a brief description and corresponding color. From lowest to highest, they are as follows: LOW =GREEN GUARDED= BLUE ELEVATED = YELLOW HIGH = ORANGE SEVERE = RED The higher the Threat Condition, the greater the risk of a terrorist attack. (Risk includes both the probability and severity of such an event.) The EPA has created a series of suggested preventive measures for water systems to use at each of these levels.

- 211 -

EIGHT COMPONENTS OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS (Suggested by the EPA) 1) System Specific Information PWSID Number System Name Physical Address Phone Numbers, etc. 2) Water System Responsibilities Designate an Emergency Response Lead (ERL) Name an alternate ERL ERLs should be individuals who can be on call 24/7 Maintain contact information for ERLs 3) Communication Procedures Details WHO, WHAT, and WHEN for distributing information Communicates with both internal and external customers Special plans for contacting various contingencies (first responders, hospitals, schools, etc.) 4) Personnel Safety Shelter in place procedures Evacuation of employee procedures Other actions to ensure safety of water system personnel during emergencies 5) Identify Alternate Water Sources List other water utilities or agencies which could be utilized in emergencies 6) Replacement Equipment and Chemical Supplies Sources for replacing equipment damaged as a result of emergency situation Sources of chemical supplies 7) Property Protection Measures taken to protect water system physical facilities 8) Water Sampling/Monitoring Listing of companies and facilities which can provide sampling and monitoring WHAT SHOULD YOU DO IF A threat is made against your water system? There is suspicious activity at your facilities? An intrusion or act of vandalism has occurred at your system? IMMEDIATELY 1) CALL 911 If your area does not have 911 service, Then contact your local law enforcement agency
- 212 -

2) CALL WV WATCH: 1-866-989-2824 This number will connect you with the WV State Police 3) CALL THE OEHS DISTRICT OFFICE SERVING YOUR AREA See Phone Numbers below. Ask to speak directly to a district office Representative OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES District Offices/Counties Served Beckley (District 1) Phone: (304) 256-6666 COUNTIES SERVICED: Fayette, Greenbrier, McDowell, Mercer, Monroe, Nicholas, Raleigh, Summers, Wyoming St. Albans (District 2) Phone: (304) 722-0611 COUNTIES SERVICED: Boone, Cabell, Calhoun, Clay, Jackson, Kanawha, Lincoln, Logan, Mason, Mingo, Putnam, Roane, Wayne, Wirt Kearneysville (District 4) Phone: (304) 725-9453 COUNTIES SERVICED: Berkeley, Grant, Hampshire, Hardy, Jefferson, Mineral, Morgan, Pendleton Wheeling (District 5) Phone: (304) 238-1145 COUNTIES SERVICED: Brooke, Doddridge, Hancock, Marshall, Ohio, Pleasants, Ritchie, Tyler, Wetzel, Wood Philippi (District 6) Phone: (304) 457-2296 COUNTIES SERVICED: Barbour, Braxton, Gilmer, Harrison, Lewis, Marion, Monongalia, Pocahontas, Preston, Randolph, Taylor, Tucker, Upshur, Webster Charleston (Central Office) Phone: (304) 558-2981

- 213 -

THREAT AWARENESS What Is A Threat? A threat is any event which could result in contamination of your water system or cause a loss of water volume or pressure. Types of Threats Intentional Acts from an EXTERNAL source (Example: Activist groups, Criminals, Cults, Domestic or International Terrorist Groups, Vandals) Intentional Acts from an INTERNAL source (Example: Disgruntled present or former employee of a system) Natural Disaster (Example: Acts of God or Nature, such as a flood) Unintentional Acts/Accidents/Incidents (NON-DELIBERATE acts due to such causes as equipment failure, human error, or other unplanned acts) How Can A Threat Be Communicated? E-Mail (Example: Virus which can damage system) Fax In-Person (Example: A disgruntled employee threatens to damage a treatment plant) Phone (Example: Bomb threat) Suspicious openings or evidence of tampering involving structures such as manhole covers, buildings, or other equipment. How Can I Increase Awareness? Encourage customers to communicate with you and your staff as to how they can be involved in protecting their water system. Work with the public and other local agencies such as law enforcement or citizens/neighborhood watch groups. Watch for suspicious activity involving system facilities, personnel, or vehicles. Examples of Suspicious Activity Unidentified or unmarked vehicles (cars, trucks, etc.) parked or left near waterways or facilities for no apparent reason. Unidentified persons photographing or videotaping water system facilities, structures, equipment, dams, etc. People atop water tanks or climbing or cutting a utility fence. Unknown persons hanging around locks or gates. IF YOU SUSPECT A THREAT, IMMEDIATELY: 1. CALL 911 If you do not have 911 in your area, call your local law enforcement agency. 2. CALL WV WATCH 1-866-989-2824 (WV State Police) 3. CALL THE OEHS DISTRICT OFFICE SERVING YOUR AREA Ask to speak directly to a District Office Representative.
- 214 -

REFERENCE LIST 1. Water Treatment Plant Operation, A Field Study Training Guide, Volume 1, Fifth Edition; California State University, Sacramento. 2. Water Treatment Plant Operation, A Field Study Training Guide, Volume 2, Fifth Edition; California State University, Sacramento. 3. Water Distribution System Operation and Maintenance, Field Study Training Guide, Fifth Edition; California State University, Sacramento. 4. Utility Management, A field study training program, 2nd Edition; California State University, Sacramento. 5. EPAs Interactive Sampling Guide for Drinking Water System Operators CDROM, Office of Water (4606M), EPA816-C-06-001, April 2006. 6. Safe Drinking Water Act and all current Rules and Regulations from www.epa.gov/safewater 7. Water System Security, Threat & Emergency Response Guidance Manual, WVDHHR/ BPH/OEHS. 8. Basic Math Handbook, 2007, WVDHHR/BPH/OEHS 9. Class I Water Operator Certification Course Manual, 2007, WVDHHR/BPH/OEHS 10. Class II Water Operator Certification Course Manual, 2008, WVDHHR/BPH/OEHS 11. Water Distribution Operator Certification Course Manual, 2008, WVDHHR/BPH/OEHS 12. WV Basics Course CDROM, 2008, WVDHHR/BPH/OEHS 13. National Environmental Services Center www.nesc.wvu.edu/ 14. West Virginia Environmental Training Center www.wvetc.org 15. West Virginia Rural Water Association www.wvrwa.org 16. Sacramento State Office of Water Programs www.owp.csus.edu

- 215 -

GLOSSARY ACCOUNTABILITY - When a manager gives power/responsibility to an employee, the employee ensures that the manager is informed of results or events. ACTION LEVEL - The level of lead or copper which, if exceeded in over 10% of the homes tested, triggers treatment or other requirements that a water system must follow. ACTION PLANS - Specific plans designed to be used during the response to a threat or incident. Action plans should be easy to use and contain forms, flow charts, and simple instructions to support staff in the field or decision officials during management of a crisis. ACUTE - Effects of an exposure which causes severe symptoms to occur quickly. ACUTE CONTAMINANT - A harmful substance that has a rapid effect on humans and/or animals. ACUTE HEALTH EFFECT - An immediate (i.e., within hours or days) adverse health effect that may result from exposure to certain drinking water contaminants (e.g., pathogens). AESTHETIC - Attractive or appealing. AESTHETIC QUALITIES - The taste, odor and appearance of drinking water. ARSENIC RULE - U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has issued a rule that applies to all community water systems and non-transient, non-community water systems, which sets the maximum contaminant level of arsenic at 10 milligrams per liter. AS-BUILT MAPS - Maps or drawings depicting the actual installation of pipes and equipment. Also called record drawings. As-builts often differ from original plans. AUDIT, WATER - A thorough examination of the accuracy of water agency records or accounts (volumes of water) and system control equipment. Water managers can use audits to determine their water distribution system efficiency. The overall goal is to identify and verify water and revenue losses in a water system. AVAILABLE SUPPLY - The maximum amount of reliable water supply, including surface water, groundwater, and purchases under secure contracts. AVERAGE-DAY DEMAND - A water systems average daily use based on total annual water production (total annual gallons or cubic feet divided by 365); multiple years can be used to account for yearly variations. AVERAGE DEMAND - The total demand for water during a period of time divided by the number of days in that time period. This is also called the AVERAGE DAILY DEMAND. BACKFLOW PREVENTION - The best defense for backflow is a proactive backflow prevention program requiring backflow preventers in areas where backflow can occur.
- 216 -

BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY INSTALLER/TESTER (BPAIT) - An individual who meets all the requirements of 64CSR25 and is certified to inspect and test backflow prevention assemblies or methods. BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY (BAT) - The water treatment(s) that EPA certifies to be the most effective for removing a contaminant. The best technology treatment techniques, or other means which the Administrator finds, after examination for efficacy under field conditions and not solely under laboratory conditions, are available (taking cost into consideration). For the purposes of setting MCLs for synthetic organic chemicals, any BAT must be at least as effective as granular activated carbon. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs) - Structural, nonstructural and managerial techniques that are recognized to be the most effective and practical means to control nonpoint source pollutants yet are compatible with the productive use of the resource to which they are applied. BMPs are used in both urban and agricultural areas. BIOTERRORISM ACT - The Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002. BOIL WATER NOTICE/ORDER/ADVISORY - A directive issued to water system users to boil their water because of known or suspected bacteriological contamination. CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT - The process of determining the managerial, financial and technical capacities of a water system. CERTIFIED OPERATOR An individual holding a valid West Virginia public water system certification in accordance with Section 6 of 64CSR4. CHAIN OF COMMAND - A clear and definitive structure of authority. CHAIN OF CUSTODY - A written record that shows who handled a sample over what periods of time from the beginning to the end of the sampling and testing process. CHIEF OPERATOR - The certified operator whom the owner designates who is responsible for managing the daily operational activities of an entire public water system or a water treatment facility, or a distribution system in a manner that ensures meeting state and federal safe drinking water rules and regulations. CHRONIC - Effects of an exposure which causes symptoms to continue for a long time. CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECT - The possible result of exposure over many years to a drinking water contaminant at levels above its Maximum Contaminant Level. COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEM (CWS) - A public water system which serves at least 15 service connections used by year round residents or regularly serves at least 25 persons year-round residents. Also see non-community water system, transient water system and non-transient non-community water system. COMPLIANCE - The act of meeting all state and federal drinking water regulations.
- 217 -

CONFINED SPACE - A space defined by the concurrent existence of the following conditions: 1. Existing ventilation is insufficient to remove dangerous air contamination and/or oxygen deficiency which may exist or develop, and 2. Ready access or egress (getting out) for the removal of a suddenly disabled employee (operator) is difficult due to the location and/or size of the opening(s). CONFIRMED - A stage in the threat evaluation process in which there is definitive evidence and information to establish that an incident or major event has occurred. CONSECUTIVE SYSTEM - Includes all systems that buy or otherwise receive some or all of their finished water from another public water system on a regular basis. CONSUMER CONFIDENCE REPORT (CCR) - All community water systems are required to deliver to their customers an annual report. This report must contain information on the quality of the water delivered by the system and characterize the risks, if any, from exposure to contaminants detected in the drinking water in an accurate and understandable manner. Systems shall deliver their reports no later than July 1 annually. Each report must contain data collected during, or prior to, the previous calendar year. A community water system that sells water to another community water system shall deliver the applicable information noted above to the buyer system no later than April 1 annually. CONTAMINANT - Anything found in water (including microorganisms, minerals, chemicals, radionuclides, etc.) which may be harmful to human health. CONTAMINATION - The introduction into water of microorganisms, chemicals, toxic substances, wastes, or wastewater in concentration that makes the water unfit for its next intended use. CREDIBLE - A stage in the threat evaluation process in which there is information to corroborate a threat. DISINFECTANTS/DISINFECTION BY-PRODUCTS RULE (DBPR) - The purpose of this rule is to reduce public exposure to three chemical disinfectants (chlorine, chloramines, and chlorine dioxide) and many disinfection by-products (total trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids, chlorite, and bromate). DRINKING WATER PRIMACY AGENCY - The agency that has primary enforcement responsibility for national drinking water regulations, namely those promulgated under the Safe Drinking Water Act as amended. Drinking water primacy for a particular State may reside in one of a variety of agencies such as the State Health Agency, the State Environmental Agency, or the USEPA regional office. In West Virginia, this is WVDHHR/BPH/OEHS. DROUGHT - A sustained period of inadequate or subnormal precipitation that can lead to water supply shortages, as well as increased water usage. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN - A document that describes the actions that a drinking water utility would take in response to various emergencies, disasters, and other unexpected incidents.
- 218 -

EMPLOYMENT AT WILL - Common-law concept that the employment relationship is generally consensual between employer and employee and may be terminated without notice or permission of either party. (WV is an employment at will state) EPA - U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. FILTER BACKWASH RECYCLE RULE (FBRR) - The purpose of this rule is to require system to review their recycle practices and, where appropriate, work with the State to make any necessary changes to recycle practices that may compromise microbial control. This FBRR applies to all public water systems that (1) use surface or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water; (2) utilize direct or conventional filtration processes; and (3) recycle spent filter backwash water, sludge thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes. FINISHED WATER - Water that has passed through a water treatment plant, and when all the treatment processes are completed or finished. This water is ready to be delivered to consumers. Also call PRODUCT WATER. GROUNDWATER RULE (GWR) - U.S. Environmental Protection Agency rule to protect public health from waterborne microorganisms present in groundwater sources (i.e., sources unaffected by surface water). The GWR specifies the appropriate use of disinfection in groundwater and establishes a strategy to identify groundwater systems at high risk for contamination. HEALTH ADVISORY - An EPA document that provides guidance and information on contaminants that can affect human health and that may occur in drinking water. INITIAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM EVALUATION (IDSE) - Initial distribution system evaluation. Sampling process used to determine DBP sampling sites under stage 2 DPB Rule. LOCAL EMERGENCY PLANNING COMMITTEE (LEPC) - Established by the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, LEPCs have the job of increasing community hazardous materials safety through public education, emergency planning, responder training, conducting exercises, and reviewing actual responses to releases. LONG TERM 1 ENHANCED SURFACE WATER TREATMENT RULE (LT1ESWTR) The purpose of this rule is to improve small systems control of microbial pathogens in drinking water, particularly for the protozoan Cryptosporidium. In addition, the rule includes provisions to assure continued levels of microbial protection while utilities take the necessary steps to comply with new disinfection by-product standards. LONG TERM 2 ENHANCED SURFACE WATER TREATMENT RULE (LT2ESWTR) The purpose of this rule is to (1) improve control of microbial pathogens, particularly Cryptosporidium, and (2) address risk trade-offs with disinfection by-products. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET - A document which provides pertinent information and a profile of a particular hazardous substance or mixture. An MSDS is required to be made available to employers and operators whenever there is the likelihood of the hazardous substance or mixture being introduced into a workplace.
- 219 -

MAXIUM CONTANINANT LEVEL (MCL) - The largest allowable amount. The highest level of a contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. MCLs are set as close to the MCLG as feasible using the best available treatment technology and taking cost into consideration. MCLs are enforceable standards. MCLs for various water quality indicators are specified in the National Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NIPDWR). MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVEL GOAL (MCLG) - The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MCLGs allow for a margin of safety. MCLGs are non-enforceable health goals. MAXIMUM-DAY DEMAND - Total production for the water system on its highest day of production during a year. MAXIMUM RESIDENCE TIME (MRT) location where samples are collected for routine monitoring for TTHM and HAA5. The point of MRT for each plant is an active point (that is, the location is currently providing water to customers) in the distribution system where the water has been in the system the longest. This active point may not necessarily be the same as the most distant point from the treatment plant. Many factors can affect the location or locations determined to represent MRT, including the number of plants operating at the time of monitoring and seasonal variations in population. MAXIMUM RESIDUAL DISINFECTION LEVEL (MRDL) - The highest level of a disinfectant allowed in drinking water. There is convincing evidence that the addition of a disinfectant is necessary for control of microbial contaminants. MAXIMUM RESIDUAL DISINFECTANT LEVEL GOAL (MRDLG) - The level of a drinking water disinfectant below which there is no known or expected risk to health. Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goals do not reflect the benefits of the use of disinfectants to control microbial contaminants. METER MAINTENANCE PROGRAM - Scheduled program whereby meters are tested and repaired before there is a noticeable drop in consumption. MONITORING - Testing that water systems must perform to detect and measure contaminants. A water system that does not follow EPA's monitoring methodology or schedule is in violation, and may be subject to legal action. NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS (NPDWR) - Legally enforceable standards that apply to public water systems. These standards protect drinking water quality by limiting the levels of specific contaminants that can adversely affect public health and which are known or anticipated to occur in public water supplies. Also known as Primary Standards. NATIONAL SECONDARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS (NSDWR) - Nonenforceable federal guidelines regarding cosmetic effects (such as tooth or skin discoloration) or aesthetic effects (such as taste, odor, or color) of drinking water. Also known as Secondary Standards. NIOSH - The National Institute of Occupations Safety and Health is an organization that tests
- 220 -

and approves safety equipment for particular applications. NIOSH is the primary Federal agency engaged in research in the national effort to eliminate on-the-job hazards to the health and safety of working place. The NIOSH Publications Catalog contains a listing of NIOSH publications mainly on industrial hygiene and occupational health. To obtain a copy of the catalog, write to NIOSH Publications, 4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45226. NON-ACCOUNT WATER - Metered source water less metered water sales. NON-COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEM (NCWS) - A public water system that is not a community water system. There are two types of NCWSs: transient and non-transient. NONPOINT SOURCE - A runoff or discharge from a field or similar source. A point source refers to a discharge that comes out the end of a pipe. NONPOTABLE - Water that may contain objectable pollution, contamination, minerals, or infective agents and is considered unsafe and/or unpalatable for drinking. NON-TRANSIENT NON-COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEM (NTNCWS) - A public water system that regularly serves at least 25 of the same nonresident persons per day for more than six months per year. NPDES PERMIT - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit is the regulatory agency document designed to control all discharges of pollutant from point sources in US waterways. NPDES permits regulate discharges into navigable waters from all point sources of pollution, including industries, municipal treatment plants, large agricultural feed lots and return irrigation flows. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS - The ongoing, repetitive costs of operating a water system; for example, employee wages and costs for treatment chemicals and periodic equipment repairs. OPERATOR-IN-TRAINING (OIT) An individual who holds a valid operator-in-training certificate issued by the Commissioner, and who is training under the responsibility of the chief operator at a public water system while completing the educational or experience requirements to become a Class I or WD operator. OWNER - The person that is legally responsible for the operation of a public water system. PALATABLE - Water at a desirable temperature that is free form objectionable tastes, odors, colors, and turbidity. Pleasing to the senses. PEAK DEMAND - The maximum momentary load placed on a water treatment plant, pumping station or distribution system. This demand is usually the maximum average load in one hour or less, but may be specified as the instantaneous or with some other short time period. PER-CAPITA USE - Total use divided by the total population served. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) - Equipment and supplies designed to protect employees from serious injuries or illnesses resulting from contact with chemical,
- 221 -

radiological, biological, or other hazards. PPE includes face shields, safety glasses, goggles, laboratory coats, gloves, and respirators. pH - pH is an expression of the intensity of the basic or acid condition of a liquid. Mathematically, pH is the logarithm (base 10) of the reciprocal of the hydrogen ion activity. POINT SOURCE - A discharge that comes out of the end of a pipe. A nonpoint source refers to runoff or a discharge from a field or similar source. POTABLE WATER - Water that does not contain objectionable pollution, contamination, minerals, or infective agents and is considered satisfactory for drinking. PRIMACY - Primary enforcement authority for the drinking water program. Under the Safe Drinking Water Act, states, U.S. territories, and Indian tribes that meet certain requirements, including setting regulations that are at least as stringent as EPA's, may apply for, and receive, primary enforcement authority, or primacy. PRODUCTION METER - Meters on wells for water leaving the plant or pumping station. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION - An advisory EPA or the state requires a water system to distribute to affected consumers when the system has violated Maximum Contaminant Levels or other regulations. The notice advises consumers what precautions, if any, they should take to protect their health. PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM (PWS) - A system for the provision to the public of piped water for human consumption, If such system has at least fifteen service connections or regularly least 60 days out of the year. Such term includes: 1) any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities under control of the operator of such system and used primarily in connection with such system, and 2) any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such control which are used primarily in connection with such system. A public water system is either a community water system or a non-community water system. QUALITY ASSURANCE - An integrated system of management activities involving planning, implementation, documentation, assessment, reporting, and quality improvement, to ensure that a process, item, or service is of the type and quality needed and expected by the client. QUALITY CONTROL - The overall system of technical activities that measures the attributes and performance of a process, item, or service against defined standards to verify that they meet the stated requirements established by the client; operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfill requirements for quality. RADON RULE - Developed to reduce public radon exposure and applies to all community water systems that use groundwater or mixed ground and surface water. The regulation does not apply to non-transient non-community public water supplies or to transient public water supplies. RATE - Monies collected for water provided. Every water utility must receive sufficient total revenue to ensure proper operations and maintenance, development and perpetuation of the system, and the preservation of the utilitys financial integrity.
- 222 -

RATER STRUCTURE - Means of establishing charges for water usage. RETAIL WATER METER - Meters to monitor large customer water usage. REVENUE-PRODUCING WATER - Water metered and sold. RIGHT TO WORK US statute that protects employees from the requirements to join a union and pay dues to keep jobs (WV is not a right to work state) SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT - Commonly referred to as SDWA. An Act passed by the US Congress in 1974. The Act establishes a cooperative program among local, state, and federal agencies to insure safe drinking water for consumers. SAFE YIELD - The annual quantity of water that can be taken from a source of supply over a period of years without depleting the source permanently (beyond its ability to be replenished naturally in wet years). SAMPLE - The water that is analyzed for the presence of EPA-regulated drinking water contaminants. Depending on the regulation, EPA requires water systems and states to take samples from source water, from water leaving the treatment facility, or from the taps of selected consumers. SANITARY SURVEY - A detailed evaluation and/or inspection of a source of water supply and all conveyances, storage, treatment and distribution facilities to insure its protection from all pollution sources. SOURCE-OF-SUPPLY - Facilities used to extract and/or store raw water prior to transmission and distribution. SOURCE METER - A meter used to record water withdrawn from a surface water or groundwater source, or purchased from a wholesale supplier. SOURCE WATER - Water in its natural state, prior to any treatment for drinking. See finished water. SOURCE WATER ASSESSMENT - Provides information about the potential contaminant threats to public drinking water sources. STAGE 1 DISINFECTANTS/DISINFECTION BY-PRODUCT RULE (S1DBPR) - The purpose of this rule is to reduce public exposure to three chemical disinfectants (chlorine, chloramines, and chlorine dioxide) and many disinfection by-products (total trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids, chlorite, and bromate). STAGE 2 DISINFECTANTS/DISINFECTION BY-PRODUCT RULE (S2DBPR) - The rule builds upon the Stage 1 DBPR to further reduce public exposure to disinfection by-products. Because disinfection byproduct concentrations can increase with increase time (i.e., increasing water age), the U.S. EPA is emphasizing compliance monitoring locations that reflect parts of the distribution system with older water. Compliance monitoring for the Stage 2 DBPR will be preceded by an initial distribution system evaluation to select site specific optimal sample points for capturing peaks. The requirements for Stage 2 DBPR will apply to all community
- 223 -

water systems and non-transient non-community water systems that add a disinfectant other than UV or deliver water that has been disinfected. STANDARD METHODS FOR THE EXAMINATION OF WATER AND WASTEWATER - A joint publication of the American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, and the Water Pollution Control Federation which outlines the procedures used to analyze the impurities in water and wastewater. STANDARD OPERATING PROCUDURES A written document that describes, in great detail, the routine procedures to be followed for a specific operation, analysis, or action. This can describe both technical and administrative operational procedures as well as define and communicate the best practice. STATE REVOLVING FUND (SRF) - State loan funds for water utilities established under the Safe Drinking Water Act. SUBPART H SYSTEM - Is a public water system serving surface water or groundwater under the influence of surface water. These systems are subject to the filtration and disinfection requirements of 40 CFR Subpart H. THREAT - An indication that a harmful incident, such as contamination of the drinking water supply, may have occurred. The threat may be direct, such as a verbal or written threat, or circumstantial, such as a security breach or unusual water quality. THREAT EVALUATION - Part of the threat management process in which all available and relevant information about the threat is evaluated to determine if the threat is possible or credible, or if an incident has been confirmed. This is an iterative process in which the threat evaluation is revised as additional information becomes available. The conclusions from the threat evaluation are considered when making response decisions. THREAT MANAGEMENT - The process of evaluating a contamination threat and making decisions about appropriate response actions. The threat management process includes the parallel activities of the threat evaluation and making response decisions. The threat management process is considered in three stages: possible, credible, and confirmatory. The severity of the threat and the magnitude of the response decisions escalate as a threat progresses through these stages. THREAT WARNING - An occurrence or discovery that indicates a threat of a malevolent act and triggers an evaluation of the threat. TRANSIENT WATER SYSTEM - A non-community water system that does not serve 25 of the same nonresident persons per day for more than six months per year. Also called a transient non-community water system (TNCWS). TREATED WATER - Water treated to meet drinking water standards. TREATMENT TECHNIQUE - A required process intended to reduce the level of a contaminant in drinking water.
- 224 -

UNACCOUNTED-FOR WATER - The amount of non-account water less known or estimated losses and leaks. UN-METERED WATER - Water delivered but not measured for accounting and billing purposes. VARIANCE - State or EPA permission not to meet a certain drinking water standard. The water system must prove that: (1) it cannot meet a Maximum Contaminant Level, even while using the best available treatment method, because of the characteristics of the raw water, and (2) the variance will not create an unreasonable risk to public health. The state or EPA must review, and allow public comment on, a variance every three years. States can also grant variances to water systems that serve small populations and which prove that they are unable to afford the required treatment, an alternative water source, or otherwise comply with the standard. VIOLATION - A failure to meet any state or federal drinking water regulation. VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT - An evaluation of drinking water source quality and its vulnerability to contamination by pathogens and toxic chemicals. A systematic process for evaluating the susceptibility of critical facilities to potential threats and identifying corrective actions that can reduce or mitigate the risk of serious consequences associated with these threats. WATER AUDIT - A thorough examination of the accuracy of water agency records or accounts (volumes of water) and system control equipment. Water managers can use audits to determine their water distribution system efficiency. The overall goal is to identify and verify water and revenue losses in a water system. WATERBORNE DISEASE OUTBREAK - The significant occurrence of acute infectious illness, epidemiologically associated with the ingestion of water from a public water system that is deficient in treatment, as determined by the appropriate local or state agency. WATER CONTAMINATION INCIDENT - A situation in which a contaminant has been successfully introduced into the system. A water contamination incident may or may not be preceded by a water contamination threat WATER CONTAMINATION THREAT - A situation in which the introduction of a contaminant into the water system is threatened, claimed, or suggested by evidence. Compare water contamination threat with water contamination incident. Note that threatening a water system may be a crime under the Safe Drinking Water Act as amended by the Bioterrorism Act. WATER RIGHT - A property right or legal claim to withdraw a specified amount of water in a specified time frame for a beneficial use. WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA - The area surrounding a drinking water well or well field which is protected to prevent contamination of the well(s). WHOLESALE WATER - Water purchased or sold for resale purposes.

- 225 -

WHOLESALE SYSTEM - A public water system that treats source water as necessary and then delivers finished water to another public water system. Delivery may be through a direct connection or through the distribution system of another consecutive system.

- 226 -

ACRONYM LIST
AWWA BAT BMP BPH C&E C&T CCL CCR CDC CDS CEH CEU CFR COC CPE CWS D/DBP DBP DBPR DWSRF EED EPA ERL ERP FOIA GIS GCPD GWR I&CD ICR IDHL IDSE IESWTR LEPC LOTO LRAA LT1ESWTR LT2ESWTR MCL MCLG M-DBP MRDL MRDLG MOR MRDL MRDLG MRL American Water Works Association Best Available Technology Best Management Practice Bureau for Public Health of WVDHHR Compliance & Enforcement Section of OEHS Certification & Training Section of OEHS Contaminant Candidate List Consumer Confidence Report Center for Disease Control Combined Distribution System Continuing Education Hour Continuing Education Unit Code of Federal Regulations Chain of Custody Comprehensive Performance Evaluation Community Water System Disinfectants/Disinfection Byproducts Disinfection Byproduct Disinfection Byproduct Rule Drinking Water State Revolving Fund Environmental Engineering Division of OEHS Environmental Protection Agency Emergency Response Lead Emergency Response Plan Freedom of Information Act Geographic Information System Gallons Per Capita Per Day GroundWater Rule Infrastructure & Capacity Development Section of OEHS Information Collection Rule Immediately Dangerous to Health or Life Initial Distribution System Evaluation Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule Local Emergency Planning Committee Lock Out/Tag Out Locational Running Annual Average Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule Maximum Contaminant Level Maximum Contaminant Level Goal Microbial-Disinfectants/Disinfection Byproducts Maximum Residual Disinfection Level Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal Monthly Operational Reports Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal Minimum Reporting Level
- 227 -

MRT MSDS NCI NFPA NIOSH NPDWR NSDWR NSF NTNCWS O&M OEHS OIT OSHA PC PDF PE PLC PN PPE PR PSC PWS PWSID RAA RAM SDWA SDWIS SMCL SOP SSS SWAP SWTR TCR TD TNCWS TT TTHM USB USGS VSS WD WHPA WVDEP WVDHHR

Maximum Residence Time Material Safety Data Sheets National Cancer Institute National Fire Protection Association National Institute for Occupational Safety & Health National Primary Drinking Water Regulation National Secondary Drinking Water Regulation National Sanitation Foundation Non-transient, Non-community Water System Operation and Maintenance Office of Environmental Health Services Operators-in-Training Occupational Safety & Health Association Personal Computer Portable Document Format Performance Evaluation Programmable Logic Controller Public Notification Personal Protective Equipment Public Relations West Virginia Public Service Commission Public Water System Public Water System Identification Running Annual Average Random Access Memory Safe Drinking Water Act Safe Drinking Water Information System Secondary Maximum Contaminant Level Standard Operating Procedures System-Specific Study Source Water Assessment and Protection Surface Water Treatment Rule Total Coliform Rule To Deliver Transient Non-community Water System Treatment Techniques Total Trihalomethanes Universal Serial Bus United States Geological Survey Very Small System Water Distribution Wellhead Protection Area West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection West Virginia Division of Health and Human Resources

- 228 -

OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES Capitol and Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, West Virginia 25301-1798 (304) 558-2981 www.wvdhhr.org/oehs/eed OEHS is part of the West Virginia Department of Health and Human Resources Bureau for Public Health. The Drinking Water Program is administered by the Environmental Engineering Division of OEHS under Director, Walter Ivey, PE. Certification and Training Program Dawn A. Newell, MS Program Manager dawnnewell@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6993 Fax: (304)558-4322 Mary Lowe marylowe@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6988 Philip Martino pmartino@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6986 Office Assistant III Fax: (304) 558-4322 Environmental Resource Specialist III Fax: (304) 558-4322

Elizabeth Gallaher Environmental Resource Specialist II elizabethgallaher@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6987 Fax: (304) 558-4322 Compliance and Enforcement Don Wang, PE donwang@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6733 Data Management Jonathan Feng, Ph.D. jfeng@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6708 District Office Coordination Robert Hart, PE bobhart@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6754 Assistant Manager Fax: (304) 558-5051 Program Manager Fax: (304) 558-0139 Unit Manager Fax: (304) 558-5051

Beckley District Office Phone: (304) 256-6666 Kearneysville District Office Phone: (304) 725-9453 Philippi District Office Phone: (304) 457-2296 St. Albans District Office Phone: (304) 722-0611 Wheeling District Office Phone: (304) 238-1145
- 229 -

Infrastructure & Capacity Development Program Robert DeCrease, PE Unit Manager robertdecrease@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6745 Fax: (304) 558-0691 William S. Herold, Jr., PE wherold@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6760 Assistant Unit Manager Fax: (304) 558-0691

Richard Watson, MSE Program Manager richardwatson@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6747 Fax: (304) 558-0691 Source Water Assessment and Wellhead Protection Program William Toomey, MS, PG Unit Manager wtoomey@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6746 Fax: (304) 558-0324 J. Scott Rodeheaver, MS Assistant Unit Manager scottrodeheaver@wvdhhr.org Phone: (304) 558-6713 Fax: (304) 558-0324

- 230 -

- 231 -

OFFICE OF LABORATORY SERVICES 167 Eleventh Avenue South Charleston, West Virginia 25303 (304) 558-3530 www.wvdhhr.org/labservices OLS is part of the West Virginia Department of Health and Human Resources Bureau for Public Health. OLS is dedicated to the promotion and protection of West Virginia's public health by supporting state and local infectious disease control efforts through diagnostic testing, preventing metabolic disorders detectable at birth, and assuring the quality of testing in clinical and environmental laboratories. OLSs duties include water quality laboratory certification. WEST VIRGINIA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 601 57th Street, S.E. Charleston, West Virginia 25304 (304) 926-0441 www.wvdep.org DEPs Division of Water and Waste Managements mission is to preserve and enhance West Virginias watersheds for the benefit and safety of all. The Division of Water and Waste Management strives to meet its mission through implementation of programs controlling surface and groundwater pollution caused by industrial and municipal discharges as well as oversight of construction, operation and closure of hazardous and solid waste and underground storage tank sites. In addition, the Division works to protect, restore, and enhance West Virginias watersheds through comprehensive watershed assessments, groundwater monitoring, wetlands preservation, inspection and enforcement of hazardous and solid waste disposal and proper operation of underground storage tanks. Very generally speaking, PWS chief operators may be involved with them for any system discharges to streams or waste management issues, among other things. WEST VIRGINIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Division of Highways Building 5, Room A-110 1900 Kanawha Boulevard, East Charleston, West Virginia 25305-0430 (304) 558-3505 www.wvdot.com DOTs Division of Highways is responsible for planning, engineering, right-of-ways acquisition, construction, reconstruction, traffic regulation and maintenance of more than 34,000 miles of state roads. Contact information was included because very generally speaking, PWS chief operators must coordinate with them during any activity (ie. repairs or main line extensions) on right-a-ways.

- 232 -

WEST VIRGINIA ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING CENTER HC 88, Box 21 Ripley, West Virginia 25271 (304) 372-7878 www.wvetc.org WVETC was established in 1983 under the administration of the West Virginia Department of Education. Federal grant funds were obtained from the USEPA to construct and equip the facility for the purpose of providing training to wastewater and water plant operators. Continued operation is overseen by the Department of Education through Regional Education Service Agency (RESA) V. WEST VIRGINIA PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION 201 Brooks Street P.O. Box 812 Charleston, West Virginia 25323 (304) 340-0300 www.psc.state.wv.us PSC contact information was included because very generally speaking, PWS chief operators may be involved with them for line extensions, rate changes, and construction, among other things. The Water and Wastewater Division, formerly the Public Service District Division, was renamed on September 6, 1996, by Commission General Order No. 195.30. The Division was renamed to meet the directives of Senate Bill 568, enacted during the 1996 regular legislative session, which required the Commission to provide advice and assistance to Class III cities and Class IV towns or villages upon their request. By General Order No. 195.30, the Commission also delegated the Public Service District Division the responsibility for processing cases for municipalities and homeowner associations. The Public Service District Division, in the same General Order, was renamed the Water and Wastewater Division. On December 1, 2005, the Commission issued General Order 195.53, which placed the financial regulatory responsibility for all water and wastewater utilities in the Division. Employees include a director, two managers, two supervisors, two secretaries, and nineteen staff members with various technical and educational backgrounds. These employees are assigned to two operating sections: Case Control and Assistance. A delineation of the Water and Wastewater Divisions current responsibilities for all water and sewer utilities include: Investigating formal cases and making recommendations to the Commission; Performing detailed management and operation audits known as Focused Management Audits; Participating in hearings before the Commission and offering evidence and testimony regarding revenue requirements, operating performance, quality of service, and construction activities; Investigating informal complaints and responding to customer requests for information; and, Responding to water and wastewater utility inquiries for technical, operational, financial, and regulatory assistance.
- 233 -

WEST VIRGINIA RURAL WATER ASSOCIATION 100 Young Street Scott Depot, West Virginia 25560 (304) 201-1689 www.wvrwa.org Created in 1985, WVRWAs mission is to provide West Virginia public water and wastewater systems with responsive, comprehensive and high quality leadership and support services. MISS UTILITY OF WEST VIRGINIA 5608 MacCorkle Ave. S.W. South Charleston, West Virginia 25309 1 (800) 245-4848 www.muwv.org Effective July 15, 1996 (and modified June 10, 2006), West Virginia Chapter 24-C, Underground Facility Damage Prevention act became law. The state law provides for the certification and operation of a statewide one call system. Miss Utility of West Virginia, Inc. (MUWV), a not-for-profit, private corporation and in operation since 1981, meets all requirements to function in this capacity. Its purpose is to receive notification of proposed excavation, demolition or other earth disturbing activities from persons planning to do such work. MUWV will relay this information to member owners/operators of underground facilities in order for them to determine the location of and mark their facilities. Damage to underground facilities is prevented, the general safety of the public is maintained and unnecessary lost time is avoided by the excavator. MUWV can be contacted twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week by calling toll free 1-800-245-4848. Whenever possible, it is best to call between 7AM and 5PM, Monday through Friday. Routine 48 hour notifications can be made via Fax, Email or MUWV provided software. The statute is an effort to provide for public and worker safety in West Virginia by providing certain requirements before excavation and/or demolition work can take place near underground facilities. The law makes it a requirement to notify the state one call system before any excavation or demolition activities are done and now provides for monetary penalties (up to $5,000) for non-compliance.

- 234 -

FORMS Certification & Training Operator Forms Form EW-102C Application for Certification and Examination of WD & Class I-IV Form EW-102D Application for Renewal of WD & Class I-IV Form EW-102E Application for Certification as an OIT Form EW-102F Application for 1D Certification, Examination, and Renewal Form ES-74 Resignation Form EW-75 Application for Certification as a Backflow Prevention Assembly Inspector/Tester Form EW-108 Application for Certification Through Reciprocity System Forms Form EW-104 Personnel Status Report Form EW-111 Employment Status Change Form EW-107 Certified Operator Requirement Waiver Application Data Management Monthly Operational Reports EW-103 Groundwater Systems Form EW-210 Purchase Systems Form EW-90 Surface Water Series Form EW-80 Fluoride Form Monitoring Guidance Form EW-141-A Monitoring Guidance for Public Water Systems Form (for lead and copper) Regulation Public Notice Forms TIER 1 - 24 HOUR NOTIFICATION Form TIER 2/3 - PUBLIC NOTICE CERTIFICATION & "IMPORTANT INFORMATION" Public Notice Forms BOIL WATER NOTICE Form HEALTH DEPARTMENT BOIL WATER NOTICE Form HEALTH DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE ANNOUNCEMENT Form

- 235 -

Complete and Return to: OEHS - Env Eng Division PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM OPERATOR (1/08) Certification & Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets Application for Certification and Examination 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, West Virginia 25301 Please type or print legibly. COMPLETE ALL BLANKS. Use your full legal name. Indicate 304-558-6988 or 304-558-2981 N/A if (not applicable) to you. Ensure application is signed. Incomplete applications will be FAX 304-558-4322

EW-102C

returned. FULL NAME:________________________________________________________________________________________________ CERTIFICATION #: ____________________________________ DATE OF BIRTH: _______/_______/_________(mm/dd/yyyy) HOME ADDRESS: ___________________________________________________ COUNTY: _________________________________ CITY: ________________________________________ STATE: ___________________ ZIP: ________________________________ TELEPHONE (HOME): ____________________________________ (WORK): _________________________________________ E-MAIL (HOME): __________________________________________ (WORK): ___________________________________________

WORK EXPERIENCE as a Water Treatment Operator:

1. ____________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________

Current Water System Employer

WV

Mailing Address of Water System Job Title Date Started

PWS ID #

County of Employment

Please mark the spaces below that refer to your water operational duties: Disinfection ______ Softening _______ Coagulation _______ pH Adjustment _______ Water Analysis/Tests_______ Sampling ______ Taste and/or Odor Control_______ Supervision/Clerical _______ (No operational duties at this time) _______ Monthly Operational Report ______ _______hours worked per day Other duties (Please specify)_________________________________________________ _________________________________________________

EDUCATION: Circle the highest grade completed. 8 9 10 11 12(GED) THIS APPLICATION IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR: 1. 2. CERTIFICATION for: EXAMINATION for: WD _____, WD _____,

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20+

Class I _____, Class I _____,

Class II ______, Class II______,

Class III _____, Class III _____,

Class IV_____ Class IV_____

Have you taken this same exam before?_______ If yes, where and when?___________________________________________ 3. Exam Location: Charleston _____, Beckley DO ____, Philippi DO _____, Wheeling DO ____, Kearneysville DO ____, Cedar Lakes ____, Other _________________________ Exam Date: ________________________ Note: This application must be received two weeks prior to requested test date.

At the risk of revocation of my operator certification, I certify that the above statements are accurate and complete.
APPLICANTS SIGNATURE: _________________________________________________________________ DATE: _____________________

EW-102D (5/07)

Renewal Application for WD and Class I-IV Water Operators

SUBMIT THIS FORM AND REQUIRED CEH CERTIFICATE COPIES AT LEAST 30 AND NO EARLIER THAN 60 DAYS PRIOR TO EXPIRATION

Full Name: ____________________________________ Check one: I am renewing my WD ___, Class I ___, Class II___, Class III ___, or Class IV___certificate. Home Mailing Address: _____________________________ Telephone Numbers (work): _____________ (home): _____________ Fax Number: _____________ City: __________________________ State: ___________ Zip Code: ______________ Email Address: ______________________________________________ Certification Number: ______________________________Water System Where Employed: _________ _____________________________________________

Please list course information below and keep your original certificates for your records. If additional space is needed, please attach an additional sheet listing required information.

Course Title

Approved CEH #

Course Sponsor

Length of Class (Hours)

Date(s) attended

Application must be signed to be processed!

Mail or fax application packet to: OEHSEED Certification & Training Unit Capitol and Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, WV 25301 Phone: (304) 558-6988 Fax: (304) 558-4322

Applicant Signature

Date

For Office Use Only APPROVED / DENIED FOR RENEWAL BY: _______________________________ DATE: _____________________

EW-102E (5/07)

Application for Public Water System (PWS) Operator - In - Training (OIT)

(Print or Type All Responses)

COMPLETE AND RETURN TO: Office of Environmental Health Services Certification & Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, West Virginia 25301-1798 Phone 304-558-6988 Fax 304-558-4322

------- New OIT or ---------- Renewal

Chief Operator must review for completeness and submit this application within 30 days of new employee hire.

Full Name: ____________________________________________________ Date of Birth : _______/_______/_________(mm/dd/yyyy) Home Address: _____________________________ City :_____________________State : _______ Zip Code: _______________ Home Phone : _____________________________________ Work Phone: __________________________________________

You must provide copies of your birth certificate or drivers license & all diplomas/certificates!
EDUCATION: Circle the highest grade completed. 8 9 10 11 12(GED) 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20+

Employer/Facility Name :________________________________________________ PWSID# : ________________________ Employer Address:_____________________________________________ Fax No: ___________________________ City: __________________________ State: _____ Zip: __________ Employment Start Date: ______________________

Complete the table for OIT renewals only!

Course Title Approved CEH # Course Sponsor Length of Class (Hours) Date(s) attended

If you would like to register for certification class training, please call our office at 304-558-6988 for a training schedule and more information. The applicant AND the Chief Operator must complete the information below or the application will be returned as incomplete! Any false statements or documents pertaining to this application are grounds for denial of certification and revocation of Chief Operators Certification. Applicants Signature: ____________________________________________ Date: ___________________________ _ Chief Operators Full Name (PRINT): ______________________________________________________________________ Chief Operators Signature: _______________________ Class: ____ Certification #: _____________ Date: _________

EW-102F (5/07) WEST VIRGINIA BUREAU FOR PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING DIVISION Capitol and Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, WV 25301-1798

CLASS 1D TRAINING COURSE - APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATION AND EXAMINATION CLASS 1D WATER OPERATOR APPLICATION FOR RENEWAL
PLEASE PRINT. COMPLETE ALL SPACES. INDICATE N/A (NOT APPLICABLE) ON ANY SPACE THAT DOES NOT APPLY TO YOU. INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS WILL BE RETURNED.
Full Name (Include Middle Initial) Mr., Mrs., or Miss__________________________________________________________ Date of Birth: _________/_______/_________(mm/dd/yyyy) Home Address: _________________________________________City: __________________________ State: ______ Zip: ____________ Telephone Number (Home): _________________________________________ (Work): ___________________________________
th

Education: What Is The Highest Grade You Have Completed? ________________ *Must have completed eight (8 ) grade Name of Water System You Will be Treating / Sampling water for: _____________________________________

transient system 1D OPERATORS MAY ONLY TREAT WATER AT A 1D TRANSIENT GROUNDWATER SYSTEMS. GWUDI AND SURFACE TRANSIENT SYSTYEMS ARE CLASSIFIED AS CLASS II . WD Class I through IV
Classification of system: 1D SystemAddress: _______________________________ City: __________________ State: ____ Zip: __________ County: ________________
(This must be the address w here y ou treat or test w ater, NOT the address of the o wner. Address must be complete: Street or P.O. Box)

Is this a new system? (Y/N) ___________ Has a PWSID Number Been Assigned? (Y/N) ______ If Yes, List: WV _________________ Have You Been Previously Certified as a 1D Operator?(Y/N) Do You Currently Hold Any Other Water Certifications (Y/N) ________ If Yes, When? _______________________________ If Yes, Class/Cert. No. __________________________________

All information supplied must be true and accurate to the best of your knowledge. As directed by the WV Public Water Systems Operator Regulations, fraudulent applications will be grounds for immediate certification revocation.

Your Signature Here ___________________________________________________________________

Date______________________

INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXAMINATION ONLY - READ CAREFULLY THIS EXAMINATION IS DESIGNED TO TEST YOUR KNOWLEDGE OF PUBLIC WATER SYTEMS OPERATIONS. FILL IN THE CORRECT BUBBLE ON THE ANSWER SHEET FOR EACH QUESTION. IF YOU NEED TO ERASE, PLEASE ERASE THROUGHLY SO THERE WILL BE NO CONFUSION BETWEEN THE OLD ANSWER AND THE NEW ONE. IF AT ANY TIME YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND THE QUESTION, CONTACT THE TEST ADMINISTRATOR FOR HELP.

CENTRAL OFFICE USE ONLY Exam No. ____________ Class 1D Date _________________ Location of Class ___________________ Date Graded __________ Grader=s Initials _______________ Exam Grade _______________________ Certificate No. _____________________ Date Certified _________________________________________

ES - 74
(02/05)

Public Utilities Operator Resignation Letter

To: West Virginia Bureau for Public Health Certification and Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, WV 25301-1798

From: Date:
Subject:

________________________________
(Operator who is resigning)

________________________________
(Today=s Date)

Resignation from Operations

I hereby tender my resignation from (check one or both) ____ Water Treatment Operations

at ____________________________________________. ____ Wastewater Treatment Operations

Check One Below: _____ In accordance with West Virginia Bureau for Public Health (WVBPH) rules I am providing my thirty (30) day notice of resignation, effective 30 days from the date received. _____ Pursuant to WVBPH rules, I hereby resign and provide less than the required thirty (30) days of notice. I will only be required to provide______ days notice to my supervisor/principal board member, etc..., whose signature is also provided below. We both agree that this is in the best interest of all involved. (Checking this space requires the supervisor=s signature)

Complete and return a new application form if you will be employed in operations somewhere else in WV. _______________________________________
(Signature of operator resigning)

_____________________________________
(Signature of operator=s Supervisor)

************************************************************************************************************************

For WVBPH review Date received: ________________ Resignation is hereby: ______ Accepted _______________________________________ ______ Denied
Signature of reviewing authority

Date reviewed __________________

Reason(s) for denial: __________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

E W-7 5 (0 8 / 0 6 )

Application for Certification as a Backflow Prevention Assembly Inspector/Tester (BPAIT)

*Please complete all information and submit all required documents or this application will not be processed. * **Please type or print legibly, mark spaces with no information as N/A, and ensure application is signed.**

Applying for (check one):

____ Initial,

____Reinstatement,

____Re-certification (every 3 years)

If you are re-certifying, please submit proof of at least 15 inspections with this application. ******************************************************************************************************* Section I: Applicant information: Applicant Name: __________________________________________ Home Phone No: _________________________________ Applicant Street Address: ___________________________________ Email: __________________________________________ City: ______________________________________ State: _____ Zip Code: _______________ County: _______________ What is your date of birth? _______________ You must submit proof (ie. copy of birth certificate or drivers license). Circle the highest level of education completed: 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 You must submit proof (ie. copy of high school diploma, GED, college transcripts). Section II: Employment information: Business Name: ___________________________________________ Business Phone No: _______________________________ Business Street Address: ____________________________________ Business Fax No: __________________________________ City: _____________________________________ State: _______ Zip Code: _________________ County: ____________ Section III: Training information: You must complete a course of instruction approved by the director to receive this certification or re-certification. Check the course below. You must submit proof of attendance at this course. (ie. course certificate of completion). ____ WV BPH Approved 40-hour Course ____ WV BPH Approved Refresher Course 8-hours or more 17 18 19 20 >20

Other: ________________________________________________________________________________ Have you passed an examination consisting of at least two (2) parts; A closed book written part with a score at or above the 70 th th percentile and a performance part that was pass/fail or you scored at or above the 70 percentile? Written Part: ____ Yes, ____ No Performance Part: ____ Yes, ____ No

Note: You must submit copies of your test score sheets. A No answer for this question disqualifies you. Please sign and date this application below. You will not be considered without a signature and date. Signature: __________________________________________________________________ Date: ______________________ Please submit complete application to: WVBPH/OEHS/EED/Certification & Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-6986 or (304) 558-2981 Fax: (304) 558-4322 ********************************************************************************************************* The above applicant is hereby: ____ Approved or ____ Not Approved for this certification. Date of decision: _______________ Signature of Certifying Authority: ____________________________________________

EW-108

Reciprocity Questionnaire for Competency to Work as a Certified

(12/07) Water Treatment Plant Operator in West Virginia DHHR Applicant Name: ___________________________________________ Date of Birth: ________________________ Mailing Address: ____________________________________________ Current Certificate(s) held: _____________ ___________________________________________________________Where certified: ____________________ Contact Phone Number: _______________________ Expiration Date(s) of Certificate(s): _____________________ 1. Are you now working or have you been offered and accepted employment in West Virginia as a water plant operator? ___Yes or ___ No. If No, stop here. This requirement must be met. A letter and application (EW102C) from your WV employer must accompany this form. What is your education level? You must provide proof with this form. ___ High school/GED, ___1-2 years of college, ___3-4 years of college, ___More than 4 years of college.

2.

* ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * * ** * For State/Military or Other Certifying Agency/Board Use Only 1. Does the above operator hold a currently valid water operator certificate with you? ____Yes ____No (If Yes, please supply a copy, if No, you may skip to the end of the form and sign). 2. 3. Does your issuing authority grant reciprocity to water operators from West Virginia? ____Yes ____ No

What are the grade/classification levels of certification for your certifying authority? _______ lowest and ____ highest (Please send a copy of your rules and regulations for our review) Did the above person take and pass a written examination to become certified? ____Yes ____ No All applicants are required to pass a WV certification exam for the respective classification level. What is the minimum education level for your lowest certification level? _____________________________ Is your certification ____ voluntary or ____ mandatory?

4.

5. 6.

Please include any comments, explanations or recommendations on the reverse side of this form. Include your signature and phone number and/or e-mail address on the following lines and mail to our address below. Please return to: OEHS--Environmental Engineering Division Certification and Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, WV 25301-1798 (304) 558-6986 or (304) 558-2981 FAX (304) 558-4322 __________________________________ Signature of Certifying Authority __________________________________ Official Title ______________ and/or ______________ Phone Number Email

EW-104 (5/07)

Public Water System (PWS) Personnel Status Report

Due in our office by July 15 Print or Type ALL Responses
PWS Name: _______________________________________________ PWSID #: ______________________________________ Phone: _______________________________ Address: _______________________________________________ City:______________________ State: _______ Zip Code: _______________ Fax: ________________

Certified Operators Attach Additional Pages if Needed Name Certification Level & Certification Number Home Address Home Phone Email (Please mark an asterik * following your address if we may contact you via email) Hours worked per Week

Chief Operator Signature: __________________________________________________________________________

COMPLETE AND RETURN TO: Office of Environmental Health Services Certification & Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, West Virginia 25301-1798 Phone 304-558-6988 Fax 304-558-4322

Date: ______________________________

Date Stamp:

OFFICE USE ONLY Date Processed: __________ Initial: __________

EW-111 (5/07)

Public Water System (PWS) Employment Status Changes

Due within 10 days Print or Type ALL Responses
PWS Name: _______________________________________________ PWSID #: ______________________________________ Phone: _______________________________ Address: _______________________________________________ City:______________________ State: _______ Zip Code: _______________ Fax: ________________

Certified Operators Attach Additional Pages if Needed Name Certification Level & Number Home Address Home Phone Hours Worked per Week Job Duties Assigned Reason for Change

Chief Operator Signature: ________________________________________________________

COMPLETE AND RETURN TO: Office of Environmental Health Services Certification & Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, West Virginia 25301-1798 Phone 304-558-6988 Fax 304-558-4322

Date: ________________________________________________

Date Stamp:

OFFICE USE ONLY Date Processed: __________ Initial: __________

EW 107 5/07 PWSID#: PWS Name: PWS Address:

Certified Operator Requirement Waiver Application

COMPLETE AND RETURN TO: Office of Environmental Health Services Certification & Training Unit Capitol & Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, West Virginia 25301-1798 Phone 304-558-6988 Fax 304-558-4322

PWS Phone: State: Zip:

PWS Primary Water Source: ___GW ___GWUDI ___ SW PWS size (population served): PWS Classification Level: OEHS District Office Affiliation:

Do OEHS District Office engineers recommend approval of this waiver request? ____ Yes ____ No (Attach recommendation/comments) Chief Operator Name: Chief Operator Certification Level: Certification Number: Yes No

Does the Chief Operator recommend approval of this waiver request? Purpose of Request:

________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ Interim Operator Name: Interim Operator Certification Level: Interim Operator Current Experience: Certification Number: hrs. Education:

OFFICE USE ONLY Date Received: . Operator File Reviewed on _____________________by_______________________. C&T Unit Recommendation: ____Approval ____Denial. List Interim Operator Deficiencies for Upgrade or File Review Concerns: _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________

EW-103

Revised 02/05

MONTHLY OPERATIONAL REPORT Groundwater

PWSID NUMBER: WV
SYSTEM NAME: CHEMICALS USED
Chlorine DATE TOTAL Time Pumped (Hrs) TOTAL Water Treated (GAL)
Gas Dry (lbs) Liquid (oz)

MONTH/YEAR:
PHONE NUMBER:
ANALYTICAL RESULTS (Mg/L)
Sampling Location for Total Chlorine Residual Alkalinity or Corrosion Control Residual **

COUNTY:

Corrosion Control (lbs) **

Chlorine Residual Plant Free System Total

Sampler Initials

pH Raw * Treated

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TOTAL AVERAGE
HIGHEST READING LOWEST READING *RAW ph is an optional measurement. ** Required only if adding a corrosion control chemical (e.g. ash, caustic soda, Aquamag).

I certify the values recorded above are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge.

CERTIFIED BY:
(Printed Certified Operator Name Required)

(Certified Operator Signature Required)

Certification #:

Expiration Date:

Certification Class:

Complete and return within 10 days after the end of the month to: WV Office of Environmental Health Services - Data Management Capitol and Washington Streets, 1 Davis Square, Suite 200, Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-2981 FAX: (304) 558-0139

EW-103

Revised 02/05

PWSID NUMBER:

WV

MONTH/YEAR:

INDIVIDUAL WELL PUMPING LOG

(Timed Pumped in Hours) Date Well #1 Well #2 Well #3 Well #4 Well #5 TOTAL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Average Capacity (gpm) REMARKS:

EW-210

Revised 02/05

MONTHLY OPERATIONAL REPORT Purchasers

PWSID NUMBER:
SYSTEM NAME: SYSTEM WATER IS PURCHASED FROM:
SYSTEM CHLORINE RESIDUAL DATE (Total)

WV
PHONE NUMBER: SAMPLING LOCATION FOR CHLORINE RESIDUAL
(Please Print)

MONTH/YEAR:
COUNTY: COUNTY:
SAMPLER INITIALS CHLORINE ADDED* (LBS or GAL) METER READING (GAL)** WATER PURCHASED (GAL)**

INITIAL METER READING:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TOTAL AVERAGE HIGHEST READING LOWEST READING

*Type of Chlorine used: ** Optional Information Water Purchased for the Month:

Gas

Sodium Hypochlorite

Calcium Hypochlorite

None Added

Gallons I certify the values recorded above are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge.

CERTIFIED BY:
(Certified Operator Printed Name Required) (Certified Operator Signature Required)

Certification#:

Expiration Date:

Certification Class:

Complete and return within 10 days after the end of the month to: WV Office of Environmental Health Services - Data Management Capitol and Washington Streets, 1 Davis Square, Suite 200, Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-2981 FAX: (304) 558-0139

EW-210

Revised 02/05

PWSID NUMBER: WV

MONTH/YEAR: REMARKS/COMMENTS

EW-90 MONTHLY OPERATIONAL REPORT DATA INSTRUCTION SHEET

1.) The spreadsheet is protected and only provides certain areas accessible to the user. Restricted areas consist of "ppm", "flow rate," "average," and "total" cells where formulas and calculations are stored. The user will need to input the PWSID number, month/year, system name, telephone number and county on the first sheet. The PWSID number and month/year will automatically carry over to the other pages. The flowrate (gpm) is automatically calculated after the user inputs operational hours and gallons of filtered water. Additionally, the chemical feedrate (ppm) is calculated when the pounds of chemical is added. Chemical names may be changed or rearranged, as long as they are reported in pounds. All columns are totaled and averaged automatically. *If the plant is not operated, chemicals not fed, turbidity and/or chlorine not analyzed, leave these spaces blank--DO NOT input a zero (0). A zero (0) will change the average for the monthly totals. For the EW-90A turbidity sheet, a zero (0) will be counted as a reading. If the user's actual analysis indicates a 0.00 NTU turbidity, report the reading on the spreadsheet as 0.001 NTU. 5.) The average filter run (hours) and percent backwash water (%) are calculated automatically. Note: The percent backwash water calculation assumption is that the backwash water is from the distribution system after the plant master meter. The calculation is the total backwash water (gallons) x 100 = % backwash water. total filtered water (gallons) Additional blank paper copies of the EW-90 spreadsheets may be useful for users to fill in information daily, until the information can be entered in the computer spreadsheets. It is advised to maintain these paper copies to provide documentation of daily analyses. Always maintain a paper copy of the EW-90 spreadsheets at the end of each month!

2.)

3.)

4.)

6.)

EW 90 Revised 02/05

Page 1 of 3

MONTHLY OPERATIONAL REPORT

Required Surface/(GWUDI)
PWSID NUMBER: WV MONTH/YEAR:
SYSTEM NAME
PLANT FLOW
Plant Oper Filtered Water (GALS) Flow Rate (GPM) lbs ppm lbs ppm lbs ppm lbs ppm lbs ppm lbs ppm

PHONE NUMBER
CHEMICALS USED Indicate chemicals used in blocks below
Pre Chlorine lbs ppm

COUNTY
FILTER BACKWASH
Post Chlorine lbs ppm Number of Filters Washed Wash Water (GALS)

DATE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 TOTAL AVG

Time (HRS)

EW 90 Revised 02/05

Page 2 of 3

PWSID NUMBER: WV ANALYTICAL RESULTS

Chlorine Residual (mg/L) Date 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 TOTAL AVG
I certify the values recorded above are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge.

MONTH/YEAR:
MONTHLY Turbidity (NTU) Sampler Initials Raw Settled Finished Raw pH (S.U.) Settled Finished OPERATIONAL REPORT REMARKS

Plant (Free)

System (Total)

Sampling Location of System Total Chlorine Residual

Certified by: (Certified Operator Printed Name Required) Date: (Certified Operator Signature Required) Certification #: Exp. Date: Certification Class
Number of Filters Used: Total Filter Surface Area: Average Filter Run/Each Filter: % Backwash Water:

(filters) (sq. ft.) (hrs.) (%)

Complete and return within 10 days after the end of the month to WV Office of Environmental Health Services - Data Management Capitol and Washington Streets, 1 Davis Square, Suite 200, Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-2981 FAX: (304) 558-0139

EW 90 Revised 02/05

*THIS PAGE IS OPTIONAL*

Page 3 of 3

PWSID NUMBER: WV

MONTH/YEAR:

ANALYTICAL RESULTS (mg/L)

Iron DATE Raw 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 TOTAL AVG Finished Raw Finished Manganese Phenolphthalein Alkalinity Raw Finished Raw Finished Raw Finished Total Alkalinity Calcium Hardness (TDS) Total Dissolved Solids (Finished) TEMP F or C (Finished) (LSI) Langelier Saturation Index (Finished)

INDIVIDUAL FILTER TURBIDITY MONITORING REPORT INSTRUCTIONS

If you have two filters, a continuous turbidity monitor can be installed on the combined filter effluent. Otherwise, a continuous turbidity monitor must be installed on each individual filter. The questions on EW-90A must be answered for the combined filter continuous monitor. If a combined filter effluent problem appears, the "filter number" should be listed as "both." Follow-up action outlined in items 6 & 7 must then be completed on both filters. 1. Was each filter monitored continuously? If continuous monitoring equipment is installed and if it functioned continuously throughout the month, the correct answer is "yes." If continuous monitoring equipment is not installed or did not function continuously throughout the month, the correct answer is "no." 2. Were measurements recorded every 15 minutes? If measurements on each filter were performed throughout the month and the measurements were recorded every 15 minutes when water was being filtered, the correct answer is "yes." If there was a failure in any continuous monitor, the correct answer is "no." 3. Was there a failure of continuous turbidity monitoring equipment? Occasionally, a malfunction occurs which prevents a filter from being monitored continuously. Public water systems which serve a population of at least 10,000 may collect grab samples every four hours for up to five working days in lieu of continuous monitoring. Systems which serve a population of less than 10,000 may use grab samples every four hours for up to 14 working days. These results can be reported on form EW-90A, but it must be noted that the report is in lieu of continuous monitoring. If grab samples were obtained due to an equipment failure, the correct answer is "yes." If there was no equipment failure during the month, the correct answer is "no." 4. Were individual filter levels greater than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements? If you answer yes, systems serving a population of at least 10,000 must produce a filter profile within 7 days of the exceedance or report the obvious reason for the exceedance and notify us with the submission of the monthly operational report (10 days after the end of the month). The filter profile is not required to be submitted, only report that the filter profile has been done. The box on form EW-90A should be completed. Systems that serve a population of less than 10,000 are only required to complete the box on form EW-90A. If there is only one continuous monitor but two filters, list both for the filter numbers. 5. Were individual filter levels greater than 0.5 NTU in two consecutive measurements after the filter has been online for more than four hours? If you answer yes, a system which serves a population of at least 10,000 must produce a filter

profile within 7 days of the exceedance or report the obvious reason for the exceedance and notify us with the submission of the monthly operational report (10 days after the end of the month). The filter profile is not required to be submitted. Only report that the filter profile has been done. The box on form EW-90A should be completed. Systems that serve a population of less than 10,000 have no required action. 6. Were individual filter levels greater than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements in three consecutive months? If you answer yes, the system must conduct a self assessment of the filter within 14 days of the exceedance. The system is to report that a self assessment has been completed (or will be completed by a given date, if the exceedance occurred in the last four days of the month). A self assessment must consist of an assessment of the filter performance, development of a filter profile, identification

EW 90A Page 1of 2 Revised 02/05

MONTHLY COMBINED FILTER EFFLUENT TURBIDITY REPORT Required for Surface/GWUDI Systems PWSID NUMBER: WV MONTH/YEAR:
Surface GWUDI

SYSTEM TYPE:(Check One)

SYSTEM NAME:

PHONE NUMBER
**Please report NTU values to two decimal places (0.00)** NTU TIME NTU TIME NTU

COUNTY

DATE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

TIME

NTU

TIME

NTU

TIME

TIME

NTU

#<=0.3

#>0.3

REMARKS

*Slow sand: use 1 NTU in lieu of 0.3 NTU & diatomaceous earth: other filtration technologies as directed by agency **Slow sand and diatomaceous earth; use 5 NTU in lieu of 1 NTU; other filtration technologies as directed

Total # of Samples Readings over 1 NTU**

% < = 0.3 NTU x 100* GRAND TOTAL

Highest single turbidity reading

Lowest single turbidity reading

I certify the values recorded above are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge.

CERTIFIED BY: (Certified Operator Printed Name Required) Date: (Certified Operator Signature Required) Certification #: Exp. Date Complete and return within 10 days after the end of the month to: WV Office of Environmental Health Services - Data Management Capitol and Washington Streets, 1 Davis Square, Suite 200, Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-2981 FAX: (304) 558-0139 Certification Class

EW 90A Page 2 of 2 Revised 02/05

INDIVIDUAL FILTERS
If filter method is other than direct or conventional, please specify
(Please note, direct or conventional methods are required to complete the form below)
(diatomaceous earth, slow sand, other)

1. Was each filter monitored continuously?

Yes No

2. Were measurements recorded every 15 minutes?

Yes No

3. Was there a failure of continuously turbidity monitoring equipment?

Yes No

4. Were individual filter levels greater than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements?
Yes No

5. Were individual filter levels greater than 0.5 NTU in two consecutive measurements after online for more than four hours?
Yes No

6. Were individual filter levels greater than 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements in three consecutive months?
Yes No

7. Were individual filter levels greater than 2.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements in two consecutive months?
Yes No

FILTER NUMBER TURBIDITY MEASUREMENTS DATE(S) AND TIME(S)

I certify the information recorded above is true and accurate to the best of my knowledge.

CERTIFIED BY:
Operator Printed Name Required

CERTIFIED BY:
Operator Signature Required Certification # Exp. Date

Date:

Certification Class

EW 90B Revised 02/05

Required Surface and GUDI Sources MONTHLY CHLORINE RESIDUAL REPORT -

Required for Surface/GWUDI Systems

PWSID NUMBER: WV MONTH/YEAR:

SYSTEM TYPE:(Check One)

SYSTEM NAME
DATE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Surface

GWUDI

PHONE NUMBER
**Please report Chlorine Residual values to one decimal places (0.0)**

COUNTY
CL. RES. TIME CL. RES. TIME CL. RES. TOTAL

TIME

CL. RES.

TIME

CL. RES.

TIME

CL. RES.

TIME

# of Samples under 0.2 mg/l( free chlorine residual)

I certify the values recorded above are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge.

Total # of Samples Taken

CERTIFIED BY:
(Certified Operator Signature required)

Date:
(Certified Operator Signature required)

Certification #:

Exp. Date

Certification Class

Complete and return within 10 days after the end of the month to: WV Office of Environmental Health Services - Data Management Capitol and Washington Streets, 1 Davis Square, Suite 200, Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-2981 FAX: (304) 558-0139

EW-90B Revised 02/05

INSTRUCTIONS FOR EW-90B

EW-90 B is to be used for systems serving up to 3,300 population in lieu of continuous chlorine monitoring. For systems using continuous monitoring, you will still need to submit the form but only need to indicate across the form that you monitor for chlorine continuously. If your continuous monitoring equipment would fail, you would be required to begin obtaining grab samples once every four hours. The results would need to be recorded on EW-90B on the days the equipment was inoperative.

POPULATION 0 - 500 501 - 1.000 1,001 - 2,500 2,501 - 3,300 ABOVE 3,300

SAMPLES REQUIRED PER DAY 1 2 3 4 CONTINUOUS

All systems are required to record the lowest chlorine residual leaving the treatment plant each day. This value is recorded in the chlorine residual plant (free) column on form EW-90.

EW-90C Revised 02/05

QUARTERLY OPERATIONAL REPORT DISINFECTION BYPRODUCT PRECURSORS CONTROL (GWUDI)

PWSID NUMBER:

WV
(Required)

QUARTER/YEAR

System Name Treatment Plant Name

Source Water Month ALK (mg/L) TOC (mg/L) Treated Water TOC (mg/L)

County

(A) (B) Actual % TOC Required% Removal TOC Removal

(C) Removal Ratio (A) / (B)

Basis for Required % Removal

Total Annual Average

CERTIFIED BY:
(Certified Operator's Printed Name Required) Date: (Certified Operator's Signature Required)

Certification # Certification Class

Exp. Date Telephone Number

Complete and return within 10 days after the end of the quarter to: WV Office of Environmental Health Services RD&C Unit Capitol and Washington Streets, 1 Davis Square, Suite 200, Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-2981 FAX: (304) 558-0139

EW-90C Revised 02/05

INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM NO. EW-90C QUARTERLY OPERATIONAL REPORT

1. Monitor, on a monthly basis, samples of treated and source water for treated water TOC, source water TOC, and source water Alkalinity. Record the results on the form to the nearest tenth (for example; 3.4mg.l) for TOC. Determine if alternative criteria are met (A1-A8), based on 12 months of data. If alternative criteria are met, indicate the "basis for required % removal" with the appropriate alternative number (i.e. A1), and attach documentation, if indicated. Alternative A3 and A4 cannot be used as meeting the removal criteria on a monthly basis. If alternative criteria are not met on a running annual average, computations are to be made on a monthly basis. Submit this report on a quarterly basis (due January 10, April 10, July 10, and October 10)

2.

3.

Monthly Computation:

Column A: Column B:

1 - (treated water TOC/source water TOC) x100=Actual % TOC Removal Insert required TOC removal from chart; based on source water alkalinity and TOC results.
MEETING THE REQUIRED % TOC REMOVAL IN COLUMN B OF CHART

Required % TOC removal

Source Water Alkalinity Between 0 - 60 mg/L* 0 - 60 mg/L 0 - 60 mg/L 61 - 120 mg/L* 61 - 120 mg/L 61 - 120 mg/L Over 120* Over 120 Over 120 Source Water TOC Between 2.0 - 4.0 mg/L 4.1 - 8.0 mg/L 8.1 and above mg/L 2.0 - 4.0 mg/L 4.1 - 8.0 mg/L 8.1 and above mg/L 2.0 - 4.0 mg/L 4.1 - 8.0 mg/L 8.1 and above mg/L Required % TOC Removal 35.0% 45.0% 50.0% 25.0% 35.0% 40.0% 15.0% 25.0% 30.0%

* If source water is less than 2.0, % removal can be computed based on the appropriate source water alkalinity. If the removal ratio is >1.0, this value shoud be used. If the value is below the detection limit, 1/2 the value of the detection limit is to be used in the computations.

Column C:

Column (A) / (B) For monthly computations, if A/B is > __ 1.0, then the enhanced coagulation TOC removal required has been met and the system is in compliance. If A/B is < 1.0, the system must evaluate alternative A1, A2, A5, and A6 to determine compliance. If the system softens water, the system must evaluate alternative A7 and A8 also. If any alternative criteria are met for that month, a value of 1.0 can be placed in column C. If none are met, place the value of A/B in column C.

EW-90C Revised 02/05

Basis for Required % Removal: A1 = A2 = A3 =

There are 8 different values that can be inserted in this column:

Source Water TOC is less than 2.0 mg/L on annual running average. Treated Water TOC is less than 2.0 mg/L on annual running average. Source Water TOC is less than 4.0 mg/L, Source Water Alkalinity is greater than 60 mg/L, and the TTHM or HAA5 running annual averages are no greater than .040 and .030 mg/L respectively. (ATTACH DOCUMENTATION) Both TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are no greater than .040 and .030 mg/L respectively. (ATTACH DOCUMENTATION) SUVA prior to any treatment is <= 2.0L/mg-m calculated quarterly as the running annual average. (ATTACH DOCUMENTATION) SUVA treated water is <= 2.0L/mg-m calculated quarterly as a running annual average. (ATTACH DOCUMENTATION) softening systems only:

A4 =

A5 =

A6 =

Additional Alternative Compliance Criteria available for A7 =

Softening that results in lowering the alkalinity to less than 60 mg/L measured monthly and calculated quarterly as a running annual average (ATTACH DOCUMENTATION). Softening that results in removing at least 10 mg/L of magnesium hardness (as CaC03), measured monthly and calculated quarterly as a running annual average (ATTACH DOCUMENTATON).

A8 =

Even if your system meets alternative critieria, this dos not relieve your system from monitoring and analyzing TOC/alkalinity on a routine basis. TO DETERMINE THE YEARLY AVERAGE RATIO, SUM THE VALUES IN COLUMN C AND DIVIDE BY 12. IF THE RATIO IS >= 1.00, YOUR SYSTEM IS IN COMPLIANCE.

STATE DEFINED REMOVALS. If you cannot demonstrate compliance with the above methods, contact your DISTRICT OFFICE for instructions on establishing alternative minimum TOC removal requirements. NOTES Convential filtration - must have coagulation, flocculation and sedimentation processes before filtration. TOC = ALK = Total Organic Carbon Alkalinity as (CACO3)

SUVA = UV254/DOC where: UV254 = Ultraviolet Absorption at 254 nanometers (-m) (must be measured prior to disinfectant being added DOC = Dissolved Organic Carbon (mg/L)

EW-80 Revised 02/05

FLUORIDATION REPORT MONTHLY SUMMARY OF OPERATION PWSID NUMBER: WV

(Required)

MONTH/YEAR:

SYSTEM TYPE:(Mark One)

Ground Surface Ground Water Under the Influence of Surface Water

SYSTEM NAME FLUORIDE CHEMICAL USED:

POUNDS/GAL OF CHEMICALS USED

PHONE NUMBER

COUNTY
PURITY:

DATE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 TOTAL AVERAGE HIGHEST READING LOWEST READING

GALLONS OF WATER TREATED*

ANALYTICAL RESULTS (mg/L) PLANT EFFLUENT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

*Optional IF reported on EW-90/EW-103

I certify the values recorded above are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge.

CERTIFIED BY:
(Certified Operator Printed Name Required)

DATE:
(Certified Operator Signature Required)

Certification#:

Exp. Date

Certification Class

Complete and return within 10 days after the end of the month to: WV Office of Environmental Health Services - Data Management Capitol and Washington Streets, 1 Davis Square, Suite 200, Charleston, WV 25301-1798 Phone: (304) 558-2981 FAX: (304) 558-0139

Monitoring Guidance for Public Water Systems Form 141-A SAMPLE SITE IDENTIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION Page 1 of 3

Systems Name: Address:

Type: Size:

CWS

NTNCWS

>100,000 10,001 to 100,000 3,301 to 10,000 501 to 3,300 101 to 500 100

Telephone Number: System ID#: Contact Person:

CERTIFICATION OF SAMPLING SITES LEAD SOLDER SITES # of single-family structures with copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or lead pipes and/or lead service lines (Tier 1) # of multi-family structures with copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or lead pipes and/or lead service lines (Tier 1) # of buildings containing with copper pipes with lead solder installed after 1982 or lead pipes and/or lead service lines (Tier 2) # of sites that contain copper pipes with lead solder installed before 1983 (to be used only if other conditions have been exhausted) (Tier 3) TOTAL The following sources have been explored to determine the number or structures which have Interior lead pipe or copper pipe with lead solder. Plumbing and/or building codes Plumbing and/or building permits Contacts within the building department, municipal clerks office, or state regulatory agencies for historical documentation of the service area development Water Quality Data Other Resources Which PWS May Utilize Interviews with building inspectors Survey of service area plumbers about when and where lead solder was used from 1982 to present Survey residents in sections of the service area where lead pipe and/or copper pipe with lead solder is suspected to exist Interviews with local contractors and developers Explanation of Tier 2 and Tier 3 sites (attach additional pages if necessary)

Monitoring Guidance for Public Water Systems Form 141-A (continued) SAMPLE SITE IDENTIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION OF SAMPLING SITES LEAD SERVICE LINE SITES # of samples required to be drawn from lead service line sites # of samples actually drawn from lead service line sites Difference (explain differences other than zero) The following sources have been explored to determine the number or lead service lines in the distribution system. Distribution system maps and record drawings Information collected for the presence of lead and copper as required under 141.42 of the Code of Federal Regulations Capital improvement plans and/or master plans for distribution system development Current and historical standard operating procedures and/or operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals for the type of materials used for service connections Utility records including meter installation records, customer complaint investigations and all historical documentation which indicate and/or confirm the location of lead service connections Existing water quality data for indications of troubled areas Other Resources Which PWS Utilized Interviews with senior personnel Conduct service line sampling where lead service lines are suspected to exist but their presence is not confirmed Review of permit files Community survey Review of USGS maps and records Interviews with pipe suppliers, contractors, and/or developers Explanation of fewer than 50% LSL sites identified (attach additional pages if necessary): Page 2 of 3

CERTIFICATION OF COLLECTION METHODS

I certify that: Each first draw tap sample for lead and copper is one liter in volume and has stood motionless in the plumbing system of each sampling site for at least six hours. Each first draw sample collected from a singe-family residence has been collected from the cold water kitchen tap or bathroom sink tap. Each first draw sample collected from a non-residential building has been collected at an interior tap from which water is typically drawn for consumption. Each first draw sample collected during an annual or triennial monitoring period has been collected in the months of June, July, August or September. Each resident who volunteered to collect tap water samples from his or her home has been properly Instructed by (insert water systems name) in the proper methods for collecting lead an copper samples. I do not challenge the accuracy of those sampling results. Enclosed is a copy of the material distributed to residents explaining the proper collection methods and a list of the residents who performed sampling.

Monitoring Guidance for Public Water Systems Form 141-A (continued) SAMPLE SITE IDENTIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION RESULTS OF MONITORING THE RESULTS OF LEAD AND COPPER TAP WATER SAMPLES MUST BE ATTACHED TO THIS DOCUMENT # of samples required # of samples submitted 90th Percentile Pb 90th Percentile Cu THE RESULTS OF WATER QUALITY PARAMETER SAMPLES MUST BE ATTACHED TO THIS DOCUMENT # of samples required # of entry point samples required # of tap samples submitted # of entry point samples submitted Page 3 of 3

CHANGE OF SAMPLING SITES Original site address:

New site address:

Distance between sites (approximately):

Targeting Criteria:

NEW:

OLD:

Reason for change (attach additional pages if necessary):

SIGNATURE

NAME

TITLE

DATE

24-HOUR NOTIFICATION
(Must be sent to Central Office within 7 days of consultation)

Date: 1. 2. 3. 4. PWSID No.: PWS Name: PWS Representative Name & Title: Violation: WV

Total Coliform Nitrate Chlorine Dioxide Excess Turbidity Waterborne No Certified Operator at Surface/GWUDI System No chlorine residual detected Other

5. 6.

Approximate date violation occurred: Time and Date PWS became aware of violation:
(Time) (Date)

7.

Time and Date PWS contacted you:

(Time) (Date)

8.

Method agreed upon to notify public (check all that apply): Appropriate Broadcast media Hand-delivery Posting Other

9.

Comments (include information here on request for limited distribution and your reasoning why it should be
approved/denied. Also any other information that you consider important in the consultation):

(District Representative Name)

(Date)

(Print Name)

PUBLIC NOTICE CERTIFICATION FORM

TIER 2/3 - COMMUNITY AND NON-COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEMS

PWS Name: PWS ID #: For Violation: Occurring on: The public water system indicated above hereby affirms that public notice has been provided to consumers in accordance with the delivery, content and format requirements and deadlines required in 40 CFR Subpart Q. Community Systems Must Use One of the Following: Hand or direct delivery Mail, as a separate notice or include with the bill

Non-community systems must use one of the following Posting in conspicuous locations (Non-Community systems only): Continue posting Public Notice until violation has been resolved, or for 7 days if the violation had been resolved. Hand or direct delivery Mail, as a separate notice or include with the bill

Use the following methods of communication to reach additional people Notice distributed by _______________ radio and ______________ television station Please submit the name of the radio/television station that distributed your public notice Notice distributed by _______________________newspaper on _________________ Please submit the name of the newspaper that distributed your public notice Include a copy of your public notice that appeared in the newspaper with this certificate Notice distributed by ____________________________________________________ Please submit any other means of distribution used Date: ____________

Signature of Owner or Operator: _______________________

COMPLETE THIS FORM AND IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR DRINKING WATER SHEET SEND BOTH SHEETS TO: BUREAU FOR PUBLIC HEALTH Office of Environmental Health Services ATTN: DATA MANAGEMENT Capitol and Washington Streets 1 Davis Square, Suite 200 Charleston, West Virginia 25301-1798

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR DRINKING WATER

MONITORING REQUIREMENTS NOT MET FOR
PWS Name _________________________________________, PWSID _________________ Our water system recently violated drinking water standards over the past year. Even though these were not emergencies, as our customers, you have a right to know what happened and what we did to correct these situations. We are required to monitor your drinking water on a regular basis. Results of regular monitoring are an indicator of whether or not our drinking water meets health standards. During ______________________, we failed to submit the required number of samples to be analyzed and therefore cannot be sure of the quality of our drinking water during that time. What should I do? There is nothing you need to do at this time. The table below lists the monitoring we did not conduct during the last year, how often we are supposed to sample, how many samples we are supposed to take, how many samples we took and when the samples should have been taken. Required Monitoring Frequency Number Of Samples Taken When All Samples Should Have Been Taken

Required Monitoring

What happened? What is being done?

(Describe corrective action)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ For more information, please contact _____________________________________ at ________________________.
(Contact name) (Mailing address) (Phone number)

Or __________________________________________________________________________________________
General guidelines to lessen the risk of infection by microbes are available from EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline at (800)426-4791

Please share this information with all the other people who drink this water, especially those who may not have received this notice directly (for example, people in apartments, nursing homes, schools and businesses). You can do this by posting this notice in a public place or distributing copies by hand or mail.

This notice is being sent to you by: ____________________________ State Water System ID #: ____________________ Date Distributed: ______________________

HEALTH DEPARTMENT BOIL WATER NOTICE

DATE: TIME: A Boil Water Notice has been issued to customers of the
(Water System Name)

Public Water System (PWSID

) serving the area of

(Area served by Water System)

All customers should boil water used for drinking, cooking, bathing, and brushing teeth until further notice. Water should be brought to a rolling boil for at least one minute before using. No Disinfectant Residual in the distribution system. Microbiological Contamination Operational Failure or Emergency No Operator Other .

You will be notified when the Boil Water Notice has been lifted. For further information, please Contact
(State/Local Health Department)

Issued by: Name Representing Telephone: E-mail: Fax: Date:

Rescinded by: Name Representing Telephone: E-mail: Fax: Date:

UTILITY ISSUED BOIL WATER NOTICE

BOIL YOUR WATER BEFORE USING
On
(Date)

, a water problem occurred

(Location)

causing contamination of your water. The areas that are affected are as follows: Entire Water System or Other
(Area of Water System)

CONDITIONS INDICATE THERE IS A HIGH PROBABILITY THAT YOUR WATER IS CONTAMINATED. TESTING HAS NOT OCCURRED TO CONFIRM OR DENY THE PRESENCE OF CONTAMINATION IN YOUR WATER. What should I do? DO NOT DRINK THE WATER WITHOUT BOILING IT FIRST. Bring all water to a boil, let it boil for one minute, and let it cool before using, or use bottled water. Boiled or bottled water should be used for drinking, making ice, brushing teeth, washing dishes, bathing, and food preparation until further notice. Boiling kills bacteria and other organisms in the water. What happened? What is being done?
(Describe the corrective action)

We will inform you when you no longer need to boil your water. We anticipate resolving the problem within .
(Estimated time frame)

For more information, please contact

(Contact Name)

at
(Telephone number)

or
(Mailing Address)

. General guidelines on ways to lessen

the health risk are available from the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 1 (800) 426-4791. Please share this information with all the other people who drink this water, especially those who may not have received this notice directly (for example, people in apartments, nursing homes, schools, and businesses). You can do this by posting this notice in a public place or distributing copies by hand or mail. This notice is being sent to you by
(Water System Name)

State Water System ID#:

Date distributed:

HEALTH DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE ANNOUNCEMENT

DRINKING WATER WARNING
Sampling results received
(Date)

showed levels of
(Contaminant)

above

the State standard. What should I do?

DO NOT BOIL THE WATER.

contaminants that may be in the water.

Boiling the water may increase the concentration of

You will be notified when levels have been reduced to below the State standard. For further information, please contact
(State/Local Health Department)

Issued by: Name Representing Telephone: E-mail: Fax: Date:

Rescinded by: Name Representing Telephone: E-mail: Fax: Date:

64CSR3

TITLE 64 LEGISLATIVE RULE BUREAU FOR PUBLIC HEALTH SERIES 3 PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS 64-3-1. General. 1.1. Scope. -- This legislative rule establishes State standards and procedures and adopts national drinking water standards for public water systems. It establishes standards for the production and distribution of bottled drinking water, and also adopts federal standards for the certification of laboratories performing analyses of drinking water. This rule should be read in conjunction with W. Va. Code 16-1-9 and 16-1-9a. The W. Va. Code is available in public libraries and on the Legislatures web page, http://www.legis.state.wv.us 1.2. Authority. -- W. Va. Code 16-1-4 and 16-1-9a. 1.3. Filing Date. -- April 18, 2007. 1.4. Effective Date. -- April 18, 2007. 1.5. Amendment of Former Regulations. -This rule amends Public Water Systems, West Virginia Administrative Rules, Division of Health, 64CSR3, 2006. 64-3-2. Application and Enforcement. 2.1. Application. -- This rule applies to public drinking water systems, to bottled water treatment plants and distributors, and to laboratories desiring certification to perform analytic tests of drinking water. 2.2. Enforcement. -- This rule is enforced by the commissioner of the Bureau for Public Health or his or her designee. 64-3-3. Definitions. 3.1. Bottled Water. -- Water that is intended for human consumption and is sealed in bottles or other containers with no added 3.5. Person. -- An individual, partnership, association, syndicate, company, firm, trust, corporation, government corporation, institution, department, division, bureau, agency, federal agency or any other entity recognized by law. 3.6. Proficiency Testing Samples (PT) -- A sample provided to the laboratory for the purpose of demonstrating that the laboratory can successfully analyze the sample within specified acceptance limits specified in this rule. The qualitative and/or quantitative composition of the reference material is unknown to the laboratory at the time of analysis. 3.7. Public Water System. -- A public water system is any water supply or system that regularly supplies or offers to supply water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, if serving at least an average of twenty-five (25) individuals per day for at least sixty (60) days per year, or which has at least fifteen (15) service connections, and shall include: (1) Any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities under the ingredients except that it may contain safe and suitable antimicrobial agents, and includes bottled mineral waters. 3.2. Bottled Water Distributor. -- A person who buys and sells bottled water on a wholesale basis. 3.3. Commissioner -- Commissioner of the bureau for public health or his or her designee. 3.4. Initial Demonstration of Capability (IDC) B before analyzing compliance samples, an analytical team shall demonstrate acceptable precision, accuracy, sensitivity and specificity for the method to be used, as described in the referenced document in subdivision 13.2.a. of this rule.

64CSR3

control of the owner or operator of the system and used primarily in connection with the system; and (2) Any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such control which are used primarily in connection with the system. A public water system does not include a system which meets all of the following conditions: (1) Which consists only of distribution and storage facilities (and does not have any collection and treatment facilities); (2) Which obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or operated by a public water system that otherwise meets the definition; (3) Which does not sell water to any person; and (4) Which is not a carrier conveying passengers in interstate commerce. 3.8. Sanitary Survey. -- An on-site review of the water source, facilities, equipment, operation and maintenance of a public water system for the purpose of evaluating the adequacy of the source, facilities, equipment, operation and maintenance for producing and distributing safe drinking water, as described in the federal regulations adopted in this rule. 64-3-4. Public Water System Construction, Alteration or Renovation; Standards; Exceptions. 4.1. No person shall construct, alter, renovate or award a contract for any construction, alteration or renovation of a public water system without obtaining a permit from the commissioner. 4.2. Application for a permit to construct, alter or renovate shall be made to the commissioner on forms prescribed by the commissioner at least forty-five (45) days prior to the date on which approval by the commissioner is desired. The application shall be accompanied by an engineering report, maps, and detailed plans and specifications of the proposed construction, alteration or renovation prepared by or under the direction of a registered professional engineer. 4.3. The commissioner may revoke a permit to construct, alter or renovate for failure of the public water system to comply with this rule.

4.4. A permit to construct, alter or renovate is valid for two (2) years from the date of issuance. 4.5. The public water system shall be constructed, altered or renovated in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by the commissioner in accordance with the Division of Health rule, Public Water System Design Standards, 64 CSR 77. 4.6. To the extent practical, all new or expanded facilities shall be located outside the one-hundred-year (100) flood plain. 4.7. The commissioner may issue an order requiring a change in the source of the water supply for the system or in the manner of collection, treatment, storage, or distribution before delivery to the consumer as may be necessary to safeguard the public health. 4.8. A permit to construct, alter or renovate is not required for any minor addition to, or alteration or renovation of an existing public water system which will not significantly affect the quality or quantity of the water supply service rendered. The work shall be done in accordance with the provisions of the Division of Health rule, Public Water System Design Standards, 64 CSR 77. 4.9. A public water system shall submit a written description of the proposed additions, alterations or renovations to the commissioner no less than ten (10) working days prior to implementing the additions, alterations or renovations under this provision. The commissioner shall notify the system whether or not the proposed additions, alterations or renovations qualify under this provision within five (5) days of receipt of the description. 4.10. All public water supply systems using a raw water source which is open to the atmosphere or subject to surface runoff shall, at a minimum, provide filtration treatment. 64-3-5. Permit to Operate a Public Water System. 5.1. A public water system shall be operated

64CSR3

in accordance with this rule and the federal regulations adopted in this rule. 5.2. The commissioner may develop a program for the issuance of a permit to operate a public water system. The permit is renewable annually and may be revoked for failure to comply with the requirements of this rule or the federal standards adopted in this rule. The commissioner shall administer the permit program uniformly and shall not grant a permit until after he or she has completed a sanitary survey. 5.3. In the event of a proposed change in the ownership of a public water system, the new owner shall submit a written application to the commissioner at least fifteen (15) days before the proposed change to transfer the permit to operate. 5.4. The current permit to operate shall be posted in a conspicuous place at the public water system's treatment plant or main office. 64-3-6. Inspections and Sanitary Surveys of Public Water Systems. 6.1. The commissioner shall inspect public water systems and conduct sanitary surveys in accordance with the federal regulations adopted in this rule. 6.2. The commissioner has the right of access to all parts of a public water system. The public water system shall furnish the commissioner access to all information and records required to be kept by this rule and the federal regulations adopted in this rule. 64-3-7. Public Water System Disinfection Requirements. 7.1. Disinfection with chlorine, chlorine dioxide, chloramine or ozone is required of all public water systems, provided the requirements of Subsection 7.6 of this section are met. 7.2. The disinfectant shall be applied during treatment at a point before entering the distribution system which will provide effective contact time.

7.3. The minimum chlorine contact time for groundwater systems not influenced by surface waters is thirty (30) minutes from the point of application to the point of delivery to the first consumer or as stipulated in the Division of Health rule, Public Water System Design Standards, 64 CSR 77. At the end of the chlorine contact time, minimum free chlorine residuals shall comply with the requirements of Table 64-3A at the end of this rule. For these systems, the amount of residual disinfectant in the drinking water at the treatment plant and in the distribution system shall be determined at least once per day, or more often if considered necessary by the commissioner. 7.4. Surface water systems and groundwater systems under the direct influence of surface waters shall meet the disinfection requirements of the federal regulations adopted in this rule. 7.5. Chlorine residual testing equipment shall enable measurement of free and total chlorine residuals to the nearest 0.2 milligrams per liter. 7.6. For all public water systems, at least 0.2 milligrams per liter of total chlorine residual shall be maintained throughout the distribution system at all times. 7.7. The commissioner may authorize variances in the chlorine disinfection parameters specified in this section. 64-3-8. Public Water System Fluoridation. 8.1. Average concentrations of fluoride present in the drinking water of a public water system, which artificially adjusts fluoride concentrations, shall be no less than the minimum and no higher than the maximum concentrations shown in Table 64-3B at the end of this rule. 8.2. The drinking water of fluoridated or defluoridated public water systems shall be monitored once per day for fluoride concentration. Records of the monitoring shall be maintained in accordance with Sections 9 and 10 of this rule.

64CSR3

be substituted for the term "Administrator." 8.3. At least once a month, the public water system shall submit a sample of drinking water to the commissioner or to a certified laboratory for fluoride analysis. 64-3-9. Public Water System Control Tests and Record Maintenance. A public water system shall retain records of microbiological, turbidity, radiological and chemical analyses, or a summary of the records, at a convenient location on or near the premises of the public water system, in accordance with the federal regulations adopted in this rule. The commissioner shall certify a laboratory to conduct all tests and analyses required by this rule or the federal regulations adopted in this rule, with the exception of on-site water system operational tests. The public water system shall retain monthly operational reports, containing the information required to be submitted under subsection 12.4. of this rule, for five (5) years. 64-3-10. Adoption of Federal Regulations. 10.1. The following federal regulations are hereby adopted by reference: 10.1.a. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations, 40 CFR Part 141; 10.1.b. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations Implementation, 40 CFR Part 142, Subparts A and F, and Sections 40 CFR 142.20(b), 142.21; 142.62, 142.63, 142.64 and 142.65; and 10.1.c. National Secondary Drinking Water Regulations, 40 CFR Part 143. 10.2. The commissioner shall use the provisions of 40 CFR142.20(b) and the requirements and procedures of Subpart F of 40 CFR Part 142, as adopted in this rule as applicable in granting exemptions. Nothing in this section shall authorize the granting of a variance by the Commissioner. For the purpose of granting exemptions, the following changes are made to Subpart F in 40 C.F.R. Part 142: 10.2.a. The term "Commissioner" shall 10.2.b. The term "West Virginia" shall be substituted for the phrase "State that does not have primary enforcement responsibility." 10.2.c. To meet the requirements of 40 C.F.R. 142.54(b)(2), the commissioner need only provide notice to other appropriate State or local agencies at the commissioner's discretion. 10.3. In the event of a conflict between a federal standard adopted in this rule and a state standard adopted in this rule, the more stringent standard applies. 10.4. These regulations can be viewed on the internet at <www.epa.gov/safewater/regs>. Copies of these regulations are available in hard copy from: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region III 1650 Arch Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 64-3-11. Bottled Water Treatment Plants and Distributors. 11.1. No person shall operate a bottled water treatment plant in this State without first receiving from the commissioner a permit to bottle and distribute water. 11.2. No person shall distribute bottled water in this State without first receiving from the commissioner a permit to distribute bottled water. 11.3. Application for a permit to bottle and distribute water shall be made to the commissioner on forms prescribed by the commissioner. A completed application and a set of plans and specifications for the treatment plant shall be submitted to the commissioner for approval at least forty-five (45) days prior to the date on which a permit from the commissioner is desired. 11.4. The source of the water to be bottled and the bottled water shall comply with Beverages, 21 CFR, 165 final regulations

64CSR3

promulgated and published as final rules prior to the adoption of this rule, with the exception of Sections 165.3(b), 165.110(a)(2)(ii) and 165.110(b)(2). 11.4.a. The name of the water from a subsurface saturated zone that is under a pressure equal to or greater than atmospheric pressure is ground water. Ground water found to be under the direct influence of surface water as defined in 40 CFR 141.2, as adopted by this rule, shall be treated by a method approved by the commissioner. 11.4.b. The bottler shall conduct microbiological monitoring not less than weekly on the finished product. The bottler shall determine microbiological acceptability in accordance with 40 CFR 141.63, as adopted by this rule. 11.5. A bottled water treatment plant shall be operated in accordance with the provisions of the federal standards, Current Good Manufacturing Practice in Manufacturing, Packaging or Holding Human Food, 21 CFR Part 110, and Processing and Bottling of Bottled Drinking Water, 21 CFR 129, final regulations promulgated and published as a final rule prior to the adoption of this rule. 11.6. The commissioner shall inspect each in-state bottled water treatment plant every twelve (12) months or as he or she otherwise determines. 11.7. An out-of-state bottled water treatment plant desiring to distribute bottled water in West Virginia shall apply for a permit to bottle and distribute bottled water on forms approved by the commissioner. The out-of-state treatment plant shall comply with the requirements of this rule and the federal regulations adopted in this rule for in-state bottled water treatment plants. Subsequent to the initial evaluation, monitoring of the treatment plant by the regulatory agency of the state in which the treatment plant is located is considered acceptable for the purposes of this rule. The out-of-state treatment plant shall notify the commissioner of any corrective action it is required to take by its state regulatory

authority and shall notify the commissioner of any change in ownership or in the event that it closes. 11.8. A person wishing to distribute bottled water in the State who does not operate a bottled water treatment plant shall apply for a permit to distribute bottled water on a form approved by the commissioner. The applicant shall identify the location of the plants from which the bottled water is obtained and any distributor other than the bottled water plant from which the bottled water is obtained and shall provide other information required by the commissioner. The commissioner shall grant a permit to distribute bottled water if the bottled water complies with the requirements of this rule. 11.9. The commissioner may revoke a permit for failure to comply with provisions of this rule. 64-3-12. Public Water System Reporting Requirements. 12.1. Unless otherwise specified in this rule or the federal regulations adopted in this rule, a public water system shall report to the commissioner the results of any test, measurement or analysis required to be made by this rule or the federal regulations adopted in this rule within forty (40) days of the system's receipt of the test, measurement or analysis. 12.2. If a public water system fails to comply with this rule or the federal regulations adopted in this rule, it shall be reported to the commissioner within forty-eight (48) hours of the discovery of the violation. 12.3. Analytical results of tests performed by the laboratory of the bureau for public health are not required to be reported. 12.4. A public water system shall submit a written summary of the public water system operation, test data, and other information as may be required by the commissioner to the commissioner at least once per month. The commissioner may require more frequent reports in cases where there are public health concerns.

64CSR3

12.5. All reports and summaries required by this rule or federal regulations adopted in this rule shall be submitted in a manner or form approved by the commissioner. 12.6. A public water system shall distribute a public notice for any failure to comply with this rule or the federal regulations adopted in this rule. The content, distribution, recordkeeping, and reporting of the public notification shall be performed in a time and manner as specified in the federal rules adopted, by reference, in this rule. 64-3-13. Certification of Laboratories to Conduct Drinking Water Tests. 13.1. All laboratories providing drinking water testing results for purposes of this rule or the federal regulations adopted in this rule shall be certified by the commissioner or by the federal Environmental Protection Agency. 13.2. A certified laboratory shall: 13.2.a. Comply with the requirements and criteria contained in the federal Environmental Protection Agency's Manual for the Certification of Laboratories Analyzing Drinking Water, Fifth Edition, EPA 815-R-05004, January 2005. In addition, before an analyst is permitted to do any regulatory compliance samples for chemistry, the Initial Demonstration of Capability (IDC) required by each method must be completed. If there are no IDC requirements in the method, the following are guidelines to be used: At a minimum, if appropriate, the IDC will include a demonstration of the ability to achieve a low background (instrument detection limit), determination of the method detection limit in accordance with the procedure given in 40 CFR 136, Appendix B, and the precision and accuracy required by the method. To demonstrate precision and accuracy, at a minimum four replicates of a quality control or reference sample must be processed through all steps of the analytical procedure and evaluated against laboratory derived acceptance limits. In addition, precision and accuracy must be established if more than one sample preparation technique is used ; or

13.2.b. Comply with the requirements of this rule and hold a certificate of recognition from the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (NELAP) for the analysis of drinking water, ; or 13.2.c. determined to commissioner. Any other accreditation be equivalent by the

13.3. An in-state laboratory shall submit an application form when seeking initial approval at least sixty (60) days prior to the date certification is desired. 13.4. A laboratory located outside the boundaries of this state shall be certified by the commissioner if: 13.4.a. It has been certified by the federal Environmental Protection Agency; or 13.4.b. It has been certified by a program for the certification of laboratories equivalent to the program of this state as determined by the commissioner. If the program of the state in which the laboratory is located is not judged equivalent, the laboratory may request an on-site evaluation and full certification review by the commissioner. 13.5. An out-of-state laboratory shall submit an application form when seeking initial approval and shall include with its application evidence of compliance with Subsection 13.4.a. or 13.4.b. of this section. The out-of-state laboratory shall notify the commissioner immediately of any change in its certification status under Subsection 13.4.a. or 13.4.b. of this rule. 13.6. The commissioner shall conduct onsite inspections of in-state laboratories to determine compliance with this rule and the federal standards adopted in this rule initially prior to certification, and at least every three (3) years thereafter. The division has the right of entry upon proper identification at any time considered necessary during operating hours in order to conduct the inspections.

64CSR3

13.7. The commissioner shall issue certificates of approval upon initial approval and shall renew the certificates on an annual basis thereafter pursuant to the conditions listed in this rule. Certificates issued shall contain the name and location of the laboratory, a laboratory code number, the name of the laboratory director and the date of expiration of the certificate. 13.7.a. For chemistry certification, certified laboratories shall participate in a proficiency testing water study within the first three months of the calendar year. The study shall have a closing date no later than the end of March. If the Commissioner does not receive proficiency testing water study results by the end of May of each calendar year, the commissioner shall downgrade the laboratory to provisionally certified for each certified parameter not analyzed. 13.7.b. For a drinking water laboratory to maintain certification, the Commissioner must receive an acceptable proficiency testing water study result for each certifiable parameter and by each approved method for which the laboratory holds, or is seeking, certification by September 30 of each year. The proficiency testing provider shall forward the water study results directly to the Commissioner; no photocopies from the laboratory will be accepted.

13.8. Certified laboratories shall notify the commissioner when there is a change in ownership, laboratory director, technical personnel or location of the laboratory. 13.9. The commissioner shall administer and use the criteria and procedures of the section titled Criteria and Procedures for Downgrading/Revoking Certification Status of the Manual for the Certification of Laboratories Analyzing Drinking Water referenced in Subsection 13.2. of this section. 64-3-14. Penalties. Any person who violates any provision of this rule or orders issued under this rule is subject to injunction, criminal prosecution, and criminal, civil and administrative fines, all as provided in W. Va. Code 116-1-9, 16-1-9a, 16-1-17 and 16-1-18. 64-3-15. Administrative Due Process. Those persons adversely affected by the enforcement of this rule desiring a contested case hearing to determine any rights, duties, interests or privileges shall do so in accordance with the Division of Health rule, Rules and Procedures for Contested Case Hearings and Declaratory Rulings,64CSR1.

64CSR3

TABLE 64-3A. Minimum Levels of Free Chlorine Residual at Various Water Sample pH Levels FREE CHLORINE RESIDUAL 0.4 mg/l 0.6 mg/l 1.0 mg/l

pH VALUE Up to 7.0 7.1 to 8.0 8.1 to 9.0

64CSR3

TABLE 64-3B. Average Acceptable Range of Fluoride Concentration at Various Annual Average Maximum Daily Air Temperatures
ANNUAL AVERAGE MAXIMUM DAILY AIR TEMPERATURE FLUORIDE CONCENTRATION IN MILLIGRAMS PER LITER

Lower 53.8 -- 58.3 F 12.1 -- 14.6 C 58.4 -- 63.8 F 14.7 -- 17.7 C 63.9 -- 70.6 F 17.7 -- 21.4 C 0.8 0.8 0.7

Optimum 1.1 1.0 0.9.

Upper 1.5 1.3 1.2

64CSR4

TITLE 64 LEGISLATIVE RULE BUREAU FOR PUBLIC HEALTH SERIES 4 PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS OPERATOR REGULATIONS

64-4-1. General. 1.1. Scope. -- This legislative rule governs the examination and certification of operators of public water systems. The W. Va. Code is available in public libraries and on the Legisl atures web page, http://www.legis.state.wv.us/. 1.2. Authority. -- W. Va. Code 16-1-4 and related 16-1-9. 1.3. Filing Date. -- April 18, 2007. 1.4. Effective Date. -- April 18, 2007. 1.5. Repeal and Replacement of Former Rules. -- This legislative rule repeals and replaces Bureau for Public Health rule 64CSR4, Public Water Systems Operator Regulations, effective July 1, 2002. 64-4-2. Application and Enforcement. 2.1. Application. -- This rule applies to owners, certified operators, and operators-intraining (OITs) of a public water system and to applicants for certification. 2.2. Enforcement. -- This rule is enforced by the Commissioner of the Bureau for Public Health or his or her designee. 64-4-3. Definitions. 3.1. 1D Operator. -- An individual holding a valid West Virginia public water system certification issued by the Commissioner, who has met the education and experience requirements outlined in Table 64-Ba of this rule. Personnel employed in a Class WD or higher public water 3.8. Class IV Operator. -- An individual holding a valid Class IV West Virginia public 1

system that collect samples or collect water quality data from the distribution system shall hold a Class 1D or higher operator certification. 3.2. Adequate. -- A sufficient amount the Commissioner determines, considering hours of operation of the treatment plant, treatment complexity, distribution extent, source of water, and other factors. 3.3. Certified Operator. -- An individual holding a valid West Virginia public water system certification in accordance with Section 6 of this rule. 3.4. Chief Operator. -- The certified operator whom the owner designates who is responsible for managing the daily operational activities of an entire public water system or a water treatment facility, or a distribution system in a manner that ensures meeting state and federal safe drinking water rules and regulations. 3.5. Class I Operator. -- An individual holding a valid Class I West Virginia public water system certification issued by the Commissioner in accordance with Section 6 of this rule. 3.6. Class II Operator. -- An individual holding a valid Class II West Virginia public water system certification issued by the Commissioner in accordance with Section 6 of this rule. 3.7. Class III Operator. -- An individual holding a valid Class III West Virginia public water system certification issued by the Commissioner in accordance with Section 6 of this rule. water system certification issued by the Commissioner in accordance with Section 6 of this

64CSR4

rule. 3.9. Commissioner. -- Commissioner of the West Virginia Bureau for Public Health or his or her designee. 3.10. Community Water System. -- A public water system that serves at least fifteen (15) service connections used by year round residents or regularly serves at least twenty-five (25) year round residents . 3.11. Consecutive System. -- A public water system that receives some or all of its finished water from one or more other public water systems. 3.12. Continuing Education Hour (CEH). -One (1) hour of participation in an organized continuing education experience under responsible sponsorship approved by the Commissioner for renewal of a public water system operator certification. 3.13. Continuing Education Unit. -- Ten (10) CEHs. 3.14. Course of Study. -- A series of continuing education courses, approved by the Commissioner, required as one way to qualify for a higher certification level. 3.15. Day. -- A standard work day of the Bureau for Public Health, unless specified otherwise. 3.16. Distribution System. -- Facilities downstream of the water treatment plant used to convey water for human consumption and which may include storage tanks, disinfection mechanisms, pumps, valves, hydrants, meters, and other appurtenances. 3.17. Drinking Water. -- Water produced by a public water system that conforms to the requirements of the Division of Health rule, "Public Water Systems," 64CSR3. 3.18. Experience. -- Hands-on work performing certified operator duties at a public 2

water system. 3.19. Ground Water. A source of water not considered a surface or a ground water under the direct influence of surface water source. 3.20. Non-Transient Non-Community Water System. -- A public water system that is not a community water system and that regularly serves at least twenty-five (25) of the same persons over six (6) months per year. 3.21. Operating Shift. -- That period of time during which operator decisions that affect public health are necessary for proper operation of the public water system. 3.22. Operate. -- To perform the practical work and apply the technical knowledge and operational skills in the treatment, testing, and distribution of drinking water. 3.23. Operator-in-Training (OIT). -- An individual who holds a valid operator-in-training certificate issued by the Commissioner, and who is training under the responsibility of the chief operator at a public water system while completing the educational or experience requirements to become a Class I or WD operator. 3.24. Owner. -- The person that is legally responsible for the operation of a public water system. 3.25. Person. -- An individual, partnership, association, syndicate, company, firm, trust, corporation, government corporation, institution, department, division, bureau, agency, federal agency, or any other entity recognized by law. 3.26. Present. -- To be readily available to perform tasks at the water treatment plant. 3.27. Primary Contaminant. -- Any contaminant (other than microbiological) that has a maximum contaminant level in accordance with the Division of Health rule, Public Water Systems, 64CSR3.

64CSR4

3.28. Public Water System. -- Any water supply or system that regularly supplies or offers to supply water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, if serving at least an average of twenty-five (25) individuals per day for at least sixty (60) days per year, or which has at least fifteen (15) service connections, and shall include: (1)Any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities under the control of the owner or operator of the system which are used primarily in connection with the system; and (2) Any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such control which are used primarily in connection with the system. A public water system does not include a system which meets all of the following conditions: (1) Consists only of distribution and storage facilities (and does not have any collection and treatment facilities); (2) Obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or operated by a public water system that otherwise meets the definition; (3) Does not sell water to any person; and (4) Is not a carrier conveying passengers in interstate commerce. 3.29. Public Water System Operator Certification. -- Authority the Commissioner issues granting an individual permission to operate a public water system in accordance with this rule. 3.30. Radial Water Collector Well. -- A well that has radial well screens installed to increase the potential amount of water produced. 3.31. Surface and Ground Water Under the Direct Influence of Surface Water. -- A source that has been determined to be open to the atmosphere or subject to surface water runoff. 3.32. Transient Non-Community Water System. -- A public water system that is not a community water system that does not regularly serve at least twenty-five (25) of the same persons over six (6) months per year. 3.33. WD Operator. -- A water operator 4.1.d. Class II: All public water systems that use a surface source or a ground water under the direct influence of a surface water source, serve a population of less than 10,000 (including consecutive connection population), and do not 3

certified at the WD level that may only operate within the water distribution system or conduct distribution system related functions at a Class I or higher public water system. 3.34. Water Treatment Plant. -- A facility to process and treat water for distribution to consumers in accordance with the Division of Health rule, Public Water Systems, 64CSR3. 64-4-4. Systems. Classification of Public Water

4.1. A public water system is classified on the basis of the complexity of water treatment processes. 4.1.a. Class 1D: All transient noncommunity water systems that have ground water only as a source, and do not use gaseous chlorine or chlorine dioxide as a means of disinfection, and do not treat for the removal of nitrate or nitrite, or both. Ground water sources that use gaseous chlorine, chlorine dioxide as a means of disinfection or have treatment for removal of nitrate or nitrite, or both, are considered a Class I public water system. 4.1.b. Class WD: A public water system that obtains all of its water from another public water system, and is not owned or operated by the supplying public water system. The system does not have any other source of water other than water from the supplying public water system. A WD system may apply chorine for supplemental disinfection. 4.1.c. Class I: Community and nontransient non-community public water systems that use ground water only, serve a population of less than 10,000 (including consecutive connection population), and do not treat for a primary contaminant.

have any additional treatment units within the treatment plant for identified primary contaminants in the source water. Treatment installed for removal of Cryptosporidium is considered an additional treatment unit. Class II

64CSR4

also includes all public water systems that use ground water only, serve less than 10,000 population, use at least one radial water collector well as a source, or treat for at least one primary contaminant identified in the source water, or both. 4.1.e. Class III: All public water systems that use surface or a ground water under the direct influence of a surface water source, serve a population of at least 10,000 (including consecutive connection population), and do not have any additional treatment plant for identified primary contaminants in the source water. Class III also includes all public water systems that use ground water only, serve a population of at least 10,000 and use at least one radial water collector well as a source. 4.1.f. Class IV: A public water system that uses a surface or a ground water under the direct influence of a surface water source and serves a population of at least 20,000 (including consecutive connection population). 64-4-5. Required Personnel and Conditions of Employment. 5.1. The owners of public water systems shall: 5.1.a. Employ a Chief Operator with a certification equal to or higher than the system classification and an adequate number of certified operators to operate the system; 5.1.b. Not employ more OITs than the number of employed certified operators, unless written permission is granted by the Commissioner; 5.1.c. Apply to the Commissioner for OIT Certification, on behalf of OIT applicants, within thirty (30) days of their hire at the public water system. Experience gained for certification starts only upon the issued date of the OIT certificate; 5.1.d. Notify the Commissioner within ten (10) days, in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner, of any employment status 4

changes, except termination, of the systems certified operators, OITs, and intended certified operators and OITs, including their reassignment; 5.1.e. Notify the Commissioner within twenty-four (24) hours if a certified operator or OIT terminates employment for any reason; 5.1.f. Renew the OIT Certification every two (2) years or until all requirements for Class I certification are met. Submit the renewal application at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration date, in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner. The OIT shall attempt to pass the Class I or WD examination at least once during each two (2) year renewal; 5.1.g. Require in the case of Class II, III, and IV public water systems, that a certified operator with certification equal to or greater than the system classification, be present at all times when the plant is operational, unless the Commissioner grants a written exception to this requirement in response to a written request by the owner of the public water system. 5.1.h. Require in the case of Class III and IV public water systems, that a certified operator with certification no lower than one (1) class below the system classification, be present at all times when the plant is operational. 5.1.i. Submit a personnel status report by July 15 every year. The report is to be in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner and required information includes, at a minimum: a list of all certified operators, the operator in charge of each shift (if applicable), the Chief Operator, and any OITs currently employed; and 5.1.j. Post a copy of the current certification of all certified operators employed at the public water system and a copy of the certified operators renewal card, if applicable, in a conspicuous location in the water treatment plant, or, if there is no water treatment plant, the office of the public water system. 5.2. A certified operator shall:

64CSR4

5.2.a. Notify the Commissioner at least thirty (30) days prior to voluntarily terminating employment with a public water system in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner; 5.2.b. Obtain the necessary amount of CEHs and retain documentation of attendance required for his or her renewal application; 5.2.c. Ensure that the renewal applications are submitted at least thirty (30) days before the required date and no earlier than sixty (60) days prior to expiration, in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner; and 5.2.d. Have the original personal certification card issued by the Commissioner upon his or her person at all times the operator is operating the public water system. 5.2.e. Not work in a public water system under the certification of another; only the person whose name appears on the operator certification is certified by that document. 64-4-6. Qualifications for Certification. 6.1. Certification of a public water system operator is based on education, a passing grade on the applicable certification examination, and experience as a certified operator or OIT at a public water system. An applicant shall obtain certification for each Class level in sequence, except for Class 1D certification. A person with a 1D certification shall begin with an application for an OIT, if he or she wishes to operate in a higher classification system. 6.1.a Operators with a current 1D certification upon the effective date of this rule, currently employed in a WD system or employed in a higher classification system performing work only in the distribution system, may apply to the Commissioner to be reclassified as a WD certified operator by passing the WD certification examination and meeting the minimum educational and experience requirements. This provision expires two (2) years from the effective date of this rule. Applicants shall meet all 6.5. An applicant for operator certification 5

requirements for WD certification two (2) years after the effective date of this rule. A WD certified operator may operate in a WD system or make operating decisions in the distribution system of a higher classification system. Personnel employed in a Class WD or higher public water system to collect samples from the distribution system shall hold a Class 1D or higher operator certification. 6.2. The education and requirements are listed as follows: experience

6.2.a. The requirements for the various certifications are in Table 64-4A of this rule; and 6.2.b. The number of CEUs credited for courses and operating experience, are in Table 644B of this rule. 6.3. Experience substitution for education is as follows: 6.3.a. An applicant for certification in Classes III and IV may substitute a maximum of two (2) years prior experience as a certified operator for the educational requirements on a year for year basis; and 6.3.b. An applicant using experience as a substitute for the educational requirement cannot simultaneously use that same experience to satisfy the experience requirement. 6.4. Education substitution for experience is as follows: 6.4.a. An applicant for certification in Classes II, III, and IV may substitute a maximum of three (3) years of education beyond high school on a year for year basis for required experience, not to exceed fifty percent (50%) of the total required experience; and 6.4.b. An applicant using education as a substitution for the experience requirement cannot simultaneously use that education to satisfy the education requirement. shall submit an application for examination in a

64CSR4

form and manner approved by the Commissioner with proof of education and, if required, separate proof of work experience. 6.6. The Commissioner shall schedule examinations for the applicants and notify them before the examination date. An applicant is required to demonstrate a passing grade of 70% on the applicable certification examination. An applicant who fails an examination shall wait a minimum of sixty (60) days before applying for re-examination. The results of certification examinations are valid for two (2) years. If the applicant has not met the requirements for education, or experience, or both within those two (2) years, the applicant must reapply for examination. 6.7. A person newly designated by the owner as the Chief Operator or a person working as the only certified operator at that facility, shall attend a course approved by the Bureau for Public Health for training as a Chief Operator at the next available class, unless waived in writing by the Commissioner. Current Chief Operators shall attend a course approved by the Bureau for Public Health for training as a Chief Operator within two (2) years of the effective date of this rule. A certified operator in a system with one (1) certified operator is automatically designated as the Chief Operator. Attendance of the designated course is also applicable for CEH credit for the renewal cycle. Class 1D systems are exempt from the requirements of this subsection. 64-4-7. Certification Expiration, Renewal, Recertification, Suspension and Revocation. 7.1. Certified operator and OIT certifications expire two (2) years from the date of issuance. 7.2. Applicants for renewal shall submit documentation that they are employed by a public water system and have successfully completed the minimum number of CEHs. No CEHs are required for Class 1D renewal. CEHs cannot be repeated in two (2) concurrent renewal periods. Operators may not carry over additional CEHs completed during the two (2) year period to satisfy the CEH requirements for the next certification 6

renewal period. The Commissioner may grant extensions upon written request by the applicant. 7.2.a. OIT: minimum of six (6) CEHs required for renewal. 7.2.b. WD: minimum of six (6) CEHs required for renewal. 7.2.c. Class I: minimum of twelve (12) CEHs required for renewal. 7.2.d. Class II, III, and IV: minimum of twenty-four (24) CEHs required for renewal. 7.3. The Commissioner may specify certain courses an operator must attend in order to qualify for renewal. 7.4. A formerly certified applicant seeking recertification at his or her last certification level shall pass a certification examination at his or her last certification level if he or she has not been actively engaged in public water system operations for a one (1) year period. 7.5. Suspension Certification. and Revocation of

7.5.a. The Commissioner may suspend or revoke the certification of an operator if the operator: 7.5.a.1. certification; Fraudulently obtained

7.5.a.2. Performed the duties of an operator in a grossly negligent or incompetent manner; 7.5.a.3. Knowingly or negligently submitted misleading, inaccurate, or false reports to the Commissioner; 7.5.a.4. Violated, or caused to be violated, any portion of the Division of Health rule, Public Water Systems, 64CSR3 or the Division of Health rule, Cross-Connection Control and Backflow Prevention, 64CSR15; or

64CSR4

7.5.a.5. Failed to notify the Commissioner of voluntary termination of employment in accordance with subdivision 5.2.a. of this rule, even though the failure shall not subject the certified operator to the penalties of Section 10 of this rule. 7.5.b. The Commissioner shall notify the certified operator and the employer via certified mail of a proposed suspension or revocation. The notification shall set forth the action proposed, the effective date, the reason, and the length of time of the proposed action. 7.5.c. The suspension of an operators certification is effective for an initial period of not more than one (1) year, during which time the certification is not valid. Revocation of an operators certification is for a period of not less than one (1) year. After the period of ineligibility (caused by the revocation) has expired, the formerly certified operator may apply for examination for certification at the former certification classification held by the operator, and shall obtain the CEHs required for that certification level, as if the revocation had not occurred. 64-4-8. Certification Jurisdiction. from Another

advisory board and designate the chairman of the board. 9.2. The advisory board membership shall consist of, but not necessarily be limited to, the following members: five (5) certified public water system operators, with one (1) from each classification, except 1D, and a person designated by the Commissioner. 9.3. The Commissioner shall assign the duties of the advisory board. 64-4-10. Compliance and Penalties. 10.1. A person subject to the provisions of this rule shall comply fully with them and shall not direct or assist another person to violate this rule. 10.2. A person who violates any provision of this rule or any rules or orders of the Division of Health is guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars ($500), as provided under W.Va. Code 16-1-18. Each day there is a failure to comply with a provision of this rule may be a separate offense. 64-4-11. Administrative Due Process. 11.1. Those persons adversely affected by the enforcement of this rule may request a contested case hearing in accordance with the Division of Health rule, Rules of Procedures for Contested Case Hearings and Declaratory Rulings, 64CSR1.

8.1. The Commissioner may grant certification to a public water system operator certified by another jurisdiction, if the applicant: 8.1.a. Submits a completed application in a manner and form approved by the Commissioner; 8.1.b. Meets the educational and work experience requirements of this rule; and 8.1.c. Passes a West Virginia certification examination equivalent to the certification level of the other jurisdiction, as determined by the Commissioner. 64-4-9. Advisory Board. 9.1. The Commissioner may establish an 7

64CSR4

Table 64-4A OPERATOR EDUCATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION CLASS ID EDUCATION REQUIRED Eighth Grade and attendance at a one (1) day class administered by the Bureau for Public Health. High School diploma or GED.**** High School diploma or GED & attendance at a course approved by the Bureau for Public Health for WD training. EXPERIENCE REQUIRED No experience required.

OIT WD

No experience required. One-thousand (1,000) hours at a Class WD or higher public water system.

Two-thousand (2,000) hours at a High School diploma or GED and public water system.* attendance at a course approved by the Bureau for Public Health for Class I training and passing the examination in accordance with subsection 6.4. High School diploma or GED & attendance at a course approved by the Bureau for Public Health for Class II training and passing the examination in accordance with subsection 6.4. High School diploma or GED and successfully completing ninety (90) CEUs** and passing the examination in accordance with subsection 6.4. Six-thousand (6,000) hours at a public water system with at least two-thousand (2,000) of those hours at a Class II or higher public water system. * / *** Ten-thousand (10,000) hours at a Class I or higher public water system with at least two-thousand (2,000) of those hours at a Class II or higher public water system.* Twelve-thousand (12,000) hours at a Class I or higher public water system with at least two-thousand (2,000) of those hours at a Class III or higher public water system.*

II

III

IV

High School diploma or GED and successfully completing one hundred eighty (180) CEUs** and passing the examination in accordance with subsection 6.4.

*Experience obtained exclusively in distribution, Class 1D, or Class WD shall not count for more than six hundred (600) hours of the total experience required for Class I through IV certification. ** The required CEUs will be from a course of study pre-approved by the Commissioner. *** Required one-thousand (1,000) hours of experience (or approved alternative) in a surface source water treatment plant prior to being allowed to operate unsupervised in a Class II or III surface water source water treatment plant. **** Can be waived by the Commissioner, in writing, to a minimum age of sixteen (16) and completion of the 10th grade. Minimum requirements are verification each semester that the student is currently attending school and maintaining a 2.00 average on a 4.0 scale towards graduation requirements. Failure to meet the above requirements will be grounds for revocation of the certificate.

64CSR4

Table 64-4B CEUs FOR COURSES AND OPERATING EXPERIENCE

Ten (10) Classroom Hours One (1) College Semester Credit Hour One (1) College Quarter Credit Hour Any Public Water System Operator Course sponsored by the Commissioner (no credit issued for repeating the same course) One (1) Public Water System Operators Seminar sponsored by the Commissioner *Two-thousand (2,000) hours of experience

1 CEU 1.5 CEU 1 CEU

4 CEU 1 CEU *45 CEU

*Note: All courses will be evaluated by the Commissioner and 100% credit will be awarded for those deemed to be directly related to water treatment and distribution (examples are mathematics, science, and business courses). If the Commissioner deems the course not directly related, 50% credit will be awarded.

64CSR15

TITLE 64 LEGISLATIVE RULE BUREAU FOR PUBLIC HEALTH SERIES 15 CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL AND BACKFLOW PREVENTION

64-15-1. General. 1.1. Scope. -- This legislative rule governs cross-connection control and backflow prevention for public water systems. This rule should be read in conjunction with W. Va. Code 16-1-9, 16-1-9a, 16-1-17 and 16-1-18. The W. Va. Code is available in public libraries and on the Legislatures web page: http://www.legis.state.wv.us/. 1.2. Authority. -- W. Va. Code 16-1-4, 16-1-9 and 16-1-9a. 1.3. Filing Date. -- April 29, 2004. 1.4. Effective Date. -- March 13, 2004. 1.5. Repeal of former rule. -- This legislative rule repeals and replaces the Department of Health rule, Cross-Connection and Backflow Prevention, 64CSR15, effective April 1, 1976. 64-15-2. Application and Enforcement. 2.1. Application. -- This legislative rule applies to any owner, operator or customer of a public water system. 2.2. Enforcement. -- This rule is enforced by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Resources. 64-15-3. Definitions. 3.1. Air Gap Separation. -- A physical separation between the free-flowing discharge end of a water supply pipe and the flood level rim of a vessel open to the atmosphere having a minimum unobstructed vertical distance between the supply pipe equal to twice its inside diameter or one inch, whichever is greater. 3.2. Approved. -- Accepted by the Commissioner as being suitable for the proposed

use. 3.3. Approved Backflow Prevention Assembly. -- A double check valve assembly, reduced pressure backflow prevention assembly, other devices or methods approved by the Commissioner for preventing backflow. 3.4. Auxiliary Water Supply. -- Any water source or system available within the building or premises other than the community public water system, including, but not limited to individual wells, springs and cisterns. A private water storage tank supplied by a community public water system is considered an auxiliary water supply unless its design meets the most current minimum design standards required for storage tanks for community public water systems, and the water contained in them is potable. 3.5. Backflow. -- The unintentional reversal of the normal direction of flow within a piping system. 3.6. Commissioner. -- The Commissioner of the Bureau for Public Health or his or her designee. 3.7. Cross-Connection. -- Any physical connection or other arrangement through which a backflow of liquids, gases or other substances into a public water system may occur. 3.8. Degree of Hazard. -- The potential risk to health and potential adverse effects upon the public water system based on the probability of backflow occurring and the type or nature of the contaminant. 3.9. Double Check Valve Assembly. -- An arrangement or device consisting of two (2) single independently acting watertight check valves with connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 3.10. Flood Level Rim. -- The edge of the

64CSR15

vessel or overflows.

receptacle

from

which

water

3.11. Health Hazard. -- Any condition, device or practice that in the judgment of the Commissioner creates or may create a danger to the health and well-being of the water customer. 3.12. Interchangeable Connection. -- An arrangement or device that allows the alternate but not simultaneous use of two (2) sources of water. 3.13. Low-Suction Pressure Cut-Off Controller. -- An arrangement or device designed to shut off a pump when the pressure at the suction side of the pump falls below a specified level. 3.14. Person. -- An individual, partnership, association, syndicate, company, firm, trust, corporation, government corporation, institution, department, division, bureau, agency, or any entity recognized by law. 3.15. Potable Water. -- Water free from impurities in amounts sufficient to cause disease or harmful physiological effects, with bacteriological, chemical, physical and radiological quality conforming to applicable regulations and standards of the bureau for public health. 3.16. Public Water System. -- A public water system is any water supply or system that regularly supplies or offers to supply water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, if serving at least an average of twenty-five individuals per day for at least sixty days per year, or which has at least fifteen service connections, and shall include: (1) Any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities under the control of the owner or operator of the system and used primarily in connection with the system; and (2) Any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such control which are used primarily in connection with the system. A public water system does not include a system which meets all of the following conditions: (1) Which

consists only of distribution and storage facilities (and does not have any collection and treatment facilities); (2) Which obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or operated by a public water system that otherwise meets the definition; (3) Which does not sell water to any person; and (4) Which is not a carrier conveying passengers in interstate commerce. 3.17. Reduced Pressure Backflow Prevention Assembly. -- A device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting check valves, an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two (2) check valves and watertight valves located at each end of the assembly, with connections for testing the operation of the device. 3.18. Severe Health Hazard. -- A hazard to the health of the user that could reasonably be expected to result in significant morbidity or death. 3.19. Unprotected Cross-Connection -Any cross-connection with no approved backflow prevention assembly, air gap separation, double check valve assembly, or reduced pressure backflow prevention assembly installed. 3.20. Water Customer. -- The owner or person in charge of any building or premises supplied by or in any manner connected to a community public water system. 3.21. Water Service Line. -- A pipe or water line, with or without a meter and valves, through which the water customer conveys the water from the public water system to the initial point of use. 64-15-4. Cross-Connections. 4.1. No person shall install or maintain an unprotected cross-connection in a public water system. 4.2. The public water system shall not install a water service connection to any premises where a violation of Subsection 4.1 of

64CSR15

this rule exists. 4.3. After giving written notice to the water customer with an opportunity for administrative due process, the public water system shall discontinue water service to any premises: 4.3.a. Where an unprotected crossconnection or unauthorized connection exists; 4.3.b. Where a required backflow prevention method has been removed or bypassed; or 4.3.c. When the public water system is denied entry to the water customers premises to confirm compliance with this rule. 4.4. When the public water system finds deficiencies in a water customers premises, as listed in Subsection 4.3 of this Section, the public water system shall; 4.4.a. Ensure that the public water system ceases water service to those premises until the deficiencies are corrected; and 4.4.b. Notifies the owner, person occupying or in charge of the premises of the findings and orders that the cross-connection be removed or that an approved backflow prevention method be installed prior to water service resuming. 64-15-5. When Protection Is Required. 5.1. Each water service line requires installation of an approved backflow prevention method when the public water system determines that either an actual or potential health hazard, or other degradation of the public water system, including the following, exists: 5.1.a. On premises that have unprotected internal cross-connections that the public water system determines are not correctable or that have intricate plumbing arrangements that make it impractical to determine whether unprotected crossconnections exist; 5.1.b. On premises where it is impossible or impractical to make a crossconnection survey because of security requirements or other prohibitions or restrictions; 5.1.c. On premises that have a repeated history of unprotected cross-connections; and 5.1.d. On others specified by the public water system. 5.2. Each water service line, including but not limited to, the following types of facilities, requires installation of an approved backflow prevention method, unless investigation by the public water system determines that no actual or potential health hazard, or other degradation of the public water system exists: 5.2.a. Hospitals, mortuaries, clinics, nursing homes, and animal hospitals; 5.2.b. Laboratories; 5.2.c. Sewage treatment plants, sewage pumping stations, and storm water pumping stations; 5.2.d. Chemical plants, dyeing plants, metal plating industries, and tanneries; 5.2.e. Petroleum processing or storage plants; 5.2.f. Slaughterhouses, poultry processing plants, and food or beverage processing plants; 5.2.g. facilities; Piers, docks, and waterfront

5.2.h. Photo development plants; 5.2.i. Car washes and laundromats; 5.2.j. Public swimming pools; 5.2.k. Farms when they use water for

64CSR15

reasons other than household purposes; and 5.2.l. Other facilities specified by the community public water system. 64-15-6. Type of Protection and Circumstances When Protection Is Required. 6.1. The type of protection required under this rule depends on the degree of hazard that exists or may exist, as determined by the public water system and shall involve the installation of either: 6.1.a. An approved air gap separation when the public water system determines that contamination with substances could cause a severe health hazard; 6.1.b. An approved air gap separation or approved reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly when the public water system determines that contamination with substances could cause a health hazard; or 6.1.c. An approved double-check valve assembly, approved reduced pressure principal backflow prevention assembly, or an approved air gap separation when the public water system determines that contamination with substances could degrade the water quality of the public water system. 6.2. When the public water system does not approve any point of connection between a public water system and an auxiliary water supply, the water customer shall install an approved air gap separation or an approved interchangeable connection with a reduced backflow prevention assembly. 6.3. When a water customer installs a booster pump on the premises served by a public water system, or on the service line to the premises, the customer shall install a check valve on the discharge and a low-suction pressure cut-off controller designed to shut off the booster pump when the pressure in the service line on the suction side of the pump drops to twenty (20) pounds per square inch

gauge or less. 6.4. On premises where backflow prevention assemblies are required by this rule, and the public interest requires continuous uninterrupted service, the water customer shall install two (2) approved backflow prevention assemblies in parallel and shall properly valve them to permit continuous operation, or service to the premises shall be from two separate water service lines each protected by an approved backflow prevention assembly. 6.5. Water customers that are open to the public shall be required to install internal backflow prevention methods as part of the public water systems approved backflow prevention program in Section 8 of this rule. 64-15-7. Backflow Prevention Assemblies. 7.1. The public water system shall approve installation of an approved backflow prevention assembly at a location and in a manner that best facilitates testing and servicing in accordance with the approved cross connection and backflow prevention program in Section 8.2. of this rule. 7.2. The water customer shall purchase, install, maintain and test any backflow prevention assembly according to this rule. 7.3. When any approved backflow prevention assembly is found to be defective, the water customer shall immediately notify the public water system of any defect and within ten (10) days shall repair, overhaul, replace, and test the assembly again at the water customers expense. 64-15-8. Plans, Surveys, Investigations and Testing. 8.1. The water customer shall provide the public water system with all drawings, plans, specifications and other data related to the backflow prevention assemblies so that the public water system can ensure the water customers compliance with this rule.

64CSR15

8.2. The public water system shall establish a cross-connection and backflow prevention program approved by the Commissioner. 8.3. The water customer shall furnish information on water use practices for facilities within the water customers premises, including plumbing diagrams, drawings, or plans, at the request of the public water system. 8.4. The water customer on any premises that under this rule require the installation of backflow prevention assemblies, is responsible for getting the assemblies inspected and for the cost of the required inspections. 8.4.a. The water customer shall ensure that a person certified by the Commissioner as a certified backflow assembly tester inspects and tests the backflow prevention assemblies upon installation and at least every twelve (12) months after that; and 8.4.b. The certified backflow assembly tester shall provide records of all inspections and tests to the public water system within 15 days of the inspection or test. 8.5. The public water system shall maintain records of all inspections, surveys, tests and corrective actions taken, for a period of at least two (2) years and provide the information to the Commissioner upon request. 8.6. The public water system shall request permission from a potential water customer to inspect the premises and dwellings formerly served by individual wells when the public water system believes unprotected cross-connections may exist. If the potential water customer does not allow the inspection, the refusal will be grounds not to supply water service. 8.7. No provisions of this rule shall relieve the water customer of the responsibility for conducting surveys of water use practices on his or her premises to determine whether there are actual or potential unprotected crossconnections.

8.8. Requirements of this rule shall be in accordance with all applicable guidelines contained in the West Virginia Bureau for Public Health Manual, EW-114, Cross-Connection and Backflow Prevention Manual," 2002. 64-15-9. Enforcement. 9.1. This rule is enforced under W. Va. Code 16-1-6, 16-1-9, 16-1-9a, 16-1-17, 16-118 and other applicable Code provisions. 64-15-10. Penalties. 10.1. Any person who violates any provision of this rule or orders issued under this rule is subject to injunction, criminal prosecution, and criminal, civil and administrative fines, all as provided in W. Va. Code 16-1-9, 16-1-9a, 16-1-17 and 16-1-18. 64-15-11. Administrative Due Process. 11.1. Those persons adversely affected by the enforcement of this rule may request a contested case hearing in accordance with the Division of Health rule, Rules and Procedures for Contested Case Hearings and Declaratory Rules, 64 CSR 1.

64CSR25

TITLE 64 LEGISLATIVE RULE BUREAU FOR PUBLIC HEALTH SERIES 25 CERTIFICATION OF BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY TESTERS

64-25-1. General. 1.1. Scope. -- This legislative rule governs the examination and certification of backflow prevention assembly testers. The W. Va. Code is available in public libraries and on the Legislatures web page: http://www.legis.state.wv.us/. 1.2. Authority. -- W. Va. Code 16-1-4, 16-1-9 and 16-1-9a. 1.3. Filing Date. -- April 29, 2004. 1.4. Effective Date. -- April 29, 2004. 64-25-2. Application and Enforcement. 4.1.c. Either: 2.1. Application. -- This rule applies to certified backflow prevention assembly testers as defined in Section 3 of this rule. 2.2. Enforcement. -- This rule is enforced by the Commissioner of the Bureau for Public Health or his or her designee. 64-25-3. Definitions. 3.1. Applicant. -- An individual who has applied for certification as a backflow prevention assembly tester. 3.2. Approved. Commissioner. -Accepted by the 5.1.a. An applicant for certification as a backflow prevention assembly tester shall submit an application (Form EW-75, available from the Bureau for Public Health), proof of education and proof of completing an approved course of instruction as identified in Section 4 of this rule. 5.1.b. Any applicant who commits fraud or misrepresentation on the application will be permanently disqualified from consideration. 4.1.c.1. Complete and pass all parts of an approved forty (40) hour course of instruction in theory, design, performance, testing and maintenance of backflow prevention assemblies; or 4.1.c.2. Meet re-certification, reinstatement or reciprocity requirements as provided in sections 7 or 8 of this rule. 64-25-5. Certification Application. 5.1. Application. 4.1.b. Have either a high school diploma or general education diploma (GED); and 3.5. Commissioner. -- Commissioner of the West Virginia Bureau for Public Health or his or her designee. 64-25-4. Qualifications for Certification. 4.1. Applicants for certification as a backflow prevention assembly tester shall: 4.1.a. Be a minimum of eighteen (18) years of age;

3.3. Backflow Prevention Assembly Tester Certification. -- a written document issued by the Commissioner certifying an individual as a tester for backflow prevention assemblies. 3.4. Certified Backflow Prevention Assembly Tester. -- An individual who meets all of the requirements under this rule to be certified to inspect and test backflow prevention assemblies or methods.

64CSR25

6.4. Ineligible Applicants: 64-25-6. Certification Examinations. 6.1. The Commissioner shall schedule the two part (written and performance) examination for those applicants who meet the requirements in Section 4 of this rule and shall notify the applicants at least fourteen (14) days before the scheduled examination date. 6.2. The examinations shall consist of a performance examination and a closed book written examination. Exceptions to the written part are: 6.2.a. An applicant may make written request to the director at least thirty (30) days before a scheduled examination date for an oral examination to be given instead of the written examination; 6.2.a.1. Before an oral examination will be given, an applicant shall obtain written approval from the Commissioner; and 6.2.a.2. The taking of an oral examination shall not affect the performance examination requirement. 6.2.b. All examinations shall be administered in English. 6.3. Examination grade. 6.3.a. An applicants certification status shall be determined by the examination grade. 6.3.b. To pass the examination, an applicant is required to make a minimum grade of seventy percent (70%) on the written examination, and must demonstrate competence to the Commissioner on the performance examination. 6.3.c. An applicant who does not receive a passing grade on the written or successfully complete the performance examination shall wait a minimum of sixty (60) days before applying for reexamination. 6.3.d. An applicant who fails an examination three (3) times shall wait a minimum of one (1) year before reexamination. 6.4.a. The Commissioner shall declare the examination scores of any applicant who corrupts or attempts to corrupt the examination process invalid and shall declare the applicant ineligible for certification upon discovery of the applicants conduct. 6.4.b. Conduct resulting in invalidation of the examination includes: 6.4.b.1. Any action that violates the security of examination materials, such as removal of any examination materials from the examination room; 6.4.b.2. Communicating with any other examinee or permitting ones answers to be copied by another examinee; or 6.4.b.3. Falsifying or misrepresenting information for admission to the examination, impersonating an examinee or having someone else take the licensing examination on ones own behalf. 64-25-7. Certification Expiration, Recertification, Revocation and Reinstatement. 7.1. Expiration. Backflow prevention assembly tester certifications expire three (3) years after the date of issue. 7.2. For re-certification: 7.2.a. Backflow prevention assembly testers shall submit a written application (Form EW-75, available from the Bureau for Public Health) to the Commissioner at least thirty (30) days before and no more than ninety (90) days prior to expiration of current certification and the application shall include documentation, satisfactory to the Commissioner, that the applicant has sufficient experience or has attended one or more approved continuing education courses for backflow prevention assembly testers during the past three (3) years. 7.2.b. Testers who fail to submit an application for re-certification or submit an incomplete application within the time period stated in Subdivision 7.2.a. of this rule shall retake and pass both the written and

64CSR25

performance examinations in accordance with Section 6 of this rule before the applicant will be re-certified. 7.3. Revocation or suspension. The Commissioner may revoke or suspend the certificate of any person who fraudulently obtains certification, or is found to have committed neglect, incompetency or misconduct in the performance of his or her duties as a backflow prevention assembly tester, including non-compliance with this rule. Any person whose certificate is suspended must cease any inspection and testing of backflow prevention assemblies until their certification is reinstated. 7.4. Reinstatement. The Commissioner may reinstate any person whose certification has been revoked upon being presented with satisfactory evidence that all deficiencies leading to the revocation have been corrected. 64-25-8. Reciprocity. 8.1. The Commissioner may grant West Virginia certification to a backflow prevention assembly tester certified by another jurisdiction, if written proof is presented to the Commissioner that: 8.1.a. The applicant has successfully passed a certification examination at least equivalent to that required under this rule; 8.1.b. The applicant has successfully completed a course of instruction at least equivalent to that required under this rule; and 8.1.c. The applicant meets the educational and age requirements of this rule. 64-25-9. Compliance and Penalties. 9.1. A person subject to the provisions of this rule shall comply fully with them and shall not direct or assist another person to violate this rule. 9.2. A person who violates any provision of this rule is subject to the criminal penalties of West Virginia Code 16-1-18. 64-25-10. Administrative Due Process.

10.1. Those persons adversely affected by the enforcement of this rule may request a contested case hearing in accordance with the Division of Health rule, Rules and Procedures for Contested Case Hearing and Declaratory Rulings, 64CSR1.

64CSR77

TITLE 64 LEGISLATIVE RULE DIVISION OF HEALTH DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN RESOURCES SERIES 77 PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS DESIGN STANDARDS

'64-77-1. General. 1.1. Scope. -- The State of West Virginia provides for the regulation of public water supplies to promote and protect the public health by having the public served safe and potable water. The West Virginia Division of Health is empowered to adopt rules to implement the intent of the law. 1.1.a. This rule has been prepared to assist professional engineers responsible for the design and construction of public water supply systems. The design of these facilities shall not be limited by minimum requirements, but shall meet the needs of the particular situation. Nothing in this rule shall be construed as preventing the consulting engineer from recommending, or the West Virginia Division of Health, Environmental Engineering Division, from approving, more effective treatment where local conditions dictate such action. 1.1.b. The West Virginia Division of Health, Environmental Engineering Division will require, before approval can be granted, that the applicant or the applicant=s engineer submit reliable engineering data and a report if new or innovative technology is proposed. The Environmental Engineering Division may permit an experimental installation. The Environmental Engineering Division will require the experimental installation to be replaced by a conventional installation, if the experimental installation fails to produce satisfactory results, as determined by the Environmental Engineering Division. The Recommended Standards for Water Works, 1992 Edition of the Great Lakes - Upper Mississippi River Boards of State Sanitary Engineers were used as a guide for this rule. 1.2. Authority. -- W. Va. Code ''16-1-9, 16-1-9a and 16-1-7. 1.3. Filing Date. -- April 13, 2000. 1.4. Effective Date. -- July 1, 2000. 1.5. Repeal of former rule. -- This legislative rule repeals and replaces the interpretive rule of the Division of Health, Design Standards for Public Water Supply Systems, 64CSR42, filed October 30, 1969 and effective January 1, 1970. '64-77-2. Definitions. 2.1. AIA. -- American Insurance Association, 1130 Connecticut Ave. N.W., Ste. 1000, Washington, DC 20036, (202) 828-7100. 2.2. ANSI. B American National Standard Institute, 11 W. 42nd St. 13th Floor, New York, NY 10036, 1

64CSR77

(212) 642-4900. 2.3. API. B American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L. St. N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005, (202) 682-8000. 2.4. ASTM. B American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 1910311878, (215) 299-5400. 2.5. AWWA. B American Water Works Association, 6666 West Quincy Ave., Denver, CO 80235, (303) 794-7711. 2.6. Chlorine Institute, Inc. B a trade association of companies that are involved in the safe production, distribution and use of chlorine products. Their address is 2001 L Street, N.W., Suite 506, Washington, D.C. 20036 2.7. Community Water System. B a public water system that pipes water for human consumption to at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents, or one that regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents (e.g., municipality, subdivision, mobile home park). 2.8. CT. B C, residual disinfectant (mg/l) x T, contact time (min). 2.9. ISO. B Insurance Service Office, 7 World Trade Center New York, NY 10048, (212) 898-6000. 2.10. MF. B Membrane filter. 2.11. MPN. B Most probable number. 2.12. NEC. B National Electric Code, Quincy, MA 02269. 2.13. NGWA. B National Ground Water Association, 601 Dempsey Road, Westerville, OH 43081-9895, (800) 551-7379. 2.14. NIOSH. B National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Appalachian Laboratory for Occupational Safety and Health, 944 Chestnut Ridge Road, Morgantown, WV 26505, (304) 291-4126. 2.15. Non-Community Non Transient Water System. B a public water system that serves at least 25 of the same persons over six months per year (e.g., schools, factories, industrial parks, office buildings). 2.16. NSF. B National Sanitary Foundation, 3475 Plymouth Rd., P.O. Box 130140, Ann Arbor, MI 48113-0140, (313) 922-6222. 2.17. NTU. B Nephelometric turbidity units. 2.18. NWSC. B National Water Systems Council, 600 S. Federal St., Ste. 400. Chicago, IL 60605, (312) 922-6222. 2.19. PVC. B Polyvinyl chloride. 2.20. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. B A joint publication of the American Public Health Association, the AWWA and the Water Pollution Control Association. 2

64CSR77

2.21. Transient Water System. -- a public water system that serves at least 25 people (not the same people) at least 60 days a year (e.g., highway rest stops, motels, restaurants, parks). 2.22. WSC. B Water Systems Council, 600 S. Federal St., Ste. 400, Chicago, IL 60605, (312) 922-6222. 2.23. WVDEP. B West Virginia Division of Environmental Protection, 1201 Greenbrier St., Charleston, WV 25311, (304) 558-4086. '64-77-3. Submission of Plans. 3.1. General -- The applicant or the applicant=s engineer shall submit all reports, final plans and specifications, in the time frame noted in the Department of Health Rule, West Virginia Public Water System Rules, 64 CFR 3, prior to the date on which action by the Environmental Engineering Division is desired. For public water system wells, if emergency conditions prohibit meeting the permit application requirements, the applicant, the applicant=s engineer, or the West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller that drilled the well shall notify the Environmental Engineering Division by facsimile, E-mail, or telephone within five (5) calendar days after the emergency well is drilled. Emergency conditions exist when public water systems experience source water outages, low source water quantity due to drought or source water failure to produce enough water for daily demands, or existing source water sudden contamination by a regulated contaminant in which the maximum contaminant level is exceeded. For emergency wells, the applicant or the applicant=s engineer, shall submit the permit application within thirty (30) calendar days after the well is drilled. Emergency wells shall meet all of the requirements of this rule and shall be drilled by a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller. Permits for construction, for waste discharges, for stream crossings, etc., may be required from other federal, state or local agencies. Preliminary plans and the engineer's report shall be submitted for review prior to the preparation of final plans. The Environmental Engineering Division shall issue a permit to construct only after review and approval of submitted final, complete detailed applications, plans and specifications. 3.1.a. The applicant shall submit four (4) complete sets of documents for a formal review by the Environmental Engineering Division. The documents shall include but not be limited to: application forms; a summary of the basis of design; operation requirements, where applicable; general layout; detailed plans; and specifications. 3.1.b. All installation and operations shall meet or exceed the relevant requirements of the national, state, local or trades= good practices, regulations and codes, whichever has jurisdiction. 3.2. Engineer's Report -- The engineer's report for public water systems improvements shall, where pertinent, present the following information: 3.2.a. General information, including a description of the existing public water systems and wastewater facilities; identification of the municipality or area served; and the name and mailing address of the owner or official custodian; 3.2.b. The extent of the public water system, including a description of the nature and extent of the area to be served; provisions for extending the public water system to include additional service areas; and an appraisal of the future requirements for service, including existing and potential industrial, commercial, institutional and other water supply needs; 3

64CSR77

3.2.c. List the alternate plans where two (2) or more solutions exist for providing public water supply facilities, each of which is feasible and practicable and give reasons for selecting the one (1) recommended, including financial considerations and a comparison of the minimum classifications of the public water system operators required for operation of each alternative facility; 3.2.d. Soil, groundwater conditions, and foundation problems, including a description of: the character of the soil through which water mains are to be laid; foundation conditions prevailing at sites of proposed structures, and the approximate elevation of ground water in relation to subsurface structures; 3.2.e. Water use data, including a description of the customer and population trends as indicated by available records, and the estimated population that will be served by the proposed water supply system or expanded system. Water use data shall also include present water consumption and the projected average and maximum daily demands, including fire flow demand; present and estimated yields of the sources of supply; unusual occurrences, and unaccounted for water; 3.2.f. Water distribution shall have normal, minimum and maximum pressures with and without fire flow at the beginning of the system, at the ends of the system and intermediate points throughout the system. Include supporting data used as basis for design; 3.2.g. Flow requirements, including hydraulic analyses based on flow demands and pressure requirements; and fire flows, when fire protection is provided, which meet the recommendations of the ISO or other similar agency for the service area involved; 3.2.h. Describe the existing wastewater system with special reference to its relationship to existing or proposed public water system structures that may affect the location and operation of the public water system, or that may affect the quality of the supply; 3.2.i. Describe the proposed source or sources of water supply to be developed, the reasons for their selection, and provide the following information: 3.2.i.1. Surface water sources, including hydrological data, stream flow and weather records; safe yield, including all factors that may affect it; and maximum flood flow, together with approval for safety features of the spillway and dam from the appropriate reviewing authority. Include a description of the watershed, noting any existing or potential sources of contamination (such as highways, railroads, chemical facilities, etc.) that may affect water quality, and data on the quality of the raw water with special reference to fluctuations in quality, changing meteorological conditions, regulated contaminant levels, etc.; 3.2.i.2. Groundwater sources, including sites considered; advantages of the site selected; elevations with respect to surroundings; probable character of formations through which the source is to be developed, and geologic conditions affecting the site, such as anticipated interference between proposed and existing wells; 3.2.i.3. A summary of source exploration, test well depth and the method of construction; placement of liners or screen; test pumping rates and their duration; water levels and specific yield; and water quality; 3.2.i.4. Sources of possible contamination such as sewers and sewerage facilities, highways, 4

64CSR77

railroads, landfills, outcroppings of consolidated water-bearing formations, chemical facilities, waste disposal wells, etc.; and 3.2.i.5. A description and plat of the system's wellhead protection area and plan; 3.2.j. Summarize and establish the adequacy of proposed treatment processes and unit parameters for the treatment of the specific water under consideration. Alternative methods of water treatment and chemical use shall be considered as a means of reducing waste handling and disposal problems. Pilot studies shall be included, if applicable; 3.2.k. Discuss the various aspects of waste disposal from the water treatment plant, including volume, proposed treatment and points of discharge; 3.2.l. Provide supporting data justifying the use of automatic equipment, including the servicing and operator training to be provided. Manual override and redundancy shall be provided for any automatic controls; 3.2.m. Give personnel information including the required number of plant operators and relief plant operators, distribution system maintenance personnel, meter readers, and clerical personnel needed to provide adequate coverage; 3.2.n. Project sites, including the discussion of the various sites considered and advantages of the recommended ones; the proximity of residences, industries, and other establishments, and any potential sources of pollution that may influence the quality of the supply or interfere with effective operation of the public water system, such as sewage absorption systems, septic tanks, privies, cesspools, sink holes, sanitary landfills, refuse and garbage dumps, etc.; 3.2.o. Financing, including estimated cost of integral parts of the system; detailed estimated annual cost of operation; and proposed methods to finance both capital charges and operating expenses; and 3.2.p. Summarize planning for future needs and services. 3.3. Plans. -- Plans for public water system improvements shall, where pertinent, provide the following: 3.3.a. A general layout which shall include: a suitable title; the name of the municipality, other entity or person responsible for the water system; the area or institution to be served; the scale; the north point; datums used; boundaries of the municipality or area to be served; date, name and address of the designing engineer; the imprint of the professional engineer's seal or the conformance with engineering registration requirements of West Virginia; legible prints suitable for reproduction; the location and size of existing and proposed water mains; and the location and nature of existing public water system structures and appurtenances affecting the proposed improvements, noted on one sheet; 3.3.b. Detailed plans which shall include: 3.3.b.1. Stream crossings, providing profiles with elevations of the stream bed and the normal and extreme high and low water levels; 3.3.b.2. Profiles having a horizontal scale of not more than two hundred (200) feet to the inch and a vertical scale of not more than ten (10) feet to the inch, with both scales clearly indicated. Profiles are 5

64CSR77

not required for water main construction, however, critical elevations (high points, low points, water tanks, booster stations, etc.) are required; 3.3.b.3. The location and size of the property to be used for the groundwater development with respect to known references such as roads, streams, section lines, or streets; 3.3.b.4. The topography and arrangement of present or planned wells or structures, with contour intervals not greater than two (2) feet; 3.3.b.5. Elevations of the one hundred (100) year flood level, the floor of the structure, upper terminal of protective casings and outside surrounding grade, using United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, United States Geological Survey or equivalent elevations where applicable as reference; 3.3.b.6. Plat and profile drawings of well construction, showing the estimated diameter and depth of drill holes, casing and liner diameters and depths, grouting depths, elevations and designation of geological formations, water levels and other details to describe the proposed well completely; 3.3.b.7. The location of all existing and potential sources of pollution that may affect the water source or underground treated water storage facilities; 3.3.b.8. The size, length, and identity of sewers, drains, and water mains, and their locations relative to plant structures; 3.3.b.9. Schematic flow diagrams and hydraulic profiles showing the flow through various plant units; 3.3.b.10. Piping in sufficient detail to show flow through the plant, including waste lines; 3.3.b.11. The locations of all chemical storage areas, feeding equipment and points of chemical application; 3.3.b.l2. All appurtenances, specific structures, equipment, water treatment plant waste disposal units and points of discharge having any relationship to the plans for water mains and public water system structures; 3.3.b.13. The locations of sanitary or other facilities, such as lavatories, showers, toilets, and lockers, when applicable or required by the Environmental Engineering Division; 3.3.b.14. The locations, dimensions, and elevations of all proposed plant facilities; 3.3.b.15. The locations of all sampling taps; and 3.3.b.16. An adequate description of any features not otherwise covered by the specifications; 3.3.c. Plan sheet sizes which are a minimum eighteen (18) inches by twenty-four (24) inches or a maximum twenty-four (24) inches by thirty-six (36) inches. The base mapping for water line construction shall accurately reflect the current surface features along the proposed water line routing; and 3.3.d. Aerial photo-enlargement plans which may be used for water line construction, provided the 6

64CSR77

enlargement is done utilizing electronic media (for archival purposes). 3.4. Specifications -- The applicant or the applicant=s engineer shall supply complete, detailed technical specifications for the proposed project, including: pipe, valves and other building materials; a program for keeping existing public water system facilities in operation during construction of additional facilities so as to minimize interruption of service; laboratory facilities and equipment; the number and design of chemical feeding equipment; and materials or proprietary equipment for sanitary or other facilities including any necessary backflow or back-siphonage protection. 3.5. Design Criteria B The applicant or the applicant=s engineer shall submit a summary of the complete design criteria for the proposed project, containing but not limited to the following: the long-term dependable yield of the source of supply; the reservoir surface area, volume, and a volume-versus-depth curve, if applicable. The summary shall include the area of watershed, if applicable; the estimated average and maximum day water demands for the design period; number of proposed services; fire fighting requirements; flash mix, flocculation and settling basin capacities; retention times; unit loadings; the filter area, proposed filtration rate, and filter media; the backwash rate; feeder capacities and ranges, and disinfection facilities and CT calculations, where applicable. The summary shall include special facilities such as aerators, corrosion control, softeners, fluoridation, iron and manganese removal, taste and odor control. Summary shall include design calculations, including head loss, distribution system analysis and pressures at all high and low points under all flow conditions (normal flow, maximum design flow and normal flow with fire flow). 3.6. Revisions to Approved Plans -- The applicant or the applicant=s engineer shall obtain approval from the Environmental Engineering Division before deviating from approved plans or specifications. Revised plans or specifications shall be submitted in time to permit the review and approval of the plans or specifications before any construction work, which will be affected by the changes, is begun. 3.7. Additional Information Required -- The Environmental Engineering Division may require additional information from the applicant that is not part of the construction drawings, such as proprietary technical data, copies of deeds, copies of contracts, etc. '64-77-4. General Design Considerations. 4.1. General -- The design of a public water system or treatment process encompasses a broad area and thus, is dependent upon the type of system or process involved. 4.2. Design Basis -- The system including the water source, treatment facilities, operation and distribution system shall be designed for maximum day demand at the design year. 4.3. Plant Layout -- The public water system=s engineer of the plant shall consider: functional aspects of the plant layout, including provisions for future plant expansion; provisions for expansion of the plant waste treatment and disposal facilities, including filter backwash effluent; access roads; site grading; site drainage; walks; driveways; and chemical delivery and storage. 4.4. Building Layout -- The designer of the building shall provide for: adequate ventilation, lighting, heating and drainage; dehumidification equipment, if necessary; accessibility of equipment for operation, servicing, and removal; flexibility of operation; operator safety; and convenience of operation. The design of the building shall also provide for chemical storage and feed equipment in a separate room to reduce hazards and dust problems. 7

64CSR77

4.5. Location of Structures -- The applicant or the applicant=s engineer shall consult the West Virginia Division of Environmental Protection (WVDEP) regarding any structure that is located in such a way that normal or flood stream flows may be impeded. Where practical, all structures shall be located above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation or have adequate protection against one hundred (100) year floods. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers may require permits. 4.6. Electrical Controls -- Main switch gear electrical controls shall be located above grade, in areas not subject to flooding. 4.7. Standby Power -- Standby power may be required by the Environmental Engineering Division so that water may be treated or pumped, or both, to the distribution system during power outages to meet the average day demand. 4.8. Shop Space and Storage -- Adequate facilities shall be included for shop space and storage consistent with the designed facilities. 4.9. Laboratory Facilities -- Each public water system shall have its own equipment and facilities for routine laboratory testing to ensure proper operation. Laboratory equipment selection shall be based on the characteristics of the raw water source and the complexity of the treatment process involved. Laboratory test kits that simplify procedures for making one or more tests may be acceptable. Necessary laboratory tests shall be performed by an operator or chemist qualified to perform the tests. Analyses conducted to determine compliance with drinking water regulations shall be performed in a laboratory certified by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or the West Virginia Office of Laboratory Services and shall be performed in accordance with AStandard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater@ or alternative methods approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. Persons designing and equipping laboratory facilities shall confer with the Environmental Engineering Division before beginning the preparation of plans or the purchase of equipment. 4.9.a. Laboratory testing equipment -- As a minimum, the following laboratory equipment shall be provided: 4.9.a.1. Surface water supplies shall have a nephelometric turbidimeter meeting the requirements of AStandard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater@; 4.9.a.2. Each surface water treatment plant utilizing flocculation and sedimentation, including those which lime softens, shall have a pH meter, jar test equipment, and titration equipment for both hardness and alkalinity; 4.9.a.3. Each community and non-community, non-transient public water system ion-exchange softening plant, and lime softening plant treating only groundwater shall have a pH meter and titration equipment for both hardness and alkalinity; 4.9.a.4. Each green sand filter using potassium permanganate iron removal plant shall have test equipment capable of accurately measuring iron to a minimum of 0.1 milligrams per liter. Each green sand filter using potassium permanganate manganese removal plant shall have test equipment capable of accurately measuring manganese to a minimum of 0.05 milligrams per liter; 4.9.a.5. Public water systems shall have test equipment for determining both free and total 8

64CSR77

chlorine residual by methods in AStandard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater@; 4.9.a.6. Public water systems that fluoridate shall have test equipment for determining fluoride by methods in AStandard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater@; and 4.9.a.7. Public water systems that feed polyphosphates shall have test equipment capable of accurately measuring phosphates from 0.1 to twenty (20) milligrams per liter. 4.9.b. Physical facilities -- Sufficient bench space, adequate ventilation, adequate lighting, storage room, laboratory sink, and auxiliary facilities shall be provided. Air conditioning may be necessary. 4.10. Monitoring Equipment -- Water treatment plants designed to serve three thousand three hundred (3300) people or more shall be provided with continuous monitoring equipment (including recorders) to monitor water being discharged to the distribution system as follows: 4.10.a. Plants treating surface water and plants using lime for softening shall have the capability to monitor and record free chlorine residual and shall consider having the capacity to monitor and record turbidity; and 4.10.b. Plants treating ground water using iron removal or ion exchange softening shall have the capability to monitor and record free chlorine residual. 4.11. Sample Taps -- Sample taps shall be provided so that water samples can be obtained from each raw water source and from appropriate locations in each process unit of the treatment system. Taps shall be consistent with sampling needs and shall not be of the petcock type. Taps used for obtaining samples for bacteriological analysis shall be of the smooth-nosed type without an interior or exterior aerator, or other type of appurtenance. 4.12. Facility Water Supply -- The facility water supply service line and the plant finished water sample tap shall be supplied from a source of finished water at a point where all chemicals have been thoroughly mixed, and the required disinfectant contact time has been achieved. There shall be no cross-connections between the facility water supply service line and any piping, troughs, tanks, or other treatment units containing wastewater, treatment chemicals, or raw or partially treated water. 4.13. Wall Castings -- Consideration shall be given to providing extra wall castings built into the structure to facilitate future uses whenever pipes pass through walls of concrete structures. 4.14. Meters -- All community and non-community, non-transient public water systems water plants shall have a means of metering the raw, finished, backwash and plant use water. 4.15. Piping Color Code -- To facilitate identification of piping in plants and pumping stations it is recommended that the color scheme in Table 64-77 A of this rule be used. In situations where two (2) colors do not have sufficient contrast to easily differentiate between them, a six (6) inch band of contrasting color shall be on one of the pipes at approximately thirty (30) inch intervals. The name of the liquid or gas shall also be on the pipe. In some cases it may be advantageous to provide arrows indicating the direction of flow. 4.16. Disinfection -- All wells, pipes, tanks, and equipment that can convey or store potable water shall be disinfected in accordance with current AWWA procedures. Plans or specifications shall outline the procedure and include the disinfectant dosage, contact time, and method of testing the results of the 9

64CSR77

procedure. 4.17. Manuals and Parts Lists -- An operation and maintenance manual including a parts list and parts order form shall be supplied to the water works as part of any proprietary unit installed in the facility. 4.18. Operator Instruction -- Provisions shall be made for operator instruction at the start-up of a plant or pumping station following the manufacturers= representatives trouble shooting. 4.19. Paints, Coatings, Sealers and Liners -- Paints, coatings, sealers and liners that contact raw, partially treated or potable water and are used in pipes, tanks or equipment that can transport or store water shall have third party certification of compliance with ANSI\NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 4.20. Other Considerations -- Consideration shall be given to the design requirements of other federal, state and local regulatory agencies for items such as safety requirements, special designs for the disabled, plumbing and electrical codes, construction in the flood plain, etc.

10

64CSR77

'64-77-5. Source Development. 5.1. General. -- In selecting the source of water to be developed, the public water system or their engineer shall prove to the satisfaction of the Environmental Engineering Division that an adequate quantity of water will be available, and that the water that is to be delivered to the consumers will meet the current requirements of the rule of the Division of Health, Public Water Systems, 64CSR3, with respect to microbiological, physical, chemical and radiological qualities. Each water system shall take its raw water from the best available source that is economically reasonable and technically possible. 5.2. Surface Water System. -- A surface water source includes all tributary streams and drainage basins, natural lakes, artificial reservoirs or impoundments above the point of water system intake and ground water under the direct influence of surface water. 5.2.a. Quantity -- The quantity of water at the source: shall be adequate to meet the maximum projected water demand of the service area as shown by calculations based on the extreme drought of record; shall provide a reasonable surplus for anticipated growth; shall be adequate to compensate for all losses such as silting, evaporation, seepage, etc.; shall be adequate to provide ample water for other legal users of the source; shall not exceed a rate of withdrawal that is more than ten (10) percent of the minimum available flow in a stream; and shall provide minimum six (6) months storage based on average daily demand for all drainage basins, natural lakes and artificial reservoirs or impoundments. 5.2.b. Quality -- A sanitary survey and study shall be made of the factors, both natural and man made, that may affect the quality of the surface water. This survey and study shall include, but not be limited to: determining possible future uses of impoundments or reservoirs; determining the degree of control of water shed by the owner; assessing the degree of hazard to the supply by accidental spillage of materials that may be toxic, harmful or detrimental to treatment processes; obtaining samples over a sufficient period of time to assess the microbiological, physical, chemical and radiological characteristics of the water; assessing the capability of the proposed treatment process to reduce contaminants to applicable standards; and consideration of currents, wind and ice conditions, and the effect of confluent streams. The coliform group shall not exceed five thousand (5000) per one hundred (100) milliliters as a monthly average value (MPN or MF count), nor exceed this number in more than twenty per cent (20%) of the samples examined during any month, nor exceed twenty thousand (20,000) per one hundred (100) milliliters in more than five per cent (5%) of the samples. 5.2.c. Minimum Treatment -- The design of the water treatment plant shall consider the worst conditions that may exist during the life of the facility. The minimum treatment required shall be determined by the Environmental Engineering Division. Filtration preceded by pretreatment approved by the Environmental Engineering Division shall be provided for all surface waters. 5.2.d. Structures. 5.2.d.1. Design of intake structures shall provide for: withdrawal of water from more than one level if quality varies with depth; separate facilities for release of less desirable water held in storage; where frazil ice may be a problem, holding the velocity of flow into the intake structure to a minimum, generally not to exceed 0.5 feet per second; inspection manholes every one thousand (1000) feet for pipe sizes large enough to permit visual inspection; periodic cleaning of the inlet line; and adequate protection against rupture by dragging anchors, ice, etc. Ports shall be located above the bottom of the stream, lake or impoundment, but at sufficient depth to be kept submerged at low water levels. Where shore wells are not provided, a diversion 11

64CSR77

device shall be capable of keeping large quantities of fish or debris from entering an intake structure and of controlling zebra mussels where applicable. 5.2.d.2. Shore wells shall: have motors and electrical controls located above grade and above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation; be accessible; be designed against flotation; be equipped with removable or traveling screens before the pump suction well; provide for introduction of a disinfectant or other chemicals in the raw water transmission main if necessary for quality control; have intake valves and provisions for backflushing or cleaning by a mechanical device and testing for leaks, where practical; have provisions for withstanding surges where necessary and include provisions for adequate ventilation for maintenance personnel. 5.2.d.3. An upground reservoir is a facility in which water is pumped during periods of good quality and high stream flow for future release to treatment facilities. Upground reservoirs shall be constructed to assure that: water quality is protected by controlling runoff into the reservoir; dikes are structurally sound and protected against wave action and erosion; intake structures and devices meet requirements of this section; point of influent flow is separated from the point of withdrawal; and separate pipes are provided for influent to and effluent from the reservoir. 5.2.e. Impoundments and reservoirs. 5.2.e.1. Site preparation shall provide, where applicable: for the removal of brush and trees to high water elevation; for protection from floods during construction; for the abandonment of all water wells that will be inundated, in accordance with requirements of the Environmental Engineering Division; and for the abandonment of all oil and gas wells in accordance with WVDEP oil and gas regulations. 5.2.e.2. Construction may require: approval from the WVDEP of the safety features for stability and spillway design; a permit from the WVDEP for controlling stream flow or installing a structure on the bed of a stream or interstate waterway; a withdrawal permit; and a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers permit. 5.3. Groundwater System -- A groundwater source includes all water obtained from drilled, bored or driven wells, infiltration lines, springs and approved mines. 5.3.a. Quantity. 5.3.a.1. Source Capacity -- The total developed groundwater source capacity shall equal or exceed the design maximum day demand. For systems serving five hundred (500) people or more, source capacity shall equal or exceed the design average day demand with the largest producing well out of service. 5.3.a.2. Number of Sources -- All community groundwater systems serving five hundred (500) or more people, shall provide a minimum of two (2) good sources of water, with sufficient capacity so that with the largest producing source out of service the remaining source or sources can produce sufficient quantity to produce average daily demands. 5.3.a.3. All public water systems shall provide standby power if the system is treating greater than or equal to three (3) million gallons per day. 5.3.a.3.A. To ensure continuous service when the primary power has been interrupted, a power supply shall be provided through connection to at least two (2) independent public power sources, or 12

64CSR77

portable or in-place auxiliary power. 5.3.a.3.B. When automatic pre-lubrication of pump bearings is necessary, and an auxiliary power supply is provided, the pre-lubrication line shall be provided with a valved bypass around the automatic control, or the automatic control shall be wired to the emergency power source. 5.3.b. Quality. 5.3.b.1. Microbiological Quality -- Public water systems shall provide for disinfection of every new, modified or reconditioned groundwater source prior to use in accordance with AWWA Standard C655. Public water systems shall submit, after disinfection, in accordance with AWWA Standard C654, one (1) or more special purpose water samples to a State certified water quality laboratory for microbiological analysis with results reported to the Environmental Engineering Division prior to placing the well into service. 5.3.b.2. Physical and Chemical Quality -- Public water systems shall have every new groundwater source examined for all regulated primary and secondary contaminants by tests of a representative sample in a State certified water quality laboratory for drinking water, with the results reported to the Environmental Engineering Division. Samples shall be collected at or near the conclusion of the test pumping procedure and examined as soon as practical. Field determinations of physical and chemical constituents or special sampling procedures may be required by the Environmental Engineering Division. 5.3.c. Location. 5.3.c.1. Public water systems or their engineer shall consult with the Environmental Engineering Division prior to design and construction regarding a proposed well location as it relates to required separation between existing and potential sources of contamination and groundwater development. The public water systems or their engineer shall provide a location map, a site map and an inventory of potential contamination activity sources within a two thousand (2000) foot radius of the proposed well location for community and non-community, non-transient public water systems and five hundred (500) foot radius of the proposed well location for transient public water systems. Under no circumstances shall the water well be located closer to sources of microbiological pollution or contamination than as provided in Table 64-77 B of this rule. 5.3.c.2. Continued Protection -- Public water systems shall provide continued protection of the well site from potential sources of contamination through the development of a wellhead protection program as approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. Fencing of the site may be required by the Environmental Engineering Division. 5.3.d. Testing and Records. 5.3.d.1. The public water system=s engineer or a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall perform yield and drawdown tests on every production well after construction or subsequent treatment and prior to placement of the permanent pump; have the test methods clearly indicated in the project specifications; have a test pump capacity, at maximum anticipated drawdown, at least 1.5 times the quantity anticipated, and provide for continuous pumping for at least twenty-four (24) hours or until stabilized drawdown has continued for at least six (6) hours when test pumped at 1.5 times the design pumping rate for community and non-transient non-community public water supplies; and provide for continuous pumping for at least eight (8) hours for transient non-community public water supplies.

13

64CSR77

5.3.d.2. The public water system=s engineer or a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall provide the following data to the Environmental Engineering Division: test pump capacity-head characteristics; static water level; the depth of test pump setting; the time of starting and ending each test cycle. 5.3.d.3. The public water system=s engineer or a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall provide recordings and graphic evaluation of the following at one hour intervals or less as may be required by the Environmental Engineering Division: pumping rate, pumping water level, drawdown, and water recovery rate and levels. The non-community transient water systems are not required to provide the graphic evaluation of pump test data. 5.3.d.4. The public water system=s engineer or a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall determine the geological data from samples collected at five (5) foot intervals and at each pronounced change in formation; record the information and provide a report to the Environmental Engineering Division; and be supplemented with information on accurate records of drill hole diameters and depths, assembled order of size and length of casing and liners, grouting depths, formations penetrated, water levels, and location of any blast charges. 5.3.e. General Well Construction. 5.3.e.1. Wells shall be covered while unattended during construction. Drilling fluids and additives: shall not impart any toxic substances to the water or promote bacterial contamination; and shall have third party certification of conformance with ANSI/NSF Standard 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. 5.3.e.2. Minimum Protected Depths 5.3.e.2.A. Minimum protected depths of drilled wells shall provide watertight construction to the depth required by the Environmental Engineering Division to: exclude contamination; seal off formations that are, or may be, contaminated or yield undesirable water; and provide a minimum casing length as follows: 5.3.e.2.A.(a) ten (10) feet of casing in unconsolidated water bearing formations for wells that are thirty (30) feet deep or less if approved by the Environmental Engineering Division; 5.3.e.2.A.(b) twenty (20) feet of casing in unconsolidated water bearing formations for wells that are deeper than thirty (30) feet; or 5.3.e.2.A.(c) a minimum of twenty (20) feet of casing in bedrock wells with a minimum of five (5) feet of casing installed into unweathered bedrock. Unweathered bedrock is bedrock that is competent, hard, firmly-consolidated and unaltered by erosion or surficial weathering. 5.3.e.2.B. Other minimum protective depths of casing may be allowed upon the written approval of the Environmental Engineering Division in special circumstances (i.e., the well supplies a surface water treatment plant). 5.3.e.3. Temporary Steel Casing -- Temporary steel casing used for construction shall be capable of withstanding the structural load imposed during its installation and removal. 14

64CSR77

5.3.e.4. Permanent Steel Casing -- Permanent steel casing pipe shall: be new steel casing pipe meeting AWWA Standard A-100, ASTM or API specifications for water well construction; have the minimum weights and thickness indicated in Table 64-77 D of this rule; have additional thickness and weight if minimum thickness is not considered sufficient to assure the reasonable life expectancy of a well; be capable of withstanding forces to which it is subjected; be equipped with a commercial heat treated tempered drive shoe when driven; have full circumferential welds or threaded coupling joints for twelve (12 ) inch or less diameter wells. Wells with diameters larger than twelve (12 ) inch can use non-commercial materials for the drive shoes when driven and shall have full circumferential welds or threaded coupling joints; 5.3.e.5. Nonferrous Casing Materials -- Nonferrous material proposed as a well casing: shall be resistant to the corrosiveness of the water and to the stresses to which it will be subjected during installation, grouting and operation; and shall comply with ANSI/NSF Standard 61, Water System Components - Health Effects. 5.3.e.6. Plastic Well Casing -- Plastic well casings, liners, spline-lock mechanical joining systems, couplings and solvents shall be approved by the NSF Standard 14 and 61 and meet ASTM F 480. Temporary casing shall meet NSF Standard 61. Plastic well casing shall not be driven during the installation. Plastic well casing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer=s specifications. Evidence of compliance is the display of the NSF seal on each section of casing and liner. All plastic casing and liners shall have a wall thickness that will be of adequate thickness to prevent collapse due to hydrostatic pressure or temperature effects. The minimum wall thickness for plastic well casing shall have a standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 21 or heavier as governed by the ASTM F 480 standards. Plastic well liners shall meet a minimum SDR of 26. 5.3.e.7. Packers -- Packers shall be of material that will not impart taste, odor, toxic substance or bacterial contamination to the well water. Lead packers shall not be used. 5.3.e.8. Screens -- Screens shall: be constructed of materials resistant to damage by chemical action of groundwater or cleaning operations and have size of openings based on sieve analysis of formation or gravel pack materials; and have sufficient length and diameter to provide adequate specific capacity and low aperture entrance velocity. Usually the entrance velocity shall not exceed 0.1 feet per second. Screens shall be installed so that the pumping water level remains above the screen under all operating conditions. Where applicable, screens shall be designed and installed to permit removal or replacement without adversely affecting watertight construction of the well and be provided with a bottom plate or washdown bottom fitting of the same material as the screen. Only commercially manufactured screens designed for the intended purpose are permitted. Plastic well screens shall comply with the ANSI/NSF Standard 61 - Water System Components - Health Effects. 5.3.e.9. Grouting requirements. 5.3.e.9.A. The full length of the well casing shall be fully grouted from the lower terminus up to the ground surface, except as noted in paragraphs 5.3.e.9.A.1 through 5.3.e.9.A.3 of this section. 5.3.e.9.A.1. When drilling through caves, mines or other cavities, the lower portion of the casing shall be grouted in accordance with a method described in this section and a packer or similar bridging device may be used to permit grouting from the top of the cavity.

15

64CSR77

5.3.e.9.A.2. In unconsolidated aquifers (i.e., sand and gravel) above bedrock, the permanent casing shall be grouted. 5.3.e.9.A.3. In cases where a pitless adaptor is to be installed, upward grouting may terminate at the level of the pitless adapter. 5.3.e.9.B. Grout shall be neat cement, bentonite and cement mixtures, or bentonite. Other materials require the written approval of the Environmental Engineering Division. The neat cement, bentonite and cement mixtures, and bentonite shall be mixed according to the manufacturer=s specifications. All drilling muds shall not be used for grouting. Water used shall be fresh (not saline) and uncontaminated. A neat cement grout shall consist of cement and water with not more than six (6) gallons of water per sack (ninety-four (94) pounds) of cement. 5.3.e.9.C. All public water system water wells shall be installed with an annular space seal between the casing and borehole, that hardens or forms a seal, to prevent the entrance of water from sources other than the aquifers selected. 5.3.e.9.C.1. When grouting below the water level, grout shall be installed by a positive displacement method, placed from the bottom up. Grout material shall be placed by a positive displacement such as pumping or forced injection by air or hydraulic pressure. Grout shall be injected in the annular space between the inner casing and either the outer casing or the borehole. In wells where the outer casing is left in place, a dry bentonite shall be used while driving the casing. 5.3.e.9.C.2. When grouting above the water level, the annular space shall be a minimum of 1.5 inches for grout and a positive displacement method, placed from the bottom up, is the preferred method for grouting. The gravity placement method maybe used for grouting not to exceed thirty (30) feet. Bentonite chips, pellets or granules with a diameter of 3/8 inches or less, or neat cement shall either be poured freely down the borehole or added through a tremie pipe to seal the annular space. As the bentonite material is poured into the hole, bridging may occur. A tamper or a weighted line may be necessary to tamp the bentonite material into place. 5.3.e.9.C.3. When underreaming is used to set permanent casing in unconsolidated materials, either a dry or wet bentonite slurry shall be used at the ground surface while the casing is being installed. Upon termination of casing in unweathered bedrock and removal of the underreamer, bentonite or neat cement shall be placed in the bottom of the casing by a positive displacement or gravity placement method before casing is set in bedrock. All other methods require the written approval of the Environmental Engineering Division. 5.3.e.9.C.4. If rapid loss of grout material occurs during emplacement, coarse fill material (e.g., sand, gravel, crushed stone or dry cement) may be used in the zones in which the loss is occurring. The remainder of the annular space shall be grouted as provided in this section. 5.3.e.9.C.5. If the annular space cannot be grouted in accordance with this section, alternative methods subject to prior written approval by the Environmental Engineering Division will be considered. 5.3.e.10. Upper Terminal Well Construction B Permanent casing for all groundwater sources shall project at least twelve (12) inches above the pumphouse floor or at least twelve (12) inches above the 16

64CSR77

final ground surface. Where a well house is constructed, the floor surface shall be at least six (6) inches above the final ground elevation. Sites subject to flooding shall be provided with an earth mound to raise the pumphouse floor to an elevation at least two (2) feet above the highest known flood elevation, or other suitable protection as determined by the Environmental Engineering Division. The top of the well casing at sites subject to flooding shall terminate at least three (3) feet above the one hundred (100) year flood level or the highest known flood elevation, whichever is higher, or as the Environmental Engineering Division directs. If the three (3) feet above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation or the highest known flood elevation requirement is not practical, the well shall be protected from flood waters entering the well and contaminating the aquifer. 5.3.e.11. Development -- Every well shall be developed to remove the native silts and clays, drilling mud or finer fraction of the gravel pack. Development shall continue until the maximum specific capacity is obtained from the completed well. Where chemical conditioning is required, the specifications shall include provisions for the method, equipment, chemicals, testing for residual chemicals, and disposal of waste and inhibitors. Where blasting procedures may be used, the specifications shall include the provisions for blasting and cleaning. Special attention shall be given to assure that the grouting and casing are not damaged by the blasting. 5.3.e.12. Capping Requirements -- All caps shall be Water Systems Council approved. All caps in the 100 year flood plain shall be water tight. All caps above the 100 year flood plain shall, as a minimum, be vector (insects, rodents, snakes, etc.) proof. At all times during the progress of work, the West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall provide protection to prevent tampering with the well or entrance of foreign materials. 5.3.e.13. Well Abandonment -- When a public water system water well is to be abandoned, the work is to be performed by a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller. The preferred method of abandonment involves casing removal. The borehole shall be completely sealed to reduce concern about channeling in the annular space or inadequate seals between casing and grout. When the casing is removed and the borehole is unstable, grout shall be simultaneously emplaced as the casing is "pulled" to prevent collapse of the borehole and an inadequate seal; however, if the casing is left in place, the casing shall be completely pressure grouted to reduce the possibility of annular channeling. All pumps, wiring, pipes, valves, accessories and hardware shall be removed prior to abandonment. The requirements herein pertain to wells and test holes in consolidated and unconsolidated formations. Each well abandonment shall be considered as an individual problem. Methods and materials are to be selected only after careful consideration of casing material, casing condition, the diameter of the casing, quality and quantity of the original grout seal, the depth of the well, well plumbness, hydrogeologic setting, level of contamination and the zones where contamination occurs. All abandonment procedures shall prohibit groundwater contamination. 5.3.e.13.A. All wells shall be completely filled. The public water system=s engineer or a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall provide procedures and quantities of material used for water well abandonment to the Environmental Engineering Division within thirty (30) days after abandonment. 5.3.e.13.B. Wells in Unconsolidated Formations -- In water-bearing formations consisting of coarse gravel, and when producing wells are located nearby, care shall be taken to select sealing materials that will not affect the producing wells. Concrete may be used if the producing wells can be shut down for a sufficient time to allow the concrete to set. Clean, disinfected sand or gravel may also be used as fill material at the water-bearing formation elevations. The remainder of the well, especially the upper portion, shall be filled with clay, concrete, grout, or neat cement to exclude surface water. The latter method, using clay as the 17

64CSR77

upper sealing material, is especially applicable to larger than ten (10) inch diameter abandoned wells. In gravel-packed gravel-envelope, or other wells in which coarse material has been added around the inner casing to within twenty (20) to thirty (30) feet of the surface, sealing outside the casing is very important. Sometimes this sealing may require removal of the gravel or perforation of the casing. 5.3.e.13.C. Wells in Creviced Formations -- Abandoned wells that penetrate limestone or other creviced or channelized rock formations shall be filled with concrete, grout or neat cement to insure permanence of the seal. The use of clay or sand is not desirable because fine-grained fill material may be displaced by the flow of water through crevices of channels. Alternating layers of coarse stone and concrete may be used for fill material through the water producing horizon if limited vertical movement of water in the formation will not affect the quality or quantity in producing wells. Only concrete, neat cement or grout shall be used in this type of well. The portion of the well between a point ten (10) to twenty (20) feet below and a point ten (10) to twenty (20) feet above the creviced formation shall be sealed and a plug of sealing material formed above the creviced formation. 5.3.f. SourceTypes and Construction Methods - Special Conditions. 5.3.f.1. Radial Water Collector -- Locations of all caisson construction joints and porthole assemblies shall be indicated. The caisson wall shall be reinforced to withstand the forces to which it will be subjected. Radial collectors shall be in areas and at depths approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. Provisions shall be made to assure that radial collectors are horizontal. The top of the caisson shall be covered with a watertight floor or be above the 100 year flood elevation. All openings in the floor shall be curbed and protected from the entrance of foreign material. Commercially available watertight wall sleeves shall be used if the pump discharge piping is placed through the caisson walls. 5.3.f.2. Infiltration Lines -- Infiltration lines may be considered only where geological conditions preclude the possibility of developing an acceptable drilled well. The area around infiltration lines shall be under the control of the water purveyor for a distance acceptable to or required by the Environmental Engineering Division. Flow in the lines shall be by gravity to the collecting well. 5.3.f.3. Naturally Flowing Wells -- Flow from naturally flowing wells shall be controlled. Permanent casing and grout shall be provided. If erosion of the confining bed appears likely, special protective construction may be required by the Environmental Engineering Division. 5.3.f.4. Springs and Mine Openings -- Springs and mine openings, when used as a source point, shall be protected from the entry of surface water and foreign objects and shall be housed in a permanent structure. 5.3.g. Well Pumps, Discharge Piping and Appurtenances. 5.3.g.1. Line shaft pumps - Wells equipped with line shaft pumps shall: have the pump structure firmly connected to the casing or have the casing inserted into a recess extending at least one-half (2) inch into the pump base; have the pump foundation and base designed to prevent water from coming into contact with the joint. 5.3.g.2. Submersible pumps -- Where a submersible pump is used, the top of the casing shall be effectively sealed against the entrance of water under all conditions of vibration or movement of conductors or cables, and the electrical cable shall be firmly attached to the riser pipe at twenty (20) foot intervals or less,

18

64CSR77

5.3.g.3. Discharge piping -- The discharge piping shall: be designed so that the friction loss will be low; have control valves and appurtenances located above the pumphouse floor when an above-ground discharge is provided; be protected against the entrance of contamination; and be equipped with a check valve, a shutoff valve, a pressure gauge, a means of measuring flow, and a smooth nosed sampling tap located at a point where positive pressure is maintained. Where applicable, discharge piping shall be equipped with an air release-vacuum relief valve located upstream from the check valve, with exhaust/relief piping terminating in a down-turned position at least eighteen (18) inches above the floor and covered with a twentyfour (24) mesh corrosion resistant screen. Discharge piping: shall be valved to permit test pumping and control of each well; shall have all exposed piping, valves and appurtenances protected against physical damage and freezing; shall be properly anchored to prevent movement; and shall be protected against a surge or water hammer. The discharge piping shall be provided with a means of pumping the discharge directly to waste but shall not be directly connected to a sewer. 5.3.g.4. Pitless Well Units -- The Environmental Engineering Division shall be contacted by the public water system or their engineer for approval of specific applications of pitless units. Pitless units shall: be threaded or welded to the well casing; be of watertight construction throughout; be of materials and weight at least equivalent and compatible to the casing; have field connection to the lateral discharge from the pitless unit of threaded, flanged or mechanical joint connection; terminate at least twelve (12) inches above final ground elevation or three (3) feet above the one hundred (100) year flood level or as the Environmental Engineering Division directs. If the three (3) feet above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation requirement is not practical, the well shall be protected from flood waters entering the well and contaminating the aquifer. The pitless unit installation shall consist of either a pitless well unit or pitless well adapter and well cap. The pitless unit shall be approved by the NWSC, NGWA or equivalent. If a field weld connection is made, the pitless well unit shall be specifically approved by the manufacturer for such welding. The only field welding permitted is that required to attach the pitless well unit and appurtenances to the casing. 5.3.g.4.A. The design of the pitless unit shall make provisions for: access to disinfect the well; a properly constructed casing vent meeting the requirements specified in this rule; facilities to measure water levels in the well; a cover at the upper terminus of the well that will prevent contamination; a contamination-proof entrance connection for electrical cable; and an inside diameter as great as that of the well casing, up to and including casing diameters of twelve (12) inches, to facilitate work and repair on the well, pump, or well screen. If the three (3) feet above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation requirement is not practical, the well shall be protected from flood waters entering the well and contaminating the aquifer. 5.3.g.5. Casing Vent -- The public water system or a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall make provisions for venting the well casing to the atmosphere. The pipe connecting the casing to the vent shall be of adequate size to provide rapid venting of the casing. For installations in the 100 year flood plain, refer to paragraph 5.3.e.12 of this rule. 5.3.g.6. Water level measurement B The public water system or a West Virginia Certified Water Well Driller shall make provisions for periodic measurement of water levels in the completed well for community and non-community, non-transient public water systems. Where pneumatic water level measuring equipment is used, the measurement shall be made using corrosion resistant materials attached firmly to the drop pipe or pump column and in such a manner as to prevent entrance of foreign materials. 5.3.g.7. Observation wells shall: be constructed in accordance with the requirements for permanent wells if they are to remain in service after completion of a water supply well; and be protected at the upper terminus to preclude entrance of foreign materials. 19

64CSR77

'64-77-6. Treatment (General and Clarification). 6.1. General. -- The design of treatment processes and devices shall depend on evaluation of the nature and quality of the particular water to be treated, the desired quality of the finished water and the mode of operation planned. All treatment processes with only one (1) unit shall be capable of meeting the projected maximum daily demand in eight (8) hours of operation or less to provide "down time" for repairs and maintenance. 6.2. Clarification. -- Plants designed for processing surface water shall: provide a minimum of two (2) units each for rapid mix, flocculation and sedimentation unless otherwise approved by the Environmental Engineering Division; permit operation of the units either in series or parallel where softening is performed and shall permit series or parallel operation where plain clarification is performed; be constructed to permit units to be taken out of service without disrupting operation; be constructed with drains or pumps sized to allow dewatering in a reasonable period of time; provide multiple-stage treatment facilities when required by the Environmental Engineering Division; be started manually following a shutdown; and minimize hydraulic head losses between units to allow future changes in processes without the need for repumping. For ground water systems under the direct influence of surface water, the requirements in this subsection may be modified by the Environmental Engineering Division, depending on the raw water quality characteristics. 6.2.a. Rapid mix means the rapid dispersion of chemicals throughout the water to be treated, usually by violent agitation. The engineer shall submit the design basis for the velocity gradient (G value) selected, considering the chemicals to be added, water temperature, color and other related water quality parameters. 6.2.a.1. Equipment -- Basins shall be equipped with mechanical mixing devices. Other arrangements, such as baffling, may be acceptable only under special conditions. Where mechanical mixing devices are utilized, duplicate units or spare mixing equipment shall be provided. 6.2.a.2. Design parameters -- The detention period for the mixing coagulants shall be in the range of ten (10) to thirty (30) seconds. The point of application of the coagulant shall be at the point of maximum mixing intensity. The physical configuration of the mixing basin shall be designed to eliminate vortexing. Rapid mix units shall be designed to allow a speed variation ratio throughout at a range of one (1) to three (3). The rapid mix and flocculation basin shall be as close together as possible. Static mixers shall be properly selected and approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.2.b. Flocculation -- Flocculation means the agitation of the water at low velocities for long periods of time. 6.2.b.1. Basin design -- Inlet and outlet design shall prevent short-circuiting and destruction of floc. A drain or pumps, or both, shall be provided to handle dewatering and sludge removal. 6.2.b.2. Detention -- The flow-though velocity shall be not less than 0.5 nor greater than 1.5 feet per minute with a detention time for floc formation of at least thirty (30) minutes. 6.2.b.3. Equipment -- Agitators shall be driven by variable speed drives with the peripheral speed of paddles ranging from 0.5 to three (3.0) feet per second. 6.2.b.4. Piping -- Flocculation and sedimentation basins shall be as close together as possible. 20

64CSR77

The velocity of flocculated water through pipes or conduits to settling basins shall be not less than 0.5 nor greater than 1.5 feet per second. Allowances shall be made to minimize turbulence at bends, elevation drops and changes in direction. 6.2.b.5. Superstructure -- The Environmental Engineering Division may require a superstructure over the flocculation basins. 6.2.c. Sedimentation -- Sedimentation shall follow flocculation. The detention time for effective clarification is dependent upon a number of factors related to basin design and the nature of the raw water. The following criteria apply to conventional sedimentation units: 6.2.c.1. Detention time -- A minimum of four (4) hours of settling time shall be provided. This may be reduced to two (2) hours for lime-soda softening facilities treating only groundwater. Reduced sedimentation time may also be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division when equivalent effective settling is demonstrated (i.e., tube settlers, lamella plates, etc.) but shall never be less than two (2) hours. 6.2.c.2. Inlet devices -- Inlets shall be designed to distribute the water equally and at uniform velocities. Open ports, submerged ports, and similar entrance arrangements are required. A baffle shall be constructed across the basin close to the inlet end and shall project several feet below the water surface to dissipate inlet velocities and provide uniform flows across the basin; 6.2.c.3. Outlet devices -- Outlet devices shall be designed to maintain velocities suitable for settling in the basin and to minimize short-circuiting. The use of submerged orifices is recommended in order to provide a volume above the orifices for storage when there are fluctuations in flow; 6.2.c.4. Overflow rate -- The rate of flow over the outlet weir shall not exceed twenty thousand (20,000) gallons per day per foot of weir length. Where submerged orifices are used as an alternate for overflow weirs, they shall be not lower than three (3) feet below the flow line with flow rates equivalent to weir loadings; 6.2.c.5. Velocity -- The velocity through settling basins shall not exceed 0.5 feet per minute. The basins shall be designed to minimize short-circuiting. Fixed or adjustable baffles shall be provided as necessary to achieve the maximum potential for clarification; 6.2.c.6. Overflow -- An overflow weir (or pipe) shall be installed that will establish the maximum water level desired on top of the filters. It shall discharge by gravity with a free fall at a location where the discharge will be noted; 6.2.c.7. Superstructure -- The Environmental Engineering Division may require a public water system to build a superstructure over the sedimentation basins. The Environmental Engineering Division may allow a cover in lieu of a superstructure, if there is no mechanical equipment in the basins and if provisions are included for adequate monitoring under all expected weather conditions; 6.2.c.8. Sludge collection -- Mechanical sludge collection equipment shall be provided; 6.2.c.9. Drainage -- Basins shall be provided with a means for dewatering. Basin bottoms shall slope toward the drain not less than one (1) foot in twelve (12) feet where mechanical sludge collection 21

64CSR77

equipment is not required; 6.2.c.10. Flushing lines -- Flushing lines or hydrants shall be provided and shall be equipped with backflow prevention devices acceptable to the Environmental Engineering Division; 6.2.c.11. Safety -- Permanent ladders or handholds shall be provided on the inside walls of basins. Guard rails shall be included; 6.2.c.12. Sludge removal -- Sludge removal design shall provide that sludge pipes shall be not less than three (3) inches in diameter and so arranged as to facilitate cleaning. The entrance to sludge withdrawal piping shall prevent clogging. The operator may observe and sample sludge being withdrawn from the unit; and 6.2.c.13. Sludge disposal -- Facilities shall be provided for the disposal of sludge. 6.2.d. Solids contact unit -- Combined softening and clarification units are generally acceptable for where water characteristics, especially temperature, do not fluctuate rapidly, flow rates are uniform and operation is continuous. The Environmental Engineering Division shall give specific approval to the public water system=s engineer before these units are considered as clarifiers without softening. The public water system=s engineer shall design clarifiers for the maximum uniform rate and shall be adjustable to changes in flow that are less than the design rate and for changes in water characteristics. The Environmental Engineering Division requires a minimum of two (2) units for surface water treatment, unless the public water system=s engineer provides justification for one (1) unit, that is acceptable by the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.2.d.1. Installation of equipment -- A representative of the manufacturer shall supervise the installation of mechanical equipment, trouble shooting, problem solving times, and start-up and initial operation. 6.2.d.2. Operating equipment -- The following shall be provided for plant operation: a complete outfit of tools and accessories; trouble shooting and problem solving manuals; necessary laboratory equipment; and adequate piping with suitable sampling taps located to permit the collection of samples of water from critical portions of the units. 6.2.d.3. Chemical feed -- Chemicals shall be applied at such points and by such means as to insure satisfactory mixing of the chemicals with the water. 6.2.d.4. Mixing -- The Environmental Engineering Division may require a rapid mix device or chamber ahead of solids contact units to assure proper mixing of the chemicals applied. Mixing devices employed shall be constructed to provide mixing of the raw water with previously formed sludge particles, and prevent deposition of solids in the mixing zone. 6.2.d.5. Flocculation -- Flocculation equipment shall: be adjustable (speed or pitch, or both); provide for coagulation in a separate chamber or baffled zone within the unit; and provide the flocculation and mixing period to be not less than thirty (30) minutes. 6.2.d.6. Sludge concentrators -- The equipment shall provide either internal or external concentrators in order to obtain a concentrated sludge with a minimum of waste water. Large basins shall 22

64CSR77

have at least two (2) sumps for collecting sludge with one (1) sump located in the central flocculation zone. 6.2.d.7. Sludge removal -- Sludge removal design shall provide that sludge pipes shall be not less than three (3) inches in diameter and so arranged as to facilitate cleaning. Entrance to sludge withdrawal piping shall prevent clogging. The design shall permit the operator to observe and sample sludge being withdrawn from the unit. 6.2.d.8. Cross-connections -- Blow-off outlets and drains shall terminate and discharge at places satisfactory to the Environmental Engineering Division. Cross-connection control shall be included for the potable water lines used to backflush sludge lines. 6.2.d.9. Detention period -- The detention time shall be based on the raw water characteristics and other local conditions that effect the operation of the unit. Based on design flow rates, the detention time shall be two (2) to four (4) hours for suspended solids contact clarifiers and softeners treating surface water and one (1) to two (2) hours for the suspended solids contact softeners treating only groundwater. 6.2.d.10. Suspended slurry concentrate -- Softening units shall be designed so that continuous slurry concentrates of one per cent (1%) or more, by weight, can be satisfactorily maintained. 6.2.d.11. Water losses -- Units shall be provided with suitable controls for sludge withdrawal. Total water losses shall not exceed five percent (5%) for clarifiers and three percent (3%) for softening units. The solids concentration of sludge bed to waste shall be three percent (3%) by weight for clarifiers and five percent (5%) by weight for softeners. 6.2.d.12. Weirs or orifices -- The units shall be equipped with either overflow weirs or orifices constructed so that water at the surface of the unit does not travel more than ten (10) feet horizontally to the collection trough. Weirs shall be adjustable and at least equivalent in length to the perimeter of the tank. Weir loading shall not exceed ten (10) gallons per minute per foot of weir length for units used for clarifiers and twenty (20) gallons per minute per foot of weir length for units used for softeners. Where orifices are used, the loading rates per foot of launder rates shall be equivalent to weir loadings. Either weirs or orifices shall produce uniform rising rates over the entire area of the tank. 6.2.d.13. Upflow rates -- The Environmental Engineering Division shall receive supporting data from the public water system=s engineer to justify rates exceeding the following: one (1) gallon per minute per square foot of area at the sludge separation line for units used for clarifiers; and 1.75 gallons per minute per square foot of area at the slurry separation line; for units used for softeners. If flow is subject to surges, an equalization tank shall be provided. 6.2.e. Tube or plate settlers -- Commercial settler units consisting of variously shaped tubes or plates that are installed in multiple layers and at an angle to the flow may be used for sedimentation following flocculation. 6.2.e.1. General criteria. 6.2.e.1.A. Inlet and outlet considerations -- The inlets and outlets shall be designed to maintain velocities suitable for settling in the basin and to minimize short-circuiting. 6.2.e.1.B. Drainage -- Drain piping from the settler units shall be sized to facilitate a quick flush of the settler units and to prevent flooding other portions of the plant. 23

64CSR77

6.2.e.1.C. Protection from freezing -- Although most units will be located within a plant, outdoor installations shall provide sufficient freeboard above the top of settlers to prevent freezing in the units. A cover or enclosure is strongly recommended. 6.2.e.1.D. Application rate for tube settlers -- A maximum rate of two (2) gallons per square foot per minute of cross-sectional area (based on twenty-four (24) inch long sixty (60) degree tubes or 39.5inch long 7 2 degree tubes) is required, unless higher rates are successfully shown through pilot plant or inplant demonstration studies. 6.2.e.1.E. Application rate for Lamellae plates -- A maximum forward design flow through the inclined plate settler is 0.5 gallons per minute per square foot of effective projected inclined plate surface area. Projected area is the total plate area multiplied by the cosine of the inclination angle. Effective settling surface area shall be a maximum of eighty percent (80%) of the total projected plate surface area installed. 6.2.e.1.F. Flushing lines -- Flushing lines shall be provided to facilitate maintenance and shall be properly protected against backflow or back siphonage. 6.2.f. Other settling/flocculation processes -- The Environmental Engineering Division may approve roughing filters, unconventional type flocculation and sedimentation on a case by case basis. 6.3. Filtration -- The application of any type of filter shall be supported by water quality data representing a reasonable period of time to characterize the variations in water quality. Experimental treatment studies may be required to demonstrate the applicability of the method of filtration proposed. 6.3.a. Rapid rate gravity filters. 6.3.a.1. Pretreatment -- The use of rapid rate gravity filters requires pretreatment. Pretreatment includes but is not limited to coagulation, flocculation, and sedimentation. 6.3.a.2. Rate of filtration -- The Environmental Engineering Division shall determine the rate of filtration through consideration of such factors as raw water quality, the degree of pretreatment provided, filter media, water quality control parameters, the competency of operation personnel, and other pertinent factors. The maximum rate shall be two (2) gallons per minute per square foot of filter area for sand media, four (4) gallons per minute per square foot of filter area for dual media, and six (6) gallons per minute per square foot of filter for mixed media. In any case, the filter rate shall be proposed and justified by the designing engineer to the satisfaction of the Environmental Engineering Division prior to the preparation of final plans and specifications. 6.3.a.3. Number -- For groundwater plants producing 0.2 million gallons per day or more, two (2) filter units are required. For surface water plants, at least two (2) units are required. Where only two (2) units are provided, each shall be capable of meeting the plant design capacity (normally the projected maximum daily demand) at the approved filtration rate. Where more than two (2) filter units are provided, the filters shall be capable of meeting the plant design capacity at the approved filtration rate with one (1) filter removed from service. Where declining rate filtration is provided, the variable aspect of filtration rates and the number of filters shall be considered when determining the design capacity for the filters. 6.3.a.4. Structural details and hydraulics -- The filter structure shall be designed to provide for: 24

64CSR77

vertical walls within the filter; no protrusion of the filter walls into the filter media; covering by superstructure; head room to permit normal inspection and operation; minimum depth of filter box of 8 2 feet; minimum water depth over the surface of the filter media of three (3) feet; trapped effluent to prevent backflow of air to the bottom of the filters; prevention of floor drainage to the filter with a minimum four (4) inch curb around the filter; prevention of flooding by providing overflow; maximum velocity of treated water in pipe and conduits to filters of two (2) feet per second; cleanouts and straight alignment for influent pipes or conduits where solids loading is heavy, or following lime-soda softening; washwater drain capacity to carry maximum flow; walkways around filters, to be not less than twenty-four (24) inches wide; safety handrails or walls around filter areas adjacent to normal walkways; and the prevention of cross connections and common walls between potable and non-potable water. 6.3.a.5. Washwater troughs -- Washwater troughs shall be constructed to have: the bottom elevation above the maximum level of expanded media during washing and the top elevation above the filter surface, not to exceed thirty (30) inches with a two (2) inch freeboard at the maximum rate of wash; the top edge level and all at the same elevation; spacing so that each trough serves the same number of square feet of filter area; and maximum horizontal travel of suspended particles to reach the trough not to exceed three (3) feet. 6.3.a.6. Filter -- The filter shall be constructed to provide the following characteristics: a total depth of not less than twenty-four (24) inches and generally not more than thirty (30) inches; and a minimum of twelve (12) inches of media with an effective size range no greater than 0.45 mm to 0.55 mm, and a specific gravity greater than other filtering materials within the filter. 6.3.a.7. Types of filter media. 6.3.a.7.A. Anthracite -- Clean crushed anthracite, or a combination of anthracite and other media may be considered on the basis of experimental data specific to the project, and it shall have: an effective size of 0.45 mm to 0.55 mm with uniformity coefficient not greater than 1.65 when used alone; an effective size of 0.8 mm to 1.2 mm with a uniformity coefficient not greater than 1.85 when used as a cap; and an effective maximum size of 0.8 mm for anthracite used as a single media on potable groundwater for iron and manganese removal only (effective sizes greater than 0.8 mm may be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division based upon on-site pilot plant studies). 6.3.a.7.B. Sand -- Sand shall be clean silica sand and have an effective size of 0.45 mm to 0.55 mm and a uniformity coefficient of not greater than 1.65. 6.3.a.7.C. Granular activated carbon (GAC) -- Granular activated carbon media may be considered. The design shall include the following: the media shall meet the basic specifications for filter media as given in this section except that larger size media may be allowed by the Environmental Engineering Division where full scale tests have demonstrated that treatment goals can be met under all conditions; there shall be provisions for a free chlorine residual and adequate contact time in the water following the filters and prior to distribution; there shall be means for periodic treatment of filter material for control of bacterial and other growth; and provisions shall be made for frequent replacement or regeneration if GAC is used for filtration. 6.3.a.7.D. Other Media -- The Environmental Engineering Division shall consider other media based on experimental data and operating experience..

25

64CSR77

6.3.a.7.E. Torpedo sand -- A three (3) inch layer of torpedo sand shall be used as a supporting media for filter sand, and shall have an effective size of 0.8 mm to 2.0 mm and a uniformity coefficient not greater than 1.7. 6.3.a.7.F. Gravel -- Gravel, when used as the supporting media, shall consist of hard, durable, rounded silica particles and shall not include flat or elongated particles. The coarsest gravel shall be approximately 2 2 inches in size when the gravel rests directly on the strainer system and shall extend above the top of the perforated laterals. Not less than four (4) layers of gravel shall be provided in accordance with the size and depth distribution when used with perforated laterals, as illustrated in Table 64-77 C of this rule. Reduction of gravel depths may be considered upon justification to the Environmental Engineering Division when proprietary filter bottoms are specified. 6.3.a.8. Filter bottoms and strainer systems -- Departures from the standards under this rule may be acceptable for high rate filters and proprietary bottoms. Porous plate bottoms shall not be used where iron or manganese may clog them or with waters softened by lime. The design of manifold-type collection systems shall minimize loss of head in the manifold and laterals and assure even distribution of washwater and even rate of filtration over the entire area of the filter. The ratio of the area of the final openings of the strainer systems to the area of the filter shall be about 0.003. The total cross-sectional area of the laterals shall be about twice the total area of the final openings. The cross-sectional area of the manifold shall be 1 2 to two (2) times the total area of the laterals. 6.3.a.9. Surface wash or subsurface wash -- Surface or subsurface wash facilities are required except for filters used exclusively for iron or manganese removal, and may be accomplished by a system of fixed nozzles or a revolving-type apparatus. All devices shall be designed with the provision for water pressures of at least forty-five (45) pounds per square inch and a properly installed vacuum breaker or other device approved by the Environmental Engineering Division to prevent back siphonage if connected to the treated water system. The rate of flow shall be two (2) gallons per minute per square foot of filter area with fixed nozzles or 0.5 gallons per minute per square foot with revolving arms. Air wash can be considered based on experimental data and operating experiences. 6.3.a.10. Air scouring -- Air scouring can be considered in place of surface wash. Air flow for air scouring the filter shall be three (3) to five (5) standard cubic feet per minute per square foot of filter area when the air is introduced in the underdrain; a lower air rate shall be used when the air scour distribution system is placed above the underdrains. A method for avoiding excessive loss of the filter media during backwashing shall be provided. Air scouring shall be followed by a fluidization wash sufficient to re-stratify the media. Air shall be free from contamination. Air scour distribution systems shall be placed below the media and supporting bed interface; if placed at the interface the air scour nozzles shall be designed to prevent media from clogging the nozzles or entering the air distribution system. Piping for the air distribution system shall not be flexible hose that will collapse when not under air pressure and shall not be a relatively soft material that may erode at the orifice opening with the passage of air at high velocity. Air delivery piping shall not pass down through the filter media nor shall there be any arrangement in the filter design that would allow short circuiting between the applied unfiltered water and the filtered water. Consideration shall be given to maintenance and replacement of air delivery piping. The backwash delivery system shall be capable of fifteen (15) gallons per minute per square foot of filter surface area; however, when air scouring is provided the backwash rate shall be variable and shall not exceed eight (8) gallons per minute per square foot unless operating experience shows that a higher rate is necessary to remove scoured particles from filter surfaces, and the filter underdrains shall be designed to accommodate air scour piping when the piping is installed in the underdrain. 26

64CSR77

6.3.a.11. Appurtenances -- The following shall be provided for every filter: influent and effluent sampling taps; loss of head gauge; rate of flow controls; and a rate-of-flow meter. A rate controller that limits the rate of filtration to a maximum rate shall be used. A pump or a flow meter in each filter effluent line may be used as the limiting device for the rate of filtration only after consultation with the Environmental Engineering Division. Provisions shall be made for filtering to waste (rewash) with appropriate measures for backflow prevention. It is recommended the following be provided for every filter: a continuous or rotating cycle turbidity recording device for surface water treatment plants; wall sleeves providing access to the filter interior at several locations for sampling or pressure sensing; and a pressure hose and storage rack at the operating floor for washing filter walls. 6.3.a.12. Backwash -- Provisions shall be made for washing filters with a minimum rate of fifteen (15) gallons per minute per square foot, consistent with water temperatures and specific gravity of the filter media. A rate necessary to provide for a fifty percent (50%) expansion of the filter bed is required. A reduced rate of ten (10) gallons per minute per square foot may be acceptable for full depth anthracite or granular activated carbon filters. Filtered water shall be provided at the required rate by washwater tanks, a washwater pump, or from the high service main. Washwater pumps shall be in duplicate unless an alternate means of obtaining washwater is available. Washwater pumps shall run a minimum fifteen (15) minutes for the wash of one (1) filter at the design rate of wash. A washwater regulator or orifice plate on the main washwater line shall be provided to obtain the desired rate of filter wash with the washwater valves on the individual filters open wide. A rate-of-flow indicator, preferably with a totalizer, on the main washwater line, shall be located so that it can be easily read by the operator during the washwater process. The design shall prevent rapid changes in backwash water flow. 6.3.a.13. Miscellaneous -- Roof drains shall not discharge into the filters or basins and conduits preceding the filters. Provisions shall be made for continuous operation of all other filtering units while one filtering unit is out of operation. Rate of flow adjustments are mandatory so as not to overload filters in operation. Automatic start-up of filtering units is prohibited. 6.3.b. Rapid rate pressure filters -- The normal use of rapid rate pressure filters is for iron and manganese removal and may be used for surface supplies classified as groundwater under direct influence where turbidity is less than or equal to ten (10) NTU. Pressure filters shall not be used in the filtration of other surface supplies or following lime-soda softening. 6.3.b.1. General -- Minimum criteria relative to rate of filtration, structural details, hydraulics, filter media, etc., provided for rapid rate gravity filters also apply to pressure filters where appropriate. 6.3.b.2. Rate of filtration -- The rate shall not exceed three gallons per minute per square foot of filter area except where in-plant testing, as approved by the Environmental Engineering Division, has demonstrated satisfactory results at higher rates. 6.3.b.3. Details of design -- The filters shall be designed to provide for: loss of head gauges on the inlet and outlet pipes of each filter; an easily readable meter or flow indicator on each battery of filters (a flow indicator is recommended for each filtering unit); filtration and backwashing of each filter individually with an arrangement of piping as simple as possible to accomplish these purposes; minimum side wall shell height of five (5) feet (a corresponding reduction in side wall height is acceptable where proprietary bottoms permit reduction of the gravel depth); the top of the washwater collectors to be at least eighteen (18) inches above the surface of the media; the underdrain system to efficiently collect the filtered water and to uniformly distribute the backwash water at a rate not less than fifteen (15) gallons per minute per square foot of filter 27

64CSR77

area; backwash flow indicators and controls that are easily readable while operating the control valves; an air release valve on the highest point of each filter; an accessible manhole to facilitate inspection and repairs; and means to observe the wastewater during backwashing, and construction to prevent cross-connection. 6.3.c. Diatomaceous earth filtration -- The use of diatomaceous earth filters may be considered for application to surface waters with turbidity less than or equal to ten (10) NTU and bacterial contamination less than or equal to one hundred (100) total coliforms per one hundred (100) ml and may be used for iron removal for groundwater providing the removal is effective and the water is of satisfactory sanitary quality before treatment. 6.3.c.1. Conditions of use -- Diatomaceous earth filters are expressly excluded from considerations for the following conditions: bacteria removal when contamination is greater than one hundred (100) total coliforms per one hundred (100) ml; color removal; turbidity removal where either the quantity of turbidity is greater than ten (10) NTU or the turbidity exhibits poor filterability characteristics; filtration of waters with algae; and chemical removal. 6.3.c.2. Pilot plant study -- Installation of a diatomaceous earth filtration system shall be preceded by a pilot plant study on the water to be treated. Conditions of the study such as duration, filter rates, head loss accumulation, slurry feed rates, turbidity removal, bacteria removal, etc., shall be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division prior to the study. Satisfactory pilot plant results shall be obtained prior to preparation of final construction plans and specifications. The pilot plant study shall demonstrate the ability of the system to meet applicable drinking water standards at all times. 6.3.c.3. Types of filters -- Pressure or vacuum diatomaceous earth filtration units will be considered for approval; however, the Environmental Engineering Division prefers the vacuum type for its ability to accommodate a design that permits observation of the filter surfaces to determine proper cleaning, damage to a filter element, and adequate coating over the entire filter area. 6.3.c.4. Treated water storage -- Treated water storage capacity in excess of normal requirements shall be provided: to allow operation of the filters at a uniform rate during all conditions of system demand at or below the approved filtration rate; and to guarantee continuity of service during adverse raw water conditions without by-passing the system. 6.3.c.5. Number of units -- See Section 6.3.b. "Rapid Rate Gravity Filters." 6.3.c.6. Pre-coat -- When pre-coating is accomplished with a filter-to-waste system, 0.15 to 0.2 pounds per square foot of filter area is recommended. 6.3.c.6.A. Application -- A uniform pre-coat shall be applied hydraulically to each septum by introducing a slurry to the tank influent line and employing a filter-to-waste or recirculation system. 6.3.c.6.B. Quantity -- Diatomaceous earth in the amount of 0.1 pounds per square foot of filter area or an amount sufficient to apply a 1/16 inch coating shall be used with recirculation. 6.3.c.7. Body feed -- A body feed system to apply additional amounts of diatomaceous earth slurry during the filter run is required to avoid short filter runs or excessive head losses. Rate of body feed is dependent on raw water quality and characteristics and shall be determined in the pilot plant study. Continuous mixing of the body feed slurry is required. 28

64CSR77

6.3.c.8. Filtration. 6.3.c.8.A. Rate of filtration -- The recommended nominal rate is one (1.0) gallon per minute per square foot of filter area with a maximum of 1.5 gallons per minute per square foot. The filtration rate shall be controlled by a positive means. 6.3.c.8.B. Head loss -- The head loss shall not exceed thirty (30) pounds per square inch for pressure diatomaceous earth filters, or a vacuum of fifteen (15) inches of mercury for a vacuum system. 6.3.c.8.C. Recirculation -- A recirculation or holding pump shall be employed to maintain differential pressure across the filter when the unit is not in operation in order to prevent the filter cake from dropping off the filter elements. A minimum recirculation rate of 0.1 gallon per minute per square foot of filter area shall be provided. 6.3.c.8.D. Septum or filter element -- the filter elements shall be structurally capable of withstanding maximum pressure and velocity variations during filtration and backwash cycles, and shall be spaced such that no less than one (1) inch is provided between elements or between any element and a wall. 6.3.c.8.E. Inlet design - The filter influent shall be designed to prevent scour of the diatomaceous earth from the filter element. 6.3.c.9. Backwash -- A satisfactory method to thoroughly remove and dispose of spent filter cake shall be provided. 6.3.c.10. Appurtenances -- The following shall be provided for every filter: sampling taps for raw and filtered water; a loss of head or differential pressure gauge; a rate-of-flow indicator, preferably with a totalizer; and a throttling valve used to reduce rates below normal during adverse raw water conditions. 6.3.d. Slow rate gravity filters -- The use of slow rate gravity filters shall require prior engineering studies to demonstrate the adequacy and suitability of this method of filtration for the specific raw water supply. 6.3.d.1. Quality of raw water -- Slow rate gravity filtration shall be limited to waters having maximum turbidities of fifty (50) NTU and maximum color of thirty (30) units; this turbidity shall not be attributable to colloidal clay. Raw water quality data shall include examinations for algae. 6.3.d.2. Number -- At least two (2) units shall be provided. Where only two (2) units are provided, each shall be capable of meeting the plant design capacity (normally the projected maximum daily demand) at the approved filtration rate. Where more than two (2) filter units are provided, the filters shall be capable of meeting the plant design capacity at the approved filtration rate with one (1) filter removed from service. 6.3.d.3. Structural details and hydraulics -- Slow rate gravity filters shall be designed to provide: a cover; a minimum eight (8) feet of headroom to permit normal movement by operation personnel for scraping and sand removal operations; adequate manholes and access ports for handling of sand; filtration to waste; and an overflow at the maximum filter water level.

29

64CSR77

6.3.d.4. Rates of filtration -- The permissible rates of filtration shall be determined by the quality of the raw water and shall be on the basis of experimental data derived from the water to be treated. The nominal rate may be forty-five (45) to one hundred fifty (150) gallons per day per square foot of sand area, with somewhat higher rates acceptable when demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.3.d.5. Underdrains -- Each filter unit shall be equipped with a main drain and an adequate number of lateral underdrains to collect the filtered water. The underdrains shall be spaced so that the maximum velocity of the water flow in the underdrain will not exceed 0.75 feet per second. The maximum spacing of laterals shall not exceed three (3) feet if pipe laterals are used. 6.3.d.6. Filtering material -- Filter sand shall be placed on graded gravel layers for a minimum depth of thirty (30) inches. The effective size shall be between 0.30 mm and 0.45 mm. The uniformity coefficient shall not exceed 2.5. The sand shall be clean and free from foreign matter. 6.3.d.7. Filter gravel -- The supporting gravel shall conform to the size and depth distribution provided for rapid rate gravity filters. 6.3.d.8. Depth of water on filter beds -- The design shall provide a depth of at least three (3) feet of water over the sand. Influent water shall not scour the sand surface. 6.3.d.9. Control appurtenances -- Each filter shall be equipped with: a loss of head gauge; an orifice; a Venturi meter, or other suitable metering device installed on each filter to control the rate of filtration; and an effluent pipe designed to maintain the water level above the top of the filter sand. 6.3.e. Direct filtration -- Direct filtration, as used in this subdivision, refers to the filtration of a surface water or groundwater determined to be under the direct influence of surface water without prior settling. The nature of the treatment process shall depend upon the raw water quality. In-plant demonstration studies may be appropriate where conventional treatment plants are converted to direct filtration. Where direct filtration is proposed, an engineering report shall be submitted prior to conducting the pilot plant or inplant demonstration studies. 6.3.e.1. Engineering report -- The engineering report shall include a historical summary of operating conditions and of raw water quality with special reference to fluctuations in quality and possible sources of contamination. The following raw water parameters shall be evaluated in the report: color; turbidity; bacterial concentration; microscopic biological organisms; temperature; total solids; chemical characteristics; and additional parameters as required by the Environmental Engineering Division. The report shall also include a description of methods and work to be done during a pilot plant study or, where appropriate, an in-plant demonstration study. 6.3.e.2. Pilot plant studies -- The Environmental Engineering Division may, after approval of the engineering report, require a pilot study or in-plant demonstration study by the public water system or their engineer. The study shall be conducted over a sufficient time to treat all expected raw water conditions throughout the year. The study shall emphasize, but not be limited to, the following items: chemical mixing conditions including shear gradients and detention periods; chemical feed rates; use of various coagulants and coagulant aids; flocculation conditions; filtration rates; filter gradation; types of media and depth of media; filter breakthrough conditions; and the adverse impact of recycling backwash water due to microorganisms, solids, algae, trihalomethane formation and other similar problems. The public water system or their 30

64CSR77

engineer, prior to the initiation of design plans and specifications, shall submit a final report including the engineer's design recommendations to the Environmental Engineering Division. The pilot plant filter shall be of a similar type and operated in the same manner as proposed for full scale operation. The pilot study shall demonstrate the minimum contact time necessary for optimum filtration for each coagulant proposed. 6.3.e.3. Control and operation -- A continuous recording turbidimeter shall be installed on each filter effluent line. Additional continuous monitoring equipment to assist in control of coagulant dose may be required by the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.3.e.4. Site requirements -- The plant and its design and land ownership surrounding the plant shall allow for the installation of conventional sedimentation basins if the public water system engineer finds that they are necessary. 6.4. Disinfection -- Chlorine is the preferred disinfecting agent. Chlorination may be accomplished with liquid chlorine, calcium or sodium hypochlorite or chlorine dioxide. Other disinfecting agents may be considered, providing reliable application equipment is available and testing procedures for a residual are recognized in "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater," latest edition. Continuous disinfection is required for a public water system. Since disinfection agents other than chlorine usually demonstrate shortcomings when applied to a public water system, proposals for use of disinfecting agents in combination with chlorine or other than chlorine require approval by the Environmental Engineering Division prior to preparation of final plans and specifications. 6.4.a. Chlorination equipment. 6.4.a.1. Type -- Solution-feed, gas chlorinators or hypochlorite feeders of the positive displacement type shall be provided. 6.4.a.2. Capacity -- The chlorinator capacity shall be such that a free chlorine residual of at least two (2) milligrams per liter can be maintained in the water after contact time of at least thirty (30) minutes for ground water and to meet the CT for surface water when maximum flow rate coincides with anticipated maximum chlorine demand, maximum pH and minimum temperatures. The equipment shall be of such design that it will operate accurately over the desired feeding range. The chlorinator shall be sized so that at normal operation it will be at approximately fifty percent (50%) of capacity. 6.4.a.3. Standby equipment -- Standby equipment of sufficient capacity shall be available to replace the largest unit. Spare parts shall be made available to replace parts subject to wear and breakage. If there is a large difference in feed rates between routine and emergency dosages, a gas metering tube shall be provided for each dose range to ensure accurate control of the chlorine feed. 6.4.a.4. Automatic switchover -- Automatic switchover of chlorine cylinders shall be provided, where necessary, to assure continuous disinfection. 6.4.a.5. Automatic proportioning -- Automatic proportioning chlorinators are required where the rate of flow or chlorine demand is not reasonably constant. 6.4.a.6. Eductor -- Each eductor shall be selected for the point of application with particular attention given to the quantity of chlorine to be added, the maximum injector water flow, the total discharge back pressure, the injector operating pressure, and the size of the chlorine solution line. Gauges for measuring water pressure and vacuum at the inlet and outlet of each eductor shall be provided. 31

64CSR77

6.4.a.7. Injector/diffuser -- The chlorine solution injector/diffuser shall be compatible with the point of application to provide a rapid and thorough mix with all the water being treated. The center of a pipeline is the preferred application point. 6.4.a.8. Scales -- Scales for weighing cylinders shall be provided at all waterworks using chlorine gas. At large waterworks, scales of the indicating and recording type are recommended. Scales shall be recessed unless they are of the low platform type. 6.4.b. Contact time and point of application 6.4.b.1. Due consideration shall be given to the contact time of the chlorine in water with relation to pH, ammonia, taste-producing substances, temperature, bacterial quality, trihalomethane formation potential and other pertinent factors. Chlorine shall be applied at a point that will provide adequate contact time. All basins used for disinfection shall be designed to minimize short circuiting. 6.4.b.2. At plants treating surface water, provisions shall be made for applying chlorine to the settled water, filtered water, and water entering the distribution system. The contact time as required shall be provided after filtration. 6.4.b.3. As a minimum, at plants treating groundwater only, provisions shall be made for applying chlorine to the detention basin inlet and water entering the distribution system. 6.4.b.4. Free residual chlorination is the preferred practice. A minimum contact time of thirty (30) minutes is required for ground water sources not influenced by surface waters. The minimum contact time for surface water sources and ground water sources influenced by surface waters shall be determined by "CT Calculations.@ Details for calculating "CT" values are contained in the West Virginia Administrative Rules, Division of Health, Public Water Systems, 64CSR3. 6.4.c. Residual chlorine -- Minimum total chlorine residual at all points in a water distribution system shall be 0.2 milligrams per liter. Higher residuals may be required depending on pH, temperature and other characteristics of the water. Booster chlorination may be required to maintain proper residuals.

6.4.d. Testing equipment -- Chlorine residual test equipment recognized in the latest edition of AStandard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater@ shall be provided and shall be capable of measuring residuals as contained in the West Virginia Administrative Rules, Division of Health, Public Water Systems, 64CSR3. Automatic chlorine residual recorders shall be provided where the chlorine demand varies appreciably over a short period of time. All surface water treatment plants designed to serve three thousand three hundred (3,300) people or more shall be equipped with recording chlorine analyzers and continuous recorders monitoring water entering the distribution system. 6.4.e. Chlorinator piping. 6.4.e.1. Cross-connection protection -- The chlorinator water supply piping shall be designed to prevent contamination of the treated water supply by sources of questionable quality. At all facilities treating surface water, pre- and post-chlorination systems shall be independent to prevent possible siphoning of partially treated water into the clear well. The water supply to each eductor shall have a separate shut-off 32

64CSR77

valve. No master shut-off valve is allowed. 6.4.e.2. Pipe material -- The pipes carrying elemental liquid or dry gaseous chlorine under pressure shall be Schedule eighty (80) seamless steel tubing or other materials recommended by the Chlorine Institute, Inc. (never use poly vinyl chloride, PVC). Rubber, PVC, polyethylene, or other materials recommended by the Chlorine Institute, Inc. shall be used for chlorine solution piping and fittings. Nylon products are not acceptable for any part of the chlorine solution piping system. 6.5. Softening -- The softening process selected shall be based upon the mineral qualities of the raw water and the desired finished water quality in conjunction with requirements for disposal of sludge or brine waste, cost of plant, cost of chemicals and plant location. Applicability of the process chosen shall be demonstrated. 6.5.a. Lime or lime-soda process -- Design standards for rapid mix, flocculation and sedimentation are in "Clarification," subsection 6.2 of this rule. Additional consideration shall be given to the following process elements. 6.5.a.1. Hydraulics -- When split treatment is used, the bypass line shall be sized to carry total plant flow, and an accurate means of measuring and splitting the flow shall be provided. 6.5.a.2. Aeration -- Determinations shall be made for the carbon dioxide content of the raw water. When concentrations exceed ten (10) milligrams per liter, the economics of removal by aeration as opposed to removal with lime shall be considered if it has been determined that dissolved oxygen in the finished water will not cause corrosion problems in the distribution system. 6.5.a.3. Chemical feed point -- Lime and recycled sludge shall be fed directly into the rapid mix basin. 6.5.a.4. Rapid mix -- Rapid mix basins shall provide not more than thirty (30) seconds detention time with adequate velocity gradients to keep the lime particles dispersed. 6.5.a.5. Stabilization -- Equipment for stabilization of water softened by the lime or lime-soda process is required. 6.5.a.6. Sludge collection -- Mechanical sludge removal equipment shall be provided in the sedimentation basin. Sludge recycling to the rapid mix shall be provided not to exceed a rate of ten percent (10%) of the incoming flow. 6.5.a.7. Sludge disposal -- Provisions shall be included in the water treatment plant design for proper disposal of softening sludge. 6.5.a.8. Disinfection -- The use of excess lime is not an acceptable substitute for disinfection. 6.5.a.9. Plant start-up -- The plant processes shall be manually started following shut-down. 6.5.b. Cation exchange process -- Alternative methods of hardness reduction shall be investigated when the sodium content and dissolved solids concentration is of concern.

33

64CSR77

6.5.b.1. Pre-treatment requirements -- Iron, manganese, or a combination of the two, shall not exceed 0.3 milligrams per liter in the water as applied to the ion exchange resin. Pre-treatment is required when the content of iron, manganese, or a combination of the two (2), is one (1) milligram per liter or more. Waters having five (5) units or more turbidity shall not be applied directly to the cation exchange softener. 6.5.b.2. Design -- The units may be of pressure or gravity type, of either an upflow or downflow design. Automatic regeneration based on volume of water softened shall be used unless manual regeneration is justified and is approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. A manual override shall be provided on all automatic controls. 6.5.b.3. Exchange capacity -- The design capacity for hardness removal shall not exceed twenty thousand (20,000) grains per cubic foot when resin is regenerated with 0.3 pounds of salt per kilogram of hardness removed. 6.5.b.4. Depth of resin -- The depth of the exchange resin shall not be less than three (3) feet. 6.5.b.5. Flow rates -- The rate of softening shall not exceed seven (7) gallons per minute per square foot of bed area, and the backwash rate shall be six (6) to eight (8) gallons per minute per square foot of bed area. Rate-of-flow controllers or the equivalent shall be installed for the rate of softening. 6.5.b.6. Freeboard -- The freeboard will depend upon the specific gravity of the resin and the direction of water flow. Generally, the washwater collector shall be twenty-four (24) inches above the top of the resin on downflow units. 6.5.b.7. Underdrains and supporting gravel -- The bottoms, strainer systems and support for the exchange resin shall conform to criteria provided for rapid rate gravity filters. 6.5.b.8. Brine distribution -- Facilities shall be included for even distribution of the brine over the entire surface of both upflow and downflow units. 6.5.b.9. Cross-connection control -- Backwash, rinse and air relief discharge pipes shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent any possibility of back-siphonage. 6.5.b.10. Bypass piping and equipment -- A bypass shall be provided around softening units to produce a blended water of desirable hardness. 6.5.b.11. Additional limitations -- Silica gel resins shall not be used for waters having a pH above 8.4 or containing less than six (6) milligrams per liter silica and shall not be used when iron is present. When the applied water contains a chlorine residual, the cation exchange resin shall be a type that is not damaged by residual chlorine. Phenolic resin shall not be used. 6.5.b.12. Sampling taps -- Smooth-nose sampling taps shall be provided for the collection of representative samples. The taps shall be located to provide for sampling of the softener influent, effluent and blended water. The sampling taps for the blended water shall be at least twenty (20) feet downstream from the point of blending. Petcocks are not acceptable as sampling taps. Sampling taps shall be provided on the brine tank discharge piping. 6.5.b.13. Brine and salt storage tanks.

34

64CSR77

6.5.b.13.A. Salt dissolving or brine tanks and wet salt storage tanks shall be covered and shall be corrosion-resistant. 6.5.b.13.B. The make-up water inlet shall be protected from back-siphonage. Water for filling the tank shall be distributed over the entire surface by pipes above the maximum brine level in the tank. The tanks shall be provided with an automatic declining level control system on the make-up water line. 6.5.b.13.C. Wet salt storage basins shall be equipped with manholes or hatchways for access and for direct dumping of salt from truck or rail car. Openings shall be provided with raised curbs and watertight covers having overlapping edges similar to those required for finished water reservoirs. 6.5.b.13.D. Overflows, where provided, shall be protected with corrosion resistant screens and shall terminate with either a turned down bend having a proper free fall discharge or a self-closing flap valve. 6.5.b.13.E. Two (2) wet salt storage tanks or compartments designed to operate independently shall be provided. 6.5.b.13.F. The salt shall be supported on graduated layers of gravel placed over a brine collection system. 6.5.b.13.G. The public water system engineer may consider alternative designs that are conducive to frequent cleaning of the wet salt storage tank. 6.5.b.14. Salt and brine storage capacity -- Reserve salt and brine storage capacity for at least thirty (30) days of operation shall be available. 6.5.b.15. Brine pump or eductor -- An eductor may be used to transfer brine from the brine tank to the softeners. If a pump is used, a brine measuring tank or means of metering shall be provided to obtain proper dilution. 6.5.b.16. Stabilization -- Stabilization for corrosion control shall be provided. An alkali feeder shall be provided except when exempted by the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.5.b.17. Waste disposal -- Suitable disposal shall be provided for brine waste. Where the volume of spent brine is reduced, consideration may be given to using a part of the spent brine for a subsequent regeneration. 6.5.b.18. Construction materials -- Pipes and contact materials shall be resistant to the aggressiveness of salt. Plastic and red brass are acceptable piping materials. Steel and concrete shall be coated with a non-leaching protective coating that is compatible with salt and brine. 6.5.b.19. Housing -- Bagged salt and dry bulk salt storage shall be enclosed and separated from other operating areas in order to prevent damage to equipment. 6.6 Aeration -- Aeration may be used to help remove offensive tastes and odors due to dissolved gases from decomposing organic matter, to reduce or remove objectionable amounts of carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, etc., and to introduce oxygen to assist in iron or manganese removal, or both. The packed tower 35

64CSR77

aeration process is an aeration process applicable to removal of volatile organic contaminants. 6.6.a. Natural draft aeration -- The design shall provide: perforations in the distribution pan 3/16 to 2 inches in diameter, spaced one (1) to three (3) inches on centers to maintain a six (6) inch water depth, and eight (8) to ten (10) inches of inert media, such as coke or limestone that will not disintegrate due to freezing cycles; distribution of water uniformly over the top tray and discharge through a series of three (3) or more trays with separation of trays not less than twelve (12) inches; loading at a rate of one (1) to five (5) gallons per minute for each square foot of total tray area; trays with slotted, heavy wire (2 inch openings) mesh or perforated bottoms and construction of durable material resistant to aggressiveness of the water and dissolved gases; protection from loss of spray water by wind carriage by enclosure with louvers sloped to the inside at an angle of approximately forty-five (45) degrees; protection from insects by twenty-four (24) mesh screen; and disinfection treatment of aerated water. 6.6.b. Forced or induced draft aeration -- Forced or induced draft aeration devices shall be designed to: include a blower with a weatherproof motor in a tight housing and screened enclosure and ensure adequate counter current of air through the enclosed aerator column; exhaust air directly to the outside atmosphere; include a down-turned and twenty-four (24)-mesh screened air outlet and inlet; ensure that air introduced in the column is as free from obnoxious fumes, dust, and dirt as possible; be such that sections of the aerator can be easily reached or removed for maintenance of the interior or installed in a separate aerator room; provide loading at a rate of one (1) to five (5) gallons per minute for each square foot of total tray area; ensure that the water outlet is adequately sealed to prevent unwarranted loss of air; discharge though a series of five or more trays with separation of trays not less than six (6) inches; provide distribution of water uniformly over the top tray; and be of durable material resistant to the aggressiveness of the water and dissolved gases. 6.6.c. Pressure aeration -- Pressure aeration may be used for oxidation purposes only if the pilot plant study indicates the method is applicable; it is not acceptable for removal of dissolved gases. Filters following pressure aeration shall have adequate exhaust devices for the release of air. Pressure aeration devices shall be designed to give a thorough mixing of compressed air with the water being treated and provide screened and filtered air, free of obnoxious fumes, dust, dirt and other contaminants. 6.6.d. Packed Tower Aeration -- Packed tower aeration (PTA) that is also known as air stripping involves passing water down through a column of packing material while pumping air counter-currently up through the packing. PTA is used for the removal of volatile organic chemicals, trihalomethanes, carbon dioxide, and radon. Generally, PTA is feasible for compounds with a Henry's Constant greater than one hundred (100) (expressed in atm mol/mol - at twelve (12) degrees C), but not normally feasible for removing compounds with a Henry's Constant less than ten (10). For values between ten (10) and one hundred (100), PTA may be feasible but shall be extensively evaluated using pilot studies. The Public Water System=s engineer shall discuss values for Henry's Constant with the Environmental Engineering Division prior to final design. 6.6.d.1. Process Design. 6.6.d.1.A. Process design methods for PTA involve the determination of Henry's Constant for the contaminant, the mass transfer coefficient, air pressure drop and stripping factor. The Public Water System=s engineer shall provide justification to the Environmental Engineering Division for the design parameters selected (i.e., height and diameter of the unit, air to water ratio, packing depth, surface loading rate, etc.). Pilot plant testing shall be provided. The pilot test shall evaluate a variety of loading rates and air 36

64CSR77

to water ratios at the peak contaminant concentration. The public water system=s engineer shall give special consideration to removal efficiencies when multiple contaminations occur. Where there is considerable past performance data on the contaminant to be treated and there is a concentration level similar to previous projects, the Environmental Engineering Division may approve the process design based on use of appropriate calculations without pilot testing. The Public Water System=s engineer shall discuss proposals of this type with the Environmental Engineering Division prior to submission of any permit applications. 6.6.d.1.B. The tower shall be designed to reduce contaminants to below the maximum contaminant level (MCL) and to the lowest practical level. 6.6.d.1.C. The ratio of the column diameter to packing shall be at least seven (7) to one (1) for the pilot unit and at least ten (10) to one (1) for the full scale tower. The type and size of the packing used in the full scale unit shall be the same as that used in the pilot work. 6.6.d.1.D. The minimum volumetric air to water ratio at peak water flow shall be twenty-five (25) to one (1). The maximum air to water ratio for which credit will be given is eighty (80) to one (1). 6.6.d.1.E. The design shall consider potential fouling problems from calcium carbonate, manganese and iron precipitation and from bacterial growth. It may be necessary to provide pretreatment. Disinfection capability shall be provided prior to and after PTA. 6.6.d.1.F. The effects of temperature shall be considered since a drop in water temperature can result in a drop in contaminant removal efficiency. 6.6.d.2. Materials of Construction -- The tower may be constructed of stainless steel, concrete, aluminum, fiberglass or plastic. Uncoated carbon steel is not recommended because of corrosion. Towers constructed of light-weight materials shall be provided with adequate support to prevent damage from wind. Packing materials shall be resistant to the aggressiveness of the water, dissolved gases and cleaning materials and shall be suitable for contact with potable water. 6.6.d.3. Water Flow System -- Water shall be distributed uniformly at the top of the tower using spray nozzles or orifice-type distributor trays that prevent short circuiting. A mist eliminator shall be provided above the water distributor system. A side wiper redistribution ring shall be provided at least every ten (10) feet in order to prevent water channeling along the tower wall and short circuiting. Smooth nosed sample taps shall be provided in the influent and effluent piping. The effluent sump, if provided, shall have easy access for cleaning purposes and be equipped with a drain valve. The drain shall not be connected directly to any storm or sanitary sewer. A blow-off line shall be provided in the effluent piping to allow for discharge of water and chemicals used to clean the tower. The design shall prevent freezing of the influent riser and effluent piping when the unit is not operating. If piping is buried, it shall be maintained under positive pressure. The water flow to each tower shall be metered. An overflow line shall be provided that discharges twelve (12) to fourteen (14) inches above a splash pad or drainage inlet. Proper drainage shall be provided to prevent flooding of the area. 6.6.d.4. Air Flow System -- The air inlet to the blower and tower discharge vent shall be protected with a non-corrodible twenty-four (24) mesh downturned screen to prevent contamination from extraneous matter. The air inlet shall be in a protected location. An air flow meter shall be provided on the influent air line or an alternative method to determine the air flow shall be provided. A backup motor for the air blower shall be readily available. 37

64CSR77

6.6.d.5. Other Features that Shall Be Provided -- The following shall be provided: a sufficient number of access ports with a minimum diameter of twenty-four (24) inches to facilitate inspection, media replacement, media cleaning and maintenance of the interior; a method of cleaning the packing material when iron, manganese, or calcium carbonate fouling may occur; tower effluent collection and pumping wells constructed to clearwell standards; provisions for extending the tower height; an Environmental Engineering Division approved alternative supply during periods of maintenance and operation interruptions; no bypass unless specifically approved by the Environmental Engineering Division; disinfection application points both ahead of and after the tower to control biological growth; disinfection and adequate contact time after the water has passed through the tower and prior to the distribution system; adequate packing support to allow free flow of water and to prevent deformation with deep packing heights; adequate foundation to support the tower and lateral support to prevent overturning due to wind loading; fencing and locking gate to prevent vandalism; an access ladder with safety cage for inspection of the aerator including the exhaust port and demister; and electrical interconnection to allow simultaneous operation and disconnect of the blower, disinfectant feeder and well pump. 6.6.d.6. Environmental Factors -- The applicant shall contact the appropriate air quality office to determine if permits are required under the Clean Air Act. Noise control facilities shall be provided on PTA systems located in residential areas. 6.6.e. Other methods of aeration -- Other methods of aeration may be used if applicable to the treatment needs. These methods include but are not restricted to spraying, diffused air, cascades and mechanical aeration. The treatment process shall be designed to meet the particular needs of the water to be treated and is subject to the approval of the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.6.f. Protection of aerators -- All aerators except those discharging to lime softening or clarification plants shall be protected from contamination by birds, insects, wind borne debris, rainfall and water draining off the exterior of the aerator. 6.6.g. Bypass -- A bypass shall be provided for all aeration units except those installed to comply with maximum contaminant levels. 6.6.h. Corrosion control -- The aggressiveness of the water after aeration shall be determined and corrected by additional treatment, if necessary. 6.7. Iron and Manganese Control -- Iron and manganese control, as used in this subsection, refers solely to treatment processes designed specifically for this purpose. The treatment process used will depend upon the character of the raw water. The selection of one (1) or more treatment processes shall meet specific local conditions as determined by engineering investigations, including chemical analyses of representative samples of water to be treated, and receive the approval of the Environmental Engineering Division. It may be necessary to operate a pilot plant in order to gather all information pertinent to the design. Consideration shall be given to adjusting the pH of the raw water to optimize the chemical reaction. Testing equipment and sampling taps shall be provided. 6.7.a. Removal by oxidation, detention and filtration. 6.7.a.1. Oxidation -- Oxidation may be by aeration or by chemical oxidation with chlorine, potassium permanganate, ozone or chlorine dioxide. 38

64CSR77

6.7.a.2. Detention. 6.7.a.2.A. Reaction -- A minimum detention time of twenty (20) minutes shall be provided following aeration to insure that the oxidation reactions are as complete as possible. This minimum detention may be omitted only where a pilot plant study indicates no need for detention. The detention basin shall be designed as a holding tank with no provisions for sludge collection but with sufficient baffling to prevent short circuiting. 6.7.a.2.B. Sedimentation -- Sedimentation basins shall be provided when treating water with high iron or manganese content, or where chemical coagulation is used to reduce the load on the filters. Provisions for sludge removal shall be made. 6.7.b. Removal by the lime-soda softening process, as in section 6.5.a. of this rule. 6.7.c. Removal by manganese greensand filtration -- This process consists of feeding of potassium permanganate to a manganese greensand filter. Provisions shall be made to apply the permanganate as far ahead of the filter as practical and to a point immediately before the filter. Other oxidizing agents or processes such as chlorination or aeration may be used prior to the permanganate feed to reduce the cost of the chemical. An anthracite media cap of at least six inches shall be provided over manganese greensand. The normal filtration rate is three (3) gallons per minute per square foot or not to exceed the rate specified by manufacturer. The normal wash rate is eight (8) to ten (10) gallons per minute per square foot. Air washing shall be provided. Smooth nosed sample taps shall be provided prior to application of permanganate, immediately ahead of filtration, at the filter effluent. The smooth nosed sample taps shall be provided at points between the anthracite media and the manganese greensand media and halfway down the manganese greensand media. Recommend potassium permanganate feed system have a means of automatic shut-off if overfeed occurs. 6.7.d. Removal by ion exchange -- The ion exchange process of iron and manganese removal shall not be used for water containing more than five (5) milligrams per liter of iron, manganese or a combination thereof. This process is not acceptable where either the raw water or wash water contains dissolved oxygen. 6.7.e. Sequestration by polyphosphates -- The sequestration by polyphosphates process shall not be used when iron, manganese or a combination thereof exceeds one (1) milligram per liter as phosphate. Where phosphate treatment is used, satisfactory chlorine residuals shall be maintained in the distribution system. Feeding equipment shall conform to the requirements of "Chemical Application," in section six (6) of this rule. Polyphosphates shall not be applied ahead of iron and manganese removal treatment. The point of application shall be prior to any aeration, oxidation or disinfection if no iron or manganese removal treatment is provided. Phosphate chemicals shall meet AWWA Standards and conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 60: Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. 6.7.f. Sequestration by sodium silicates -- Sodium silicate sequestration of iron and manganese is appropriate only for groundwater supplies prior to air contact. On-site pilot tests are required to determine the suitability of sodium silicate for the particular water and the minimum feed needed. Rapid oxidation of the metal ions such as by chlorine or chlorine dioxide shall accompany or closely precede the sodium silicate addition. Injection of sodium silicate more than fifteen (15) seconds after oxidation may cause a detectable loss of chemical efficiency. Dilution of feed solutions much below five per cent (5%) silica as silica dioxide shall also be avoided for the same reason. Sodium silicate addition is applicable to waters containing up to 39

64CSR77

two (2) mg/l of iron, manganese or a combination thereof. Chlorine residuals shall be maintained throughout the distribution system to prevent biological breakdown of the sequestered iron. The amount of silicate added shall be limited to twenty (20) mg/l as silica dioxide, but the amount added and naturally occurring silicate shall not exceed sixty (60) mg/l as silica dioxide. Feeding equipment shall conform to the requirements of "Chemical Application," in section seven (7) of this rule. Sodium silicate shall not be applied ahead of iron or manganese removal treatment. Liquid sodium silicate shall meet AWWA Standard B404 and shall conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 60: Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. 6.7.g. Sampling taps -- Smooth-nosed sampling taps shall be provided for control purposes. Taps shall be located on each raw water source, each treatment unit influent and each treatment unit effluent. 6.7.h. Testing equipment shall be provided for all plants. The equipment shall have the capacity to accurately measure the iron content to a minimum of 0.1 milligrams per liter and the manganese content to a minimum of 0.05 milligrams per liter. Where polyphosphate sequestration is practiced, appropriate phosphate testing equipment shall be provided. 6.8. Fluoridation -- Sodium fluoride, sodium silicofluoride and hydrofluosilicic acid shall conform to the applicable AWWA standards and shall conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 60: Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. Other fluoride compounds that may be available shall be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. The proposed method of fluoride feed shall be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division prior to preparation of final plans and specifications. 6.8.a. Fluoride compound storage - Fluoride chemicals shall be isolated from other chemicals to prevent contamination. Compounds shall be stored in covered or unopened shipping containers and shall be stored inside a building. Storage of hydrofluosilicic acid shall be in sealed carboys unless the treatment plant is designed with bulk storage tanks. While being used, the unsealed storage units for hydrofluosilicic acid shall be vented to the atmosphere at a point outside any building. Bags, fiber drums and deldrums shall be stored on pallets. 6.8.b. Chemical feed equipment and methods -- In addition to the requirements in "Chemical Application," in section seven (7) of this rule, fluoride feed equipment shall meet the following requirements: scales, loss-of-weight recorders or liquid level indicators, as appropriate, accurate to within five percent (5%) of the average daily change in reading shall be provided for chemical feeds; feeders shall be accurate to within five percent (5%) of any desired feed rate; the fluoride compound shall be fed by a fluoride saturator, volumetric, gravimetric, or hydrofluosilicic acid fifteen (15) gallon carboy or fifty-five (55) gallon drum only (solution tanks are not permitted, exclusive of saturators); fluoride compound shall be added last, either directly into the clearwell or into the plant discharge line; the point of application for hydrofluosilicic acid or sodium fluoride, if into a horizontal pipe, shall be forty-five (45) degrees from the bottom of the pipe with the injector protruding into the pipe 1/3 the pipe diameter; a fluoride solution shall be applied by a positive displacement pump having a stroke rate not less than twenty (20) strokes per minute; anti-siphon devices shall be provided for all fluoride lines and dilution water lines; a device to measure the flow of water to be treated is required; water used for sodium fluoride saturated solution shall be softened if hardness exceeds one hundred (100) mg/l as calcium carbonate; fluoride solutions shall not be injected to a point of negative pressure; the electrical outlet used for the fluoride feed pump shall have a nonstandard receptacle, unless it would void the pump warranty, and shall be interconnected with the well or high service pump; and saturators shall be of the upflow type and be provided with a meter and backflow protection on the makeup water line. 6.8.c. Secondary controls -- Secondary control systems for fluoride chemical feed devices may be 40

64CSR77

required by the Environmental Engineering Division as a means of reducing the possibility for overfeed; these may include flow or pressure switches or other devices. 6.8.d. Protective equipment -- Protective equipment as recommended by the compound manufacturer shall be provided for operators handling fluoride compounds. 6.8.e. Dust control -- Provision shall be made for the transfer of dry fluoride compounds from shipping containers to storage bins or hoppers in such a way as to minimize the quantity of fluoride dust that may enter the room in which the equipment is installed. The enclosure shall be provided with an exhaust fan and dust filter that place the hopper under a negative pressure. Air exhausted from fluoride handling equipment shall discharge through a dust filter to the atmosphere outside of the building. Provision shall be made for disposing of empty bags, drums or barrels in a manner that will minimize exposure to fluoride dusts. A floor drain shall be provided to facilitate the hosing of floors. 6.8.f. Testing equipment -- Equipment shall be provided for measuring the quantity of fluoride in the water. The equipment is subject to the approval of the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.9. Stabilization -- Water that is unstable due either to natural causes or to subsequent treatment shall be stabilized. 6.9.a. Carbon dioxide addition -- Recarbonation basin design shall provide a total detention time of twenty minutes. Two compartments, with a depth that will provide a diffuser submergence of not less than 7.5 feet nor greater submergence than recommended by the manufacturer are required. One compartment shall be a mixing compartment having a detention time of at least three minutes and the second compartment shall be a reaction compartment. Plants generating carbon dioxide from combustion shall have open top recarbonation tanks in order to dissipate carbon monoxide gas. Where liquid carbon dioxide is used, adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent carbon dioxide from entering the plant from the recarbonation process. Provisions shall be made for draining the carbonation basin and removing sludge. 6.9.b. Acid addition -- Feed equipment shall conform to "Chemical Application" section 7.1.b.. Adequate precautions shall be taken for operator safety, such as not adding water to the concentrated acid. 6.9.c. Phosphates -- The feeding of phosphates may be applicable for sequestering calcium in limesoftened water, corrosion control, and in conjunction with alkali feed following ion exchange softening. Feed equipment shall conform to "Chemical Application," section six of this rule. Phosphate shall meet AWWA standards and shall conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 60: Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. Stock phosphate solution shall be kept covered and disinfected by carrying approximately ten (10) milligrams per liter free chlorine residual. Phosphate solutions having a pH of two (2) or less may be exempted from this requirement by the Environmental Engineering Division. Satisfactory chlorine residuals shall be maintained in the distribution system when phosphates are used. 6.9.d. "Split treatment" -- Under some conditions, a lime-softening water treatment plant can be designed using "split treatment" in which raw water is blended with lime-softened water to partially stabilize the water prior to secondary clarification and filtration. Treatment plants designed to utilize "split treatment" shall also contain facilities for further stabilization by other methods. 6.9.e. Alkali feed -- Unstable water created by ion exchange softening shall be stabilized by an alkali feed. An alkali feeder shall be provided for all ion exchange water softening plants except when 41

64CSR77

exempted by the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.9.f. Carbon dioxide reduction by aeration -- The carbon dioxide content of an aggressive water may be reduced by aeration. 6.9.g. Other treatment -- Other treatment for controlling corrosive waters by the use of sodium silicate and sodium bicarbonate may be used where necessary. Any proprietary compound shall receive the specific approval of the Environmental Engineering Division before use. 6.9.h. Water unstable due to biochemical action in distribution system -- Unstable water resulting from the bacterial decomposition of organic matter in water (especially in dead end mains), the biochemical action within tubercles, and the reduction of sulfates to sulfides shall be prevented by the maintenance of a free chlorine residual throughout the distribution system. 6.9.i. Control -- Laboratory equipment shall be provided for determining the effectiveness of stabilization treatment. 6.9.j. Cathodic Protection -- Cathodic protection may be used to prevent or minimize corrosion of the inner surfaces of water tanks and stand pipes and the outer surfaces of metal conduits. 6.10. Taste and Odor Control -- Provision shall be made for the control of taste and odor at all surface water treatment plants. Chemicals shall be added sufficiently ahead of other treatment processes to assure adequate contact time for an effective and economical use of the chemicals. Where severe taste and odor problems are encountered, in-plant or pilot plant, or both, studies are required. 6.10.a. Flexibility -- Plants treating water that is known to have taste and odor problems shall be provided with equipment that makes several of the control processes available so that the operator will have flexibility in operation. 6.10.b. Chlorination -- Chlorination can be used for the removal of some objectionable odors. Adequate contact time shall be provided to complete the chemical reactions involved. Excessive potential trihalomethane production through this process shall be avoided by adequate bench-scale testing prior to the design. 6.10.c. Chlorine dioxide -- Chlorine dioxide has been generally recognized as a treatment for tastes caused by industrial wastes, such as phenols. However, chlorine dioxide can be used in the treatment of any taste and odor that is treatable by an oxidizing compound. Provisions shall be made for proper storing and handling of the sodium chlorite, so as to eliminate any danger of explosion. 6.10.d. Powdered activated carbon -- Powdered activated carbon shall be added as early as possible in the treatment process to provide maximum contact time. Flexibility to allow the addition of carbon at several points is preferred. Activated carbon shall not be applied near the point of chlorine application or any other oxidant. The carbon can be added as a pre-mixed slurry or by means of a dry-feed machine as long as the carbon is properly wetted. Continuous agitation or re-suspension equipment is necessary to keep the carbon from depositing in the slurry storage tank. Provision shall be made for adequate dust control. The required rate of feed of carbon in a water treatment plant depends upon the tastes and odors involved, but provision shall be made for adding from 0.1 milligrams per liter to at least one hundred (100) milligrams per liter. Powdered activated carbon shall be handled as a potentially combustible material. It shall be stored in a 42

64CSR77

building or compartment as nearly fireproof as possible. Other chemicals shall not be stored in the same compartment. A separate room shall be provided for carbon feed installations. Carbon feeder rooms shall be equipped with explosion-proof electrical outlets, lights and motors. 6.10.e. Granular activated carbon -- See "Filtration," subsection 6.3.a.7.C. of this rule, for application within filters. 6.10.f. Copper sulfate and other copper compounds -- Continuous or periodic treatment of water with copper compounds to kill algae or other growths shall be controlled to prevent copper in excess of one (1) milligram per liter as copper in the plant effluent or distribution system. Care shall be taken to assure an even distribution. 6.10.g. Aeration -- See "Aeration," subsection 6.6 of this rule. 6.10.h. Potassium permanganate -- Application of potassium permanganate may be considered, providing the treatment shall be designed so that the products of the reaction are not visible in the finished water. 6.10.i. Ozone -- Ozonation may be used as a means of taste and odor control. Adequate contact time shall be provided to complete the chemical reactions involved. Ozone is generally more desirable for treating water with high threshold odors. 6.10.j. Other methods -- The decision to use any other methods of taste and odor control shall be made only after careful laboratory or pilot plant, or both, tests and in consultation with the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.11. Microscreening -- A microscreen is a mechanical supplement of treatment capable of removing suspended matter from the water by straining. It may be used to reduce nuisance organisms and organic loadings. It shall not be used in place of filtration, when filtration is necessary to provide a satisfactory water nor used in place of coagulation in the preparation of water for filtration. 6.11.a. Design -- Design shall give due consideration to: the nature of the suspended matter to be removed corrosiveness of the water, the effect of chlorination, when required as pre-treatment; and the duplication of units for continuous operation during equipment maintenance. Design shall provide a durable, corrosion-resistant screen, by-pass arrangements, protection against back-siphonage when potable water is used for washing, and proper disposal of wash waters. 6.12. Waste Handling and Disposal -- Provisions shall be made for proper disposal of water treatment plant waste such as sanitary waste, laboratory waste, clarification sludge, softening sludge, iron sludge, filter backwash water, and brines. All waste discharges are governed by West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection (WVDEP) requirements. The requirements under this rule shall be considered minimum requirements as WVDEP may have more stringent requirements. In locating waste disposal facilities, due consideration shall be given to preventing potential contamination of the water supply. Alternative methods of water treatment and chemical use shall be considered as a means of reducing waste volumes and the associated handling and disposal problems. 6.12.a. Sanitary waste -- The sanitary waste from water treatment plants, pumping stations, and other waterworks installations shall receive treatment. Waste from these facilities shall be discharged directly 43

64CSR77

to a sanitary sewer system, when available and feasible, to an adequate on-site waste treatment facility approved by the County Health Department or to a treatment system approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.12.b. Brine waste -- Waste from ion exchange plants, demineralization plants, or other plants that produce a brine, may be disposed of by controlled discharge to a stream if adequate dilution is available. Surface water quality requirements of the WVDEP will control the rate of discharge. Except when discharging to large waterways, a holding tank of sufficient size shall be provided to allow the brine to be discharged over a twenty-four (24) hour period. Where discharging to a sanitary sewer, a holding tank may be required to prevent the overloading of the sewer or interfering with the waste treatment processes. The effect of brine discharge to sewage lagoons may depend on the rate of evaporation from lagoons. 6.12.c. Lime softening sludge -- Sludge from plants using lime to soften water varies in quantity and in chemical characteristics depending on the softening process and the chemical characteristics of the water being softened. Recent studies show that the quantity of sludge produced is much larger than indicated by stoichiometric calculations. Methods of treatment and disposal are as follows: 6.12.c.1. Lagoons -- Temporary lagoons that are cleaned periodically shall be designed on the basis of 0.7 acres per million gallons per day per one hundred (100) milligrams per liter of hardness removed based on usable lagoon depth of five feet. This shall provide about 2 2 years storage. At least two (2) but preferably more lagoons shall be provided in order to give flexibility in operation. An acceptable means of final sludge disposal shall be provided. Provisions shall be made for convenient cleaning. Permanent lagoons shall have a volume of at least four (4) times that for temporary lagoons. The design of both temporary lagoons and permanent lagoons shall provide for: locations free from flooding; when necessary, dikes, deflecting gutters or other means of diverting surface water so that it does not flow into the lagoons; a minimum usable depth of five (5) feet; adequate freeboard of at least two (2) feet; an adjustable decanting device; an effluent sampling point; safety provisions; and parallel operation. 6.12.c.2. Land Application -- The application of liquid lime sludge to farm land shall be considered as a method of ultimate disposal. Approval from the WVDEP shall be obtained. 6.12.c.3. Sanitary Sewers -- Discharge of lime sludge to sanitary sewers shall be avoided since it may cause both liquid volume and sludge volume problems at the sewage treatment plant. This method shall be used only when the sewerage system has the capability to adequately handle the lime sludge. 6.12.c.4. Mixing -- Mixing of lime sludge with activated sludge waste may be considered as a means of co-disposal. 6.12.c.5. Landfills -- Disposal at a landfill may be done as either a solid or liquid if the landfill can accept such waste, depending on WVDEP requirements. 6.12.c.6. Mechanical Dewatering -- Mechanical dewatering of sludge may be considered. Pilot studies on a particular plant waste are recommended. The Environmental Engineering Division may require operational data from similar water treatment facilities treating similar raw water and require performance guaranteed specifications for the mechanical equipment. 6.12.c.7. Calcination -- Calcination of sludge may be considered. Pilot studies on a particular plant waste are recommended. The Environmental Engineering Division may require operational data from 44

64CSR77

similar water treatment facilities treating similar raw water and require performance guaranteed specifications for the mechanical equipment. 6.12.c.8. Drying Beds -- Lime sludge drying beds are not recommended. 6.12.d. Alum sludge -- Lagooning may be used as a method of handling alum sludge. Lagoon size may be calculated using total chemicals used plus a factor for turbidity. Mechanical concentration may be considered. A pilot plant study is required before the design of a mechanical dewatering installation. Freezing changes the nature of alum sludge so that it can be used for fill. Acid treatment of sludge for alum recovery may be a possible alternative. Alum sludge may be discharged to a sanitary sewer; however, initiation of this practice will depend on obtaining approval from the owner of the sewerage system as well as from the Environmental Engineering Division before final designs are made. Lagoons shall be designed to produce an effluent satisfactory to the WVDEP and shall provide for: locations free from flooding; where necessary, dikes, deflecting gutters or other means of diverting surface water so that it does not flow into the lagoon; a minimum usable depth of five feet; freeboard of at least two (2) feet; an adjustable decanting device; an effluent sampling point; and safety provisions. 6.12.e. "Red water" waste -- Waste filter wash water from iron and manganese removal plants can be disposed of as follows: 6.12.e.1. Sand filters -- Sand filters shall have the following features: 6.12.e.1.A. Total filter area, regardless of the volume of water to be handled, shall be no less than one hundred (100) square feet. Unless the filter is small enough to be cleaned and returned to service in one (1) day, two (2) or more cells are required; 6.12.e.1.B. The "red water" filter shall have sufficient capacity to contain, above the level of the sand, the entire volume of wash water produced by washing all of the production filters in the plant, unless the production filters are washed on a rotating schedule and the flow through the production filters is regulated by true rate of flow controllers. Then sufficient volume shall be provided to properly dispose of the wash water involved; 6.12.e.1.C. Sufficient filter surface area shall be provided so that, during any one (1) filtration cycle, no more than two (2) feet of backwash water will accumulate over the sand surface; 6.12.e.1.D. The filter shall not be subject to flooding by surface runoff or flood waters. Finished grade elevation shall be established to facilitate maintenance, cleaning and removal of surface sand as required. Flash boards or other non-watertight devices shall not be used in the construction of filter side walls; 6.12.e.1.E. The filter media shall consist of a minimum of twelve (12) inches of sand, three (3) to four (4) inches of supporting small gravel or torpedo sand and nine (9) inches of gravel in graded layers. All sand and gravel shall be washed to remove fines; 6.12.e.1.F. Filter sand shall have an effective size of 0.3 to 0.5 mm and a uniformity coefficient not to exceed 3.5. The use of larger sized sands shall be justified by the designing engineer to the satisfaction of the Environmental Engineering Division;

45

64CSR77

6.12.e.1.G. The filter shall be provided with an adequate under-drainage collection system to permit satisfactory discharge of filtrate; 6.12.e.1.H. Provision shall be made for the sampling of the filter effluent; 6.12.e.1.I. Overflow devices from "red water" filters shall not be permitted; 6.12.e.1.J. Where freezing is a problem, provisions shall be made for covering the filters during the winter months; and 6.12.e.1.K. "Red water" filters shall comply with the common wall provisions that pertain to the possibility of contamination of finished water with an unsafe water. The Environmental Engineering Division shall be contacted for approval of any arrangement where a separate structure is not provided. 6.12.e.2. Lagoons -- Lagoons shall have the following features: be designed with volume ten (10) times the total quantity of wash water discharged during any twenty-four (24) hour period; a minimum usable depth of three (3) feet, length four (4) times width, and the width at least three (3) times the depth, as measured at the operating water level; an outlet at the end opposite the inlet; a weir overflow device at the outlet end with weir length equal to or greater than depth; and velocity dissipated at the inlet end. 6.12.e.3. Discharge to community sanitary sewer -- "Red water" may be discharged to a community sewer; however, approval of this method will depend on obtaining approval from the owner of the sewerage system as well as from the Environmental Engineering Division before final designs are made. A holding tank is recommended to prevent overloading the sewers. 6.12.e.4. Recycling "Red Water" waste -- Recycling of supernatant or filtrate from "red water" waste treatment facilities to the head end of an iron removal plant is not allowed except as approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. 6.12.f. Waste filter wash water -- Waste filter wash water from surface water treatment or lime softening plants shall have suspended solids reduced to a level acceptable to the WVDEP before being discharged. Many plants have constructed holding facilities and return this water to the inlet end of the plant. The holding facility shall be of such a size that it will contain the anticipated volume of waste wash water produced by the plant when operating at design capacity. A plant that has two (2) filters shall have a holding facility that will contain the total waste wash from both filters calculated by using a fifteen (15) minute wash at twenty (20) gallons per minute per square foot. In plants with more filters, the size of the holding facilities will depend on the anticipated hours of operation. It is required that waste filter wash water be returned at a rate of less than ten percent (10%) of the raw water influent rate. Filter backwash water shall not be recycled when the raw water contains excessive algae, when finished water taste and odor problems are encountered, or when trihalomethane levels in the distribution system may exceed allowable levels. Consideration shall be given to the concentration effects of contaminants. '64-77-7. Chemical Application. 7.1. General. -- No chemicals shall be applied to treat drinking waters unless specifically approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. 7.1.a. Plans and specifications. -- Plans and specifications shall be submitted to the Environmental 46

64CSR77

Engineering Division for review and approval and shall include: descriptions of feed equipment, including maximum and minimum feed ranges; the location of feeders, piping layout and points of application; storage and handling facilities; specifications for chemicals to be used; operating and control procedures including proposed application rates; and the descriptions of testing equipment and procedures. 7.1.b. Chemical application. -- Chemicals shall be applied to the water at such points and by such means as to assure maximum efficiency of treatment, assure maximum safety to consumers, provide maximum safety to operators, assure satisfactory mixing of the chemicals with the water, provide maximum flexibility of operation through various points of application, when appropriate, and prevent backflow or back-siphonage between multiple points of feed through common manifolds. 7.1.c. General equipment design. -- General equipment design shall be such that: feeders will be able to supply, at all times, the necessary amounts of chemicals at an accurate rate, throughout the range of feed; chemical-contact materials and surfaces are resistant to the aggressiveness of the chemical solution; corrosive chemicals are introduced in such a manner as to minimize potential for corrosion; chemicals that are incompatible are not stored or handled together; all chemicals are conducted from the feeder to the point of application in separate conduits; chemical feeders are as near as practical to the feed point; chemical feeders and pumps operate at no lower than twenty per cent (20%) of the feed range; chemicals are fed by gravity where practical; and all surface water systems have the capability to feed powdered activated carbon. 7.2. Facility Design. 7.2.a. Number of feeders -- Where chemical feed is necessary for the protection of the supply, such as chlorination, coagulation or other essential processes, the standby unit or a combination of units of sufficient capacity shall be available to replace the largest unit during shut-downs, for all surface water and ground water under the direct influence of surface water systems. The standby unit or a combination of units of sufficient capacity shall be available to replace the largest unit during shut-downs for other water systems. Where a booster pump is required, duplicate equipment shall be provided and, when necessary, standby power. A separate feeder shall be used for each chemical applied. Spare parts shall be available for all equipment to replace parts that are subject to wear and damage. 7.2.b. Control -- Feeders may be manually or automatically controlled, with automatic controls designed to allow override by manual controls. Process shall be manually started following shutdown, unless otherwise approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. At automatically operated facilities, chemical feeders shall be electrically interconnected with the well or service pump. Chemical feed rates shall be proportional to flow. A means to measure water flow shall be provided in order to determine chemical feed rates. Provisions shall be made for measuring the quantities of chemicals used. Automatic chemical dose or residual analyzers may be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division for use and shall provide alarms for critical values and recording charts. 7.2.b.1. Weighing scales -- Weighing scales shall be provided for weighing cylinders at all plants utilizing chlorine gas. For large plants, indicating and recording type weighing scales are desirable and are required for hydrofluosilicic acid and sodium silicofluoride feed and volumetric dry chemical feeders. Weighing scales shall be accurate to measure increments of 0.5 per cent of load. 7.2.c. Dry chemical feeders. -- Dry chemical feeders shall measure chemicals volumetrically or gravimetrically, provide adequate solution water and agitation of the chemical in the solution pot, provide gravity feed from solution pots, completely enclose chemicals to prevent emission of dust to the operating 47

64CSR77

room and be provided with dust removal systems. 7.2.d. Positive displacement solution pumps. -- Positive displacement type solution feed pumps shall be used to feed liquid chemicals but shall not be used to feed chemical slurries unless recommended by the manufacturer for that use. Pumps shall be sized to match or exceed maximum head conditions found at the point of injection. 7.2.e. Liquid chemical feeders. -- Siphon control - Liquid chemical feeders shall be such that chemical solutions cannot be siphoned into the water supply by assuring discharge at a point of positive pressure or by providing vacuum relief, a suitable air gap or other suitable means or combinations as necessary. 7.2.f. Cross-connection control. -- Cross-connection control shall be provided to assure that the service water lines discharging to solution tanks are properly protected from backflow as required by the Environmental Engineering Division, vacuum breakers as a minimum. Design shall prevent liquid chemical solutions from being siphoned through solution feeders into the water supply, and no direct connection shall exist between any sewer and a drain or overflow from the feeder, solution chamber or tank by providing that all drains terminate at least six (6) inches or two (2) pipe diameters, whichever is greater, above the overflow rim of a receiving sump, conduit or waste receptacle. 7.2.g. Chemical feed equipment location. -- Chemical feed equipment shall: be located in a separate room to reduce hazards and dust problems; be conveniently located near points of application to minimize length of feed lines; be readily accessible for servicing, repair, and observation of operation including cleanouts; be located such that the flow to the rapid mix is by gravity, except in case of in-line static mixers; be located with protective curbing so that chemicals from equipment failure, spillage or accidental drainage shall not enter the water in conduits, treatment or storage basins; and have floor drains to facilitate area cleaning. 7.2.h. In-Plant water supply. -- The in-plant water supply shall be: only from a safe, source approved by the Environmental Engineering Division, ample in quantity and adequate in pressure; provided with means for measurement when preparing specific solution concentrations by dilution; properly treated for hardness, when necessary; and properly protected against backflow as approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. 7.2.i. Storage of chemicals -- Space shall be provided for at least thirty (30) days of chemical supply, the convenient and efficient handling of chemicals, dry storage conditions, and a minimum storage volume of 1-1/2 truck loads where purchase is by truck load lots. Storage tanks and pipelines for liquid chemicals shall be specific to the chemicals and not for alternates. Where possible, connectors for each liquid chemical shall be different and distinctly marked. Chemicals shall be stored in covered or unopened shipping containers, unless the chemical is transferred into a storage unit approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. Liquid chemical storage tanks shall have a liquid level indicator and have an overflow and a receiving basin or drain capable of containing accidental spills or overflows. Special precautions shall be taken with: sodium chlorite, to eliminate any danger of explosion and to avoid heat, flame, moisture and shock; activated carbon, which is a potentially combustible material requiring isolated, fireproof storage and explosion-proof electrical outlets, lights and motors in areas of dry handling; and cylinders of chlorine gas that shall be isolated from operating areas, restrained in position to prevent upset, and stored in rooms separate from ammonia storage. 7.2.j. Solution tanks -- A means shall be provided in a solution tank to maintain a uniform strength 48

64CSR77

of solution. Continuous agitation shall be provided to maintain slurries in suspension. Two (2) solution tanks of adequate volume may be required for a chemical to assure continuity of chemical supply. Means shall be provided to measure the solution level in the tank. Chemical solutions shall be kept covered. Large tanks with access openings shall have the openings curbed and fitted with overhanging covers. Subsurface locations for solution tanks shall be free from sources of possible contamination and assure positive drainage for groundwater, accumulated water, chemical spills and overflows. Overflow pipes, when provided, shall be turned downward, with the end screened, have a free fall discharge, and be located where noticeable. Acid storage tanks shall be vented to the outside atmosphere but not through vents in common with day tanks. Each tank shall be provided with a valved drain protected against backflow. Solution tanks shall be located with protective curbing so that chemicals from equipment failure, spillage or accidental drainage shall not enter the water in conduits, treatment or storage basins. Make-up water shall enter the tank from above the maximum solution level, a distance of two (2) pipe diameters but not less than six (6) inches through a smooth nosed tap, or shall be protected with backflow prevention devices approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. Fluoride shall not be made in a solution tank. 7.2.k. Day tanks -- Day tanks shall be provided where bulk storage of liquid chemical is provided. Day tanks shall meet all the requirements of solution tanks. Day tanks shall hold no more than a thirty (30) hour supply, but no less than a one (1) day of operation supply at design flow. Day tanks shall be scalemounted or have a calibrated gauge painted or mounted on the side if liquid level can be observed in a gauge tube, manometer or through translucent sidewalls of the tank. In opaque tanks, a gauge rod extending above a reference point at the top of the tank, attached to a float, may be used. The ratio of the area of the tank to its height shall be such that unit readings are meaningful in relation to the total amount of chemical fed during a day. Fluoride shall be scale mounted only. Hand pumps may be provided for transfer from a carboy or drum. A tip rack may be used to permit withdrawal into a bucket from a spigot. Where motor-driven transfer pumps are provided, a liquid level limit switch and an over-flow from the day tank shall be provided. Transfer of hydrofluosilicic acid is not permitted. A means that is consistent with the nature of the chemical solution shall be provided to maintain uniform strength of solution in a day tank. Continuous agitation shall be provided to maintain chemical slurries in suspension. Tanks shall be properly labeled to designate the chemical contained. 7.2.l. Feed lines -- Feed lines: shall be as short as possible, and of durable, corrosion-resistant material, easily accessible throughout the entire length, protected against freezing, and readily cleaned; shall slope upward from the chemical source to the feeder when conveying gases; shall be designed consistent with scale-forming or solids depositing properties of the water, chemical, solution or mixtures conveyed; shall be color coded; shall introduce corrosive chemicals in such manner as to minimize potential for corrosion; and shall not carry pressurized chlorine gas beyond the chlorine feeder room. 7.2.m. Handling -- Carts, elevators and other appropriate means shall be provided for lifting chemical containers to minimize excessive lifting by operators. Provisions shall be made for disposing of empty bags, drums or barrels by a procedure approved by the Environmental Engineering Division that will minimize exposure to dust. Provision shall be made for the proper transfer of dry chemicals from shipping containers to storage bins or hoppers in such a way as to minimize the quantity of dust that may enter the room in which the equipment is installed. Control shall be provided by use of vacuum pneumatic equipment or closed conveyor systems. Facilities shall be provided for emptying shipping containers in special enclosures or for exhaust fans and dust filters that put the hoppers or bins under negative pressure. Provision shall be made for measuring quantities of chemicals used to prepare feed solutions. Chemicals that are incompatible shall not be fed, stored or handled together. Precautions shall be taken with electrical equipment to prevent explosions, particularly in the use of sodium chlorite and activated carbon in accordance with the 49

64CSR77

latest NEC. 7.2.n. Housing -- Floor surfaces shall be smooth and impervious, slip-proof and well drained. Vents from feeders, storage facilities and equipment exhaust shall discharge to the outside atmosphere above grade and remote from air intakes and doors. Structures, rooms and areas accommodating chemical feed equipment shall provide convenient access for servicing, repair and observation of the operation. Open basins, tanks and conduits shall be protected from chemical spills or accidental drainage. 7.3. Chemicals. 7.3.a. Shipping containers. -- Chemical shipping containers shall be fully labeled to include the chemical=s name, purity and concentration and supplier name and address. Chemicals having a distinguishing color may be used, providing the coloring material is not toxic in the concentrations used and will not impart taste, odor or color to the water supply. 7.3.b. Specifications. -- Chemicals shall meet AWWA specifications and shall conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 60: Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects where applicable. 7.3.c. Assay. -- Provisions may be required for the assay of chemicals delivered. 7.4. Operator Safety. 7.4.a. Ventilation. -- Special provisions shall be made for ventilation of chlorine feed and storage rooms. 7.4.b. Respiratory protection equipment. -- Respiratory protection equipment, meeting the requirements of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), shall be available where chlorine gas is handled and shall be stored at a convenient location but not inside any room where chlorine is used or stored. The units shall use compressed air, have at least a thirty (30) minute capacity and be compatible with or exactly the same as units used by the fire department responsible for the plant. 7.4.c. Chlorine leak detection. -- A bottle of ammonium hydroxide, fifty-six per cent (56%) ammonia solution, shall be available for chlorine leak detection. Where ton containers are used, a leak repair kit approved by the Chlorine Institute shall be provided. Continuous chlorine leak detection equipment is recommended. Where a leak detector is provided it shall be equipped with both an audible alarm and a warning light. 7.4.d. Protective equipment -- The public water system shall provide each operator at least one (1) pair of rubber gloves, a dust respirator of a type meeting NIOSH requirements for toxic dusts, an apron or other protective clothing and goggles or face mask. A deluge shower and eye-washing device shall be installed where strong acids and alkalis are used or stored. A water holding tank that will allow water to come to room temperature shall be installed in the water line feeding the deluge shower and eye-washing device. Other methods of water tempering will be considered on an individual basis. Other protective equipment shall be provided as necessary. 7.4.e. Gases from feeders, storage and equipment exhausts shall be conveyed to the outside atmosphere above grade and remote from air intakes and doors.

50

64CSR77

7.4.f. A plastic bottle of hydrochloric acid (muriatic acid, in commercial form) shall be available for ammonia leak detection where ammonia gas is used or stored. 7.4.g. Facilities shall be provided for washing of face, gloves and protective equipment. 7.4.h. Safety signs shall be posted in all areas where necessary. 7.5. Specific Chemicals. 7.5.a. Chlorine gas -- Chlorine gas feed and storage shall be enclosed, sealed and separated from other operating areas. The chlorine room shall be provided with a shatter resistant inspection window installed in an interior wall, constructed in such a manner that all openings between the chlorine room and the remainder of the plant are sealed and provided with doors equipped with panic hardware assuring a ready means of exit and opening outward only to the building exterior. 7.5.a.1. Full and empty cylinders of chlorine gas shall be isolated from operating areas, restrained in position to prevent upset, stored in rooms separate from ammonia storage and stored in areas not in direct sunlight or exposed to excessive heat. 7.5.a.2. Where chlorine gas is used, adequate housing shall be provided for the chlorination equipment and for storing chlorine. The room shall be constructed to provide the following: a ventilating fan designed specifically to handle chlorine gas with a capacity that provides one complete air change per minute when the room is occupied; the ventilating fan shall take suction near the floor as far as practical from the door and air inlet, with the point of discharge located so as not to contaminate air inlets or entrance doors to any rooms or structures; air inlets shall be through louvers near the ceiling; and louvers for chlorine room air intake and exhaust shall facilitate airtight closure. Separate switches for the fan and lights shall be located outside of the chlorine room and at the inspection window. Outside switches shall be protected from vandalism. A signal light indicating fan operation shall be provided at each entrance when the fan can be controlled from more than one point. Vents from feeders and storage shall discharge to the outside atmosphere, above grade. The room location shall be on the prevailing downwind side of the building away from entrances, windows, louvers, walkways, etc. Floor drains are discouraged. Where provided, the floor drains shall discharge to the outside of the building and shall not be connected to other internal or external drainage systems. 7.5.a.3. Chlorinator rooms shall be heated to sixty (60) degrees F and be protected from excessive heat. Cylinders and gas lines shall be protected from temperatures above that of the feed equipment. 7.5.a.4. Pressurized chlorine feed lines shall not carry chlorine gas beyond the chlorinator room. 7.5.b. Acids and caustics -- Acids and caustics shall be kept in closed corrosion-resistant shipping containers or storage units with the contents identified by signs or placards. Acids and caustics shall not be handled in open vessels but shall be pumped in undiluted form from original containers through suitable hose to the point of treatment or to a covered day tank. 7.5.c. Sodium chlorite for chlorine dioxide generation. -- Proposals for the storage and use of sodium chlorite shall be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division prior to the preparation of final plans and specifications. Provisions shall be made for proper storage and handling of sodium chlorite to eliminate 51

64CSR77

any danger of explosion. 7.5.c.1. Storage -- Sodium chlorite shall be stored by itself in a separate room and preferably shall be stored in an outside building detached from the water treatment facility. It shall be stored away from organic materials that would react violently with sodium chlorite. The storage structures shall be constructed of noncombustible materials. If the storage structure is located in an area where a fire may occur, water shall be available to keep the sodium chlorite area cool enough to prevent decomposition from heat and the resultant explosive conditions. 7.5.c.2. Handling -- Care shall be taken to prevent spillage. An emergency plan of operation shall be available for the clean up of any spillage. Storage drums shall be thoroughly flushed prior to being recycled or disposed. 7.5.c.3. Feeders -- Positive displacement feeders shall be provided. Tubing for conveying sodium chlorite or chlorine dioxide solutions shall be Type 1 PVC, polyethylene or materials recommended by the manufacturer. Chemical feeders may be installed in gas chlorine rooms if sufficient space is provided for facilities meeting the chlorine room requirements. Feed lines shall be installed in a manner to prevent formation of gas pockets and shall terminate at a point of positive pressure. Check valves shall be provided to prevent the backflow of chlorine into the sodium chlorite line. 7.6. Other chemical feed system or treatment methodologies may be installed in accordance with manufacturers and industry recommendations if approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. '64-77-8. Pumping Facilities. 8.1. General. -- Pumping facilities shall be designed to maintain the sanitary quality of pumped water. Subsurface pits or pump rooms and inaccessible installations shall be avoided. No pumping station shall be subject to flooding. 8.2. Location. -- The pumping station shall be located so that the proposed site will meet the requirements for sanitary protection of water quality, hydraulics of the system and protection against interruption of service by fire, flood or any other hazard including accumulation of flammable or explosive gasses. 8.2.a. Site protection. -- The pumping station shall be: elevated to a minimum of three (3) feet above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation or protected to such elevations where practical; readily accessible at all times unless permitted to be out of service for the period of inaccessibility; graded around the station so as to drain surface water away from the station; and protected to prevent vandalism and entrance by animals or unauthorized persons. 8.3. Pumping Stations. 8.3.a. Both raw and finished water pumping stations: shall have adequate space for the installation of additional units, if needed, and for the safe servicing of all equipment; be of durable construction, fire and weather resistant and with outward-opening doors; have a floor elevation of at least six (6) inches above finished grade or provide drains or sumps to keep the station floor dry; have underground structure waterproofed; have all floors drained in such a manner that the quality of the potable water will not be endangered; have floors slope to a suitable drain; provide a suitable outlet for drainage from pump glands 52

64CSR77

without discharging onto the floor; provide sampling taps, suction and discharge pressure gauges with stop cocks; and provide metering facilities. 8.3.b. Suction well. -- Suction wells shall be watertight, have floors sloped to permit removal of water and entrained solids, be covered or otherwise protected against contamination and have two pumping compartments or other means to allow the suction well to be taken out of service for inspection, maintenance or repair. 8.3.c. Equipment servicing. -- Pump stations shall be provided with: crane-ways, hoist beams, eye bolts, or other adequate facilities for servicing or removal of pumps, motors or other heavy equipment; openings in floors, roofs or wherever else needed for removal of heavy or bulky equipment; and a convenient tool board, or other facilities as needed, for proper maintenance of the equipment. 8.3.d. Stairways and ladders shall: be provided between all floors and in pits or compartments that are entered; and have handrails on both sides, and treads of non-slip material. Stairs are preferred in areas where there is frequent traffic or where supplies are transported by hand. They shall have risers not exceeding nine (9) inches and treads wide enough for safety. 8.3.e. Heating. -- Provisions shall be made for adequate heating for the comfort of the operator and the safe and efficient operation of the equipment. In pump houses not occupied by personnel, only enough heat need be provided to prevent freezing of equipment or treatment process. 8.3.f. Ventilation. -- Ventilation shall conform to existing local and state codes. Adequate ventilation shall be provided for all pumping stations. Forced ventilation of at least six (6) changes of air per hour shall be provided for all rooms, compartments, pits and other enclosures below the ground floor and any area where an unsafe atmosphere may develop or where excessive heat may be built up. 8.3.g. Dehumidification. -- In areas where excess moisture could cause hazards to safety or damage to equipment, means for dehumidification shall be provided. 8.3.h. Lighting. -- Pump stations shall be adequately lighted throughout. All electrical work shall conform to the requirements of the AIA and related agencies and to the NEC and the relevant state and local codes. 8.3.i. Sanitary and other conveniences. -- All pumping stations that are manned for extended periods shall be provided with potable water, lavatory and toilet facilities. Plumbing shall be installed so as to prevent contamination of a public water supply. 8.4. Ground Water Pump Stations. -- Where pumping facilities are used, wells and springs shall be vented by properly hooded and screened pipe extending at least twelve (12) inches above the pump station floor or ground surface. Where necessary, provision shall be made for lubricating the pump from a point at least six (6) inches above the top of the well cover, by means that will prevent contamination of the water supply. 8.4.a. Driven or Drilled Wells. -- Pumping stations located over driven or drilled wells shall: have riser pipe or casing extending at least six (6) inches, and preferably twelve (12) inches, above the floor, and equipped with a flange or suitable stuffing box; have riser pipe or casing firmly connected to the pump structure or have casing inserted into a recess extending at least one (1) inch into the base of the pump, if a 53

64CSR77

watertight connection is not provided; have the base of the pump not less than six (6) inches above the pump room floor; and have the pump foundation and base designed to prevent water from coming into contact with the joint. 8.4.b. Submersible Pumps. -- Where a submersible pump is used, the top of the casing shall be equipped with pitless adaptors or vents, or both, approved by the NSF or WSC with an approved cap to effectively seal against entrance of water under all conditions of vibration or movements of conductors or cables. 8.4.c. Discharge Piping. -- Discharge piping shall be provided with means to pump to waste but shall not be directly connected to a sewer. The discharge line shall have control valves located above the pump floor, be protected against freezing, be valved to permit testing and control of each well, have watertight joints, and have all exposed valves protected. 8.5. Pumps. 8.5.a. At least two pumping units shall be provided. With any pump out of service, the remaining pump or pumps shall be capable of providing the maximum daily pumping demand of the system. The pumping units shall: have ample capacity to supply the peak demand against the required distribution system pressure without dangerous overloading; be driven by prime movers able to meet the maximum horsepower condition of the pumps; be provided with readily available spare parts and tools; be served by control equipment that has proper heater and overload protection for air temperature encountered; and be able to pump the necessary average demand in a period not to exceed eight (8) hours. 8.5.b. Suction lift. -- Suction lift shall be avoided, if possible, and be within manufacturers specifications, preferably less than fifteen (15) feet. If suction lift is necessary, provision shall be made for priming the pumps. 8.5.c. Priming. -- Priming water shall not be of lesser sanitary quality than that of the water being pumped. Means shall be provided to prevent back siphonage. When an air-operated ejector is used, the screened intake shall draw clean air from a point at least ten (10) feet above the ground or other source of possible contamination unless the air is filtered by an apparatus approved by the Environmental Engineering Division. Vacuum priming may be used. 8.6. Booster Pumps. 8.6.a. Booster pump stations shall be constructed in accordance with "Pumping Stations," in subsection 8.3 of this section, and shall contain sampling taps and sufficient room for booster chlorination facilities. 8.6.b. Booster pumps shall be located or controlled so that they will not produce negative pressure in their suction lines. The intake pressure shall be at least five (5) pounds per square inch when the pump is in normal operation. An automatic cutoff or a low pressure controller shall maintain at least five (5) pounds per square inch in the suction line under all operating conditions. Automatic or remote control devices shall have a range between the start and cutoff pressure that will prevent excessive cycling. A bypass shall be available and provide for needed demand in eight (8) hours or less. 8.6.c. Duplicate pumps. -- Each booster pumping station shall contain not less than two (2) pumps with capacities such that peak demand can be satisfied with the largest pump out of service. 54

64CSR77

8.6.d. Metering. -- All booster pumping stations shall contain a totalizer meter. 8.6.e. In-line booster pumps. -- In-line booster pumps shall be accessible for servicing and repairs. 8.6.f. Individual home booster pumps. -- Individual home booster pumps shall not be allowed for any individual service from the public water supply main where residual pressures are less than five (5) pounds per square inch under any flow conditions. Where used, backflow prevention, approved by the Environmental Engineering Division, consisting of at least a double check valve assembly shall be provided by the customer to protect the public water supply. 8.7. Automatic and Remote Controlled Stations. -- All automatic stations shall be provided with automatic signaling apparatus that will report when the station is out of service. All remote controlled stations shall be electrically operated and controlled and shall have signaling apparatus of proven performance. Installation of electrical equipment shall conform with the applicable state and local electrical codes and the National Electrical Code. 8.8. Appurtenances. 8.8.a. Valves. -- Pumps shall be adequately valved to permit satisfactory operation, maintenance and repair of the equipment. If foot valves are necessary, they shall have a net valve area of at least 2-1/2 times the area of the suction pipe, and they shall be screened. Each pump shall have a positive-acting check valve on the discharge side between the pump and the shut-off valve. 8.8.b. Piping. -- In general, piping shall: be designed so that the friction losses will be minimized and not be subject to contamination; have watertight joints; be protected against a surge or water hammer; be such that each pump has an individual suction line or lines are so manifolded that they will insure similar hydraulic and operating conditions, 8.8.c. Gauges and meters. -- Each pump shall have a pressure gauge on its discharge line, shall have a compound gauge on its suction line, shall have recording meters and gauges in the larger stations (250 gallons per minute or larger) and shall have a means for measuring the discharge volume. 8.8.d. Water seals. -- Water seals shall not be supplied with water of a lesser sanitary quality than that of the water being pumped. Where pumps are sealed with potable water and are pumping water of less sanitary quality the seal shall be provided with a break tank open to atmospheric pressure and have an air gap of at least six (6) inches or two (2) pipe diameters, whichever is greater, between the feeder line and the spill line of the tank. 8.8.e. Controls. -- Pumps, their motors and accessories, shall be controlled in such a manner that they will operate at rated capacity without dangerous overload. Where two (2) or more pumps are installed for redundancy, provision shall be made for alternation. Provision shall be made to prevent energizing the motor in the event of a backspin cycle. Electrical controls shall be installed in accordance with NEC requirements. Equipment shall be provided, or other arrangements shall be made, to prevent surge pressures from activating controls that switch on pumps or activate other equipment outside the normal design cycle of operation. 8.8.f. Standby power. -- Whenever possible, to ensure continuous service when the primary power 55

64CSR77

had been interrupted, a power supply shall be provided from at least two (2) independent sources or a standby or an auxiliary source shall be provided. If standby power is provided by on-site generators or engines, the fuel storage and fuel line shall be designed to protect the water supply from contamination. Natural gas or bottled gas are the preferred fuels. 8.8.g. Water pre-lubrication. -- When automatic pre-lubrication of pump bearings is necessary and an auxiliary direct drive power supply is provided, the pre-lubrication line shall be provided with a valved bypass around the automatic control so that the bearings can, if necessary, be lubricated manually before the pump is started or the pre-lubrication controls shall be wired to the auxiliary power supply. '64-77-9. Finished Water Storage. 9.1. General. -- The materials and designs used for finished water storage structures shall provide stability and durability as well as protect the quality of the stored water. Steel structures shall follow the current AWWA standards concerning steel tanks, standpipes, reservoirs, and elevated tanks wherever they are applicable. Other materials of construction are acceptable when properly designed to meet the requirements of this section. 9.1.a. Sizing. -- Storage facilities shall have sufficient capacity, as determined from engineering studies, to meet domestic, commercial and industrial demands, and where fire protection is provided, fire flow demands. 9.1.a.1. Fire flow requirements established by the ISO shall be satisfied where fire protection is provided. 9.1.a.2. The minimum storage capacity (or equivalent capacity) for systems providing fire protection shall be equal to twice the average daily demand of one hundred fifty (150) gallons per customer per day plus fire flow unless it can be demonstrated that the supply capacity of the system is sufficient to warrant less. This requirement may be reduced when the source and treatment facilities have sufficient capacity with standby power to supplement peak demands of the system. 9.1.a.3. A recommended storage capacity for community and non-community, non-transient public water systems not providing fire protection shall be equal to twice the average daily demand of one hundred fifty (150) gallons per customer per day. 9.1.b. Location of ground-level reservoirs- The bottom of reservoirs and standpipes shall be placed at the normal ground surface and shall be above the one hundred (100) year flood level. When the bottom is below normal ground surface, it shall be placed above the groundwater table. At least fifty per cent (50%) of the water depth of the reservoir shall be above grade. Sewers, drains, standing water, and similar sources of possible contamination shall be kept at least fifty (50) feet from the reservoir. A water main pipe, pressure tested in place to fifty (50) pounds per square inch without leakage, may be located from twenty (20) to fifty (50) feet from a sewer, but under no circumstances shall it be located within twenty (20) feet of a sewer. 9.1.c. Protection. -- All finished water storage structures shall have suitable watertight roofs and screened vents that exclude birds, animals, insects, and excessive dust. 9.1.d. Protection from trespassers. -- Fencing, locks on access manholes, and other necessary precautions shall be provided to prevent trespassing, vandalism and sabotage. 56

64CSR77

9.1.e. Drains. -- No drain on a water storage structure may have a direct connection to a sewer or storm drain. The design shall allow draining the storage facility for cleaning or maintenance without causing loss of pressure in the distribution system. 9.1.f. Overflow. -- All water storage structures shall be provided with an overflow that is brought down to an elevation between twelve (12) and twenty-four (24) inches above the ground surface and that discharges over a drainage inlet structure or a splash plate. No overflow may be connected directly to a sewer or a storm drain. All overflow pipes shall be located so that any discharge is visible. 9.1.f.1. When an internal overflow pipe is used on elevated tanks, it shall be located in the access tube. For vertical drops on other types of storage facilities, the overflow pipe shall be located on the outside of the structure. 9.1.f.2. The overflow of a ground-level structure shall open downward and be screened with twenty-four (24) mesh non-corrodible screen installed within the pipe at a location least susceptible to damage by vandalism. 9.1.f.3. The overflow pipe shall be of sufficient diameter to permit waste of water in excess of the filling rate. 9.1.g. Access. -- Finished water storage structures shall be designed with reasonably convenient access to the interior for cleaning and maintenance. Manholes above the water line: shall be framed at least four (4) inches, and preferably (6) six inches, above the surface of the roof at the opening; on ground-level structures, shall be elevated twenty-four (24) to thirty-six (36) inches above the top or covering sod; shall be fitted with a solid watertight cover that overlaps the framed opening and extends down around the frame at least two (2) inches; shall be hinged at one (1) side; and shall have a locking device. 9.1.h. Vents. -- Finished water storage structures shall be vented. Overflows shall not be considered as vents. Open construction between the sidewall and roof is not permissible. Vents shall prevent the entrance of surface water and rainwater and shall exclude birds, animals and insects, as much as this function can be made compatible with effective venting. For elevated tanks and standpipes, four (4) mesh noncorrodible screen may be used. On ground-level structures, standpipes shall terminate in an inverted U construction with the opening twenty-four (24) to thirty-six (36) inches above the roof or sod and be covered with twenty-four (24) mesh non-corrodible screen installed within the pipe at a location least susceptible to vandalism. 9.1.i. Roof and sidewall. -- The roof and sidewalls of all structures shall be watertight with no openings except properly constructed vents, manholes, overflows, risers, drains, pump mountings, control ports and piping for inflow and outflow. 9.1.i.1. Any pipes running through the roof or sidewall of a finished water storage structure shall be welded, or properly gasketed in metal tanks. In concrete tanks, these pipes shall be connected to standard wall castings that were poured in place during the forming of the concrete. These wall castings shall have seepage rings imbedded in the concrete. 9.1.i.2. Openings in a storage structure roof or top, designed to accommodate control apparatus or pump columns, shall be curbed and sleeved with proper additional shielding to prevent the access of surface or floor drainage water into the structure. 57

64CSR77

9.1.i.3. Valves and controls shall be located outside the storage structure so that the valve stems and similar projections will not pass through the roof or top of the reservoir. 9.1.i.4. The roof of concrete reservoirs with an earthen cover shall be sloped to facilitate drainage. Consideration shall be given to installation of an impermeable membrane roof covering. 9.1.i.5. Locks shall be provided on valve vaults where applicable. 9.1.j. Drainage of roof. -- The roof of the storage structure shall be well drained. Downspout pipes shall not enter or pass through the reservoir. Parapets, or similar construction that would tend to hold water and snow on the roof, will not be approved by the Environmental Engineering Division unless adequate waterproofing and drainage are provided. 9.1.k. Safety. -- The safety of employees shall be considered in the design of the storage structure. As a minimum, employee safety matters shall conform to pertinent laws and regulations. 9.1.k.1. Ladders, ladder guards, balcony railings, and safely located entrance hatches shall be provided where applicable. Elevated tanks with riser pipes more than eight inches in diameter shall have protective bars over the riser openings inside the tank. Railings or handholds shall be provided on elevated tanks where persons transfer from the access tube to the water compartment. 9.1.l. Freezing. -- All finished water storage structures and their appurtenances, especially the riser pipes, overflows, and vents, shall be designed to prevent freezing that will interfere with proper functioning. 9.1.m. Internal catwalk. -- Every catwalk over finished water in a storage structure shall have a solid floor with raised edges designed so that shoe scrapings and dirt will not fall into the water. 9.1.n. Silt stop. -- The discharge pipes from all reservoirs shall be located in a manner that will prevent the flow of sediment into the distribution system. Removable silt stops shall be provided. 9.1.o. Grading. B The area surrounding a ground-level structure shall be graded in a manner that will prevent surface water from standing within fifty (50) feet. 9.1.p. Painting and cathodic protection. -- Proper protection shall be given to metal surfaces by paints or other protective coatings, by cathodic protective devices, or by both. Paint systems shall be certified to conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. Interior paint shall be properly applied and cured. After curing, the coating shall not transfer any substance to the water that will be toxic or cause tastes or odors. Prior to placing in service, an analysis for volatile organic compounds is advisable to establish that the coating is properly cured. Cathodic protection shall be installed on below grade steel reservoirs and shall be designed and installed by competent technical personnel; a maintenance contract shall be provided. 9.1.q. Disinfection -- Finished water storage structures shall be disinfected in accordance with current AWWA Standard C652. Three (3) or more successive sets of samples, taken at twenty-four (24) hour intervals, shall be microbiologically satisfactory before the facility is placed into operation. Disposal of heavily chlorinated water from the tank disinfection process shall be in accordance with the requirements of the WVDEP. The disinfection procedure (AWWA C652 chlorination method 3, section 4.3) that allows use 58

64CSR77

of the chlorinated water held in the storage tank for disinfection purposes is not recommended. When that procedure is used, it is recommended that the initial heavily chlorinated water be properly disposed in order to prevent the release of water that may contain various chlorinated organic compounds into the distribution system. 9.1.r. Provisions of Sampling. -- Appropriate sampling taps shall be provided to facilitate collection of water samples for both bacteriologic and chemical analysis. 9.2. Plant Storage. -- The applicable design standards for finished water storage shall be followed for plant storage. 9.2.a. Washwater tanks. -- Washwater tanks shall be sized, in conjunction with available pump units and finished water storage, to provide the backwash water required. Consideration shall be given to the backwashing of several filters in rapid succession. 9.2.b. Clearwell. -- Clearwell storage shall be sized, in conjunction with distribution system storage, to relieve the filters from having to follow fluctuations in water use and meet peak demands, including filter backwash water. When finished water storage is used to provide contact time for chlorine, special attention shall be given to size and baffling. To ensure adequate chlorine contact time in accordance with the West Virginia Division of Health rule, Public Water Systems, 64CSR3, sizing of the clearwell shall include extra volume to accommodate depletion of storage during the nighttime for intermittently operated filtration plants with automatic high service pumping from the clearwell during non-treatment hours. An overflow and vent shall be provided. 9.2.c. Adjacent compartments. -- Finished water shall not be stored or conveyed in a compartment adjacent to unsafe water when the two compartments are separated by a single wall. 9.2.d. Basins and wet-wells. -- Receiving basins and pump wet wells for finished water shall be designed as finished water storage structures. 9.3. Hydropneumatic Tanks. -- Hydropneumatic (pressure) tanks serving community and noncommunity, non-transient public water systems, when provided as the only storage facility, are acceptable only in very small water systems. When serving more than 75 living units, ground or elevated storage shall be provided. Pressure tank storage is not allowed for fire protection purposes. 9.3.a. Location. -- The tank shall be located above normal ground surface and be completely housed. 9.3.b. Sizing -- The capacity of the pumps in a hydropneumatic system shall be at least ten (10) times the average daily consumption rate. The gross volume of the hydropneumatic tank, in gallons, shall be at least ten (10) times the capacity of the largest pump, rated in gallons per minute. For example, a two hundred fifty (250) gallon per minute pump shall have a two thousand five hundred (2,500) gallon pressure tank. Sizing of hydropneumatic storage tanks shall consider the need for chlorine detention time, as applicable, independent of the storage requirements. If hydropneumatic tanks are considered for chlorine contact, separate inlet and outlet connectors at top and bottom of the tank are required. 9.3.c. Piping. -- The hydropneumatic tank shall have bypass piping to permit operation of the system while it is being repaired or painted.

59

64CSR77

9.3.d. Appurtenances. -- Each hydropneumatic tank shall have an access manhole, a drain and control equipment consisting of pressure gauge, water sight glass, automatic or manual air blow-off, a means for adding air, and pressure operated start-stop controls for the pumps. Where practical the access manhole shall be twenty-four (24) inches in diameter. 9.3.e. Coatings. -- The interior of all tanks shall have a coating meeting ANSI/NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 9.4. Distribution Storage. -- The applicable design standards of subsection 9.1 of this rule shall be followed for distribution system storage. The minimum storage capacity (or equivalent capacity) for systems providing fire protection shall be equal to twice the average daily demand of one hundred fifty (150) gallons per customer per day plus fire flow unless it can be demonstrated that the supply capacity of the system is sufficient to warrant less. All tanks shall be controlled to provide an adequate turn-over of at least twenty percent (20%) of the total volume each twenty-four (24) hour period. The Environmental Engineering Division may allow a variance to the minimum twenty percent (20%) turn-over requirement, if adequate justification is provided. This may require a main line altitude valve or externally controlled valves. 9.4.a. Pressures. -- The maximum variation between high and low levels in standpipes or elevated storage structures providing pressure to a distribution system shall not exceed thirty (30) feet (thirteen (13) pounds per square inch). The minimum pressure in the distribution system shall be thirty (30) pounds per square inch under static conditions and twenty (20) pounds per square inch under all flow conditions. The normal working pressures of the distribution mains shall be designed based upon the pipe manufacturer=s recommendations and the applicable AWWA standards for the type of pipe. Pressure regulating/pressure reducing valves shall be used to protect the distribution mains from excessive pressures. When static pressures in the distribution mains exceed one hundred (100) pounds per square inch, the utility shall have the option of installing pressure reducing valves on service lines or requiring (or recommending) the customer install and maintain a pressure reducing valve on the customer=s service line. 9.4.b. Drainage. -- Storage structures that provide pressure directly to the distribution system shall be designed so they can be isolated from the distribution system and drained for cleaning or maintenance without necessitating loss of pressure in the distribution system. The drain shall discharge to the ground surface with no direct connection to a sewer or storm drain. 9.4.c. Level controls. -- Commercially available control systems shall be provided to maintain levels in distribution system storage structures for community and non-community, non-transient public water systems. Level indicating devices shall be provided at a central location. Pumps shall be controlled from tank levels with the signal transmitted by telemetering equipment when any appreciable head loss occurs in the distribution system between the source and the storage structure. Altitude valves or equivalent controls may be required for additional structures on the system. Overflow and low-level warnings or alarms shall be located at places in the community where they will be under responsible surveillance twenty-four (24) hours a day. '64-77-10. Distribution Systems. 10.1. Materials. 10.1.a. Standards and materials selection. -- Pipe, fittings, valves and fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA standards, meet ANSI/NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects and 60

64CSR77

shall be acceptable to the Environmental Engineering Division. In the absence of these standards, materials meeting applicable product standards and acceptable to the Environmental Engineering Division may be selected. Special attention shall be given to selecting pipe materials that will protect against both internal and external pipe corrosion. Pipes and pipe fittings containing more than eight percent (8%) lead shall not be used. All products shall comply with ANSI/NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 10.1.b. Permeation of system by organic compounds.-- Where distribution systems are installed in areas of groundwater contaminated by organic compounds: pipe and joint materials that are not subject to permeation of the organic compounds shall be used; and non-permeable materials shall be used for all portions of the system including water main, service connections and hydrant leads. 10.1.c. Used materials. -- Water mains that have been used previously for conveying potable water may be reused provided they meet the above standards and have been restored practically to their original condition. 10.1.d. Joints. -- Packing and jointing materials used in the joints of pipe shall meet the standards of the AWWA, ANSI/NSF Standard 61 and the Environmental Engineering Division. Pipe having mechanical joints or slip-on joints with rubber gaskets is preferred. Lead-tip gaskets shall not be used. Repairs to leadjoint pipe shall be made using alternative methods. 10.2. Water Main Design. 10.2.a. All distribution systems shall be designed to provide a residential peak demand flow (not including fire flows) in accordance with Table 64-77 E of this rule. 10.2.b. Pressure. -- All water mains, including those not designed to provide fire protection, shall be sized after a hydraulic analysis based on peak flow demands and pressure requirements. The system shall be designed to maintain a minimum pressure of twenty (20) pounds per square inch at ground level at all points in the distribution system under all conditions of flow and thirty (30) pounds per square inch under static conditions. The normal working pressure in the distribution system shall be designed based upon the pipe manufacturer=s recommendations and the applicable AWWA standards for the type of pipe. 10.2.c. Surge Pressures. -- All water mains shall be designed to provide adequate strength to withstand water surge pressure. Table 64-77 F of this rule lists the minimum acceptable pressure surge for PVC for each foot per second velocity of water. Design shall allow for at least 5 feet per second instantaneous flow velocity change or higher if conditions warrant. 10.2.d. Diameter. -- The minimum size of a water main for providing fire protection and serving fire hydrants shall be of six (6) inch diameter. Larger size mains will be required if necessary to allow the withdrawal of the required fire flow while maintaining the minimum residual pressures. 10.2.e. Fire protection. -- When fire protection is to be provided, system design shall be such that fire flows and facilities are in accordance with the requirements of the ISO. Under no circumstances shall fire flows be less than two hundred fifty (250) gallons per minute. 10.2.f. Small mains. -- Any departure from minimum six (6) inch diameter requirements shall be justified by hydraulic analysis and future water use, and can be considered only in special circumstances; 61

64CSR77

however, no mains less than two (2) inches are permitted. 10.2.g. Hydrants. -- Water mains not designed to carry fire-flows shall not have fire hydrants connected to them. 10.2.h. Dead ends -- In order to provide increased reliability of service and reduce head loss, dead ends shall be minimized by making appropriate tie-ins whenever practical. Where dead-end mains occur, they shall be provided with a fire hydrant if flow and pressure are sufficient, or with a flushing hydrant or blow-off, approved by the Environmental Engineering Division, for flushing purposes. Flushing devices shall be sized to provide flows that will give a velocity of at least 2.5 feet per second in the water main being flushed. No flushing devices shall be directly connected to any sewer. 10.3. Valves. -- A sufficient number of valves shall be provided on water mains so that inconvenience and sanitary hazards will be minimized during repairs. Valves shall be located at not more than five hundred (500) foot intervals in commercial districts and at not more than one block or eight hundred (800) foot intervals in other districts. Where systems serve widely scattered customers and where future development is not expected, the valve spacing shall not exceed two thousand five hundred (2,500) feet. 10.4. Hydrants. 10.4.a. Location and spacing. -- Hydrants shall be provided at each street intersection and at intermediate points between intersections as recommended by the ISO. Generally, hydrant spacing may range from three hundred fifty (350) to one thousand (1000) feet depending on the area being served. 10.4.b. Valves and nozzles. -- Fire hydrants shall have a bottom valve size of at least five (5) inches, one 4-1/2 inch pumper nozzle and two 2-1/2 inch nozzles. 10.4.c. Hydrant leads. -- The hydrant lead shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in diameter. Auxiliary valves shall be installed in all hydrant leads. 10.4.d. Drainage. -- Hydrant drains are to be provided with a gravel pocket, or a dry well shall be provided unless the natural soils will provide adequate drainage. Hydrant drains shall not be connected to or located within ten (10) feet of sanitary sewers or storm drains. 10.4.e. Draining type frost proof yard hydrants are not permitted. 10.5 Air Relief Valves, Valve, Meter and Blow-off Chambers. 10.5.a. Air relief valves. -- At high points in water mains where air can accumulate, provisions shall be made to remove the air by means of hydrants or air relief valves. Automatic air relief valves shall not be used in situations where flooding of the manhole or chamber may occur. 10.5.b. Air relief valve piping. -- The open end of an air relief pipe from automatic valves shall be provided with a screened, downward-facing elbow. The pipe from a manually operated valve shall be extended to the top of the pit. Use of manual air relief valves is recommended wherever possible. 10.5.c. Chamber drainage. -- Chambers, pits or manholes containing valves, blow-offs, meters or other such appurtenances to a distribution system shall not be connected directly to any storm drain or sanitary sewer nor shall blow-offs or air relief valves be connected directly to any sewer. These chambers or 62

64CSR77

pits shall be drained to the surface of the ground where they are not subject to flooding by surface water or to absorption pits underground. 10.6. Installation of Mains 10.6.a. Standards. -- Specifications shall incorporate the provisions of the AWWA standards and manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. 10.6.b. Bedding. -- A continuous and uniform bedding shall be provided in the trench for all buried pipe. Backfill material shall be tamped in layers around the pipe and to a sufficient height above the pipe to adequately support and protect the pipe. Stones found in the trench shall be removed for a depth of at least six (6) inches below the bottom of the pipe. 10.6.c. Cover -- All water mains shall be covered with sufficient earth or other insulation to prevent freezing. All distribution mains shall be provided with a minimum of thirty-six (36) inches of earth covering; forty-two (42) inches are recommended. All mains of less than eight (8) inches in diameter within five (5) feet of a heavily traveled highway shall be provided with at least forty-two (42) inches of cover. 10.6.d. Blocking. -- All tees, bends, plugs and hydrants shall be provided with thrust blocking, tie rods or joints designed to prevent movement. 10.6.e. Pressure and leakage testing. -- All types of installed pipe shall be pressure tested and leakage tested in accordance with AWWA Standard C600. 10.6.f. Disinfection. -- All new, cleaned or repaired water mains shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA Standard C651. The specifications shall include microbiological testing of all water mains. Microbiological sampling shall be collected by a Environmental Engineering Division certified public water system operator or other individual authorized by the Environmental Engineering Division. 10.6.g. All non-metallic mains shall be provided with tracer wire or metallic tape. 10.7. Separation of Water Mains, Sanitary Sewers and Storm Sewers. 10.7.a. General. -- The following factors shall be considered in providing adequate separation: materials and type of joints for water and sewer pipes; soil conditions; service and branch connections into the water main and sewer line compensating variations in the horizontal and vertical separations; space for repair and alterations of water and sewer pipes and off-setting of pipes around manholes. 10.7.b. Parallel installation. -- Water mains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally from any existing or proposed sewer. The distance shall be measured edge to edge. 10.7.c. Crossings. -- Water mains shall cross above sewers and shall be laid to provide a minimum vertical distance of 18 inches between the bottom of the water main and the top of the sewer. At crossings, one full length (20 feet) of water pipe shall be located so both joints will be as far from the sewer as possible. Special structural support for the water and sewer pipes may be required. 10.7.d. Force mains. -- There shall be at least a ten (10) foot horizontal separation between water mains and sanitary sewer force mains. There shall be an eighteen (18) inch vertical separation at crossings as 63

64CSR77

required. 10.7.e. Exception. -- The Environmental Engineering Division may approve a variance from the above requirements when it determines that compliance with the specified separation distances cannot be practically achieved. 10.7.f. Sewer manholes. -- No water pipe shall pass through or come in contact with any part of a sewer manhole. 10.7.g. Separation of water mains from other sources of contamination. -- Design engineers shall exercise caution when locating water mains at or near certain sites such as sewage treatment plants or industrial complexes. Individual septic tanks shall be located and avoided. The engineer shall contact the Environmental Engineering Division to establish specific design requirements for locating water mains near any source of contamination. 10.8. Surface Water Crossings. -- The Environmental Engineering Division shall be consulted before final plans are prepared. 10.8.a. Above-water crossings. -- An above-water crossing pipe shall be adequately supported and anchored, be protected from damage and freezing and be accessible for repair or replacement. 10.8.b. Underwater crossings. -- A minimum cover of three (3) feet shall be provided over the pipe where practical. When crossing water courses that are greater than fifteen (15) feet in width, the following shall be provided: the pipe shall be ductile iron of special construction, having flexible watertight joints; valves shall be provided at both ends of water crossings so that the section can be isolated for testing or repair; the valves shall be easily accessible, and not subject to flooding; and permanent taps shall be made on each side of the valve to allow insertion of a small meter to determine leakage and for sampling purposes. 10.9. Cross-connections and Interconnections. 10.9.a. Cross-connections. -- There shall be no connection between the distribution system and any pipes, pumps, hydrants, or tanks whereby unsafe water or other contaminating materials may be discharged or drawn into the system. Each water utility shall have a program conforming to state requirements to detect and eliminate cross connections. 10.9.b. Cooling water. -- Neither steam condensate nor cooling water from engine jackets or other heat exchange devices shall be returned to the potable water supply. 10.9.c. Interconnections. -- The approval of the Environmental Engineering Division shall be obtained for interconnections between approved public water systems. 10.10. Water Services and Plumbing. 10.10.a. Plumbing. -- Water services and plumbing shall conform to relevant local and state plumbing codes or to the applicable National Plumbing Code. Solders and flux containing more than 0.2% lead and pipe and pipe fittings containing more than eight percent (8%) lead shall not be used. The public water system is not responsible for an individual customer=s private plumbing.

64

64CSR77

10.10.b. Booster pumps. -- Individual booster pumps are not allowed for any individual service from the public water supply mains where residual pressures are less than five (5) pounds per square inch under all flow conditions. Where used, backflow prevention, approved by the Environmental Engineering Division, consisting of at least a double check valve assembly shall be provided by the customer to protect the public water supply. 10.11. Service Meters -- Each service connection shall be individually metered. 10.12. Water Loading Stations. -- Water loading stations present special problems since the fill line may be used for filling both potable water vessels and other tanks or contaminated vessels. To prevent contamination of both the public supply and potable water vessels being filled, the following principles shall be met in the design of water loading stations: there shall be a double check valve assembly approved by the Environmental Engineering Division and installed to prevent backflow to the public water supply; the piping arrangement shall prevent contaminant being transferred from a hauling vessel to another. Hoses shall not be contaminated by contact with the ground and shall be capped when not in use. Water meters shall be provided. '64-77-11. Enforcement Penalties. 11.1. Violators of this rule are subject to the civil and administrative penalties of W. Va. Code ''16-19a(d)(2) and (3) and the criminal penalties of W. Va. Code ''16-1-9, -9a(d)(1) and -18. '64-77-12. Administrative Due Process. 12.1. Those persons aggrieved by the administrative enforcement of this rule may request a contested case hearing in accordance with the Division of Health rule, "Rules and Procedures for Contested Case Hearings and Declaratory Rulings," 64CSR1.

65

64CSR77

TABLE 64-77A Water Treatment Plant Pipe Color Code Requirements Water Lines Raw Settled or Clarified Finished or Potable Olive Green Aqua Dark Blue

Chemical Lines Alum or Primary Coagulant Ammonia Carbon Slurry Caustic Chlorine (Gas or Solution) Fluoride Lime Slurry Ozone Phosphate Compounds Polymers or Coagulant Aids Potassium Permanganate Soda Ash Sulfuric Acid Sulfur Dioxide Orange White Black Yellow with Green Band Yellow Light Blue with Red Band Light Green Yellow with Orange Band Light Green with Red Band Orange with Green Band Violet Light Green with Orange Band Yellow with Red Band Light Green with Yellow Band

Waste Lines Backwash Waste Sludge Sewer (Sanitary or Other) Light Brown Dark Brown Dark Gray

Other Compressed Air Gas Other Lines Dark Green Red Light Gray

66

64CSR77

TABLE 64-77 B Minimum Horizontal Distance Between a New Public Water System Groundwater Well and a Potential Contamination Source Source Septic Tanks Sewage Treatment Facilities Sewers and Drains (Watertight) Sewers and Drains (Non watertight) Sewage Holding Tanks and Privies(Vault) Barnyard/Feeding and Watering Areas Streams, Rivers and Impoundments Sewage Absorption Fields Minimum Distance 50 feet (100 feet) 200 feet 10 feet 50 ft. (100 feet) 50 feet (100 feet) 100 feet 25 ft. 100 feet

Note that the distance noted in parenthesis shall be required when a water well is lower in elevation than the source of pollution or contamination referenced. Note that the sewer and drain materials shall be of potable water main standards and installed and hydrostatically tested as approved by the director.

67

64CSR77

TABLE 64-77 C Rapid Rate Gravity Filters Size and Depth of Gravel Supporting Media Size 2 2 to 1 2 inches 1 2 to : inches : to 2 inches 2 to 3/16 inches 3/16 to 3/32 inches Depth 5 to 8 inches 3 to 5 inches 3 to 5 inches 2 to 3 inches 2 to 3 inches

68

64CSR77

TABLE 64-77 D

Groundwater Well Steel Pipe Casing Requirements *

SIZE DIAMETER (inches) EXTERNAL INTERNAL THICKNESS (inches) WEIGHT PER FOOT (pounds) PLAIN ENDS (calculated) 0.280 0.322 0.365 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 18.97 28.55 40.48 49.56 54.57 62.58 70.59 78.60 114.81 125.49 136.17 146.85 157.53 168.21 178.89 189.57 WITH THREADS AND COUPLINGS (nominal) 19.18 29.35 41.85 51.15 57.00

6 ID. 8 10 12 14 OD. 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36

6.625 8.625 10.750 12.750 14.000 16.000 18.000 20.000 22.000 24.000 26.000 28.000 30.000 32.000 34.000 36.000

6.065 7.981 10.020 12.000 13.250 15.250 17.250 19.250 21.000 23.000 25.000 27.000 29.000 31.000 33.000 35.000

* Abstracted from AWWA Standard for Deep Wells, AWWA A100.

69

64CSR77

TABLE 64-77 E Estimated Peak Design Flows Per Home For Water Distribution Systems No. of Homes 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 40 Peak Design Flow gpm 14 18 20 22 25 28 30 37 43 48 53 62 No. of Homes 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 300 400 Peak Design Flow gpm 70 76 82 88 94 100 110 120 132 140 175 200

More than 400 homes, use 0.5 gallons per minute per home.

Note: Commercial, industrial, or other high-user customers are not covered in this table and shall be included in the design of the distribution system.

70

64CSR77

TABLE 64-77 F DESIGN TABLE FOR PVC PIPE PRESSURE SURGE vs. DIMENSION RATIO [In response to 1 foot per second instantaneous flow velocity change] Dimension Ratio 13.5 14 17 18 21 25 26 32.5 41 Pressure Surge, psi (kPa) 20.2 (139) 19.8 (139) 17.9 (123) 17.4 (120) 16.0 (110) 14.7 (101) 14.4 ( 99) 12.8 ( 88) 11.4 ( 79)

71

150CSR7

TITLE 150 LEGISLATIVE RULE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SERIES 7 RULES FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF WATER UTILITIES

150-7-1. General. 1.1. Scope -- These rules govern the operation and service of water utilities subject to the jurisdiction of the Public Service Commission pursuant to W. Va.Code 24-2-1. 1.2. Authority -- W. Va. Code 24-1-1, 24-1-7, 24-2-1, 24-2-2, 24-2-5, 24-2-7, 24-2-8, 24-2-9, 243-2, 24-3-5, 16-13A-2, 16-13A-9, and 8-18-23. 1.3. Filing Date -- August 25, 2003. 1.4. Effective Date -- October 24.2003. 1.5. General. 1.5.a. This rulemaking repeals the Commissions current Rules and Regulations for the Government of Public Service Districts, 150 CSR 17, and incorporates portions of those rules within these Water Rules. Portions of Series 17 will be incorporated into the Commissions Rules for the Government of Sewer Utilities, 150 CSR 5, by separate proceeding. 1.5.b. These rules are intended to insure adequate service to the public, to provide standards for uniform and fair charges and requirements by the utilities and their customers, and to establish the rights and responsibilities of both utilities and customers. 1.5.c. The adoption of these rules in no way precludes the Commission from altering or amending them in whole or in part, or from requiring any other or additional service, equipment, facility, or standard either upon complaint or upon its own motion, or upon the application of any utility. 1.5.d. These rules shall not relieve in any way a utility from any of its duties under the laws of this State. 1.6. Application of rules. 1.6.a. These rules apply to all public utilities as defined in Rule 1.7. 1.6.b. If hardship results from the application of any Water Rule or if unusual difficulty is involved in immediately complying with any rule, application may be made to the Commission for the modification of the rule or for temporary or permanent exemption from its provisions: Provided, that no application for modification or exemption will be considered by the Commission unless there is submitted therewith a full and complete justification for such action. 1.7. Definitions.

150CSR7

1.7.a. "Applicant" -- A person, firm, corporation, municipality, public service district or any other entity that applies for water service. 1.7.b. Billing Related Dates -1. Bill due date -- The date when the utility mails the bill. 2. Latest pay date -- The last date, which shall be no sooner than the 20th day following the date the utility mails the bill, that the bill may be paid without incurring a late payment penalty. Such date must be stated on the face of the bill. 3. Delinquent bill -- Any bill issued by a public service district that has not been paid within twenty (20) days of the bill due date; or any bill issued by a water utility that is not a public service district within thirty (30) days of the bill due date. Such date must be stated on the face of the bill. 1.7.c. Commercial Service -- Means service to each separate business enterprise, occupation or institution occupying for its exclusive use any unit or units of space as an entire building, entire floor, suite of rooms or a single room, and using water for such incidental use as the schedule of rates applicable to the particular installation may permit. Commercial service shall apply to all stores, offices, hotels, wholesale houses, garages, display windows, signs, theaters, barber and beauty shops, churches, opera houses, auditoriums, lodge halls, school houses, banks, bakeries and any other space occupied for commercial purposes. Any rooming house, lodging house, resort, inn or tavern renting more than four (4) rooms to strangers or transients without any previous agreement for accommodation or as to the duration of stay shall be classed as a hotel and as such it comes under the commercial classification. 1.7.d. "Commission" -- Whenever in these rules the words "Commission" or "Public Service Commission" occur, such word or words shall, unless a different intent clearly appears from the context, be taken to mean the Public Service Commission of West Virginia. 1.7.e. "Customer" -- Shall mean and include any such person, firm, corporation, municipality, public service district or any other entity who purchases a product or services of any utility and shall include any such person, firm, corporation, municipality, public service district or any other entity who purchases such services or product for resale. 1.7.f. "Customer's Service Pipe" -- Shall be that portion of the service pipe from the point of service to the structure or premises supplied, installed at the cost and expense of the customer. 1.7.g. "Distribution Main" -- Means water pipe owned, operated, or maintained by the utility located in a public right-of-way, street, alley, or private right-of way, which is used for the purpose of distribution of water from which utility service pipes extend to make service connections with customers. Any water pipe extending through a utility right-of-way across private property shall be a distribution main. Costs to install a distribution main across private property are subject to the cost-sharing provisions of Rule 5.5. 1.7.h. "Governmental Unit" -- Any municipality or other political sub-division or agency of the State of W. Va. or the Federal Government. 1.7.i. "Moratorium" -- A condition imposed on a utility by the Commission prohibiting service connections and/or reactivation of service for an entire system, or a portion thereof. 1.7.j. Payment -- Payment is made by cash, check, credit card, debit card, or voucher accepted by the utility.

150CSR7

1.7.k. Point of service -- Means the utility's pipe and appurtenances which connect any utility service pipe with the inlet connection of a customer's service pipe at the customers property line, or elsewhere on the customers property if provided for in a users agreement. The utility shall own and maintain all facilities located between the point of service and the main. 1.7.l. "Private Fire Service Connection" -- Is one to which is attached fixtures from which water is taken in whole or in part for the extinguishment of fire. 1.7.m. "Public Utility" -- Except where a different meaning clearly appears from the context, the word or words "utility" or "public utility" when used in these rules shall mean and include any person or persons, or association of persons, however associated, whether incorporated or not, including municipalities, engaged in the business of producing, furnishing, transporting, distributing or selling water for any purpose which is now or may hereafter be held to be a public service. 1.7.n. Residential Service -- Means service to a householder or a tenant, living in a separate house or separate apartment in an apartment building, using water for general household service. Should the owner of a multiple apartment building undertake to furnish water to his tenants as a part of their monthly rent, then such service shall be classed as Commercial. However, a close branch of a householders family living with the householder and using the same water facilities, shall not be classified as an additional service or as Commercial. In cases where a householder or tenant devotes some portion of the occupied building to commercial use and uses the remainder as a residence then the predominate use of water shall constitute the basis for classification as either residential or commercial. 1.7.o. "Standard Distribution Pressure" -- Shall be the distribution pressure established by the utility under the requirements of Rule 5.8. 1.7.p. "Temporary Service Connection" -- One which is installed for the temporary use of water; provided that the customer's premises is located on a lot having a curb line abutting on that part of a street or public right-of-way in which there is located a utility distribution main extending along the total frontage of the lot on said street or right-of-way, unless otherwise agreed to by the utility. 1.7.q. "Unaccounted for Water" -- The volume of water introduced into the distribution system less all metered usage and all known non-metered usage which can be estimated with reasonable accuracy. 1.7.r. "Utility Service Pipe" -- Shall mean that portion of the service pipe between the distribution main and the curb cock or the inlet connection of the coppersetter at or near the customers property line or point of service, installed at the cost and expense of the utility, regardless of the side of the road on which the customer is located in reference to the main line. 150-7-2. Records, Reports and Other Information to be Supplied to the Commission. 2.1. Records and reports. 2.1.a. Preservation of records -- All records required by these rules shall be preserved by the utility in the manner prescribed by the Commission. 2.1.b. Location of records -1. Such records shall be kept at the office or offices of the utility in West Virginia, and shall be open at all reasonable hours for examination by the Commission or its duly authorized representative.

150CSR7

2. If kept outside the State, such records shall be brought to the utilitys office in West Virginia upon request of the Commission, or the utility may be required to pay the reasonable traveling expenses of Commission employees assigned to examine the records. 2.1.c. Reports to Commission -- Upon Commission request, a utility shall furnish to the Commission the results of any test or tests required to be made, or the information contained in any records required to be kept by the utility, or any further information in its possession, respecting its rates, charges, or practices, without formal order of the Commission requiring the release of such information. 2.2. Filing of rate schedules. 2.2.a. Tariffs containing rates and rules of each utility shall be filed in the manner prescribed by the Commission in "Rules and Regulations for the Government and Filing of Tariffs" (Tariff Rules) effective as amended or modified by the Commission. 2.2.b. Municipal rates -- Rates for municipal water and combined water and sewer utilities shall be adopted, and tariffs shall be filed, in accordance with the Commissions Rule for the Government and Filing of Tariffs, 150CSR2, effective as amended or modified by the Commission. 2.3. Utility's special rules. 2.3.a. A utility desiring to establish any rule(s), supplementing the rules of the Commission shall first make application to the Commission for authority to establish such a rule(s), clearly stating the reasons for the rule(s). 2.3.b. On and after ninety (90) days from the effective date of these Rules, any utility's special rules and regulations now on file with the Commission which conflict with these rules, will become null and void, unless they have been ratified and approved by the Commission. 2.3.c. Exemption -- A customer who has complied with the rules of the Commission shall not be denied service for failure to comply with the rules of the utility that have not been approved by the Commission. 2.4. Financial and statistical report. 2.4.a. Every utility shall file annually a financial and statistical report upon forms to be furnished by the Commission. The report shall be based upon the accounts set up in conformity with Rule 2.5. The report shall be filed on or before three (3) months following the end of the utilitys fiscal year or on such date as the Commission may direct. 2.4.b. Upon written request and for good cause shown, the Commission may approve or disapprove, through its Executive Secretary, by letter, a reasonable extension of time to file the financial and statistical report. Such application is to be made before the expiration of the time for filing the report. 2.4.c. Each utility shall file, yearly as of July 1 for the preceding July 1 through June 30, water statistical reports upon forms to be furnished by the Commission. The report shall be filed on or before three (3) months following the end of the utilitys fiscal year or on such date as the Commission may direct. 2.5. Uniform system of accounts.

150CSR7

All water utilities shall maintain their accounts and records in compliance with the Uniform System of Accounts as promulgated in 1973 by the National Association of Regulatory Utility Commissioners for Class A and B Water Utilities and Class C and D Water Utilities. Observance of the system of accounts applicable to the water utility by appropriate class is obligatory upon all persons having direct charge of the books and accounts of the utility. For the purpose of securing uniformity in the applications of this system all questions of doubtful interpretation of accounting rules are to be submitted to the Commission for consideration and decision. The classification of water utilities for purposes of keeping accounts in accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts shall be as follows: Classification A B C D Revenue Level $800,000 or more 400,000 - 799,999 100,000 - 399,999 less than 100,000

2.6. Maps and records. 2.6.a. Each utility shall keep on file suitable maps, plans and records showing the entire layout of every pumping station, filter plant, reservoir, transmission and distribution system, with the location, size and capacity of each plant, size of each transmission and distribution line, fire hydrant, valve and customer's service, reservoirs, tanks and other facilities used in the production and delivery of water. 2.6.b. In the case of new construction or property acquired from others, the additions to such maps and records should be made by the end of the next calendar year following the year in which the construction is done or property acquired. All drawings shall have the scale clearly shown and be of sufficient detail to accurately depict the project or property. 2.6.c. In general, where present maps of existing facilities are not entirely up to date, special surveys to locate any plant or facilities will not be required immediately, but maps must be updated as prescribed by the Commission. 2.7. Management audits. 2.7.a. Scope -- To establish a procedure for examination of management practices and policies to determine whether the utility being audited is operating with efficiency and utilizing sound management practices. The purpose of a management audit is to disclose operating areas that are efficient or inefficient, to identify areas for improvement, and to form recommendations for changes. The results of a management audit and the response of the utility to the recommendations and implementation plans developed pursuant to a management audit may be a factor in determining just and reasonable rates, as set out herein. 2.7.b. Types of management audits -- The following types of management audit, which vary in scope, may be directed and used by the Commission: 1. Comprehensive -- An investigation characterized by an extensive, detailed analysis of a utility's management and operations. 2. Reconnaissance -- A broad review, similar in scope to a comprehensive audit, but in less

150CSR7

detail. The objective of this type of audit is to identify specific areas for more intensive investigation based upon the magnitude of the problem identified or the potential benefits to be derived. 3. Focused -- An in-depth investigation of one or several specific areas of a utility's management and operations. 2.7.c. Frequency -- The Commission shall order a management audit of any utility under its jurisdiction whenever the Commission deems it necessary to investigate the operational efficiency of the utility. Such factors as the cost of the management audit and the potential benefits of such audit may be taken into consideration. The Commission may accept or request a management audit performed under the rules of another jurisdiction in satisfaction of this rule when that audit is of the scope contemplated by the Commission, conforms to the standards herein set forth and covers the utility's service functions in its W. Va .jurisdiction. 2.7.d. Conduct and control -1. The Commission may choose to have the audit performed by its Staff or contracted to a qualified outside auditing firm. In the latter case, the Commission may supervise the selection process. If the management audit is to be conducted by an auditing firm, the Commission's order initiating the audit shall include provision for the development of the request for proposal (RFP), the consultant selection process and Staff's assistance and supervision during the audit. 2. The Commission may impose eligibility restrictions upon contractors relating to past, current and post-audit relationships with the utility. 3. The utility is expected to cooperate to the fullest extent with the performer of a Commission ordered management audit. A responsible employee shall be appointed by the utility as its management audit coordinator, who shall be responsible to assist in the efficient performance of the management audit. 2.7.e. Costs -- It shall be the responsibility of the audited utility to pay for a contracted audit. The Commission shall include the reasonable cost of conducting the contracted management audit in the cost of service of the utility. The Commission may allow such costs to be recovered in the utility's next general rate case following completion of the audit, or the Commission may order such costs to be amortized over a reasonable period of years, considering the impact of these costs on both the utility and its customers. 2.7.f. Implementation of recommendations -1. Draft report. A. Upon completion of the audit a draft report shall be submitted to the utility for comments. B. The auditor and Company representatives shall conduct a draft review meeting subsequent to the distribution of the draft review report. 2. Final report. A. A final report shall be submitted to the Commission no later than thirty (30) days after the submission of the draft report to the utility.

150CSR7

B. Within thirty (30) days of the final submission of the management audit report, the utility shall file a document detailing its position on each audit recommendation. This document must state which recommendations are acceptable to the utility and the nature of the utility's disagreement with any recommendations. 3. The Commission may, after hearing, issue an order prescribing the recommendations which should be adopted by the utility. 4. The utility shall file detailed implementation plans for the Commission's review and approval within the time specified in the Commission's order prescribing which recommendations the utility should adopt. The utility shall not deviate from an approved implementation plan without prior notice to the Commission which specifically states the utility's reasons for departing from the approved plan. 5. At the direction of the Commission, a follow-up audit may be performed to review the progress of the utility in implementing the approved plans and the results of previously performed management audits. 6. A management audit report and implementation plan adopted pursuant thereto and any follow-up audit may be used by parties in a general rate case subsequent to the management audit. Such audits and implementation plans may be a factor in the determination of just and reasonable rates if introduced as an exhibit and subjected to normal due process procedures. 7. The Commission may grant an extension of the time limits established in this section upon a showing of good cause for such extension. 150-7-3. Meter Requirements. 3.1. Utility to provide meters -- Unless otherwise authorized by the Commission, each utility shall provide and install at its own expense (except as provided in Rule 5.2) and shall continue to own, maintain, and operate all equipment necessary for the regulation and measurement of water, in accordance with tariff or contract provisions, to its customers. Where additional meters are requested by the customer and are furnished by the utility for the convenience of the customer, a charge for such meters shall be made. All meters used in serving resale customer(s) shall be owned and operated by the utility providing service to the bulk or resale customer. 3.2. Location of meters. 3.2.a. Accessibility -- In the interest of safety and convenience to the customer, and as a measure of economical operation to the utility, it is required that all meters should be located at or near the property line: Provided that when such location is impractical meters shall be placed outside of the customer's building as near as possible to where the Point of Service joins the "Customer's Service Pipe": Provided, further, if neither of the foregoing requirements can be complied with on account of physical, economic, or climatic conditions, the meter may be placed within the building, preferably in the cellar, and when so placed within the building, the meter shall be so located that it will be easily accessible for reading, maintenance and protected from freezing and mechanical damage. 3.2.b. Meter grouping -- When a number of meters are grouped, every meter shall be tagged so as to indicate the particular customer served by it. 3.2.c. Remote meters -- When a meter is located inside a home or building, the utility may install a remote register or dial on the exterior of a home or building accessible for meter reading. The remote

150CSR7

counter reading shall be compared to the actual meter register reading not less than once every six (6) months. 3.2.d. Meter setting installation -- Meter settings shall be installed in accordance with drawings submitted and approved by the Commission under Rule 5.2.i. 3.3. Prohibitions on master metering. 3.3.1. Reserved. 3.3.2. Mobile home parks. For mobile home parks constructed on or after the effective date of these rules, each mobile home in a mobile home park shall be individually metered with taps installed at the lot line of each mobile home. The lot owner shall be responsible for payment of any applicable tap fees. All utility easements and mains constructed within the mobile home park will become the property of the utility by agreement between the (i) owner of the mobile home park or the lot owner, whichever is applicable, and (ii) the utility. The agreement must be approved by order of the Commission prior to construction of any main. Lines extending from the mobile home to the tap will be considered customer service lines and maintenance of those lines will be the responsibility of the applicable lot owner. 150-7-4. Customer Relations. 4.1. Customer information. 4.1.a. Information as to service -- Each utility shall, upon request, give its customers such information and assistance as is reasonable, in order that customers may enjoy safe and efficient service. 4.1.b. Explanation of meter readings -- Each utility shall adopt some means of informing its customers as to the method of reading meters, either by a printed description on its bills, or by a notice to the effect that the method will be explained at the office of the utility upon request. It is recommended that an exhibition meter be kept on display in each sales office maintained by a utility. 4.1.c. Explanation of rates -- It shall be the duty of the utility to explain to the customer at the beginning of service, or whenever the customer shall request the utility to do so, the utility's rates applicable to the type of service furnished to the customer and all other classes of customers, and to assist him in obtaining the best rate for his service requirements. The responsibility for the selection, however, rests with the applicant. In the event the customer's use of service changes such that a rate schedule other than the one initially selected becomes favorable, the responsibility for requesting a change in rate schedule, consistent with the provisions of the service agreement, shall rest with the customer. The utility shall, on its periodic statements, annually inform its customers that, if they so request, it shall supply them with a copy of the utility's rate or rates applicable to the type of service to be furnished to all classes of customers with a concise written explanation of the rates, and an identification of any classes of customer for whom rates are not summarized. 4.1.d. Posting of law, rates, rules and collection agents. 1. Every utility shall maintain in its office for inspection by the public the following: A. A copy of the rates and rules of the utility, and of forms of contracts and applications applicable to the territory served from that office.

150CSR7

B. A copy of the Public Service Commission Law of this State. C. A copy of these rules. 2. A suitable placard, in large type, shall be exhibited in a conspicuous location, giving information to customers that a copy of the law, the rules of the Public Service Commission and the schedule of rates are kept for their inspection. 3. Once a year, or as often as a utility changes collection agents, each utility shall publicize by newspaper or bill insert to its customers its collection agents to whom customers may deliver payment of water bills. 4.1.e. Applications for water service. 1. All applicants desiring water service may be required to make written application at the office of the utility on printed forms provided therefor, setting forth in said application all purposes for which water will be used upon their premises. The utility may require the applicant to provide identification at the time of application for service. All applicants for service shall be required to designate on every application for service whether the applicant is a tenant or an owner of the premises to be served. If the applicant is a tenant, he shall state the name and address of the owner or owners of the premises to be served. 2. Any change in the identity of the contracting customer at a premises will require a new application for water, and the utility may, after reasonable notice, discontinue water service until such new application has been made and accepted, but the former customer shall remain liable for water furnished to said premises until he has given notice in writing to the utility to discontinue water service. In the event the customer of record has died or has become incapable of being responsible for water service, that individuals spouse may become the customer of record without being required to complete a new application for water service, or paying a new deposit. 3. Except as provided in Rule 4.8.c.2., no charge will be made for turning on the water to new customers or current customers transferring service to a new location during regular working hours. 4. Accepted applications for water to be supplied to any premises shall constitute a right to the customer to take and receive a supply of water for said premises for the purposes specified in such application; (i.e. Residential, Commercial, and Industrial) subject only to the fulfillment of the conditions of these rules by the customer. 5. In the event that a public service district providing sewer service owns and operates facilities within the same service territory as the publicly or privately owned water utility, city, incorporated town, other municipal corporation or other public service district providing water service to the area, then an application shall not be complete until such time as the applicant provides a receipt from the sewer public service district showing that, where the applicant is legally required to do so, proper application for sewer service has been made and a security deposit paid thereto. Upon receipt of said proof from the applicant, or upon a showing that the applicant is not legally required to apply for sewer service or pay a security deposit, the water utility shall notify the sewer public service district, in writing, the date upon which water service is scheduled to be turned on to the applicant. Said written notification to the sewer public service district shall be made within five (5) working days of the date that the application for water service is deemed complete. 4.1.f. Special applications to a utility for water service.

150CSR7

1. Water for building, construction or other temporary purposes must be specifically applied for with the utility. 2. Connections for private fire service must be specifically applied for with the utility. 3. Where water is desired for only a short period of time, and not continuously throughout the year, such as for vacation homes or cottages, building purposes, street paving, cleaning property, filling tanks or other short-term uses, an application shall be made to the utility as set forth in Rule 4.1.e., and payment made in accordance with the applicable schedule of rates and charges, in which case a suitable deposit shall be made. 4. Whenever a street service connection is made to the mains for temporary service or for temporary private fire service, the applicant shall bear the entire cost and expense of labor and material for tapping the main and installing the service pipe and meter and its removal, if required. 4.1.g. Private fire protection service -1. The applicant shall furnish the utility with one set of complete drawings prior to the completion of the tap, showing the pipes, valves, hydrants, tanks, openings, and appurtenances contemplated in the application. Such sketch must also show any other water supply system, pipelines and appurtenances existing on the premises. There shall be no connection between such other supply and pipes connected to the utility's mains unless protected by a backflow prevention device approved by the utility, or the Bureau for Public Health. 2. The utility shall not approve an application for private fire protection service unless the utility determines that its system provides an adequate size water main with sufficient water volume and pressure. 3. The customer shall obtain in advance the approval of the utility for any change, alteration or addition in the fixtures, openings and uses specified in the application. The customer shall make its fire protection facilities available to the utility at all reasonable times. 4. The utility shall determine the size and location of any connections made to its distribution mains for private fire protection service, and will, at the cost and expense of the customer, make the connection to its mains and install the service connection from the distribution main to a point at or near the property line. 5. The extent of the rights of the private fire protection service customer is to receive, but only at times of fire on his premises, the available water supply. The utility shall not be considered an insurer of property or persons, or to have undertaken to extinguish fire or to protect any persons or property against loss or damage by fire or otherwise, and shall be free and exempt from any and all claims for damages on account of injury to property or persons by reason of fire, water, failure to supply water or pressure, or for any other cause whatsoever. 6. Unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between the applicant and the utility, service lines for private fire protection service shall be distinct and separate from the regular or general water service line. A private fire service connection is furnished for the sole purpose of supplying water for the extinguishment of fires, and the use of water from such a connection for any other purpose is absolutely forbidden. 7. Where the applicant and the utility have entered into a written agreement that one service pipe be used for both general and fire purposes, the entire service pipe on the applicants premises will be

10

150CSR7

installed and maintained by and at the cost and expense of the applicant as if it were solely a private fire protection service line. The utility may set minimum construction standards and specifications for the applicants portion of the dual purpose service pipe, and may require that its construction be subject to inspection by the utility. Maintenance of the service line, from the main to the property line, will be the responsibility of the utility. At the building to be served, the common service pipe shall separate into two service pipes. One for private fire protection and the other for general water service. The utility will, at its cost and expense, install and maintain a water meter of appropriate size on the general water service pipe and the necessary piping and fitting for the meter setting. All dual purpose service lines must comply with all applicable Bureau for Public Health standards and regulations. The utility will charge the applicant for general water service based on the consumption through and size of the water meter installed, in accordance with its schedule of rates for general water service. The utility shall, subject to Commission approval, charge the applicant for private fire protection service in accordance with its schedule of rates for such service. 8. A gate valve and box, or a post indicator controlling the entire supply shall be placed at the curb or property line of the street in which the main is located or at such other points as may be approved by the utility, and shall be furnished and installed by and at the expense of the customer, and if required by the utility, said valve shall be installed in a valve pit or vault which shall also be furnished and installed at the expense of the customer. 9. Service lines supplying fire sprinkler systems only, must be protected by a minimum of two approved check valves. One of these check valves may be the alarm check provided as part of the sprinkler system. The other may be a detector check, double check valve assembly, or an approved single check valve. Specific requirements and/or installation procedures are governed by the Bureau for Public Health. 10. Under no circumstances will anti-freeze be permitted in the sprinkling systems unless a reduced pressure zone backflow preventer, approved by the utility or the Bureau for Public Health, is provided at the point of connection in the anti-freeze system. 11. The entire private fire service system on the customer's premises shall be installed and maintained by and at the expense of customer and shall be subject to the inspection, test and approval of the utility before the service is made effective, and at such times thereafter as the utility deems necessary or appropriate. 12. Hydrants and other fixtures connected with a private fire service system may be sealed by the utility, and such seals may be broken only in case of fire or as specially permitted by the utility, and the customer shall immediately notify the utility of the breaking of any such seal. 13. Whenever a fire service system is to be tested, the customer shall notify the utility of the proposed test, designate the day and hour when same is to be made, so that, if desired, the utility may have an inspector present during the test. 4.1.h. Public fire service. 1. Any governmental unit located in the utility's service area by ordinance of its Council or by resolution of its Board of County Commissioners shall have the right to order the installation of additional fire hydrants on existing utility owned mains having an internal diameter of six (6) inches or larger and the utility will install such hydrants at its own cost and expense; provided the estimated gross

11

150CSR7

receipts from such proposed new fire hydrant rentals shall equal or exceed twelve percent (12%) annually of the cost of said installations. 2. Where pipeline installations are required to carry out an order of any governmental unit located in the utility's service area to install fire hydrants, or where existing utility owned mains, in the opinion of the utility, are inadequate to provide fire flows to such hydrants, and when any governmental unit located in the utility's service area orders the installation of a water main of adequate size to provide such flows to the hydrant or hydrants so ordered, the utility will install such mains and hydrants at its own cost and expense; provided that the utility shall not be required to make extensions of said water mains unless the estimated gross receipts from private consumers and from such proposed new fire hydrant rentals shall equal or exceed twelve percent (12%) annually of the cost of such extensions. 3. Non-emergency use of a fire hydrant is prohibited unless there has been made advance notification of such proposed use by the user to the utility, and the utility has provided prior written approval of such use to the user. The utility shall charge its tariff rate for domestic water usage for all non-emergency fire hydrant water usage. 4.2. Customer deposits. 4.2.a. Security deposits -1. Security deposits for utilities other than public service districts -- A utility, other than a public service district may require the applicant or customer to make a deposit with it initially, and from time to time, to secure the payment of water service rates and charges. Such deposit shall not be more than one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual estimated charge for residential service or one-sixth (1/6) of the annual estimated charge for all other service. The utility shall not be bound to supply water until these conditions are fulfilled and it may terminate water service if the security or increased security is not given when required. After the customer has paid bills for service for twelve (12) consecutive months without a delinquency, the utility shall promptly and automatically refund the deposit plus accrued interest. Calculation of the above twelve (12) months period shall commence from the first regular payment or following the payment of a delinquent bill or bills. Interest at the rate as determined in accordance with Rule 4.2.a.7., shall be paid from the date of deposit until the date of the refund of the security deposit. The utility shall have a reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days, to read and remove meters and to ascertain that the obligations of the customer have been fully performed before being required to return any deposit in the case where there has not been an automatic refund. 2. Security deposits for public service districts -- All new applicants for residential or other water service from a public service district shall make a deposit of (i) a minimum of fifty dollars ($50.00), or (ii) two-twelfths (2/12) of the annual estimated charge for water service, whichever is greater, with the district to secure the payment of water service rates and charges. The district shall not be bound to supply water until this condition is fulfilled. In any case where a deposit is forfeited to pay service rates and charges which were delinquent at the time of disconnection or termination of service, no reconnection or reinstatement of service may be made by the district until another deposit as described above has been remitted to the district. 3. Return of deposit to customers who are not tenants -- After a customer who is not a tenant has paid bills for service for twelve (12) consecutive months without a delinquency the utility shall promptly and automatically refund the deposit plus accrued interest. Calculation of the above twelve (12) months period shall commence from the first regular payment or following the payment of a delinquent bill or bills. 4. Return of deposit by district to a customer who is a tenant -- A district is not required to

12

150CSR7

return a deposit to a customer who is a tenant until the time the tenant discontinues service with the district. After a customer who is a tenant discontinues service with the district, the utility shall promptly and automatically refund the deposit plus accrued interest. 5. Interest at the rate as determined in accordance with Rule 4.2.a.8. shall be paid from the date of deposit until the date of the refund of the security deposit. All customer security deposits shall be placed in an interest bearing account at a local federally insured financial institution. The district shall have a reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days, to read and remove meters and to ascertain that the obligations of the customer have been fully performed before being required to return any deposit in the case where there has not been an automatic refund. 6. Rule 4.2.a.5 requires public service districts to segregate deposits into interest bearing accounts. Upon proper showing by complaint or otherwise, the Commission may require any other utility to likewise segregate customer deposits. 7. The interest rate to be paid by all water utilities other than public service districts shall be determined as follows. The rate which utilities shall be required to pay shall be the average of the oneyear United States Treasury Bill rates for October, November and December of the preceding calendar year. By January 15 of each year, Staff of the Commission shall make the necessary calculations and file with the Commission its calculations. The Commission will issue an order setting the rate to be paid by the utilities until the next annual Commission order. The simple interest shall be paid at the date of discontinuance of service or at the end of the deposit period. 8. The interest rate to be paid by public service districts shall be determined as follows. The Staff of the Commission shall determine a rate which a typical small investor could receive at federally insured banks in W. Va. in the last quarter of each calendar year. The Staff shall by January 15 of each year report to the Commission its rate with supporting information. The Commission will issue an order setting the rate to be paid until the next annual Commission order. The simple interest shall be paid at the date of discontinuance of service or at the end of the deposit period. 9. A current customer of a public service district who requests service at another location within the jurisdiction of the district and who has made payment of bills for the previous twelve (12) months without a delinquency is not required to pay a deposit for service at the new location because that customer is not a new applicant for service under W. Va. Code 16-13A-9. The preceding sentence shall not apply to multiple service locations. Multiple service locations shall require multiple deposits. In the event the customer of record has died or has become incapable of being responsible for water service, that individuals spouse may become the customer of record without being required to complete a new application for water service, or paying a new deposit. 10. All new applicants for residential or other service from a combined water and sewer public service district shall deposit (i) a minimum of fifty dollars ($50.00), or (ii) two-twelfths (2/12) of the annual estimated charge for water service, whichever is greater, for each of the services to be rendered. 11. Record of deposit -- Each utility holding a cash deposit shall keep a record showing: (i) the name and current address of each depositor; (ii) the amount and date of the deposit; (iii) each transaction concerning the deposit. 12. The receipt -- Concurrently with receiving a cash deposit, the utility shall deliver to the applicant for service or the customer, a receipt showing: (i) the date thereof, (ii) the name of the applicant or customer and the address of the premises to be served or served, (iii) the service to be furnished or furnished, and (iv) the amount of the deposit and the fact that interest will be paid at a Commission determined rate. Each utility shall provide automatic means to refund the deposit of a customer, when he

13

150CSR7

is so entitled, if the original receipt cannot be produced. A receipt of proof or payment will not be necessary under the provisions for an automatic refund. 13. Unclaimed deposits -- Should a utility have retained, through no fault of its own, deposits made by customers to whom service has been discontinued during any calendar year, it shall, on or before the first day of March, in each year, mail to the customer's last known address a check as refund of the deposit plus accrued interest, or at the utility's option, publish a list of such depositors, in a newspaper published and of general circulation in each of the counties in which it operates and in which the deposits were made, showing as of the thirty-first (31st) day of December immediately preceding, the amount of each such deposit, together with the interest due thereon, and notifying depositors listed therein that their deposits, together with accrued interest, are being held to their credit and will be returned upon request. The utility shall not be liable for any interest on such deposit after publication of such lists. Upon the completion of the above procedure, the utility shall follow the provisions of the Uniform Unclaimed Property Act, codified at W. Va. Code 36-8-1, with regard to the disposition of any unclaimed deposit. 14. Provided that this rule shall not affect residential customer security deposits required by a utility prior to the passage of W. Va. Code 24-3-8 on March 12, 1983. 15. All utilities that collect security deposits must do so in a nondiscriminatory manner. 4.2.b. Guarantee agreement -1. A utility, other than a public service district, may accept, in lieu of the cash deposit, a guaranty agreement signed by a financially responsible guarantor, whereby payment of a specified sum, not exceeding the cash deposit aforesaid, is guaranteed. The guarantor may, upon request, receive copies of disconnection notices sent to the customer whose account has been guaranteed: Provided that the limitations herein fixed upon the terms of a guaranty agreement shall not apply to industrial customers. 2. A guaranty agreement shall terminate after the customer has satisfactorily paid bills for twelve (12) consecutive months, or when the customer gives notice to the utility of discontinuance of service at the location covered by the guaranty agreement, or six (6) months after discontinuance of service where no notice was given, or at the guarantor's request upon thirty (30) days' written notice to the utility. Upon termination of a guaranty agreement, or whenever the utility deems the same insufficient as to amount of surety, a cash deposit or a new or additional guaranty may be required upon reasonable written notice to the customer. 3. Application in case of receiver or trustee -- The aforesaid provisions shall apply in the case of a receiver or trustee operating a business, under court order that requires utility service. 4.3. Billing information. 4.3.a. Bills shall be rendered periodically, and they shall show the readings of the meter at the beginning and end of the period for which the bill is rendered, the date of the meter readings, the number of cubic feet or gallons of water supplied, and the authorized rate. If the utility must, for any reason, render an estimated bill, the bill shall be clearly marked as an estimated bill. All bills shall state "This utility is regulated by the Public Service Commission of West Virginia" and "Rates available upon request." 4.3.b. First and last bills, monthly or quarterly, for water service rendered for periods of five (5) days more or five (5) days less than the normal billing period will be computed in accordance with the rate applicable to that service, by the amount of water blocks, and the minimum charge as set forth in that rate will be prorated on the basis of the number of days in the period in question, to the total number of

14

150CSR7

days in the normal period. 4.3.c. Utilities desiring to adopt mechanical billing of such nature as to render compliance with all the terms of Rule 4.3.b. impractical, may make application to the Commission for relief from part of these terms. After consideration of the reasons given when asking for relief, the Commission may allow the omission of part of these requirements. 4.3.d. On all bills which include charges for items other than authorized water charges, the other factors used in computing the bill shall be clearly stated so that the amount may be readily verified from the information appearing upon the bill. 4.3.e. Each bill shall bear upon its face the latest pay date and the date it shall be a delinquent bill if not paid. On all current usage billings not paid by the latest pay date, ten percent (10%) will be added to the net current amount unpaid. This delayed payment penalty is not interest and is to be collected only once for each bill where it is appropriate. 1. When a utility receives a customer payment at a time when both a delinquent bill and a current bill are outstanding, the utility will apply the payment first to the current bill, and apply any leftover amounts to the delinquency. Provided, that this rule shall not apply to payments from customers whose delinquencies have been addressed in a deferred payment agreement. If a termination notice has been issued then the payment should first be applied to the delinquent amount that is the subject of the termination notice. 4.4. Adjustment of bills. 4.4.a. Fast meters -- If, upon test of any meter, the meter is found to have an average error of more than two percent (2%) fast, the utility shall refund to the customer the overcharge, based upon the corrected meter reading for a period equal to one-half () the time elapsed since the last previous test, but not to exceed six (6) months. If it can be shown that the error was due to some cause, the date of which can be fixed, the overcharge shall be computed back to but not beyond such date. If the meter has not been tested in accordance with Rule 6.4, the period for which it has been in service beyond the regular test period shall be added to the six (6) months in computing the refund. 4.4.b. Dead meters -- If a meter is found not to register, or that remote metering equipment has failed, for any period, the utility shall compute the water used by taking the average of the water used for the meter-reading period preceding and the meter-reading period following the date when the meter was found to be dead, which amount shall be assumed to be the amount of water used by the customer during the billing period in which the meter was found dead. Exceptions will be made to this rule in case the facts clearly show that the above method does not give the correct consumption for the period. A utility may backbill the customer for the difference between the amount previously billed and the customers estimated usage for a maximum of three (3) months preceding the date the dead meter is repaired or replaced. The utility should fix or replace dead or malfunctioning meters within thirty (30) days of the utilitys discovery that a meter is dead or malfunctioning. 4.4.c. Leaks on the customers side of the meter -1. Each utility shall develop and implement a written policy concerning the adjustment of customer bills where the bill reflects unusual usage which can be attributed to leakage on the customers side of the meter. Leaking commodes, dripping facets, malfunctioning appliances and similar situations shall not constitute leaks which entitle the customer to a recalculated bill. The policy shall be maintained in the utilitys office for inspection by the public and shall be applied in a non-discriminatory manner to all customers. The reasonableness of the utilitys policy or practice with respect to a policy shall be

15

150CSR7

subject to Commission review in a formal complaint proceeding. 2. The policy shall provide for a recalculated bill to reflect the utilitys incremental cost of treating or purchasing the water, as contained in the utilitys tariff, for all amounts above the customers historic usage. Historic usage shall be defined as the average usage of the preceding twelve (12) months, or actual period of service if less than twelve (12) months. If using the historic usage would result in an unreasonable calculation, adjustments may be made. If such adjustments are made, the utility should advise its customer that a dispute regarding such adjustments may be taken to the Commission in the form of an informal complaint. 3. As an alternative to using the incremental cost of treating or purchasing the water, the utility may, at its option, use an adjustment which allows it to recover the Commissions estimate of "typical incremental" cost per thousand gallons of water on usage above the historic usage. The Commission shall from time to time establish its estimate of "typical incremental cost" by order. 4. However, in future rate cases the utilitys incremental cost of treating or purchasing the water shall be determined and the rate placed in an appropriate tariff as the leak adjustment rate. After a rate has been determined in a rate case, the utility shall not have the option to use the Commissions estimate of "typical incremental cost" found in 4.4.c.3. 5. The water utility shall, after determining that a leak adjustment must be made, notify the sewer utility of the amount of the adjustment in gallons and the reason for making the adjustment. 4.5. Complaints. 4.5.a. Investigation of complaints -- Each utility shall make a full and prompt investigation of all complaints made to it by its customers, either directly or through the Commission. In the event that the complaint is not adjusted, the utility shall notify the customer that he may file an informal or formal complaint with the Commission. 4.5.b. Records of complaints -- The utility shall keep a record of all complaints received, which record shall show the name and address of the complainant, the date and character of the complaint, and the adjustment or disposal made thereof. 4.5.c. Disposition of records -- Records of complaints shall not be destroyed until a summary has been prepared for permanent record, showing the character of complaints made, the number of each type received in each month, and the disposition of the complaints. 4.6. Disputed bills. 4.6.a. In the event of a dispute between the customer and the utility respecting any bill, the utility shall conduct an investigation and report the result thereof to the customer. In the event that the complaint is not resolved, the utility shall, before service is discontinued, notify the customer that he may file an informal or formal complaint with the Commission. 4.7. Customer discontinuance of service. 4.7.a. Any customer requesting service to be discontinued shall give notice thereof to the utility, during regular business hours. Unless a different period shall be mutually agreed upon by written contract, service will be discontinued by the end of the next business day. Until the utility shall have such notice, the customer may be held responsible for all service rendered.

16

150CSR7

4.8. Utility discontinuance of service. 4.8.a. Notice of discontinuance -1. Service shall actually be discontinued no sooner than ten (10) days following the date that a utility has mailed to a customer a statement that water bills are delinquent. 2. Where conditions hazardous to life or property are found to exist on the customer's premises, or where the utilitys regulating, measuring or distribution equipment or facilities have been tampered with, the water may be shut off without notice in advance. 3. Where written notice is required it must be sent first class mail, address service requested. Written notice shall comply with Water Form No. 1, attached to these rules. The written notice shall become void if the utility has not discontinued service within thirty (30) days of the date indicated on the notice for termination. 4. Prior to disconnecting water service for non-payment of sewer bill, the water utility shall make at least two (2) attempts to notify the customer through personal contact. First the water utility shall either telephone or visit the customer at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to a scheduled disconnection. Second, the water utility shall knock on the customers door immediately prior to a disconnection. The inability to make personal contact shall not prevent the water utility from terminating service. 5. Service shall not be discontinued on a Saturday, Sunday, any day that is a federal or state holiday, a day on which the utilitys business office is not open to accept payment, or on the day before such days, unless an emergency exists. 6. All disconnections shall be performed between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. 7. The utility shall accept payment at the customer's premises in lieu of discontinuing service for either a delinquent water or sewer bill. The payment must be for the entire amount of the delinquency to prevent termination. However, a utility may refuse payment by check if the customer has, during the previous twelve (12) months, attempted to make payment by a check subsequently returned by the bank for insufficient funds. 8. If a customer has received notice of a scheduled termination, and, to avoid such termination, makes payment by check which is subsequently dishonored by the bank, the utility may then terminate service only after it has mailed notice, by first class mail, to the customer at least five (5) calendar days, excluding state or federal holidays, prior to termination; provided that at the option of the utility, either personal contact or telephone contact may be substituted for contact by first class mail. 9. If a landlord of a single-unit dwelling or a master-metered mobile home park, apartment building, motel, hotel or other multiple or single-unit dwelling is responsible for payment of a utility bill, written notice of termination in the form of Water Form No. 2 shall be placed at a location readily available for public inspection on the premises at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled termination of service to that mobile home park, apartment building, motel, hotel or other multiple or single-unit dwelling. If the billing address for any single unit service is different than the service location, a written notice in the form of Water Form No. 2 shall be delivered or posted at a visible location on the premises where the service is to be terminated at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled termination. This notice shall inform the occupant(s) of the date on or after which termination of service will occur and shall state the steps the occupant(s) can take to avoid termination of service. 10. A water customer who has been notified that water service is to be terminated for nonpayment of water bills shall be given the opportunity to enter into a deferred payment agreement:

17

150CSR7

Provided, that the customer has demonstrated an ability to pay but only in installments. The customer shall be informed at the time a disconnect notice is issued of the availability of a reasonable payment plan. A. The details of the deferred payment agreement are to be negotiated between the utility and the customer and may consider several factors, including, but not limited to the following: amount of the delinquency; ability of the customer to pay; payment history; time the delinquency has been outstanding; reasons why the delinquency has been outstanding; and any other relevant factors. B. The deferred payment agreement shall include language informing the customer of the right to challenge the reasonableness of the proposed payments to the Commission. C. During the challenge, the utility may not terminate service: provided that the current bill must be paid by the customer on time and in full in order to protect his rights under this rule. D. Once a deferred payment agreement has been established, the customer must pay the current bill on time and in full and make timely payments in accordance with the deferred payment agreement. E. If the customer's financial condition significantly changes and the existing payment agreement results in hardship, the utility shall renegotiate the payment agreement, consistent with the provisions of Rule 4.8.a.10.A. The customer shall provide documentation in support of his claim that his financial condition has changed. During the renegotiation period the customer must continue to pay the current bill on time and in full and make some payment on the delinquency. F. If the deferred payment is not received in accordance with the terms of the agreement or the payment is made with a check subsequently dishonored by the bank, the utility may terminate service only after it has mailed written notice, by first class mail, to the customer at least five (5) calendar days, excluding state or federal holidays, prior to termination: provided that at the option of the utility, either personal contact or telephone contact with the customer may be substituted for contact by first class mail. If the customer makes the delinquent payment within that notice period, service shall not be terminated. However, if the customer has, during the previous twelve (12) months, attempted to make payment by a check which was subsequently dishonored by the bank the utility may refuse the customers check and immediately terminate service without additional notice. 11. In the case of a sewer utility requesting termination of water service for non-payment of sewer service, the sewer utility shall provide the customer written notice complying with Sewer Form No. 1, ten (10) days before the effective termination that the sewer utility will request termination of water service by the water utility if payment is not made in full or a payment schedule is not established as provided by Sewer Rule 4.8.a.10. The written notice must be sent first class mail, address service requested. This notice shall contain a provision notifying the customer that in the event water is terminated the customer will be responsible for and required to pay the fees charged to the sewer utility by the water utility. 12. A sewer utility requesting termination of water service for non-payment of sewer bills shall provide the water utility with a copy of the notice to the customer required by Sewer Rule 4.8.a.1. 13. A sewer utility will provide the water utility with a written request for termination of water service for non-payment at least twenty-four (24) hours before the end of the ten (10) day notice period to the customer. 4.8.b. Once a disconnected customer has paid his delinquency in full, or the utility has agreed to

18

150CSR7

enter into a deferred payment agreement with the customer, and all disconnect and/or reconnect fees have been paid, the utility shall reconnect the customers water service as soon as possible but no later than twenty-four (24) hours from the time the customer pays all disconnect and reconnect fees. 4.8.c. Charge for reconnection 1. Whenever the supply of water is turned off for violation of rules, non-payment of bills, or fraudulent use of water, the utility may make a charge as set forth in its tariff for reestablishment of service. 2. If service is discontinued at the request of the customer, the utility may refuse service to such customer, at the same premises, if requested within eight (8) months of the date service was discontinued, unless the customer shall first pay the reconnection charge set forth in the utilitys tariff. 4.8.d. The utility shall not refuse, deny, or discontinue service to an applicant or present customer due to a delinquency in payment for service by a previous occupant of the premises to be served unless such applicant or present customer and such previous occupant are members of the same household and were members of the same household at the time the delinquent bill was incurred. 4.8.e. Combined water and sewer public service districts -- Any public service district providing water and sewer service to its customers shall have the right to terminate water service for delinquency in payment of either water or sewer bills; provided that proper notice is given and procedures followed as set out in these Rules. 4.8.f. Inter-utility Agreements regarding discontinuance of water service for non-payment of sewer bills. 1. In the event that any utility, (whether public, private, city, incorporated town, municipal corporation or public service district) owns and operates either water facilities or sewer facilities, and a separate utility owns and operates the other kind of facilities, either water or sewer, then the two utilities shall covenant and contract with each other to shut off and discontinue the supplying of water service for the non-payment of sewer service fees and charges; provided that proper notice is given and procedures are followed as set forth in Rules 4.8.a.1. through 4.8.a.13. 2. Municipal sewer -- When sewer facilities are municipally owned and water facilities are not, the municipality providing sewer service may require the water utility to discontinue water service to any customer who is delinquent in the payment of sewer service rates and charges to the municipality. The water utility shall discontinue water service upon demand of the municipality for this purpose; however, prior to discontinuance of any water service, the municipality shall contract with the water utility which contract shall provide that the municipality shall reimburse the water utility for all costs and expenses incurred in both the termination of water service to the delinquent sewer customer and the subsequent resumption of water service to such customer. The contract shall provide for reasonable methods and assurances so that the water utility will be protected and held harmless from claims and damages when water service is discontinued in error or in violation of the rights of the customer through the fault of the municipal sewer utility. 3. The inter-utility agreement should contain specific provisions regarding responsibilities of notice of termination, termination, reconnection, and reasonable fees based on fair and reasonable compensation. 4. Any inter-utility agreements pursuant to Rule 4.8.f.2. shall be submitted to the Commission for approval prior to any termination of water service for non-payment of sewer bills under

19

150CSR7

such agreements. 5. A water utility that has terminated or reconnected service for non-payment of sewer bills or that has made a visit to the customers premises to terminate service, may charge the sewer utility a fee pursuant to Rule 4.8.c. The sewer utility may include this charge in the billing to the delinquent customer; provided that such charge is included in the sewer utilitys approved tariff. 4.8.g. A sewer customer who has been notified that water service is to be terminated for nonpayment of sewer bills shall be given the opportunity to enter into a deferred payment on the same terms and conditions set forth in Rule 4.8.a.10. 4.9. Refusal to serve applicant. 4.9.a. Non-compliance with rules -- Any utility may decline to serve an applicant until he has complied with these rules and the Commission approved utilitys rules set forth in a Commission approved tariff governing water service. 4.9.b. Applicant's facilities inadequate -- The utility may refuse to serve an applicant if, in its judgment, the applicant's installation of piping equipment is regarded as hazardous or of such character that satisfactory service cannot be provided. 4.9.c. A bill which has been found to be contractually uncollectible by a court or could reasonably be found to be uncollectible by reason of an applicable statute of limitations shall not be used by a utility to deny or discontinue service. 4.9.d. Applicant's recourse -- In the event that the utility shall refuse to serve an applicant under the provisions of this rule, the utility must inform the applicant that the question may be submitted to the Commission for decision. 4.9.e. In the case of the establishment of a new utility and/or extensions, the utility has received applications for service and has accepted the tap-fee for same; the utility will immediately upon receiving bids for such installation determine the feasibility of serving the areas in question and immediately advise the applicants. In the event an area is deemed infeasible to serve, the tap-fee deposit will be returned to the applicant immediately. It is suggested the utility design its application form to reflect the above procedures. 4.10. Change in character of service -- When a substantial change is made by a utility in water pressure, or other conditions affecting the efficiency of operation or adjustment of appliances, the utility shall inspect and readjust the appliances of all customers in the district affected, if necessary, without charge. Where circumstances require, the utility shall furnish and install suitable pressure regulating devices. 4.11. Access to property. 4.11.a. The utility shall at all reasonable times have access to meters, service connections and other property owned by it on customer's premises, for the purpose of maintenance and operation. Neglect or refusal on the part of customers to provide reasonable access to meters, service connections and other property owned by the utility for the above purposes shall be deemed to be sufficient cause for discontinuance of service. 4.11.b. Identification for employees -- Every employee, whose duties regularly require him to

20

150CSR7

enter the homes of customers, shall wear a distinguishing uniform or insignia, identifying him as an employee of the utility and shall carry on his person an identification card which will identify him as an employee of the utility, containing a photograph of said employee. The identification card shall contain the telephone number of the utility as well as other pertinent information necessary to identify the employee. All other employees, whose duties require occasional entry into the homes or premises of customers, shall carry an identification card containing information as herein required. 4.12. Service interruptions. 4.12.a. Records of interruptions -- Each utility shall keep a record of all interruptions of service affecting its entire system or major divisions thereof, including a statement of the time, duration, and cause of the interruptions. 4.12.b. Notification to customer -- Every customer affected shall be notified in advance of contemplated work which will result in an interruption of service. 4.12.c. Curtailment or restriction service policy -- Each utility shall file with the Commission for any contemplated curtailment or restriction policy to any customers, prior to such curtailment or restriction policy being put into effect. The following information shall be supplied: 1. Reason for curtailment or restriction of service. 2. Date curtailment or restriction policy requested to begin. 3. Duration of policy and projected correction programs with time parameters for completion. 4.13. Moratoria 4.13.a. Conditions -- The Commission may impose a moratorium on a system, either entire or apportioned, whenever sufficient evidence exists that the existing facilities are operating in excess of design capacity, that the system capacity necessary for future demand does not exist, or when an increase in customers will result in the degradation of service to existing customers. 4.13.b. Petition -- A utility, Commission Staff, or governmental entity may petition the Commission in writing for the imposition of a moratorium on a system. The petition should include evidence of the existence of conditions outlined in Rule 4.13.a. If the utility is the petitioner, it must state the utility's plan to remediate those conditions. 4.13.c. Imposition by state agency other than the Commission -- A utility must immediately notify the Commission in writing if a State agency other than the Commission imposes a moratorium on the utilitys system. 4.13.d. Public notification of petition -- A party petitioning for a moratorium shall notify the public that such request is being made, through a Class II legal advertisement in the form of Water Form No. 3, "Public Notice of Filing of a Petition for Imposition of a Moratorium" attached to these Rules, published no later than fifteen (15) calendar days from the date such request is made to the Commission. The notification shall clearly state which areas of the utility's system are affected, and that interested parties may submit comments to the Commission for consideration. 4.13.e. Exemptions -- Any prospective customer or group of prospective customers may apply to the Commission for an exemption from an existing moratorium. Such requests shall be made in writing

21

150CSR7

by the prospective customer(s) to the Commission, and shall include justification for the proposed exemption. 4.13.f. Refusal of Service -- A utility may not deny service to a prospective customer on grounds of a moratorium until the Commission has imposed a moratorium. Any utility denying service to a prospective customer or group of customers due to a moratorium shall notify, in writing, all applicants for service of their right to file with the Commission a request for exemption from the moratorium. 4.13.g. Improvements to System -- A utility upon which a moratorium is imposed shall continue to seek improvements to its system necessary to lift the moratorium. The Commission may, at its discretion, require the utility to submit reports outlining all progress made toward system improvements. 4.14. Local water rationing plans. 4.14.a. Authority -- Upon giving notice to the Commission and the general public, any water utility declaring a temporary shortage of water, and that it is necessary for the health and welfare of the utility's customers to restrict the consumption and use of the existing water supply, shall be authorized to enforce the following Local Water Rationing Plan (Plan) to restrict use of water to human consumption and for sanitary purposes. If a utility wishes to adopt a water rationing plan different from the following Local Water Rationing Plan, it may petition the Commission for permission to do so. 4.14.b. Definitions. 1. Emergency service area -- the area or areas within which the utility has declared a state of drought and water shortage emergency. 2. Excess use -- the usage of water by a water customer in excess of the water allotment provided under the Local Water Rationing Plan for that customer, over any applicable period. 3. Service area -- the territory and the customers serviced by the utility. 4. Service interruption -- the temporary suspension of water supply, or reduction of pressures below that required for adequate supply, to any customer, portion of a water supply system or an entire system. 4.14.c. Purpose -- This Plan is intended to establish measures for essential conservation of water resources, and to provide for equitable distribution of limited water supplies, to balance demand and available supplies and to assure that sufficient water is available to preserve public health and safety within an emergency service area. 4.14.d. Scope -- This Plan shall apply to all water uses within a utilitys emergency service area including uses by customers of wholesale customers of the utility. 4.14.e. Objective of the Plan. 1. It is imperative that water customers within an emergency service area reduce water use in order to extend existing water supplies, and to assure that sufficient water is available to preserve the public health and sanitation, and provide fire protection service and electric power generation. 2. This Plan requires equitable reductions in water usage, and for equal sacrifice on the part of each water customer, insofar as such restrictions do not interfere with the public health, adequate fire protection and the generation of electric power. The success of this Plan depends on the cooperation of all

22

150CSR7

water customers in the emergency service area. 4.14.f. Measures to implement the water rationing plan -- Each water supply purveyor, including resellers, within the emergency service area, will develop and adopt necessary and appropriate measures to assure compliance with requirements of this Plan. 4.14.g. Prohibiting non-essential water uses -- The following water uses are non-essential and are prohibited within an emergency service area: 1. Watering of outside shrubbery, trees, lawns, grass, plants or any other vegetation, except from a watering can or other container not exceeding three (3) gallon capacity. This limitation shall not apply to vegetable gardens, greenhouse or nursery stocks and newly established lawns or sod less than five (5) weeks old, which may be watered in the minimum amount required to preserve plant life before 8:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m. 2. The watering of golf course fairways. 3. The washing of automobiles, trucks, trailers or any other type of mobile equipment except in vehicle wash facilities operating with a water recycling system with a prominently displayed sign in public viewing so stating, or from a bucket or other container not exceeding three (3) gallons. 4. The washing of streets, driveways, parking lots, service station aprons, office buildings, exteriors of homes or apartments or other outdoor surfaces. 5. The serving of water in restaurants, clubs or eating places unless specifically requested by the individual. 6. Ornamental water use, including but not limited to fountains, artificial waterfalls and reflecting pools. 7. The use of water for flushing sewers or hydrants by municipalities or any public or private individual or entity except as deemed necessary in the interest of public health or safety by the utility. 8. The use of fire hydrants by fire companies for testing fire apparatus and for fire department drills except as deemed necessary in the interest of public safety and specifically approved by the municipal governing body. 9. The use of fire hydrants by municipal road departments, contractors and all others, except as necessary for fire fighting or protection purposes. 10. The filling of swimming or watering pools requiring more than five (5) gallons of water, or the refilling of swimming or wading pools which were drained after the effective date of the order, except that pools may be filled to a level of two (2) feet below normal, or as necessary to protect the structure from hydrostatic damage, as to pools constructed or contracted for on or after the date of the final order. 4.14.h. Recourse -- Any person aggrieved by a utilitys decision relating to these rules may file a complaint with the Commission. 4.14.i. Penalties. -- Any person who violates the provisions of this Plan, who fails to carry out duties and responsibilities imposed by this Plan or who impedes or interferes with any action undertaken or ordered pursuant to this Plan, shall be subject to the following penalties:

23

150CSR7

1. For the first excess use, the utility shall issue a warning of possible discontinuation of service. 2. For the second or subsequent excess use, the utility may interrupt or shut off service to the customer without notice, or the utility may add a surcharge of ten percent (10%) to the end users monthly bill for the month of the infraction. 4.14.j. Effective period -- This Plan shall remain in effect until terminated by action of the utility declaring an end to the emergency condition or until terminated by order of the Commission, whichever comes first. 4.14.k. Effective date -- This Plan shall take effect immediately upon adoption by the utility. 4.15. Resale of water. Water furnished on approved rates or contracts by a public utility shall not be resold or caused to be resold by any customer unless the said customer is engaged in the business of distributing water as a public utility. 150-7-5. Utility Facilities; Service Pipes; Extension of System. 5.1. Adequacy of facilities. 5.1.a. Construction and maintenance of plant -- Each utility shall at all times construct and maintain its entire plant and system in such condition that it will furnish safe, adequate and continuous service. 5.1.b. Inspection of plant -- Each utility shall inspect its plant and facilities in such manner and with such frequency as is necessary to insure a reasonably complete knowledge as to their conditions and adequacy at all times. Such inspections must comply with the requirements of the legally applicable Minimum Federal Safety Standards (Federal Occupational Health and Safety Administration) and the standards of the Bureau for Public Health and the Department of Environmental Protection (as applicable). 5.1.c. Records of conditions -- Records necessary for the proper maintenance of the system and in accordance with the Bureau for Public Health and the Department of Environmental Protection (as applicable), and the Minimum Federal Safety Standards shall be kept of the conditions found. In special cases, a more complete record may be specified by the Commission. 5.1.d. Records of operation -- Each utility shall keep a record of the operation of its plant, which, so far as practical, shall show sufficient details of plant operation as is necessary to substantially reproduce the daily history of its operation. The records shall also be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Minimum Federal Safety Standards and Bureau for Public Health and Department of Environmental Protection (as applicable). 5.1.e. Reports to Commission -- Each utility shall, upon request of the Commission, file with the Commission a statement regarding the condition and adequacy of its plant, equipment, and facilities, and of its operations and service in such form as the Commission may require. 5.1.f. Bureau for Public Health Standards -- All extensions, service connections and modifications to the utility's plant must meet applicable design standards established by the West Virginia

24

150CSR7

State Bureau for Public Health in addition to these rules. 5.1.g. Dead ends. -- "Dead ends" in the utilitys distribution mains should be avoided so far as possible. If such "Dead ends" exist the utility shall provide facilities for flushing. 5.2. Utility Service Pipe. 5.2.a. Where the service pipe is required for the immediate and continuous use for general service to premises abutting the public street or right-of-way in which mains are located, the utility will furnish, install, and maintain the utility service pipe and appurtenances between the main in the street up to the customers point of service at or near 90 degrees to the main. Provided, all such utility service pipes and appurtenances shall be installed only by the utility unless by prior written agreement. 5.2.b. The utility shall determine the location of the utility service pipe. 5.2.c. The utility will specify the size, kind, quality and location of all materials used in the utility service pipe. 5.2.d. The utility shall install and maintain, at its own cost and expense, all of the utility service pipe regardless of the side of the road on which the customer is located in reference to the main line. The utility shall designate the point of service on the customers side of the road. 5.2.e. The utility shall not make any charge for furnishing and installing any permanent service connection, meter or other appliance necessary to deliver and measure the water furnished unless the utility has prior approval of the Commission to charge a tap fee and the same is set forth in the utilitys tariff on file with the Commission. 5.2.f. The utility's service pipe shall remain under the utilitys sole control and jurisdiction. 5.2.g. The customer shall not attach any fixtures to, or make any branches in, the utility service pipe between the point of service and the distribution main. Violation of this rule may result in termination of service pursuant to these rules. 5.2.h. Temporary service connections for construction or other temporary purposes or connections for private fire service shall be installed by the utility at the cost of the applicant. 5.2.i. Each water utility shall adopt standard methods of meter installations where practicable. Such methods shall be set out with a written description and drawings to provide a clear understanding of the requirements; all of which shall be submitted to the Commission. 5.3. Customer Service Pipe. 5.3.a. No customer, plumber, company owner or any agent shall connect to the utilitys main or to any utility service pipe, or extend the pipes therefrom to any premises for the purpose of securing water service, until application has been made therefore to the utility as provided in these rules and permission for doing so has been granted by the utility in writing. 5.3.b. Once an application for service has been granted, the customer shall install and maintain the customer service pipe. 5.3.c. The utilitys authorized employee shall inform the customer of the location of the point of service. The customer shall install the customer service pipe to the point of service after which the utility

25

150CSR7

will install the utility service pipe from the distribution main to the point of service. 5.3.d. The customer shall also install and properly maintain in good working condition a stop and waste cock of a type approved by the utility on the customer's service pipe immediately inside the foundation wall in a readily accessible location and in a place protected from the possibility of freezing and so placed that it will shut off and drain all plumbing within any and all buildings in the premises. 5.3.e. Where the utility's service pipe is already installed to the point of service, the customer shall connect with the utility service pipe as installed. 5.3.f. The customer's service pipe shall be installed in a workmanlike manner, shall conform to all reasonable rules and regulations of the utility, and shall be maintained by the customer at his own expense. 5.3.g. The utility will specify the size, kind, quality and location of all materials used in the customers service pipe and the customer shall comply with those specifications. 5.3.h. A customer must maintain his service pipe in good condition and free from all leaks and defects, at the customer's cost and expense. A customers failure to comply with this rule may result in termination of service pursuant to these Rules. 5.3.i. The customer's service pipe shall: be laid below the frost line at all points; be placed on firm and continuous earth so as to give unyielding and permanent support; and be installed in a trench at least two (2) feet in a horizontal direction from any other trench wherein gas pipe, sewer pipe, or other facilities, public or private, are or are to be installed. 5.3.j. Except in the case of long-service lines, a customers service pipe shall not pass through or across any premises or property other than that to be served, nor across any portion of the property that could practicably be sold separately from the immediate premises served, and no water pipes or plumbing in any premises shall be extended therefrom to adjacent or other premises. 5.3.k. The customer's service pipe and all connections and fixtures attached thereto shall be subject to the inspection of the utility before the water will be turned on, and all premises receiving a supply of water and all service pipes, meters and fixtures, including any and all fixtures within the said premises, shall at all reasonable hours be subject to inspection by any duly authorized employees of the utility. 5.3.l. The utility shall make changes and bear the full costs of changes in the customer's service pipe or meter location required due to changes in grade, relocation of mains, and other causes not related to the customer. The customer shall bear the full costs of changes in service pipe or meter location desired by the customer for his or her convenience. 5.3.m. The customer shall not attach any fixtures to, or make any branches in, the customer service pipe between the point of service and the premises served. Violation of this rule may result in termination of service pursuant to Rule 4.8. 5.3.n. There shall be no more than one (1) customer service pipe required to serve a single premises and each premises shall be supplied through an independent customer service pipe, unless otherwise approved by the utility in writing. 5.4. Long service lines.

26

150CSR7

5.4.a. To assure the orderly development of its system, and to provide adequate service to its customers, the utility should ordinarily provide water service only at the property line of the customer requesting service, and in those instances where the utility's service does not extend to the customer's property line, an extension should be made by the utility in accordance with Rule 5.5. of these rules. In unusual and exceptional cases where the property line of the customer requesting service is an excessive distance from the existing main of the utility, and the cost to be borne by the prospective customer under Rule 5.5. is prohibitive, and there is no reasonable prospect of further growth and development in the area, or for any one of the above reasons, the utility may serve the customer by installing a meter in the utility's right-of-way at its main nearest the customer's property, and connecting the meter to the customer's privately owned service line. The customer shall extend his customer service line to an existing distribution main of the utility and shall be solely responsible for service beyond the meter. 5.4.b. If a road crossing is necessary to serve the customer, the utility shall install that portion of the line crossing under the road and shall locate the meter on the customers side of the road; provided that the utilitys distribution main lies within or adjacent to the existing road right-of-way. The customer shall be required to provide evidence to the utility that proper easements or rights-of-way have been obtained. Standards of service received by the customer shall be determined at the metering point. The customer shall not permit others to connect to the customers water lines or receive water service from the customers privately owned service line. In the event the utility's main is later extended to the customer's property line under Rule 5.5., the customer shall discontinue the use of his privately owned service line and shall pay all costs and charges authorized by the rules of the Commission and the rules and tariffs of the utility for water service from such extension, the same as if the customer had not previously laid and received service through a private service line. The provisions of this rule shall apply to all persons now or hereafter receiving water service through a privately owned service line extending from the utility's main to the property to be served. 5.5. Extension of mains to serve new customer(s) and customers currently served under Rule 5.4. 5.5.a. A water utility, whether publicly or privately owned, is under a public service obligation to extend its mains, and its plant and facilities to serve new customers within its service area who may apply for service. 5.5.b. Extensions shall be made in all cases in which the public convenience and necessity require the service, construction problems are not unusual or burdensome, and the extensions appear to be economically feasible. 5.5.c. For any proposed extension of mains, a reasonable relationship should exist between the per customer investment to serve new customers and the per customer investment to serve existing customers. 5.5.d. Every effort shall be made by a utility to install its distribution main in the public road right-of-way or in a utility right-of-way abutting the public road right-of-way. 5.5.e. Extensions for general water service -1. The utility will respond to all inquiries regarding new water service, whether oral or written, by explaining all available options for obtaining service under these rules. 2. The utility will, upon written request for service in the form of Water Form No. 4, by a prospective customer or group of prospective customers located in the same neighborhood, or a customer currently served under Rule 5.4., determine the necessary size of main required to give service and make an estimate of the cost of providing the requested service, using the form of Water Form No. 5, including

27

150CSR7

pipe, valves, fittings, necessary materials, permits, costs incurred by the utility when the utility externally contracts for the construction of the extension, or internal labor costs, provided such internal or external costs are not recovered in existing rates, and other applicable related costs. When a road crossing(s) is(are) necessary to serve the customer(s) requesting service, the cost estimate shall not include costs attributable to extending the main across the first road (closest to the already existing main), but shall include the costs of installing the main across a second and any subsequent road(s). The written estimate calculated using Water Form No. 5, shall be provided to the customer in the form of Water Form No. 6, no more than forty-five (45) days from the receipt by the utility of the written request for service. The written estimate shall include an estimated construction start date and an estimated time of construction. If the prospective customer believes that any part of the estimate is unreasonable, the customer is free to pursue an informal request for assistance from the Commission staff or to file a formal complaint with the Commission. Further, the utility and the customer shall execute a Main Line Extension Agreement. Commission Staff may be consulted to provide assistance and sample forms. The agreement must include as an attachment a copy of this extension rule. The utility shall keep an executed copy of their agreement for at least six (6) years. The length of the extension required shall be that length required to extend from the new proposed service area to the nearest point of connection to the utility system having sufficient excess capacity to provide service at maximum demand. 2. Unless service is to be provided by a long service line pursuant to Rule 5.4., whenever the utility is required to extend service from an existing distribution main to property that does not immediately abut the utilitys right-of-way or the public road that contains the distribution main, the extension shall be considered a main extension and cost responsibility shall be determined under this Rule 5.5.e. 3. Where the cost of the extension does not exceed the estimated total net revenue, as calculated below from hydrants and prospective customers whose service pipes will immediately be connected directly to the extension and from whom the utility has received applications for service upon forms provided by the utility for this purpose, the utility will install, at its own cost and expense, the necessary extension; provided that the patronage or demand will be of such permanency as to warrant the capital expenditure involved. A. Net revenue shall be gross revenue minus the excess usage leak adjustment rate approved for the utility, and with this difference further reduced for any revenue based taxes. B. Revenue shall be based on 4,500 gallons per month per residential unit, unless circumstances of the applicant show this would result in significant error. For non-residential units, annual revenue shall be based on typical consumption for comparable units published by the American Water Works Association. C. Estimated total net revenue for private, for profit, utilities will be initially calculated as six (6) times estimated net annual revenue. Each such utility shall file for a line extension multiplier within twelve (12) months of the effective date of these rules. D. The utility-specific line extension multiplier for private, for-profit, utilities shall be based on one (1) divided by the utilitys net fixed charge rate. The net fixed charge rate shall equal the total of the utilitys weighted cost of capital, applicable income tax rates, and the Commission approved depreciation accrual rate. E. Estimated total net revenue for associations, municipal, and public service district utilities will be calculated as five (5) times estimated net annual revenue. If the excess leak adjustment calculated for the utility fails to include all of the incremental costs of serving a new customer that should properly be netted out from the total revenues of the utility, the utility may apply to the Commission for a

28

150CSR7

determination of the proper amount to be deducted from gross revenues to arrive at an appropriate determination of net revenue. 5.5.f. Extensions beyond the limit of utility-financed extensions of general water service and public fire service. If the estimated cost of the proposed extension required in order to furnish general water service exceeds the utility's estimate of total net revenue as determined by Rule 5.5.e.4., such extension shall be made if the applicant or the applicant's authorized agent contracts for such extension and deposits in advance with the utility the estimated cost of the extension over and above the limit of the utility-funded portion of the extension. The utility shall not pay nor be liable for any interest on such cash deposits. The utility shall make the extension after receiving the cash deposit. The utility shall, for each bona fide new customer who, within a period of ten (10) years from the making of such extension, directly connects to the extension between its original beginning and the original terminus, refund to the original depositor(s), an amount equal to the estimated total net revenue of the new customer as determined by Rule 5.5.e.4., but in no event shall the aggregate refund made to the depositor(s) exceed the original deposit. Provided that associations, public service districts and municipal water utilities may elect to refund the estimated amount over a period of five (5) years equal to the utilitys line extension multiplier as defined in Rule 5.5.e.4.D. making payments no less frequently than every six (6) months. 5.5.g. Alternate depositor-financed extension plan. 1. Qualifying utilities -- The above requirements notwithstanding, the utility may decline to finance the portion of a requested extension that would be utility-funded if it can demonstrate that it has no prospect of any reasonable internal or external financing through commercial loans, grants, or through an installment arrangement with an entity installing the extension or providing the necessary materials. A. If the utility declines to finance the portion of a requested extension that would be the financial responsibility of the utility, the utility shall file for a waiver of the extension rule within sixty (60) days of the written request. B. Before filing for a waiver, the utility must first make an estimate of the extension costs. C. A request for a waiver by a utility shall be accompanied by supporting documentation justifying its request. D. If the Commission finds that the utility has reasonably declined to finance the portion of the requested extension that would otherwise be utility-funded, the Commission shall authorize the use of the alternate depositor-financed extension plan as described below. 2. Description of alternate depositor-financed extension plan - Under the alternate depositor-financed extension plan, the utility shall make the extension after: A. receiving a cash deposit equal to the full amount of the extension cost; and B. agreeing to give the depositor(s), who is a customer, a monthly bill credit totaling one hundred percent (100%) of the actual net bill(s) from the date service is initiated and until the total credits given equal the estimated total net revenue as defined in Rule 5.5.e.4. and C. agreeing to refund to the original depositor(s) an amount equal to the estimated total net revenue as defined in Rule 5.5.e.4. of each bona fide customer, other than the depositor(s), who,

29

150CSR7

within a period of ten (10) years from the construction of the extension, directly connects to the extension between its original beginning and the original terminus. The refund may be spread out over a five (5) year period with the utility making payments no less frequently than every six (6) months. Such refunds shall continue until the total refunds given equal the estimated total net revenue as defined in Rule 5.5.e.4. 3. In no event shall the total refund made to the depositor(s) under Rule 5.5.g. exceed the original deposit of the depositor(s). 4. The utility shall not pay nor be liable for any interest on the cash deposits associated with line extensions. 5.5.h. General Provisions -1. Should the actual cost of the extension be less than the estimated cost, the utility will refund the difference as soon as the actual cost has been ascertained, but in no event longer than ninety (90) days after completion of construction of the extension. When the actual cost of the extension exceeds the estimated cost, then the utility will bill the depositor for the difference between the estimated and the actual cost. No interest will be paid by the utility on the applicant's payment or on any balance to be refunded. 2. In estimating the cost of an extension, the estimate shall be based on the diameter of the pipe to be used; provided that the estimated cost to the customer or customers shall not be based on a pipe diameter greater than the diameter of the main from which the extension is to be made, unless actual consumption estimated for the proposed customer or customers requires a larger pipe. 3. Extensions made under this rule shall be and remain the property of the utility. 4. The utility reserves the right to further extend its distribution mains from and beyond the extension made under this rule, and the depositor or the depositor's agent paying for an extension shall not be entitled to any refund for the attaching of customers to such further extension or branch mains. 5. In determining the length of water line to be installed in an urban area when land is subdivided into lots, the main, or water line (if installed by an entity other than a utility), shall be extended to fully cover the frontage of the property, and if the last lot to be served is a corner lot the terminal point of the extension made hereunder shall be located so that the water line ties in with the intersecting street; and further; provided that if there is no main located in the intersecting street, the terminal point of the extension shall be located at the nearest street line of the intersecting street. In rural areas or open land areas, the extension required will be that length necessary to adequately serve the applicant. 6. Before water lines will be laid in any new subdivision, the road surface shall be brought to the established sub-grade as determined by the agency having jurisdiction. 7. This rule shall not be construed as prohibiting the utility from entering into an agreement with a customer that complies with the Commission approved checklist attached hereto as Water Form No. 6, providing an alternate plan for a main extension. Commission Staff may be consulted to provide assistance and sample forms. In providing an alternate plan for main extensions a utility may not discriminate between customers whose service requirements are similar. The agreement shall be filed with and approved by the Commission prior to implementation or execution of the agreement by any of the parties. The agreement shall include the name, address and phone number of the parties to the agreement. The agreement shall also include a provision explaining why the utility is not funding the extension. The agreement must attach a copy of this Rule 5.5., and a statement signed by the prospective

30

150CSR7

customer that he has reviewed and understands the provisions of Rule 5.5.g. which entitle a customer to refunds and that he knowingly waives such rights, if applicable. Failure to obtain Commission approval will result in the loss of the right to obtain reimbursement from the utility. If an entity other than the utility constructs the extension, upon completion of construction and proper utility inspection of the extension, the utility shall initiate service only after proper transfer of title to all facilities including property, plant and rights-of-way incidental to the furnishing of utility service. 8. Contract for service -- The utility shall not be required to make free extensions or refunds as described in this rule unless those to be served by such extension shall guarantee to the utility that they will take water service at their premises within thirty (30) days after water is turned into the main or as otherwise mutually agreed in a users agreement. 9. Construction conditions -- Construction of line extensions, as provided in this rule, will be undertaken promptly after all applications have been completed, necessary right-of-way agreements or rights of entry have been delivered to the utility, and all prospective customers have signed contracts. 10. Right-of-Way. A. If the construction of an extension involves the acquisition of a private right-of-way, then the prospective customer shall attempt to secure the right-of-way and deliver it to the utility free of cost before construction of the extension is started. B. If, however, it is not reasonably possible for the prospective customer or customers to secure the right-of-way, and the construction of an extension involves the utility's incurring expense for right-of-way easements, either by purchase or condemnation, such costs shall be added to the total cost of the extension. C. As a condition to obtaining a main extension, any property owner or developer shall grant the utility the necessary easements to allow the utility to make future extensions into unserved areas. The granting of the necessary easements shall be made without the utility being required to pay additional consideration for the additional easements to the property owner or developer. If the property owner or developer is unwilling to grant the additional easements, the utility shall not be required to extend its main to serve the property owner or developer. 11. Upon the proper filing of a Tariff Rule 42A, 42T, or 19A rate case by the utility, the utility may seek an impact fee to be assessed against customers. 5.6. Unaccounted for water. Each utility shall determine either by actual measurement or by estimate the amount of "Unaccounted for Water" as defined in 1.7.q. of these Rules in each division of its system and report, separately, to the Commission in its annual report. Said report shall contain the proposed remedial actions to be taken if unaccounted for water is in excess of fifteen percent (15%) of the gross production on an annual basis. A utility may seek assistance from the Commission regarding remediation of unaccounted for water in excess of fifteen percent (15%). 5.7. Cross connections and back flow prevention regulations. See West Virginia Bureau for Public Health Bulletin EW-113 Effective April 1, 1976. 5.8. Standard pressure.

31

150CSR7

5.8.a. Each customer shall be deemed to receive a standard pressure within the Commissions established minimum and maximum pressure limits. When possible, such standard pressure shall be calculated as the static pressure based on the difference in elevation between the base of the storage tank and meter box or point of service. Where this method of calculating a customers standard pressure is not practical, the actual engineering design of the system or common engineering methods shall be used to determine the standard pressure at the point of service. Pressure fluctuations shall not vary more than fifty percent (50%) above nor fifty percent (50%) below such standard pressure during normal operating conditions. Pressure variations outside the limits specified will not be considered a violation of this rule if they are infrequent and arise from unusual or extraordinary conditions, or arise from the operation of the customers equipment. This rule shall be interpreted to permit a different standard pressure calculation for each customer due to varying elevations. 5.8.b. Each utility should establish an elevation in each pressure district above which it cannot provide the minimum pressure required by this rule. This elevation shall be displayed in a prominent place in the public offices of the utility. The utility may furnish new service to customers above this elevation if the customer is fully advised of the conditions under which average service may be expected, and the customers agreement is secured in writing. The utility may require in the agreement that its terms shall be binding on future customers served at the same location under similar circumstances; provided that the agreement be recorded with the appropriate county clerk. This waiver shall not prevent the Commission from requiring a better service when, upon investigation, it appears that improvements should be made. 5.8.c. No change shall be made by a utility in the standard pressure or pressures adopted for its customers without the approval of the Commission. 5.8.d. A customer's pressure shall be no less than twenty (20) p.s.i. at peak demand on system or thirty (30) p.s.i. static pressure at the terminus of the utility's service line (meter box or curb box) unless the customer has waived this requirement. For all new customers desiring service on and after the effective date of these rules, a customers pressure shall be no greater than one hundred thirty-five (135) p.s.i. unless the customer has waived this requirement. The utility shall keep on file all the aforesaid waivers, in accordance with Rule 2.1. 5.9. Quality of water. 5.9.a. Purity -- All water furnished by a utility for domestic use, shall be pure, wholesome, potable and in no way dangerous to the health of the consumer. 5.9.b. Health Department -- Every water utility shall comply with the rules of the Bureau for Public Health governing purity of water, testing of water, operation of filter plants and such other rules they may prescribe, pursuant to law, having as their ultimate end the purity of water. 150-7-6. Inspections and Tests. 6.1. Meter testing facilities and equipment. 6.1.a. Testing facilities -- Each utility shall provide or have access to such laboratory metertesting facilities as may be necessary to make the tests required by these rules or other orders of the Commission. The facilities so provided shall be subject to the approval of the Commission, and shall be available at all times for inspection or use by any member or authorized representative of the Commission. 6.1.b. Tests required; Reports to Commission -- Each utility shall, as a minimum requirement,

32

150CSR7

conduct the tests required by these rules with such frequency, and in such manner, and at such places as provided herein or as may be approved or ordered by the Commission. Each utility shall make yearly reports, in accordance with the requirements of the Commission, on Water Form No. 8, of meter tests, number of customers and amount of refunds. These reports must be filed not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the period covered by the reports. 6.1.c. General testing equipment -- Each utility furnishing metered water service shall own and maintain the equipment necessary to accurately test all types and sizes of meters employed for the measurement of water unless the utility has made arrangements to have such testing done in a shop or laboratory containing equipment acceptable to the Commission. The utility shall promptly report in writing to the Commission all alterations or repairs to meter testing equipment, which might affect the accuracy or method of operation of such equipment. 1. The utility shall hold for all testing instruments and other equipment, a certificate signed by a proper authority giving the date when the instrument was last certified and adjusted, and certificates, when superseded, shall be kept on file in the office of the utility. 2. Shop testing equipment -- Testing equipment shall consist of calibrated tanks large enough to hold the equivalent volume needed to move the test dial one or more complete revolutions. It is recommended that the calibrated tanks hold not less than the quantity needed to test meters in accordance with the test requirements of the American Water Works Association (AWWA) found in the Water Meters Section of Manual M6, Denver (1986). The equipment shall be provided with the proper valves, gauges, and flow devices so constructed that the flow rate can be determined in gallons per minute and an accurate check can be made of the pressure on the intake side of the meter. 3. Field testing equipment "Prover Meter" -- Testing equipment shall consist of a calibrated meter(s) provided with the proper discharge valves and gauges so constructed that the flow can be adjusted on the outlet side of the prover meter. Said equipment shall be tested and calibrated against a certified calibrated tank not less than once each year, or more frequently if circumstances warrant, and a record of such test shall accompany the field test equipment when in use. It is recommended that the test record be plotted as an accuracy curve in graph form so that operating error may be determined easily. The error of the prover meter shall be applied as a correction factor when computing final accuracy of meters tested in place by using the following formula: TESTED METER ACCURACY = MV X PA PV where: MV= PV = PA = volume recorded on meter tested volume recorded on prover meter accuracy of prover meter at tested flow rate (in %).

6.2. Tagging, sealing and capping meters. 6.2.a. Tagging meters -- A record of each meter shall be maintained showing the type, brand, serial number, registration reading, test date, flow rates, and test results. This record, which may be kept on paper or electronically, shall be maintained after installation of the meter and for so long as the meter remains in service. 6.2.b. Sealing meters -- All meters in which the accuracy can be adjusted or which could otherwise be easily altered or tampered with shall be sealed at the time of the test by the metertester performing the test. Pulse generator remote type meters shall have the remote counter sealed.

33

150CSR7

6.2.c. Capping meters -- All meters must have caps placed on the inlet and outlet ports when removed from service and awaiting testing. All meters that have been tested and sealed or are ready for installation must be capped when sealed and kept capped until installed. 6.3. Accuracy requirements for water meters. 6.3.a. Installation accuracy -- Before being installed for the use of any customer a water meter, whether new, repaired, or removed from service for any cause, shall be in good order and shall be adjusted or repaired to be as nearly correct as is commercially practical. However, a manufacturer's certified test may be accepted in lieu of utilities' test of new meters of the positive displacement type. 6.3.b. Whenever, on installation, periodic or any other test, a meter is found to exceed a limit of two percent (2%) fast or slow, it must be adjusted so as to register as nearly one-hundred percent (100%) as is commercially practicable. For displacement, multi-jet, propeller, and turbine meters, the normal testflow-percent accuracy shall be the average of the accuracy results at the intermediate and maximum testflow rates. For compound and fire-service meters, the normal test-flow-percent accuracy shall be the average of the accuracy results at the maximum test-flow rate of the main line meter and the intermediate and maximum test-flow rates of the bypass meter. 6.3.c. After all necessary repairs, adjustments and final tests have been made so that the meter registers accurately, such meter shall be sealed. It is recommended that all meters of the disc or displacement type, two inch (2") or less in size, be tested before being installed on the premises of any customer. 6.3.d. Meters of the turbine type, two inch (2") and larger, shall always be tested after installation. These meter installations shall be installed with a "Test Tee" and valve for use in testing. 6.3.e. Meters of the turbine type can be tested and calibrated more accurately in place. The accuracy of turbine meters is affected by changes in distribution of velocities through the meter. Such variation of velocity may occur to an appreciable degree through change of nature of inlet piping. All tests to determine the accuracy of registration of any water meter shall be made with a Commission certified meter prover. 6.3.f. Meter Test Flow -- Flow rates shall be in accordance with "American Water Works Association" standards. 6.3.g. Tests -- How Made -- The testing procedures shall be in accordance with American Water Works Association standards. 6.4. Periodic test. 6.4.a. Meters shall be periodically tested as follows: 3/4" or less in size at least once every 10 years. 1" in size at least once every 7 years. 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" in size at least once every 5 years. 3" in size at least once every 3 years. 4" and larger in size at least once each year. 6.4.b. "Periodic test periods" for testing meters in the system of utilities supplying water of high turbidity, or of peculiar characteristics, will be determined by the Commission from time to time.

34

150CSR7

6.4.c. The time frame for periodic tests may be modified by the Commission from time to time upon the submission of evidence by the utility to substantiate any request for modification. 6.5. Request tests. 6.5.a. Action required -- If any customer shall request in writing to the utility a test of the accuracy of his or her meter, and the meter is not due for periodic testing, the utility shall notify the customer of the conditions under which the test will be made by the utility or by a referee. If the customer shall then request the utility to proceed with the test and remits an amount equal to the estimated cost incurred by the utility, but not less than ten dollars ($10), the utility shall make the test promptly. A report giving results of the test shall be made to the customer and the utility, and a complete record of the test shall be kept within the applicable Division of the Commission. If, when tested, the meter is found to be more than two percent (2%) in error, the amount advanced shall be promptly refunded to the customer. If the meter is not found to be more than two percent (2%) in error, the utility shall retain the amount advanced by the customer for the test. 6.5.b. Customer's privilege -- A customer may be present when the utility conducts the test on the customers meter or, if the customer desires, may send an expert or other representative appointed by the customer. 6.5.c. If the customer files a complaint with, or makes a request for assistance from, the Commission regarding the accuracy of his or her meter, the utility owning the meter shall be notified and shall have a representative present to remove the meter and assist a Commission inspector with the test. This test shall be made at the expense of the utility. 6.5.d. Report to customer -- A report giving the name of the customer requesting the test, the date of the request, the location of the premises where the meter had been installed, the type, make, size and serial number of the meter, the date of removal, the date tested, and the result of the test shall be supplied to such customer within ten (10) days after the completion of the test. 6.6. Metertesters. 6.6.a. Metertester required -- Every utility shall have in its employ or have access to the services of one or more competent metertesters whose duty it shall be to perform such tests as may be necessary to determine the accuracy of the utility's meters. 6.6.b. Certification of metertester -- A utility desiring to certify an employee as a metertester must secure a qualification card from the Commission in the form of Water Form No. 9; have same executed by the applicant and returned to the Commission; together with a certification by a responsible representative of the utility as to the facts contained on the card. The Commission will then schedule a certification test which will consist of a written examination and a demonstration test of the applicants meter testing skills on certified testing equipment. If the applicant's qualifications are satisfactory, the Commission will then issue a card to the employee in the form of Water Form No. 10 authorizing the employee to test meters of the type and size shown on the card. 6.6.c. Experience required -- No employee of a utility shall be authorized to test meters unless he or she has had at least six (6) months' experience in a utility water-meter shop, or equivalent experience, part of which time must have been spent working on the type meter for which authority to test has been requested. All tests must be made by an authorized metertester. 6.6.d. Reports to Commission --

35

150CSR7

1. Each utility shall file on or before February 1st, each year, a list of the individuals in its employ authorized to test meters. 2. The utility shall notify the Commission and shall take up and return the metertesters card when a certified metertester ceases to be in its employ. 150-7-7. Safety Requirements. 7.1. Accidents -- Every utility shall keep a record of every accidental happening in connection with the operation of its plant, station, property, and equipment, whereby any person shall have been killed, or seriously injured, or any property damaged or destroyed, with full statement of the cause of such accident, and the precautions taken to prevent similar accidents in the future. 150-7-8. Creation or Alteration of Public Service Districts. 8.1. Creation or alteration of a public service district. 8.1.a. A county commission upon entering an order on its own motion, or upon receipt of a petition, or upon receipt of a recommendation of the Commission, proposing the creation, expansion, merger, consolidation, reduction or dissolution of a public service district pursuant to W. Va. Code 1613A-2, shall: 1. At the same session, fix a date of hearing in the county which date shall be not more than forty (40) days nor less than twenty (20) days from the date of the action; 2. Within ten (10) days, provide the Executive Secretary of the Commission with a copy of the order or petition and notification of the time and place of the hearing to be held by the county commission; 3. If the territory proposed to be included is situated in more than one county, when fixing the date of hearing, provide for notifying the county commission and clerk thereof of each of the other counties into which the territory extends of the date so fixed; 4. Publish, at least ten (10) days prior to the hearing, a Class I legal advertisement meeting the requirements stated in W. Va .Code 16-13A-2, giving notice of the hearing; 5. Post notice in at least five (5) conspicuous locations in the proposed public service district as required by W. Va. Code 16-13A-2; and 6. File with the Executive Secretary of the Commission affidavits of publication pursuant to Rule 4. above, and affidavits of posting pursuant to Rule 5. above as soon as the same are available. 8.2. Notification to the Commission of county commission action. 8.2.a. If the county commission enters an order creating, enlarging, reducing, merging, dissolving, or consolidating a public service district, the county commission shall, within ten (10) days of entering such order, file a copy of such order with the Executive Secretary of the Commission. If the county commission declines to enter such an order, the county commission shall, within ten (10) days of declining, file with the Executive Secretary of the Commission notice that it has declined to enter any such order.

36

150CSR7

8.3. Commission hearing. 8.3.a. The Commission shall hold a hearing or hearings in each county affected by a county commission order(s) filed pursuant to Rule 8.1.a. and the Commission shall publish a Class I legal advertisement giving notice of such hearing or hearings. 8.4. Commission consideration of proposed creation or alteration. 8.4.a. After public comment and hearing the Commission shall, by order, approve, disapprove or modify a county commission order creating, expanding, merging, consolidating, reducing or dissolving a public service district. In deliberating on approval, modification or disapproval the Commission may consider, among other things: 1. the public convenience and necessity; 2. the economic feasibility, including sources of funding, costs and related benefits of the county commission's order; 3. the adequacy of facilities; 4. other facilities in the area; and 5. other possible alternatives.

37

150CSR7

Water Form No.1 (Water Rule 4.8.a.) (Insert Company Name Here) NOTICE OF SCHEDULED TERMINATION OF SERVICE AND CUSTOMER RIGHTS We have scheduled your water service provided at (address) for termination on or after This action has been taken for the following reason(s): (Include reason and facts resulting in decision to terminate service). If your service is terminated you may be subject to additional charges involving reconnect fees and deposit requirements in order to restore service. (Include all applicable charges.) YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO CHALLENGE THE TERMINATION IF YOU BELIEVE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO YOU: 1. 2. 3. 4. Any portion of the bill is in dispute You are being charged for service not received The information above is incorrect You are unable to pay the bill in accordance with the billing, and termination of service would be especially dangerous to the health or safety of a member of your household. 5. You are able to pay only installments

(date).

If the reason for your challenge is 1, 2 or 3 above, you will have to pay any amount not in dispute. If the reason for your challenge is 4 or 5, we will attempt to negotiate a deferred payment agreement with you. YOU MUST NOTIFY US BEFORE THE DATE OF TERMINATION IN ORDER TO PROTECT YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THIS RULE: (Provide instructions for contacting the appropriate utility personnel by telephone and mail, including business hours) You should also inform us if you are 65 years or older, or regardless of age, if you are physically, mentally, or emotionally incapacitated. Once you have notified us of your challenge, we will schedule a meeting at the business office nearest to your residence and try to resolve your problem. At your option, the discussion of your challenge may be made over the telephone. IF YOU ARE NOT SATISFIED WITH OUR DECISION AT THIS MEETING, YOU WILL HAVE SEVEN DAYS IN WHICH TO FILE A CHALLENGE WITH THE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION OF WEST VIRGINIA. You will be required to pay your current bill while the challenge is pending. There is no charge associated with filing a challenge and you may do so without the assistance of an attorney.

38

150CSR7

Water Form No. 1 Page 2 of 2 To file a challenge with the PSC, you may call this toll free telephone number 1-800-642-8544 or write to this address: Utility Challenge Public Service Commission of West Virginia P. O. Box 812 Charleston, W. Va. 25323 If you are in need of assistance to pay your bill, you should contact the following agencies: (List agencies in service area). If you desire the assistance of a lawyer with regard to the scheduled termination and are unable to pay for legal counsel, contact one of the following low income legal assistance organizations: (List agencies in service area).

39

150CSR7

Water Form No. 2

(Water Rule 4.8.a.9)

NOTICE OF SCHEDULED TERMINATION

We have scheduled water service provided at

(address)

for termination on or after

(Date)

because of your landlords delinquent water bill.

To notify the Public Service Commission, you may call this toll free telephone number, 1-800-6428544, or write to this address:

Public Service Commission of West Virginia P.O. Box 812 Charleston, WV 25323

If you desire the assistance of a lawyer with regard to the scheduled termination and are unable to pay for legal counsel, contact one of the following low income legal assistance organization: (List agencies in service area).

40

150CSR7

Water Form No. 3

(Water Rule 4.13.d.)

PUBLIC NOTICE OF FILING OF A PETITION FOR THE IMPOSITION OF A MORATORIUM

Case No. NAME OF UTILITY , a public utility. Petition for consent and approval for the imposition of a moratorium on the utility system. PUBLIC NOTICE

On
(Date)

, the
(Name of Utility, Commission Staff, or governmental entity)

filed a petition with the Public Service Commission for approval of the imposition of a moratorium on s
[name of utility] [water, sewer, or other]

system serving . If approved, the moratorium would mean

system serving that

(describe areas served)

no new customers could be served by the utility in these areas until the Commission lifts the moratorium. The claims that the imposition of a moratorium is appropriate because
(name of petitioner)

[describe reasons and describe any plans to alleviate the circumstances giving rise to the petition, and any estimate of a date when it would be appropriate for the Commission to lift the moratorium.] Any person wishing to protest, support, make comment, or request a public hearing about the proposed moratorium should do so in writing. Written statements should be addressed to the Executive Secretary, Public Service Commission, P.O. Box 812, Charleston, WV, 25323.

NAME OF UTILITY

41

150CSR7

Water Form No. 4

(Water Rule 5.5.e.2.)

Form of written request for service by a prospective customer or a group of prospective customers located in the same neighborhood Water ( ) Water and Sewer ( )

Previous Customer ( ) If so, when Name Mailing address Phone Property location Rent ( ) Own ( ) Other If rent: Property owners name Property owners mailing address Phone Type of service: Residential ( ) Number in household Commercial ( ) Type Industrial () Type Applicants place of employment Employment address Phone Name of spouse ______________________________________________________________ Spouses place of employment ________________________________________________ Spouses employment address Phone I HEREBY AUTHORIZE SERVICE TO BE ESTABLISHED IN MY NAME AT THE ABOVE PROPERTY LOCATION AND AGREE TO PAY FOR SERVICE UNTIL DISCONTINUED BY MY REQUEST IN WRITING. I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS APPLICATION IS ACCEPTED SUBJECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE AT THIS LOCATION. Applicants signature Date Utility representative

New cus

Date

Water Form No. 4 Page 2 of 2 For office use only Name Applicant ID Deposit amount Meter Size Meter Route Date on Customer request ( ) Termination ( ) Account No.

Tap fee amount Meter No. Meter reading Date off

42

150CSR7

Water Form No. 5,

(Water Rule 5.5.e.2.)

Form for use in determining cost estimate to extend water service

Date The following estimate is in response to a request to extend the Utilitys water facilities approximately to serve a customer or customers who desire water service. Cost Estimate Water line ( - inch PVC) feet @ $ Excavation/installation ______________________ _feet @ $ Materials (fittings, valves, stone, etc.) = $ Permits/rights-of-way (Health, Highways, etc.) = $ Restoration (seeding, gravel, etc.) = $ Related cost (engineering, legal, etc.) = $ TOTAL = $ Cost Share of Customers and Utility /foot = $ /foot = $

A. Total estimated cost of extension $ B. Utility Share: (estimated total net revenue per customer calculated pursuant to Rule 5.5.e.4.) $ per customer x customers = $ C. Customer share: estimated cost to be paid by customers (A-B) =$ Conditions If the potential customers shall deposit with the Utility, in advance, the total sum of $ (customers share from C above), a tap fee of $ per customer, and a $ security deposit per customer, the Utility will apply for the necessary permit applications and begin construction as soon as possible. If the actual cost to construct the extension is less than the estimated cost, the Utility will refund the difference to the original depositors. If the actual cost exceeds the estimated cost the Utility will bill the depositors for the difference. ,

43

150CSR7

Water Form No. 5 Page 2 of 2 The customers will be required to sign an application for service and/or a users agreement when the tap fees and deposits are made. This main line extension estimate is made in accordance with Water Rule 5.5 of the Rules for the Government of Water Utilities.

44

150CSR7

Water Form No. 6

(Water Rule 5.5.e.2.)

Form of cost estimate to be provided to applicants for service Dear Mr. Customer:
We have received a petition for a water main extension and have estimated the construction cost to extend the main to serve the properties of the ___(insert number) petitioners. This estimate is summarized below:

Water feet at $ / foot Excavation/Installation feet at $ Materials (fittings, valves, stone, etc.) Permits/Rights-of-way (Health, Highways, etc.) Restoration (seeding, gravel, etc.)

/ foot

Related Cost (engineering, legal, etc.) Total Estimated Extension Construction Cost Minus Utilitys Share (estimated total net revenue per customer pursuant to Water Rule 5.5.e.4.) Estimated Cost to be Paid by Customers Estimated Cost per Customer When the customers share referenced above is deposited with the Utility, the Utility will apply for the necessary permit applications and begin construction as soon as possible. If the actual cost to construct the extension is less than the estimated cost, the Utility will refund the difference to the original depositors. If the actual cost exceeds the estimated cost, the Utility will bill the depositors for the difference. This difference must be settled before service can actually be connected.

All customers will be required to sign an extension agreement and an application for service and/or a users agreement and pay a tap fee of $ , and a security deposit of $ prior to receiving service. The security deposit is refunded with interest following twelve consecutive months of full and timely payments for services rendered. The estimated start date of construction is . The estimated duration of construction is days. Should you have any questions, you may contact Barbara Manager or John Foreman at between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. Sincerely,

45

150CSR7

Water Form No. 7 (Water Rule 5.5.h.7)

Form of Commission Check-List for Alternate Main Extension Agreements This form sets forth the minimum amount of information that should be included in a proposed alternate main extension agreement. G G G 1. 2. 3. Name of developer, mobile home park owner or prospective customers(s). General location or description of area to be served. Indication that the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) has/have read Water Rule 5.5, Sewer Rule 5.3, or both in their entirety. Indication that the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) understand(s) the Rules. Having read and understood the Rules, the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) choose(s) to enter into the alternate main line extension agreement. If the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) waive(s) reimbursement, the agreement should contain the waiver. A copy of the applicable Rule(s) must be attached to the agreement. A statement as to who will bear the cost of inspection, if any. If the customer is to bear the cost of inspection, a statement of the maximum amount of the cost of inspection. If the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) wish(es) to waive the right of receiving an estimate of the cost of the extension if constructed by the utility, a statement reflecting the waiver. A statement as to the type of testing to be required. A statement as to who will bear the cost of testing, if any. If the customer is to bear the cost of the testing, a statement of the maximum amount of the cost of the testing. A statement as to who will install the service connections. If the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) is/are to install the service connections, a statement that the utility will not charge a tap fee. A statement that the tap fee, if any to be charged, is the approved tap fee in the utilitys tariff. A statement that the utility is to be indemnified and held harmless against any and all claims for injuries and/or damages which may arise from problems associated with the construction of the extension by the developer, owner or prospective customer(s).

G G

4. 5.

6.

G G G

7. 8. 9.

10.

G G G

11. 12. 13.

G G

14. 15.

G G

16. 17.

46

150CSR7

Water Form No. 7 Page 2 of 2

18.

A statement that the ownership of the extension will be conveyed to the utility prior to its connection to the utilitys system. A statement indicating who will be responsible for preparing the plans for the extension. If the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) is/are to be responsible for the preparation of the plan for the extension, a statement that the developer, owner or prospective customer(s) will provide plans to the Staff of the Public Service Commission if required. The number of prospective customers to be served by the extension, the number of lots to be served, or some other general indication of the size of the area to be served by the extension. If the initial cost estimate has not been waived, the estimate must be set forth in the agreement. A warranty indicating that the developer, owner or prospective customers will warrant the system for a period of one year after completion of the construction, or after system is placed into service. The agreement should not be executed before being sent to the Commission for approval. A statement as to who will obtain and pay for necessary permits. A statement as to who is responsible for the cost of the construction. A statement as to who is responsible for the cost of the material. A statement describing the extension, including length, diameter and any major components such as fire hydrants, etc.

G G

19. 20.

21.

G G

22. 23.

G G G G G

24. 25. 26. 27. 28.

NOTE: A paragraph such as The Developer/Customer waives his rights under paragraph 5.3 or 5.5 of the Commissions Rules will not be acceptable as a catch-all for the requirements listed above. Each item must be addressed in the agreement.

47

150CSR7

Water Form No.8 (Water Rule 6.1.b.) WATER UTILITY REPORT REPORT OF METERS, CUSTOMERS AND REFUNDS TO THE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION OF WEST VIRGINIA CHARLESTON ______________ THIS REPORT TO BE MADE YEARLY Name of Utility Address Names of Towns Covered by This Report Period Covered by Previous Report to Period Covered by This Report to *Number of Old Meters from Service Tested During This Period Were: More than 2% slow ____________; 1% to 2%, inclusive, slow ____________; less than 1% slow ____________ Total Slow _________________ More than 2% fast ____________; 1% to 2%, inclusive, fast ___________; less than 1% fast ________________ Total Fast ________________ **Number of New Meters, or Old Meters not from Service Tested During this Period Total Meters Tested During this Period Number of Tests Made at Customers Request as per This Report Number of Tests Made at Commissions Request as per This Report Number of Meters Past Due for Test

48

150CSR7

Metered Customers Number Residential Customers Served Number Commercial Customers Served Number Industrial Customers Served Total Residential, Commercial, Industrial Customers Number Public Fire Protection Customers Served

Unmetered Customers

Total Customers

49

150CSR7

Water Form No. 8 Page 2 of 2 Number Private Fire Protection Customers Served TOTAL NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS - ALL CLASSES *Number of Refunds to be Made Account of Fast Meters Found During This Period Total Amount of Refunds Account of Fast Meters Found During This Period

*Number of Customers to be Billed Account of Slow Meters Found During This Period

Total Amount to be Billed Account of Slow Meters Found During This Period

Report Covering Meter Tests Approved By: Title Report Covering Customers and Refunds Approved By: Title

NOTES: All spaces on this report MUST be filled in using 0" or the word none where applicable. *Make special note if any Meters more than 2% fast or slow recorded above were used to measure service for companys use, free customers, customers who had a minimum bill for the 3 months previous to date of test, or any other special condition. **All new Meters must be tested and a record made of their condition before being installed, but a report of their present condition is not required.

50

150CSR7

Water Form No.9 (Water Rule 6.6.b.) (Front) QUALIFICATION CARD FOR WATER METERTESTER Name Address Title Employer Supervisor-Name Age Date

Shop Location Title GENERAL EXPERIENCE Company Years

Type of Work

*METER EXPERIENCE Type Meter Nature of Work Company Years

TestingDisc or Displacement Current Compound Fire Protection Testing & RepairingDisc Current Compound Fire Protection Remarks: *State, under remarks, in detail the type or kind or work done on meters. Should this application be approved, I will test all water meters in accordance with the Rules for the Government of Water Utilities of the Public Service Commission of West Virginia, and will not seal or approve for installation any meter that does not meet all of the requirements of the Rules for the Government of Water Utilities.

Signature

51

150CSR7

(Back of Water Form No. 9) CERTIFICATE BY RESPONSIBLE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE UTILITY I,

(Name) (Water Company)

,
(Title)

of the

certify that I have read the questions and answers on this card, relative to the experience of
(Name of Employer)

and that they are true

and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I further certify that the above employee is competent to test and repair (Disc) (Current) (Compound) meters and will, faithfully and honestly discharge the duties of metertester. Signature ====================================================================== TO BE FILED BY THE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION The above employee has been authorized to test Water Meters as shown below: Testing and Testing Disc Current Compound Repairing

PSCWV Employee

date

52

150CSR7

Water Form No. 10 (Water Rule 6.6.b.) (Front) WATER METERTESTERS CARD PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION OF WEST VIRGINIA Charleston, West Virginia

No.

Date Name of Employee

is hereby authorized to test and repair the following type or types of water meters: Testing Disc Current Compound Utility Shop Location Testing and Repairing

PSCWV Employee

(over)

(Back) This card must be returned to the Public Service Commission of W. Va. by the when company or ceases to serve as metertester. leaves the employee of the

53